Geography anatomiz'd, or, The compleat geographical grammar being a short and exact analysis of the whole body of modern geography after a new and curious method / collected from the best authors and illustrated with divers maps by Pat. Gordon ...

Modern Geography. PART II. Comprehending a PARTICULAR VIEW OF THE Terraqueous GLOBE. (Book 2)

BY a Particular View of the Terraqueous Globe, we under∣stand a clear and exact Prospect of all remarkable Coun∣tries on the Face of the whole Earth, according as they are represented by particular Geographical Maps; as also a true and compendious Narrative of the chief. Observa∣bles relating either to them or their Inhabitants: All which may be briefly reduc'd to these following Heads; viz. their

• Situation,
• Extent,
• Division,
• Subdivision,
• Chief Towns,
• Name,
• Air,
• Soil,
• Commodities,
• Rarities,
• Archbishopricks,
• Bishopricks,
• Universities,
• Manners,
• Language,
• Government,
• Arms,
• Religion.

In taking such a Prospect of all remarkable Countries, we shall begin with Europe, and travel through the various Divisions thereof in the same order as they are set down (page 43.) Therefore

CHAP. I. Of EUROPE.

The Continent of Europe being divided (Pag. 43.) into VIII. great Parts.

Viz	Scandinavia	Swedeland	Capital City	Stockholm.
Denmark	Copenhagen.
Norway	Bergen.
Moscovia or Russia—	Moscow.
France.—	Paris.
Germany—	Vienna.
Poland—	Cracow.
Spain—	Madrid.
Italy—	Rome.
Turky in Europe—	Constantinople.

To these add the European Islands. The Chief of which

are	Great Britain.—	Cap. C.	Those of	London.
Edinburgh.
Ireland.—	That of Dublin.

Of all these in their proper Places.

[illustration]

SWEDEN & NORWAY

SECT. I. Concerning Scandinavia.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	26	20	of Long.	Its greatest	Length is about 1030.
53	10
between	54	10	of Lat.	Breadth is about 840.
71	06

Divided into the Kingdoms of	Swedeland	Ch. T.	Stockholm.
Denmark	Copenhagen.
Norway	Bergen.

Swedeland compre∣hends	Scania—	Chief Town	Lunden—	from S. to N.
Gothland—	Calmar—
Swedeland prop.	Stockholm—
Lapland—	Tornia—
Finland—	Abo—	from N. to S.
Ingria—	Notteborg or Oresca—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Riga—
Denmark	••••••tland—	Sleswick—	from W. to E.
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Islands	Copenhagen—

Norway comprehends five Governments. Of which hereafter.

More Particularly,

§. 1. SWEDELAND.

Scania contains the Provinces of	Halland—	Ch. Town	Helmstat—	W. to E.
Bleking—	Christianstat
Schonen—	Lunden, Southward.

Gothland contains the Provinces of	Vermelandia—	Chief Town	Carolstadt	N. to S. in the West part.
Dallia—	Daleburge
Westrogoth—	Gottenburge
Ostrogothia—	Norkoping	N. to S. in th E. part Swedeland
Smalandia—	Calmar—

Swedeland [proper∣ly so call'd] con∣tains the Provin∣ces of	Sudermania—	Nikoping—	from S. to N.
Nericia—	Orebro—
Westmania—	Arosen—
Uplandia—	those of	Opsal and Stockolm
Gestricia—	Geval—
Dalcarlia—	Hedemore—
Helsingia—	Hadswickwalt—
Medelpandia—	Selanger—
Jemptia—	Ressundt—
Angermannia	Hernosand—
Lapland contains the Provinces of	Uma Lapmark	Uma—	from S. to N.
Pitha-Lapmark	Pitha—
Lula-Lapmark	Lula—
Tornia-Lapmark	Tornia—
Kimi-Lapmark	Kimi—
Finland contains the Provinces of	Cajania—	Cajaneburgh upon the Ula.
N. Finland—	Biorneberge	W. to E.
Tavastia—	Tavastus—
Savolaxia—	Nyslot—
Kexholmia—	Kexholm—
Carelia—	Wiborg—	E. to W.
Nylandia—	Borgo—
S. Finland—	Abo—
Ingria contains the Provinces of	Ingria propria	Orcsca, or Notteborg	N. to S. W.
Ingermania—	Caporio—
Solouski—	Juanagorod
Livonia contains the Provinces of	Lettenland—	Riga—	S. to N.
Estland—	Narva—

§. 2. DENMARK.

Being divided into	The Peninsula of Juitland.
The Danish Islands.

The Peninsula of Juitland comprehends	North Juitland	Ch. Town	Wiborg.
South Juitland	Sleswick.
D. of Holstein [of which in Lower Saxony.

Juitland divided into	North com∣prehends the Dio∣cesses of	Aalborg—	Chief Town	Idem—	from N. to S.
Wiborg—	Idem—
Arhusen—	Aarhus—
Ripen—	Idem—
South com∣prehends the Praefe∣ctures of	Hedersleve	Idem—	from N. to S. upon the Baltick Sea.
Appenrade	Idem—
Flemborge	Idem—
Gottorpe	Sleswick
Tonderen	Idem—	N. to S. upon the Germany Sea.
Husum	Idem—
Eyderstede	Tonningen—

The chief of the Danish Islands are Zeland, Funen, &c. Of which hereafter when we come to treat of Islands.

§. 3. NORWAY.

Divided into the Governments of	Bahus—	Chief Town	Idem—	S. to N. E.
Aggerus—	Agger—
Bergenus—	Bergen—
Dronthemus	Dronthem
Wardus—	Idem—

This vast Continent of Scandinavia comprehending (as aforesaid) three distinct Kingdoms, viz. those of Swedeland, Denmark, and Nor∣way. Of each of these seperately, and in their Order. Therefore

§. I. SWEDELAND.

THIS Country (formerly Succia, a Part of Ancient Scandinavia) is term'd by the Italians, Suezia; * 1.1 by the Spaniards, Suedia; by the French, Suede; by the Germans, Schweden; and by the English, Sueden or Swethland; so call'd from its Ancient Inhabitants the Sueones, Suevi, or Suethidi, with the Addition of Land for Termination.

The Air of this Country is generally very Cold, but (if not too nigh some Lake or Marish) very pure and * 1.2 wholesome; yea, so healthful to breath in, that many of its Inhabitants do frequently live to an hundred years, especially they who abstain from excessive drinking, a thing too much pra∣ctis'd

by many of them. The Antipodes to this People, or the oppo∣site Place of the Globe to Swedeland, is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, comprehended between the 220th and 230th Degree of Longitude, with 50 and 70 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th Northern Climates) is not very fruitful, * 1.3 but yet where less fertile in Corn, that disadvantage is recompens'd with tollerable Pasturage. Its numerous Lakes are very well stor'd with various kinds of Fishes. Its Mountains are generally covered over with Trees, and several of them lin'd with considerable Mines of Silver, Tin, Brass, and Iron. The longest Day in the Northmost part of this Country is about two Months (the Sun being so long without setting when near the Summer Sol∣stice). The shortest in the Southmost, is about 6 Hours 1/••, and the Nights proportionably.

The Chief Commodities of this Country, are Metals, Ox-hides, Goat-skins, Buck-skins, and costly Furs, * 1.4 Pine trees, Fir-trees, Oales, Tallow, Tar, Honey, and such like.

The Chief Rarities of this Country may be reckon'd two Publick Clocks of admirable Workmanship; one * 1.5 belonging to the Cathedral Church of Upsal; the other to that of St. Laurence in Lunden, especially the latter, which (sup∣pos'd to be the Work of Casper Bartholinus) shews not only the Day, Hour, and Minute, but also all the remarkable Motions of the Coelestial Bodies, with all Festivals, both fixt and moveable, and several other pleasant Curiosities. To these add that famous Slimy Lake in the Southern Part of Gothland, which burns such things as are put into it. As also a certain Stone found in several Parts of Sueden, which being of a Yellow Colour, intermixt with several Streaks of white, (as if compos'd of Gold and Silver) affords both Sulphur, Vitriol, Alium, and Minium. Some write of a Lake in Lapland, which hath as many Islands in it, as there are Days in the Year.

Archbishopricks belonging to Sueden, are Two, viz. those of * 1.6

• Upsal,
• Riga.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom are Eight, viz. those of * 1.7

• W••steras,
• Strergnes,
• Wexioc,
• Lunden,
• Lindkaeping,
• Scaren,
• Abo.
• Wiburg.

Universities established here, are Two, viz. those of. * 1.8

• Upsal.
• Abo.

The Swedes (for the most part) are Men of big and strong Bodies; Men whose very Constitution doth fit * 1.9 them to be Soldiers, but generally they weaken Nature by extravagant excess in Drinking. Their Gentry are much given to Hospitality, very Affable and Civil to Strangers, and many of them become considerable Proficients in several Arts and Sciences. The Commons are generally esteem'd good Mechanicks, but lookt upon by all, as too much addicted to Laziness in point of improving their Country, by not cutting down many unnecessary Forests, and im∣proving that Ground to better advantage.

The Swedes speak a Dialect of the Teutonic, which is somewhat different from that us'd in Denmark and Upper * 1.10 Germany. Persons of Quality understand and speak the High-German Language in its Native purity. The Finlanders have a peculiar Gibberish of their own, For a Specimen of the Swedish Tongue, we shall here subjoin the Lord's Prayer in that Language, intending to observe the same Method in treating of all other Languages in Europe. Their Pater-Noster runs thus, Fadher war som est i himlem; helghat warde tiett namyn, till komme titt ricke, skee tin wilie sa comi himmelen, sa ock pa jordenne, wart dagliha brod giffosz i dagh; och forlat osz wara skuld, sa som ock wforlate them osz skyldighe aro; Och in leedh osz ickei frestelse uthan frels oszi fra ondo. Amen.

The Kingdom of Swedeland having suffered various turns of Fortune, being frequently disturb'd by the * 1.11 Adjacent Nations, at last got rid of them all, and be∣coming terrible to others, spread it self over a considerable Part of its Neighbours Territories. At present 'tis subject unto, and go∣vern'd by its own Monarch, who, since the last Age, is not only Hereditary, but by the late turn of Affairs in his Country, hath also attained unto, and now exerciseth such a Power over the Sub∣ject, that the same is really astonishing to any considering Person, who looks back unto the State of that Kingdom, only a few Years ago. He is stil'd King of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals; Grand Prince of Finland, Duke of Estonia and Carelia, and Lord of Ingria, &c. The different Orders in this Realm are Six, viz. Princes of the Blood, the Nobility, Clergy, Soldiery, Merchantry, and Commonalty. These by their Representatives being assembled in Parliament, make four different Houses, viz. that of the Nobility, where the Grand Marshal presides. 2. That of the Clergy, where the Archbishop of Upsal presides. 3. That of the Burgesses, where one of the Consuls of

Stockholm presides. And lastly, That of the Knights of the Shir••, where one of their own Number elected by themselves presides. Chief Courts establisht in this Kingdom, are these Five, viz. (1) That commonly call'd the King's Chamber, design'd for the De∣cision of all Cases happening between the Nobility, Senators, or any of the Publick Officers, and here the King is (at least, ought to sit as) President. (2) The Court-Martial, in which all Matters re∣lating to War are determin'd, and here the Grand Marshal of the Army is President. (3.) The Court of Chancery, in which Edicts, Mandates, Commissions, and such like, are made out in the King's Name, and here the Chancellour of the Kingdom is President. (4) The Court of Admiralty, in which all business relating to Ma∣ritime Affairs are transacted, and here the High Admiral is President. Lastly, The Court of Exchequer, in which all Matters concern∣ing the Publick Revenue are manag'd, and here the Grand Trea∣surer is President.

The King of Sweden bears quarterly. In the First and fourth, Azure, three Crowns, Or, two in Chief, and * 1.12 one in Base, for Swedeland. In the second and third, Barry, Argent and Azure, a Lyon, Or, Crown'd Gules, for Finland. Over all quatterly, in the first and fourth, Sable, a Lyon, Or, crown'd, arm'd and langued, Gules, for the Palatinate of the Rhine. In the second and third, Lozenges, Bendwise of twenty one pieces Argent and Azure, for Bavaria. For the Crest, a Crown Royal, adorn'd with eight Flowers, and clos'd by as many Demi-Circles terminating in a Mond, Or. The Supporters are two Lyons, Or, Crown'd of the same. And his Motto is in these words, Domi∣nus Protector Meus.

Lutheranism is the establisht Religion of this Country, being universally profess'd by all Orders and Degrees * 1.13 of Men, (except in Livonia, where is a considerable Number of Papists intermixt; and Lapland, many of whose Inhabi∣tants are mear Heathens, usually worshipping the Sun, Fire, Ser∣pents, and the like) and that ever since the Days of the Reforma∣tion, which was happily effected in this Kingdom by Gustavus the First, upon his Accession to the Swedish Crown, since which time their Religion hath not been disturb'd from abroad but once, and since that Disturbance, never distracted at home by Non-Conformi∣ty; for Persons of all Ranks adhering to the Tenets of Luther, give constant attendance on Divine Service, and joyn in the same manner of Worship. Christianity was first planted in this Kingdom by the care and diligence of Ansgarius, Archbishop of Breme, the Apostle General of the North.

§. 2. DENMARK.

THis Country, especially Juitland (formerly Cimbri∣ca Chersonesus, a part of Ancient Scandinavia) is * 1.14 term'd by the Italians, Dania; by the Spaniards, Din∣marca; by the French, Danemarc; by the High Germans, Dennemark; and by the English, Denmark; so called from the Bounds and Mar••es of its Inhabitants the Danes, whose Country bordering on the An∣cient Batavi and Saxons, was thereupon call'd Dane-march, which Name in process of time did turn into that of Denmark.

The Air of this Country is much the same with that in the Southern Part of Swedeland, it being extreamly * 1.15 Cold, but in most places, very wholesome. The opposite place of the Globe to Denmark, is that part of the Pacifick Ocean lying between 210 and 220 Degrees of Longitude, with 50 and 60 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 10th and 11th North Climates) is very good for Grain and Pasturage. * 1.16 Here is abundance of Fish, especially Herrings, as also many wild Fowls, and most kinds of wild Beasts. The longest Day in the Northmost part is 17 Hours ½, the shortest in the Southmost is 8 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The Chief Commodities of this Country are Fish, Tallow, Furniture for Ships, Armour, Ox-hides, * 1.17 Buck-skins, Fir-wood, and Wainscot, &c.

Near to Sleswick (Southward) are yet to be seen the Remains of that famous Wall and Trench, made above * 1.18 880 Years ago by Gotricius (then King of Denmark) to hinder the Incursions of the Saxons, resembling somewhat the Pict's Wall in Great Britain (2.) Between Flensburg and Sleswick is a small Village, which goes by the Name of Anglen, remarkable in so far, that from the said Village and Country adjacent, came our Ancestors, the Ancient Angles into Great Britain. (3.) In Gottorp is an admirable Globe of Copper, 10 Foot ½ in Diameter, so contriv'd by one of the Dukes of Holstein, that (by certain Wheels turn'd about by Water) it represents exactly the Motions of the Coelestial Bodies. As also another in the Arsenal at Copenhagen of 6 Foot Diameter, fram'd by Tycho Brahe, that famous Danish Astronomer. (4.) In the Island Ween are the Ruins of the Tower of Uraniburge, renowned for the Observations made thereon, by the aforesaid Tycho Braye. As also the Dungeon, call'd Stelliburg, beset with Looking-Glasses, where he was wont to sit and observe the Stars in all Sea∣sons.

(5.) The Island Ween is likewise remarkable in that, it will harbour no Dormice; (none such being able to live when imported thither) as also a Spring whose Waters never freez, even, in the extreamest Cold of Winter. To these we may add, (as a singular Curiosity of this Country) That magnificent Throne fram'd of prodigious long Horns of a certain Sea Animal, which the Vulgar are willing to take for the Unicorn. Vid. Dr. Brown's Travels.

As for Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, there's only one, viz. that of * 1.19

Copenhagen.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.20

• Sleswick,
• Arhusen,
• Alburg,
• Ripen,
• Wiburg.

Universities in this Kingdom, are those at * 1.21

• Copenhagen,
• Kiel.

The Danes (a very warlike People of old, having constrain'd many of the Northern Nations to submit * 1.22 to the force of their Arms at some time or other) are now almost of the same Temper with their Neighbours the Swedes and Germans; but that they are generally esteem'd a People more given to Pride and Cunning, than either of the former. They are Industrious and Frugal enough: as also considerable Lovers of Learning, but generally greater Lovers of Excess, whether in Drink∣ing or Eating, especially the former, and that ever since the Juice of the Grape was recommended to them by the High Germans, whom they now equal (if not exceed) in all manner of Carousing.

The Modern Language of Denmark, is originally a Dialect of the Teutonit. The Court, Gentry, and * 1.23 Chief Burgers, commonly use the High German in or∣dinary Discourse, and French when they talk with Strangers. How the Danish Tongue differs from the High German, and the Modern Language in Swedeland will best appear from their Pater-Noster, which runs thus, Fader vor du som est himmelen; helligt vorde die naffu tilkomme dit rige, vorde din vilie s•••• pa•• jorden, som hander i himmelen. Gift osz •• dagh vort daglige brod; oc forlad osz vor skyld, som wi forlade vare skyldener; ock lead osz ickudi fristelse: Men frele osz fra ont. Amen.

This Kingdom was formerly Elective (although they usually advanc'd the next Heir to the Crown) until * 1.24 the Year 1659. that Frederick the Ill having bravely

repuls'd the Swedes, besieging the Capital City, Copenhagen, it was then rendred Hereditary to his Family. The Nobility here had hitherto a considerable Stroke until these our own Days, that this Kingdom is so strangely Frenchifi'd in Point of Government, that the Danish and French Monarchy's are now almost of the same Mould. The King assumes to himself the Power of disposing of all Heirs and Heiresses, of any Note, as 'tis practis'd in France. The Danish Law is highly to be priz'd in that it's short and perspicuous surpassing the like of all other Nations in that respect. It's wholly founded upon Equity, and Compris'd in one Quarto Vo∣lume in the Danish Tongue, and that so plain, that any Man may understand and plead his own Cause without the Aid of either Counsel or Attorney; and no Suit is to hang in suspence beyond one Year and a Month. This is indeed a mighty Advantage, and a singular Property of the Danish Law upon one hand, but the same is attended with a vast Inconvenience on the other; for the first and principal Article thereof runs thus, That the King hath the Priviledge reserv'd to himself to explain, nay, to alter and change the same as he shall think good. Chief Courts for Administration of Ju∣stice, both in Civil and Criminal Affairs, are four; viz. Byfoght's, Heredsfought's, Lanstag, and High-Right. The first is peculiar for deciding Matters which happen in Cities and Towns. The second for those of the Country. The third is the High-Court of the Pro∣vince, to which Appeals are made from the two former. And the fourth is the Supream of all the rest, held commonly at Copen∣hagen, and consisting of the Principal Nobility, in which Court the King himself sometimes sits in Person. Beside these, there is the Court of Admiralty for Maritime Affairs; as also a Rent Chamber (resembling our Court of Exchequer) for managing all Matters relating to the Publick Revenue.

The King of Denmark bears Party of three, and * 1.25 Coupè of two, which makes twelve Quarters. In the first Or, Semè of Hearts Gules, three Lyons passant, guardant Azure, crown'd Langu'd and Arm'd of the first, for Denmark. 2 Gules, a Lyon Rampant Or, Crown'd and Arm'd of the first, in his Paws a Battle-Ax Argent, hilted of the second, for Norway. 3. Gules, a Lion Passant-guardant Or, on Nine Hearts of the same in Fesse, for Gothland. 4. Gules, a Dragon crown'd, Or, for Schonen. 5. Azure, three Crowns Or; for Sweden. 6. Gules a Paschal Lamb, Argent, supporting a Flag of the same, mark'd with a Cross Gules, for Juitland. 7. Or, two Lions Passant-guardant, Azure, for Sleswick. 8. Gules, a Fish crown'd Argent, for Ice land. Over these eight Quartors, a great Cross Argent (which is the ancient Devise of the Kingdom) on the Center of which are plac'd the Arms of Dith∣marsh, viz. Gules, a Cavalier Arm'd Argent. 9. Gules, a Nettle-leaf

open, and charg'd in the middle with a little Escucheon, the whole Argent for Holstein. 10. Gules, a Cygnet Argent; gorg'd with a Crown Or, for Stormarsh. 11. Gules, two Fesses Or, for Delmen∣horst. 12. Gules, a Cross Pattree-fitchree Argent, for Oldenburgh. The Shield surrounded with the Collar of the Order of the Elephant. The Crest is a Crown Or, flowr'd, rais'd with eight Diadems, ter∣minating in a Mond of the same. For the Motto are these words, Pietas & Justitia coronant.

The Errors and Practices of the Roman Church being grown at length so intollerable, that an Universal Re∣formation * 1.26 became expedient, this Kingdom, among the other Northern Crowns, threw off that insupportable Yoak, and cordially embrac'd the Doctrine of Luther, which being al∣low'd off by Frederick the First, about the middle of the last Cen∣tury, was so firmly and universally establish'd in Denmark, that in all the Danish Dominions there is no other Religion but Luthe∣ranism profess'd, except some French Refugees, who are allow'd a Church at Copenhagen; and a few Popish Families, who were lately permitted to perform their Worship in a Chappel at Gluckstat. The Danish Clergy do still retain the Practice of Confession, which all Persons are oblig'd unto before they participate of the Blessed Sacrament of the Lord's Supper; they likewise retain Crucifixes, and several Ceremonies of the Roman Church. Christianity was fully Establisht in this Country about the middle of the XII. Cen∣tury, and that by the means of Pope Adrian the IV. (an English∣man) who before his Assumption of the Popedom, was term'd Nicholaus Breakspear.

§. 3. NORWAY.

THis Country (formerly Norvegia, a Part of Anci∣ent Scandinavia) is term'd by the Italians, Nerue∣gia; * 1.27 by the Spaniards, Noruega; by the French, Nor∣wegue; by the Germans, Norwegen; and by the English, Norway; so call'd from its Northern Situation (Nort being for North, and weg, way,) seeing it is the way to and from the North in respect of the rest of Europe.

The Air of this Country is so extreamly Cold, especially towards the North parts of the Kingdom, * 1.28 that 'tis but thinly inhabited, and that by the meanest of People. The opposite Place of the Globe to Norway, is part of the Pacifick Ocean between 200 and 230 Degrees of Longitude, with 60 and 70 Degrees of South Latitude.

By reason of the excessive Coldness of the Country (it lying in the 11th, 12th, and 13th North Climate) * 1.29 the Soil is very barren, not having force enough to produce the very necessaries of Life, the Common People being forced to use dry Fish instead of Bread. In short, this Country is overspread either with vast Forrests, barren Mountains, or formi∣dable Rocks: In the Northmost parts of it, the longest Day is above two Months, the Sun not setting for that time; the shortest in the Southmost about 6 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The Chief Commodities of this Country, are Stock∣fish, Rich Furs, Train-Oyl, Pitch, and Tackling for * 1.30 Ships, as Masts, Cables, Deal-boards, and the like, which the Inhabitants exchange for Corn, Wine, Fruits, Beer, and other Necessaries of Life.

What chiefly deserves the Name of Rarity in this Country, is that remarkable Lake near Drontheim, * 1.31 whose Waters never freeze even in the dead of Win∣ter, notwithstanding of the excessive Cold at that Season. Near to the Isle of Hiteren is that wonderful and dangerous Whirly-pool, commonly call'd Maelstroom (and by Navigators, The Navel of the Sea) which swallows up Ships with their whole Cargo, if they unhappily approach too nigh.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, only one, viz. that of * 1.32

Drontheim.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.33

• Anslo,
• Bergen,
• Staffanger.

Universities in this Kingdom. None. * 1.34

The Norvegians (being notorious Pyrates of old, be∣came very formidable to several of the Northern Na∣tions) * 1.35 are now lookt upon as a very mean, simple, and ignorant sort of People; a People however that's very hardy, much given to Toiling and Labour, very Just in their Dealings, and abundantly Civil (after their own Manner) to the few Strangers who come among them. In the Northmost Parts of the Kingdom they have no Towns, but generally live in Tents, and Travel in great Companies from one place to another in Hunting.

The Language now spoken in this Country, (especi∣cially in all the civilized Parts thereof) is little diffe∣rent * 1.36 from that us'd in the Kingdom of Denmark, a Spe∣cimen of which is already given in the foregoing Paragraph.

This Kingdom was formerly a distinct Body by it self, and independent of any other, but (being in∣corporated * 1.37 with Denmark, Anno 1387.) is now sub∣ject to his Danish Majesty, who, besides particular Governors in the five Castles of Bahus, Aggerus, &c. abovemention'd, doth ordina∣rily keep a Vice-Roy there for the better Administration of the Publick Affairs of that Kingdom; his Place of Residence is com∣monly at Bergen, and his Power is extraordinary great.

See Denmark. * 1.38

The establisht Religion in Norway, is the same as in Denmark, only that in the Northmost Parts of the * 1.39 Kingdom, the knowledge of Christiany (which was at first planted in this Country much about the same time with the two other Northern Crowns) is so decay'd, that on the Borders of Lapland they differ but little from mere Heathens.

[illustration]

MOSCO VIE or RVSSIE

SECT. II. Concerning Moscovia.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	46	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length is about 1630.
105	00
between	45	10	of Lat.	Breadth is about 1500.
71	00

Divided into	North	Chief Town	St. Michael Arch-Angel.
South	Moscow, Capital City.

More Particularly,

North contains many Provinces, but chiefly these of

Trines—	Chief Town	—	—	W. to E.
Kargapolia—	Kargapol.—
Dwina—	St. Michael Arch-Angel—
Condora—	Wirgatouria—
Sibiria—	Tobol—	—
Obdora—	Berezow—
Vologda—	Idem, upon the upper part of the Dwina.

South containing many Provinces, but chiefly these of

Casan—	Chief Town	Idem—	from E. to W. upon the Volga.
Mordowitz—	None remarkable
Nisi Novogrod—	Idem—
Volodimir—	Idem—
Moscow—	Idem—
Astracan—	Idem, at the Mouth of the Volga.
Novogrod Weleki	Idem—	Between the Lake Ilmins and Peipus.
Pleskow—	Idem—
Severia—	Novogrod-Sewarski S. W. of Moscow.

§. 2. MOSCOVIA.

THIS Country (containing much of Sarmatia Europaea, and part of Sarmatia Asiatica, being also * 1.40 nam'd Russia from the Ancient People of that Country, call'd Rossi or Russi) is term'd by the Italians, Moscouia; by the Spaniards, Moscovia; by the French, Moscovie or Russie Blanche; by the Germans, Moscau; and by the English, Moscovia or Moscovy; so call'd from its chief Province of that Name, whose Denomina∣tion is deriv'd from Moschi or Mosci, an Ancient People first inhabi∣ting that Part of the Country.

The Air of this Country is very Cold, particularly towards the North, where Snow and Ice are usual for * 1.41 three Quarters of the Year; but in the Southmost Provinces they have very scorching Heats in the Summer for the Space of six Weeks. The opposite Place of the Globe to Moscovia, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 220 and 290 De∣grees of Longitude, with 45 and 71 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, &c. Northern Climate) is very diffe∣rent, * 1.42 according to the different Situation of its Parts. Here are many Plains, but generally full of Marishes. To∣wards the North are vast Forests; and even where the Ground is clear'd of Wood 'tis (for the most part) very Barren, and so ex∣tremely Cold, that what they sow doth seldom come to due Per∣fection. In the Southwest parts towards Poland, the Soil is tolerably good, the Ground there producing several sorts of Grain in great abundance; and 'tis reported by many, that their Corn is ready for reaping about two Months after it is sown. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is above two Months, the Sun not setting for that time when near the Summer Sol∣stice; the shortest in the Southmost is about 9 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The Chief Commodities of this Country, are Furs, Sables, Martins, Wax, Honey, Tallow, Train-Oyl, * 1.43 Caviere, Hemp, Flax, Slad, Iron, &c.

As one of the Chief Rarities of this Country, we may reckon that strange sort of Melon, found in or * 1.44 near to Astracan, Casan and Samara. Some of the Na∣tives term it Boranetz, (i. e. The Little Lamb) others Zoophyton, which signifies the Animal Plant. The first Title would seem most proper, because in Figure it resembles a Lamb, and such is its vegetable Heat, that (according to the vulgar manner of expression) it Consumes and Eats up all the Grass, or other Herbs, within its reach. As the Fruit doth ripen, the Stalk decays, and is covered with a downy Substance, which being carefully taken off and dress'd, is us'd by some instead of Furs for Lining of Vests. To this we may add that Church in Moscow, call'd Hierusalem, which seem'd to John Basilides 1. (then Czar) such a stately Pile of Build∣ing, that he caus'd put out the Eyes of the Architect, that he might never contrive, (at least) behold its fellow.

Ecclesiasticks in Moscovia are, One Patriach, Four Metropolitans, Seven Archbishops, and several Bishops.

The Patriarch is he of Moscow, residing in the same City.

Metropolitans are those of	Novogorodskoi and Welikoluskoi.
Rostoufskoi and Harostauskoi.
Casanskoi and Sunatskoi.
Sarskoi and Pondoskoi.

Archbishopricks are those of	Wolodgskoi and Weliko Premskoi. * 1.45
Resanskoi and Moromskoi.
Susdalskoi and Turruskoi.
Twerskoi and Cassinskoi.
Sibirskoi and Tobolskoi.
Astrachansckoi and Terskoi.
Pleskouskoi and Sborskoi.

As to the exact Number and Names of Bishopricks in this Country; the same is but uncertain at * 1.46 best.

Here we can hardly expect the Seats of the Muses where the Liberal Arts and Sciences have been so long * 1.47 banisht, and the Studying of them inhibited by Pub∣lick Authority.

The Moscovites (Men of a vigorous and healthful Constitution) are generally reckon'd a rude, deceitful * 1.48 and ignorant sort of People; much addicted to excessive Drinking, as also unlawful and beastly Pleasures. And so fond of Ignorance have they hitherto been, that 'twas lookt upon as (almost) a piacular Crime for any of them to apply himself to a search after Knowledge. But things are now mightily alter'd in this Point, and that by the Encouragement of his present Czarish Majesty, who gives leave to his Nobility to acquire the Liberal Arts and Sciences, particularly the Mathematicks; and to acquaint themselves with Foreign Countries and Languages. And that the Learned Languages (Greek and Latin) may be no longer strangers in this Country, he hath already erected Publick Schools in Moscow for the teaching of them. By which means it is to be hop'd, That the Brutish Temper and Stupidity of this People, may be much reform'd in some time. And whereas the present Emperor hath already visited some of the best Nations of Europe. purposely to improve himself in Warlike Affairs, both by Sea and Land, (especially the former) and since this Undertaking is so uncommon, that the Mascovitish Story can't afford a Parallel; 'tis also to be hop'd, that the Effects thereof will be equally astonishing, and that in humbling (if not crushing) both Turks and Tertars his disturbing Neighbours, and professed Ene∣mies to the Cross of Christ.

The Language us'd in this Country, is a Dialect of the Sclavonian, but so corrupted and blended with * 1.49 other Languages, that 'tis hardly understood by those who speak the pure Sclavonian, which nevertheless is still us'd by the Russians in their Divine Service. Pater Noster (which I find only in a corrupt Dialect of their Tongue) runs thus, Aisameidhen joke oleah tainahissa; Pyhetta olkon siun wakakuta; si olkohon siun tharosi kwin•• tainahissa ayn man palla. Meidhen jokopai wen leipa anna m••h••llen tanapaiw••na, ja anna meidem syndia: Kwin moe annama meidin vostachan rickoillen; ja âle sata meita kin sauxen mutta pa∣asta 〈◊〉〈◊〉 paasta.

This great Body is under its own Prince, who as∣sumeth the Title of Cear, (which in the Russian Lan∣guage * 1.50 signifies Emperor) yet more commonly he's term'd the Great Duke. He's an Hereditary Monarch, and his Go∣vernment truly Desuotical. The Lives and Fortunes of his Sub∣jects are wholly at his disposal; and the greatest Knez: or Lord within his Dominions, doth acknowledge himself his Galop or Slave. Yea, be not only exerciseth an uncontroulable Power over

his slavish Subjects, but also pretends to a kind of Omniscience among them, and hath so succeeded in this bold Pretence, that the main Body of the People doth really believe that their Great Duke know∣eth all things. To support which Opinion, The Moscovitish Em∣perors have industriously endeavour'd to keep their People in gross Ignorance, and for that end have hitherto banish'd out of their Domions the Liberal Arts and Sciences, and forbid the studying of them under the severest Penalties. But the present Czar by his proceedings (already hinted at) would seem to rectify that gross Abuse. He suffers none of his Nobles to retire from Court with∣out his Special Permission, and seldom, or never, to visit Foreign Countries, till these our own Days; no, nor so much as to talk with Foreigners at home. The Publick Affairs are chiefly manag'd by his Great Council, (call'd Dumnoy Boyaren) consisting of the Principal Noblemen of the Empire. Here also are divers other Councils, or rather Chambers and Courts of Judicatory, to which belong their respective Business, and each of these hath its peculiar President; they're in number Six, whereof the first is appointed for Ambassadors and Foreign Negotiations. The second for managing of Military Affairs. The third for the Publick Revenues of the Empire. The fourth for encouraging of Trade and Merchandizing. And the two others for hearing and determining of all Causes, both Civil and Criminal.

The Arms of Moscovia are, Or an Eagle display'd Sable, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on its Breast a Shield Gules, charg'd with * 1.51 a Cavalier A••••••t fighting a Dragon; on and between the Heads of the Eagle are three Crowns for Moscovy, Cazan, and Astracan. According to others, the Arms are Sable, a Portel open of two Leaves, and ••s 〈◊〉〈◊〉 degrees Or.

The Muscovia's 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that they profess Christianity, according to the Doctrine of the Greek Church in its * 1.52 Ancient Purity; but indeed they have mixt with the same, a great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ridiculous Ceremonies and foolish Superstitions of their own. They ••ender Divine Worship to the Virgin Mary, and other Saints as also to Crosses, and never Commerce any thing of Moment unless they first Sign themselves with the Sign of the Crost. In Baptism they use Exorcism, and always Confession to the Priest before they receive the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper. All above seven Years of Age receive that Sacrament in both kinds, and they give it i•• one kind to Children under that age. They usually Administer the same (as also Extreme Unction) to Persons past all hopes of Recovery; but they neither adore the Sacrament.

nor believe the strange Doctrine of Transubstantiation. They ob∣serve fifteen great Festivals, besides a great many Days dedicated to particular Saints. Sermons they never use, but only read some Portions of Holy Scripture, with St. Basil's Liturgy, and divers Homilies of St. Chrysostome. The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country towards the latter Part of the Tenth Century, and that by the Preaching of some Greeks, sent thither by the then Patriarch of Constantinople.

[illustration]

FRANCE

SECT. III. Concerning France.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	12	10	of Long.	its greatest	Length is about 520
26	30
between	42	30	of Latit.	Breadth is about 450
51	10

Being divided into Three Classes, viz.

• North.
• Middle.
• South.

North compre∣hends the Go∣vernments of	Picardy—	Chief Town	Amiens, Northward.
Normandy—	Roven—	from W. to E.
The Isle of France	Paris—
Champaigne—	Troye—
Middle compre∣hends the Go∣vernments of	Bretaigne—	Rennes.—	W. to E.
Orleanoise—	Orleans—
Bourgoigne—	Dyon	—
Lionois—	Lion
South compre∣hends the Go∣vernments of	Guienne & Gascony	Bourdemix—	W. to E.
Languedoc—	Tholouse—
Dauphiny—	Grenoble	—
Provence—	Aix—

Of all these in Order.

§. 1. PICARDY.

Divided into	Higher, towards the East—	Ch. Town	Guise.
Lower, towards the West—	Abbeville.

But more particularly,

Higher contains	Tierasche—	Chief Town	Guise—	E. to W.
Vermandois—	S. Quinten—
Santerre—	Peronne—
Amienois—	Amiens—
Lower contains	Pais Reconquis-	Calais—	N. to S.
Ardres—	Idem—
Boulognois—	Boulogne—
Ponthieu—	Abbeville—

To Picardy we subjoin the Archbishoprick of Cambray, lying N. of Peronne. Chief Town Cambry.

§. 2. NORMANDY.

Divided into	Higher, towards the East—	Chief Town	Rouen.
Lower, towards the West—	Caen.

More particularly,

Higher contains	Pais Caux—	Chief Town	Caudebeck—	N. to S. E.
Roven—	Idem—
Gisors—	Idem—
Eureux—	Idem, S. of Roven.
Lower contains	Coutantine—	Coutance—	W. to E.
Gaen—	Idem—
Alencon—	Idem, S. E. of Caen.

§. 2. Isle of FRANCE.

Divided into	North, the Seine—	Chief Town	Soissons.
South, the Seine—	Melun.

More particularly,

North the Seine contains	Laonois—	Chief Town	Laon—	E. to W.
Soissonois—	Soissons—
Beauvoises—	Beauvais—
Vexin Francois	Pont-Oyse—	W. to E.
D. of Valois—	Senle••—
Isle of France—	Paris—	W. to E.
Brie—	Meaux—
South the Seine contains	Hurepoix—	Melun—	N. to S.
Gastenois—	Montargi—

§. 4. CHAMPAIGNE.

Divided into	Higher, on the North—	Chief Town	Rheims.
Lower, on the South—	Troye.

More particularly,

Higher contains	Rethelnois—	Chief Town	Rethel—	N. to S. W.
D. of Rheims—	Rheims—
High Champaigne	S. Dizier
Challonois—	Chalon on the River Marn••.
Lower contains	Sennois—	Sens—	W. to E.
Low Champaigne	Troyes—
Bassigny—	Langres—

§. 5. BRETAIGNE.

Divided into	Higher, Eastward—	Chief Town	Rennes.
Lower, Westward—	Brest.

More particularly,

Higher contains the Territo∣ries of	Dole—	Chief Town	Idem—	E. to W.
S. Malc••—	Idem—
Brieux—	Idem—
Rennes—	Idem—	N. to S.
Nantes—	Idem—
Lower contains	St. Polde Leon	Brest—	W. to N. E.
Trigvier—	Idem—
Cornoaile—	Idem—	W. to E.
Vannet—	Idem—

§. 2. ORLEANOIS

Divided into	North	the River Loir, chief Town	Chartres.
upon	Orleans.
South	Poictiers.

More particularly,

North contains	Maine—	Chief Town	Mans—	W. to E.
Perche—	Nogent—
Beauce—	Chartres—
Vendosmois—	Vendosme—
Middle, or upon the Loir.	Anjou—	Angers—	W. to E.
Tourraine—	Tours—
Blais••••—	Blois—
Orleanois—	Orleans—
Nivernois—	Nevers—
South contains	Aunis—	Rochelle—	W. to E.
Angoumois	Angoulesme
Poictou—	Poictiers—
Berry—	Bourges—

§. 7. BURGOINE.

Divided into	Higher, Northward	Chief Town	Dijon.
Lower, Southward	Bourge-en Bresse.

More particularly,

Higher, [viz. Burgoigne pro∣perly so call'd] contains the Towns of	Auxerre—	W. to S. E.
Semur—
Dijon—
Challon—	N. to S.
Mascon—
Autun—	N. to S.
Charolles—
Lower, [viz. la Bresse] con∣tains the Towns of	Bourge-en-Bresse—	N. to S. E.
Belly—
Trevoux—	Westward.

§. 8. LIONOIS.

Divided into	East—	Chief Town	Lions.
West—	Clermont.

More particularly,

East compre∣hends	Lionois [properly so called—	—	Chief Town	Lions—	S. to N.
Baujolois—	Beaujeu—
Forez—	—	Feurs—	Westward.
West compre∣hends	Auvergue	higher	Clermont	—	S. to
lower	S. Flour
Bourbonnoi—	—	Bourbon [or Moulins
March—	—	Gueret—	Westward.

§. 9. GUIENNE and GASCOIGNE.

Divided into	Guienne [Northward]	C. T.	Bourdeaux.
Gascoigne [Southward]	Ayre, viz. the chief of Gas∣coigne, properly so called.

More Particularly,

Guienne in 8 Provinces.	South	Guienne [proper∣ly so called—	Chief Town	Bourdeaux—	W. to E.
Bazadois—	Bazas—
Agenois—	Agen—
Revergue—	Rodes—
4 North	Saintoigne—	Saintes—	W. to E.
Pertgort—	Perigueux—
Limosin—	Limoges—
Quercy—	Cahors—
Gascoigne into 3 parts	North the Adour	Les Landes—	Dax—	W. to E.
Albert—	Idem—
Condomois—	Condom—
Armagnac—	Aux—
Gaure—	Verdun—
Uponthe Adour	Labour—	Bayonne—	W to E.
Gascoigne prop.	Ayre—
Estarac—	Mirande—
Comminges—	Lombes—
South the Adour	Lower Navarr	S. Palais—	W. to E.
C. of Soule—	Maulleon—
Bearn—	Pau—
Bigorre—	Tarbe—
Conserans—	S. Bertrand

§. 10. LANGUEDOC.

Divided into	Higher, towards the West	Chief Town	Tholouse.
Lower, towards the East	Nismes.

More particularly,

Higher contains the Ter∣ritories of	Foix—	Chief Town	Idem	S. to N. on the Garonne.
Rieux—	Idem
Tholonse	Idem
Alby—	Idem 42 m. N. E.	of Tho∣louse.
S. Papoul	Idem 36 m. S. E.
Lower con∣tains the	Territories of	Narl••ne	Idem—	W. to E.
Beziers	Idem—
Mompelier	Idem—
Nismes—	Idem—
Country of Sevennes di¦vided into	Givaudan	Mende
Velay—	Le Puy	W. to E.
Vivarez	Viviers

§. 11. DAUPHINY.

Divided into	Higher, towards the East—	Chief Town	Grenoble
Lower, towards the West—	Vienne.

More particularly,

Higher contains se∣veral Towns, the chief of which are	Grenoble upon the Isere.
Gap—	Nigh unto or upon the Durance.
Embrun—
Briancon or Brianson—
Pignerol, S. E. of Brianson.
Lower contains se∣veral Towns, the chief of which are	Vienne—	N. to S.
Valence—
S. Paul de Tricasten—
Dye, S. E. of Valence.

§. 12. PROVENCE.

Divided into	Higher, Northward—	Chief Town	Sisteron.
Middle part—	Aix.
Lower, Southward—	Marseilles:

More particularly,

Higher, whose chief Towns are	Orange—	W. to E. on the North of Du∣rance River.
Avignion—
Apt—
Forcalquier—
Sisteron—
Middle part, whose chief Towns are	Arles—	W. to E. on the S. of the Durance.
Salon—
Aix—
Riez—
Senez—
Glandeves—
Lower, whose chief Towns are	Marseilles—	W. to E. nigh un∣to, or upon the Sea-Coast.
Toulon—
Hyeres—
Frejuls—
Grace—
Vence—
Anti••e—

After these Twelve Governments we may here subjoin two other Countries adjacent to the East part of France.

Namely,

• Loraine.
• French County.

LORAINE.

Divided into	Loraine properly so called	Ch. Town	Nancy.
Dutchy of Barr [Westward]	Bar le Duc.

More particularly,

Loraine properly so called	Chief Town	Nancy towards the middle.
D. of Bar—	Bar le Duc, Westward.
Principality of Phaltzbourge	Idem, Eastward.
The Territor. of	Toule—	Idem	S. to N.
Metz	Idem
Verdun	Idem
Also those of	Clermont—	Idem, 15 Miles W. of Verdun.
Bitch—	Idem—	N. to S. upon the E. part of Loraine.
Sarward—	Idem—
Sarbruck—	Idem—
Salme—	Idem—
Vaudemont	Idem, 18 Miles S. E. of Toul.

FRENCH COUNTY.

Divided into	Higher, Northward—	Chief Town	Montbeliart.
Middle part—	Besanson.
Lower, Southward—	Salins.

More particularly,

Higher, its chief Towns are	Montbeliart—	E. to W.
Vesoul—
Middle, its chief Towns are	Besancon or Besanson	E. to W. upon the Doux.
Dole—
Lower, its chief Towns are	Salins—	N. to S.
S. Claude—

THis Country (formerly Gallia from its Ancient Inhabitants the Gauls, otherwise the Celta) is * 1.53 term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Francia; by its Natives, la France; by the Germans, Franckreich; and by the English, France, so call'd (as most Authors agree) from the Franks, a Ger∣man Nation, inhabiting that Part of Germany still call'd Franconia; who invading Gaul, and by degrees subduing a great Part of it, gave it a New Name from its New Masters, who (in the Opinion of some Judicious Writers) had theirs from certain Franchises grant∣ed them by the Roman Emperors beyond what the Neighbouring Nations enjoy'd; or (according to others) from the German words, Fra••n and Ausen, the former signifying Free, and the other an Heroe.

The Air of this Country is very Temperate, Plea∣sant, and Healthful, being in a good Medium between * 1.54 the great Excess of Heat and Cold, which ordinarily attend those Countries of a more Northern and Southern Situation; yea, so healthful is it, that this Kingdom is generally observ'd to be less subject to Plagues and Sickness, than most other Nations of Europe, and the Air about Mompelier, in particular, is universally esteem'd Medicinal for Consumptions. The opposite Place of the Globe to France, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 190 and 207 Degrees of Longitude, with 42 and 51 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 6, 7, and 8. North Climate) is extraordinary fruitful, particularly * 1.55 in Corn, Wine, Fruits, Hemp, &c. The Fields being here both large and open, are generally intermingl'd with Vines and Corn; as also bordered and interlin'd with variety of Fruits: Here are many and vasts Forests, and these well-stor'd with most sorts of wild Beasts fit for Hunting; several Mountains, and these cover'd over with numerous Flocks, and some of them lin'd with rich and valuable Mines. Here also are divers excellent Pits of Coals, and Quarries of Stones. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country, is about 16 Hours ¼. The shortest in the Southmost, is 9 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The Chief Commodities of this Country, are Salt, Fish, Corn, Wine, Almonds, Coral, Canvas, Oade, Linnen, * 1.56 Paper, Wood, Skins, Alamodes, Lusting, and rich flower'd Silks, Verdigris, Cremor Tartaris, &c.

Among the chief Rarities of France, we may reckon some remarkable Remains of the Roman Antiquities as * 1.57 yet to be seen in that Country. And they are reduci∣ble to these following Heads, viz. (1.) Triumphal Arches, particu∣larly that in the City of Rheims as yet entire, compos'd of Three Arches, and adorn'd with many Figures and Trophies, but uncer∣tain for whom erected: There are also the Ruins of several others near Autun in Burgundy; one at Saintes in Guienne; another almost entire at the City of Orange, erected by Caius Marius and Luctatius Catulus, upon their Victory obtain'd over the Cimbres and Teutones; (where are likewise the Ruins of a Roman Circus) To these we may add that stately. Bridge, twelve Miles off Nismes, consisting of three Stories of Arches one above another, the last of which was an Aqueduct. (2.) Amphitheaters; as the Ruins of a stately one at Chalons in Burgundy; another at Perigueux in Guienne; another at Tholouse in Langaedoc; another at Arles in Provence; another at Vi∣enne in Dauphine; but the chief of all is that at Nismes of an extra∣ordinary bigness, and as yet adorn'd with several Pillars, and di∣vers Roman Eagles, as also the Fable of Romulus and Romus sucking the She-wolf. (3.) The Remains of some Heathen Temples; particu∣larly those of Templum Jani (now call'd the Jenetoye) at Autun in Burgundy; those of the Goddess Venus at Perigueux in Guienne; and that of Diana near Nismes in Languedoc. (4.) The Ruins of some Ancient Aqueducts, as those near Coutance in Burgundy; those at Dole in Britaign; some at Autun in Burgundy; and those at Tholouse in Languedoc. (5.) Remarkable Pillars, particularly those Ancient Columes and Pyramids near Autun in Burgundy; but more especially is that famous Roman Obelisk of Oriental Granat at Arles in Provence, which is much admired by the Curious, being fifty two Foot high, seven Foot Diameter at the Base, and yet all but one Stone. Among the Monuments of Antiquity, we may men∣tion that large Passage cut through the middle of a Rock about two Leagues from Brianson in Dauphine, which being a stupendious piece of Work, gives occasion to various Conjectures, some Persons imputing it to J. Caesar, and others rather to Hannjbal. To these we may add that large and round Buckler of Massy Silver fish'd out of the Rhone near Avignion, 1665. being twenty Inches in Diamiter, and weighing twenty one pounds; 'tis 1900 Years old, and is charg'd with Scipio Africanus half Mantled grasping his Pike, and Roman Officers attending with the Spaniards supplicating for a fair Virgin; the same being consecrated to that Virtuous General upon his re∣storing a beautiful Captive to Allucius, Prince of Celtiberia, who had espous'd her.

These being the principal Remains of Reverend Antiquity obser∣vable in this Country; next to such Curiosities, we may subjoin

some Rarities of Nature, the most noted of which are these follow∣ing. (1) Waters of remarkable Qualities; particularly, Those nigh to Dax or D'Acque in Gascoign, so reputed of old for Bathing, that from them the whole Province of Aquitaine did derive its Name. As also the Mineral Waters of Bourbon much resorted unto, even in time of the Romans, together with that famous Fountain near to Grenoble, which appeareth as if covered with Flames, and boileth up in great Bubbles and yet is never hot. Likewise another boiling Fountain about a League from Montpellier, much observ'd by Travellers; and finally, that Oily-spring near Gabian, in the Road from Montpellier to Beziers. Add to these a Spring near Loches in Orleanois, and that at Clermont in Auvergne, whose Waters are of a Petrifying Nature; and likewise ano∣ther nigh to the City of Mans, which maketh Silver look exactly like Gold. (2) Observable Mountains, particularly those nigh to Rhodes in Guienne, call'd the Mountains of Cansac, which burn whenever it Rains. (3.) Some hideous Subterranean Holes or Passages, as that in the Forrest of S. Aubin du Cormier in Bretaign, through which flows a mighty Torrent of Water; and another near Nions in Dauphine, from which proceedeth a violent Wind. These are the chief Rari∣ties in France, both Natural and Artificial, especially the latter. As for Artificial ones of a modern date, this Country affordeth several, particularly that famous Canal of Languedoc, and splendid Palace of Versailles, with divers magnificent Buildings, (especially Churches) but these are either too well known to need, or too numerous to admit of any particular Relation here.

The Archbishopricks of France are these following, viz. * 1.58

Lions	whose Arch∣bishop is	Count and Primate of France.
Sens	Primate of France and Germany.
Paris	Duke and Peer of the Realm.
Reims	Duke and Peer, and Legat of the Holy See.
Rouen	Primate of Normandy.

As also those,

• ...Yours,
• ...Bourdeaux,
• ...Narbonne,
• ...Vienne.
• ...Burges,
• ...Auch,
• ...Arles,
• ...Bezancon,
• ...Alby,
• ...Tholouse,
• ...Aix.
• ...Embrun.

The respective Suffragans of these Archbishops, are as followeth, * 1.59

Lions.

• ...Autun
• ...Langres
• ...Wacon
• ...Chasion

Sens.

• ...Trois
• ...Auxerre
• ...Nevers

Paris.

• ...Chartres
• ...Orleans
• ...Meaux

Reims.

• ...Soissont
• ...Laon
• ...Chaalons
• ...Noijon
• ...Beauvais
• ...Amiens
• ...Senlis
• ...Boulogn

Alby.

• ...Castres
• ...Mende
• ...Rodez
• ...Cahors
• ...Vahors

Narbonne

• ...Carcass••nr
• ...Ale••
• ...Beziers
• ...Agde
• ...Lodove
• ...Montpellier
• ...Nismes
• ...Usetz
• ...S. Pons
• ...Perpignan

Rouen.

• ...Bayeux
• ...Eu••eux
• ...Auranchet
• ...Seez
• ...Lis••ux
• ...Coutances

Bourdeauz

• ...Poictiers
• ...Saintes
• ...Angoulesm
• ...Perigueux
• ...Agen
• ...Condom
• ...Sarlat
• ...Rochelle
• ...Lucon

Arles

• ...Marseilles
• ...Orange
• ...S. Paul de 3. Chateaux
• ...Toulon

Tours.

• ...Mans
• ...Angers
• ...Rennes
• ...Nantes
• ...Cournouaille
• ...Vannes
• ...S. Malo
• ...S. Brieu
• ...Treguier
• ...S. Pol de Leon
• ...Dole

Auch

• ...Acquis
• ...Aire
• ...Bazas
• ...Bayonne
• ...Comminges
• ...Conserans
• ...Lectoure
• ...Mescar
• ...Oleron
• ...Tarbes

Aix

• ...Apt
• ...Riez
• ...Frejus
• ...Gap
• ...Sisteron

Vienne

• ...Valence
• ...Die
• ...Grenoble
• ...Viviers
• ...Maurienne

Bourges.

• ...Clermont
• ...Limoges
• ...S. Flour
• ...le Puy
• ...Tulle

Tholouse

• ...Pamiers
• ...Mirepoix
• ...Montauban
• ...Lavour
• ...S. Papaul
• ...Lombez
• ...Rieux

Bezanc.

• ...Belley
• Basil in Switz.
• Lausanne in Switz.

Embrun

• ...Digne
• ...Glandeve
• ...Vence
• ...Senez
• ...Grace
• Nice in Savoy.

Universities belonging to this Kingdom, are establisht at these Cities following, * 1.60

• ...Paris,
• ...Angers,
• ...Reims,
• ...Perpignan,
• ...Bourdeaux,
• ...Caen,
• ...Valence,
• ...Douay,
• ...Poictiers,
• ...Montpellier,
• ...Aix,
• ...Dole,
• ...Orleans,
• ...Cahors,
• ...Avignon,
• ...Friburge,
• ...Bourges,
• ...Nantes,
• ...Pont a'mauson,
• ...Orange,

The French are generally a Civil, Quick and Active sort of People; but extreamly given to Talking, es∣pecially * 1.61 those of the Female Sex, who nevertheless are not only very pleasing in discourse, but also of a graceful and win∣ning deportment. This People is thus characteriz'd by some; That they are Aiery, Amorous, full of Action, and above all things Contentious, being so universally given to Law-fuits, and that even among nearest Relations, that Lawyers, Judges, and other Officers of Justice, are observ'd to be the richest Body of the Kingdom, excepting the Churchmen. Many of this Country in matters of Learning, are bless'd with a clear Conception, and ready Expression; and of late, they have advanc'd the Republick of Letters to a very considerable height; this Age having produc'd several of that Nation (and even some of the Female Sex) who are now famous through all the Learn∣ed World for their singular Parts.

The French Language (compos'd chiefly of the Latin, together with several German and Gothick words inter∣mixt) * 1.62 being lately much refin'd by the Royal Acade∣my at Paris, is so admir'd for its elegancy and sweetness, that it hath wonderfully spread it self abroad in the world; and is now become the chief Tongue that's commonly us'd in most Princes Courts of Europe. Pater-Noster in the same, runs thus, Nôtre pére qui es aux Cieux, Ton Nom soit sanctifié; Ton Regne vienne; Ta Volonté soit faite en Ia Terre, comme a•• Ciel; Donne nous aujourdhuy nôtre pain quotidien; Pardonne nous nos offences, comme nous pardonnons a' ceux qui nous ont offencez; Et ne nous induit point en tentation; mais delivre nous du mal. Amen.

This Kingdom, being formerly a part of the Roman Empire, was in process of time over-run by Franks, * 1.63 Goths and Burgundians, especially the first, by whom was rais'd a Monarchy, which continuing in the Succession of Kings of three several Races, (viz. the Morovignian, Carlovinian and Cape∣tine) is now as great as any in Christendom; and at present subject to one Sovereign [entitl'd the Most Christian King, and eldest Son of the Church] whose Government is Monarchical, and Crown hereditary in his Heirs Male, all Females being excluded by the Salique Law. The whole Kingdom being divided into 12 Governments; over each of them is set a Governor, styl'd the King's Licutenant-General or Super-Intendant, having the like Power as the Lords Lieutenants of England formerly had in their several Counties. For the better ma∣nagement of the publick Affairs and Administration of Justice in all parts of this Kingdom, here are establisht a great many Courts of Judicatory, particularly these following, viz. Parliaments; Cham∣bers of Accounts; Courts of Aides; Presidial Courts; Generalities; Elections, &c. I. Parliaments (the highest and supream Courts of

the Nation) were Fifteen in number, reckoning the late Con∣quests, and held at the Cities of Paris, Tholouse, Rouen, Grenoble, Bourdeaux, Dijon, Aix, Vannes, Pau, Mets, Besancon, Tourney, Perpig∣nan, Arras and Brisac. These Parliaments (according to their respe∣ctive business) are divided into several Chambers, especially that of Paris, which hath no less than Ten. viz. (1.) The Grand Chamber, where the Peers of the Realm being accus'd of any Crime, are usual∣ly Try'd. (2.) The Tournelle Civile; where they take cognizance of such Civil Causes as exceed a thousand Livres in value. (3.) The Tournelle Criminelle; where Appeals from Inferior Courts in Crimi∣nal Matters are heard and discuss'd. Besides these three, there are five Chambers of Inquest; where Depositions of Witnesses are set down, and Causes thereupon determin'd; being almost the same with our Bill and Answer in Chancery and Exchequer. And lastly, There are two Chambers of Request; where Causes of Priviledg'd Persons are heard and discuss'd. II. Chambers of Accounts; where Accounts of the Treasury are examin'd, and Homage and Vassalage due from the Royal Feifs are receiv'd, Treaties of Peace, and Grants made by the King, and such like, are recorded. These Chambers are 12 in number, and held at the Cities of Paris, Rouen, Dijon, Nantes, Montpelier, Grenoble, Aix, Pau, Blois, Liste, Aire, and Dole. III. Courts of Aides, where all Causes relating to the King's Revenue (particu∣larly Aides, Tailles, Gabells) are determin'd, and that without any appeal to a higher Judicatory. These Courts are in number Eight, and held at these 8 Cities of Paris, Montpelier, Rouen, Clermont, Mont∣ferrand, Bourdeaux, Aix, Grenoble and Dijon. IV. Presidial Courts (compos'd of several Judges) where Civil Causes in matters of smal∣ler importance, as also Appeals made from Subaltern Justices in Villages, are heard and determin'd. V. Generalities, whose Office (they being the Treasurers general of France) is to take care of asses∣sing the Taxes proportionably in their respective Districts, according to the Sum propos'd by the King and Council to be levied. These Courts are 23 in number (each consisting of twenty three Persons) and these conveniently situated in several parts of the Kingdom. They do also judge Matters relating to the Crown-Lands, the King's Revenue, and such like. Lastly, Elections; which are small Courts subordinate to the Generalities, and their Office is to cast up how much every Parish in their respective Division must raise of the Sum propos'd by the Generality; and accordingly they issue out their Or∣ders to every Parish; whereupon one of the Inhabitants being cho∣sen Collector, he proportions every one's Quota; and collecting the same, returns it to the Generalities, and they again to the publick Exchequer. Besides these, there is a vast number of inferior Courts for smaller Matters, whether Civil or Criminal: And a great many publick Officers, as Provosts, Seneschals, Bailiffs, as also Intendants de

la Justice, Police, and Finance, &c. But our intended brevity will not admit of a farther Relation.

The King of France, for Arms bears Azure, three Flower de Luces Or, two in chief, and one in base; * 1.64 the Escutcheon is environed with the Collars of the Orders of S. Michael and the Holy Ghost. For Crest, an Helmet Or, entirely open, thereon a Crown clos'd, after the manner of an Im∣perial Crown, with eight inarched Rays, topt with a double Flower de Luce. The Supporters are, two Angels habited as Levites; the whole under a Pavilion Royal, semé of France, lin'd Ermines, with these words, Ex omnibus Floribus elegi mihi Lilium. Lilia neque labo∣rant neque nent.

The only Establish'd Religion in France, is that of the Church of Rome; for all the Decisions of the Coun∣cil * 1.65 of Trent in Matters of Faith are there receiv'd; but those that relate to Points of Discipline, and infringe the Rights of the Crown, with the Liberties of the Gallican Church, are rejected. The Protestants (commonly call'd Hugonots) were formerly allow'd the publick profession of their Religion by several Edicts granted by the French Kings; particularly that of Nantes, An. 1598. by Henry IV. and confirm'd by all his Successors ever since. But the present King, by his Declaration of October 1685. abolish'd the said Edict, and in∣hibited the Exercise of the Reform'd Religion, enjoining the pro∣fession of the Roman, and that under the severest Penalties. Where∣upon followed the Destruction of their Churches, and a violent Persecution which forced great Droves to leave the Kingdom, and seek for shelter in Foreign Countries. As to the Romanists themselves; There are great Divisions among them at present, notwithstanding of their so much boasted Unity: For besides the hot Disputes be∣tween the Molinists and Jansenists about Predestination and Grace (in which the pretended Infallible Judge at Rome dares not interpose his Decisive Authority for fear of disobliging one or the other Party) we find that the Sect of Quietism has lately crept in among them; as appears from the late Book of the Archbishop of Cambray concerning the Internal Life, which has been censured by the Archbishop of Pa∣ris, and the Bishops of Meaux and Chartres, and complain'd off by the French King in his Letter to the Pope, though the Author profers to maintain his Doctrine before his Holiness, if permitted to go to Rome. The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country by some of St. Peter's Disciples (as is most probably thought) sent thither by him at his first coming to Rome.

[illustration]

A New Map of GERMANY By Rob^t. Morden.

SECT. IV. Concerning Germany.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	24	10	of Long.	Its greatest	Length is about 540.
37	12
between	45	30	of Lat.	Breadth is about 510.
54	30

Being divided into three Classes, viz.	North.
Middle.
South.

North.	The Circle of Belgium.	Chief Towns	are	Amsterdam	W. to E.
Bruxelles
The Circle of Westphalia	Munster—
The Circle of Lower Saxony.	Hamburg—
The Circle of Upper Saxony.	Wittenburg—
Middle.	The Circle of the Lower Rhine	Heidelberg—	W. to E.
The Circle of the Upper Rhine	Francfort—
The Circle of Franconio.	Nurenburg—
South.	The Circle of Suabia.	Ausburg—	W. to E.
The Circle of Bavaria.	Munick—
The Circle of Austria.	Vienna—

Of all these in Order.

§. 1. The Circle of Belglum.

Divided into	North, viz. Holland—	Chief Town	Amsterdam.
South, viz. Flanders—	Bruxelles.

Holland contains Seven Provinces.

Viz.	4 towards the South	Holland properly so call'd	Chief Town	Amsterdam.
Zeland—	Middleburgh
Utretcht—	Idem.
Zutphen, and a part of Gelderland.	Zutphen.
3 towards the North	Over Issel—	Deventer.
Friesland—	Leuarden.
Groningen—	Idem.

Flanders contains Ten Provinces.

Viz.	4 Dutchies	Gelderland—	Chief Town	Gelders.
Brabant—	Bruxelles.
Luxembourge—	Idem.
Limbourge—	Idem.
4 Counties	Flanders properly so called—	Bruges.
Artesia—	Arras.
Hannonia—	Mons.
Namur—	Idem.
The Marquisate of the Empire	Antwerp.
The Seignory of Malines.	Idem.

The Chief of these 〈…〉〈…〉 Holland and Flanders properly 〈…〉〈…〉 particularly consider them, 〈…〉〈…〉 the most remarkable Towns in each of them. 〈…〉〈…〉

Holland properly so call'd, being divided into

• North.
• South.

Chief Towns	North are	Goree in the Island Goree.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Nigh unto, or upon the Mues from W. to E.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	—	In the Western part from S. W. to N. E.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
South are	Amsterdam upon the Channel Amstel.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	In the Western part from S. to N.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Upon the Zuyder-zee, or South-Sea, from N. to S.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
Naerden—

Flanders properly so call'd, being divided into

• East.
• West.

Chief Towns in	East are	Dendermonde—	Upon the Dendre, from N. to S.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—
Gramont—
Gh••ut—	Upon the Soheld.	all found from N. to S. W.
O••denard—
Tournay—
St. Amand—	Upon the Scarpe.
Doway—
Deynse—	Nigh unto, or upon the Lys, all found from N. to S. W.
Courtray—
Armenthiers—
Lisle—
West are	Graveling—	Five remarkable Ports from S. to N. E.
Dunkirk—
Neuport—
Osiend—
lāys—
Bruges—	found from W. to E.
Axel—
Hulst—
Rupelmond upon the Scheld, 5 Miles S. of Antwerp.
Farne—	found from W. to E.
Dixmude—
Thyelt—
Berge S. Winoc—	from W. to E.
Ypres—
Cassel, farthest South.

The Dutchy of Brabant being divided into

• North.
• South.

Chief Towns in	North are	Bosleduc—	found from E. to W.
Breda—
Steenbergen—
Bergenopzoom—
Antwerp upon the Scheld.
Mechelin upon the Dender.
South are	Aersschot—	Upon the Demer from W. to E.
Sichem—
Diest—
Brussels—	found from W. to E.
Louvain—
Tilmont—
Judoigne about 12 Miles S. E. of Louvain.
Gemblours—	found from E. to W.
Genape—
Nivelle—

§. 2. The Circle of Westphalia.

Divided into	North-East, between the Weser and Elm	Ch. T.	Osnaburge.
Middle, between the Elm and the Rhine	Munster.
South-West, betw. the Rhine and Cir. Belg.	Leige.

More particularly,

North-East compre∣hends	The Coun∣ty of	Oldenburg—	Chief Town	Idem—	On the Wefer from N. to S.
Hoya—	are	Idem
Diepholt—	Idem
Schomberg—	Idem—
The Principal of Minden	Idem—
The Coun∣ty of	Embden or	Emdent	Nigh unto, or upon the Elm, from N. to S. E.
••••••••••seland
Linge—	Idem
The Bishop of Osnaburg.	Idem
The Coun∣ty of	Tecklenburg	Idem
Ravensburg	Idem

Middle compre∣hends	The County of Ben••hem—	Idem	from N. W to S. E.
The Bishoprick of Munster	Idem
The County of Lip—	Idem
The Bishoprick of Paderborne	Idem
The Durchy of Westphalia	Arensberge	from E. to W.
The County of	Marke—	Ham—
Berge—	Dusseldorp.
South West compre∣hends	The Succession of the Dutchies of	Cleves	Cleves	N. to S.
Juliers	Juliers
The Bishoprick of Leige—	Liege W. of Juliers.

§. 3. The Circle of Lower Saxony.

Divided into	North—	Chief Town	Hamburge.
Middle—	Lunenburge.
South—	Magdeburge.

More particularly,

North the D of	Holstein compre∣hending the D of	Ditmarsh—	Chief Town	Meldorp—	Hamburg—	From W. to E.
Holstein prop	Kiel—
Stormaria	Geluckstat
Wagerland	Lubeck—
Lawenburg—	are those of	Lawenburg.
Mecklenburg—	Wismar
Middle the D of	Bremen—	—	are those of	Eremen—	W. to E.
Ferden—	Ferden—
Lunenburg—	Lunenburg
South	Hildersheim, a Bishoprick	Is that of Hildersheim—	W. to E.
Brunswick, a Dutchy—	Brunswick & Wolfenbuttle
Halberstat, a Principality	Is that of Halberstat—
Megdeburg, an Archbish	Is that of Megdeburg—

Besides these are,

The D. of	Hanover—	Chief Town	Idem, 16 m. N. W.	of Hildersheim.
Gruppenhagen	Idem, 37 m. S.
Gottingen—	Idem, 14 m. S. of Gruppenhagen.
The C. of	Reinstein—	Blackenberg, 10 m.	S. W. of Hal∣berstat.
Weringen—	Elbingeroda, 12 m.

§. 10. The Circle of Upper Saxony.

Divided into	South—	Chief Town	Wittenberg.
North—	Stetin.

More particularly,

South con∣tains the	D. of Saxony, properly so called—	Ch. T.	Wittenberg—	N. to S.
Marq of Misnia—	Dresden—
Lantgr. of Thuring—	Erfurt, Westward
North con∣tains the	Mar. of Bran∣denburg	Alt-mark, West.	Chief Town	Stendal	Berlin	from S. to N.
Middlemark—	Berlin
Newmark, East.	Custrin
D. of Po∣merania	Ducal, East.	Camin	Stetin
Royal, West.	Stetin

Besides these, are many little Princes of the House of Saxony scat∣tered up and down (or nigh unto) the Landtgrave of Thurin, par∣ticularly these following;

The Princip. of Anhalt, [South to Magdeburg] Ch. Town Bernburg.
The D. of	Weimar—	Chief Town	Idem, 13 miles E.	of Erfurd.
Gotha—	Idem, 14 miles W.
Eisenach—	Idem, 26 miles W.
The E. of	Schwartsberg—	Idem, 24 miles S.
Beichlingen—	Idem, 20 mil. N. E.
Mansfield—	Idem, 55 m. S. W.	of Witten∣berg.
The Bishoprick of Hall—	Idem, 36 m. S W.

§. 5. The Circle of the Lower Rhine.

Divided into	East—	Chief Town	Heidelberg.
West—	Cologne.

More particularly,

It comprehends	Bishoprick of Cologne—	Chief Town	Cologne between	Juliers.
The Rhine.
The Palat. of the Rhine-	Heidelberg upon the Neckar.
Arch-Bishop∣rick of	Triers-	Idem upon the Moselle.
Mentz-	Idem upon the Rhine.
Bishoprick of Worms—	Idem upon the Rhine.
D. of Simmeron—	Idem 33 m. W. of Mentz.
Rhinegravc—	Kirn ij m. S. of Simmeren.
Counties of	Meurs—	Idem 28 m. S. E. of Cleves in Westp.
Sponheim.	Creutznach 20 m. S. W. of Mentz.
Veldentz-	Idem 17 m. N E. of Triers.
Leyningen	Idem 12 m. S. W. of Worms.

§. 6. The Circle of the Upper Rhine.

Divided into	North—	Chief Town	Cassel.
South—	Francfort.

More particularly,

It contains	D. of Zueybruck, or Deux Ponts—	Chief Town	Idem, 44 m. all W. of Worms.
Landtgr. of	Hesse Cassel—	Cassel farthest North.
Darmstat—	Idem betw. the Rhine and Maine.
Territories of Francfort—	Idem upon the Matne.
Counties of	Waldeck—	Idem	from N. to S. on the W. of the Landtgr. Hesse Cassel.
Solms—	Idem
Isenlurg—	Idem	from W. to S. E. on the North of the Rhine.
Nassan—	Idem
Catzenclbogen	Idem
Hanan—	Idem
Erpacl:—	Idem

§. 7. The Circle of Franconia.

Divided into	South—	Chief Town	Nurenburg.
North—	Coburg.

More particularly,

It contains	The Territ. of Nurenburg	Chief Town	Idem on a branch of the Maine.
Marq. of	Onspach—	Idem, 23 m. W. of Nurenburg.
Culenbach—	Idem	from E. to W.
Bishopr. of	Bamberg—	Idem
Wartzburg	Idem
Aichstat—	Idem, 34 m. S. of Nurenburg.

Besides these are

The State of the great Master of the Teutonick Order, chief Town Margentheim, 57 Miles W. of Nurenburg.

As also several Counties, but chiefly those of

Reineck—	Chief Town	Idem—	from N. to S. in the W. part of this Circle.
Wertheim—	Idem—
Holach—	Oringen—
Papenheim—	Idem 12 m. W. of the Bishoprick of Aichstat.
Schwartzenberg—	Idem 32 m. N. W. of Nurenberg.
Castel—	Idem 23 m. S. W. of Bamberg.

§. 8. The Circle of Suabia.

Divided into	East—	Chief Town	Ausburg.
West—	Stugart.

More particularly,

Suabia comprehends the	D. of Wirtenberg—	Chief Town	are	Stugart—	Nigh or upon the Neckar.
Tubingen—
Bishopr. of	Constance.	Idem upon the Lake Constance.
Ausburg—	Idem upon the Lech.
Marq. of	Baden—	Idem 38 m. W. from Stugart.
Burg••••—	Idem 10 m. W. from Ausburg.
Ortnaw—	Offenburg 20 m. S. from Baden.
Princ. of	Fu••stenberg	Idem 36 m. N. W. from Constance.
Hoenzolern—	Idem ij m. S. from Tubingen.
Count of	Otting—	Idem 38 m N. W. from Ausburg.
Reckbery—	Gemund 43 m. W. from Otting.
Koniseck—	Idem 18 m. N. from Constance.
Baron of	Waiburg—	Idem, or Waldsee, 30m. N. E. fr. Consta.
Limpurg—	Idem 37 m. W. from Otting.
Justingen—	Idem 28 m. S. E. from Stugart.
Territ. of	Fuggers—	Babenhausen 30 m. S. W. fr. Ausburg.
Ulm—	Idem 38 m. W. from Ausburg.
Abacy of Kempten—	Idem 50 m. S. W. from Ausburg.

To the Circle of Suabia we add Alsatia, chief Town is Strasburg.

It's divided into

• Higher, Southward.
• Lower, Northward.

Higher contains the Towns of	Freiburg—	From E. to W.
Brisach—
Colmar—
Lower contains the Towns of	Strasburg—	S. to N.
Hageno••—
Zabern, Westward.

§. 9. The Circle of Bavaria.

Divided into	North—	Chief Town	Leutchenberge.
South—	Munick or Munchen.

More particularly,

North contains Nortgow, or the Palatinate of Bavaria,

Comprehending	Landtgr. of Leutchenberge	Chief Town	Idem	N. to S. W.
Territor. of	Sultzbach—	Idem
Amberge—	Idem
Abacy of Walthausen—	Idem	N. to S.
County of Chambe—	Idem

South con∣tains	D. and Elect. of Bavaria	Higher, Southw.	Ch. T.	Munick or Munchen.
Lower, Northw.	Ratisb. or Regensp.
Arch-Bishoprick of Saltzburge	Idem, Southward.

Besides these are several other Dominions, as particularly

The Dutchy of Neuburge, [Ch. Town, Idem] 10 miles S. of the Bishoprick of Aichstat in Franconia.
The Bishopr. of	Passaw—	Ch. To.	Idem 68 m. E. of Ratisbonne.
Freisengen	Idem 10 m. N. of Munick.

§. 10. The Circle of Austria.

Divided into	Lower, Eastward—	Chief Town	Vienna.
Higher, Westward—	Inspruck.

More particularly,

Lower contains	Arch D. of Austria	East	Chief Town	Vienna	Vienna, chief of the whole.
West	Lintz
D. of	Stiria	higher, W.	Judenburg	Judenburg	from N. to S.
lower, E.	Gratz—
Carinthia	higher, W.	Willach—	Clagenfurt
lower, E.	Clagenfurt
	Carniola	higher, N.	Laubach—	Laubach—
	lower, S.	Loes—
Higher con∣tains the	County of Tyrol—	Inspruck—	from N. to S.
Bishopr. of Brixen	Idem—

Besides these are some other petty Soveraignties, especially these two following▪

The D. of	Goritia—	in Carniola	40 miles W.	of Laubech.
Gilley—	36 miles E.

Under this Circle is ordinarily comprehended Bohemia, containing

The K. of Bohemia, prop. so call'd	Chief Town	Prague—	S. to N.
Lusatia	higher, Northward—	Soraw	〈◊〉〈◊〉
lower, Southward—	Pantzen
Moravia	Eastern—	Weiskirk	Olmutz
Western—	Olmutz
D. of Silesia	higher, Southward	Troppaw	Breslaw
lower, Northward	Breslaw

After the 10 Circles of Germany followeth Switzerland, compre∣hending 13 Cantons, with several Confederate Cities and Proe∣fectures.

(1.) The thirteen Cantons are those of

• ...Zurick,
• ...Switz,
• ...Glaris,
• ...Solothurn,
• ...Bern,
• ...Underwald,
• ...Basil,
• ...Schafhousen,
• ...Lucern,
• ...Zug,
• ...Friburg,
• ...Apenzel.

These Cantons are set down according to their Votes in the gene∣ral Diets; each of them hath a capital City of its own Name except Uri (chief Town Altorf) and Underwald (chief Town Stant) and are reduced to three Classes.

Viz.	West comprehending	Basil—	from N. to S.
Soloturn—
Bern—
Freiburg—
Middle comprehending	Schafhouse—	from N. to S.
Zurich—
Zug—
Lucern—
Switz—
Underwald—
Uri—
East comprehending	Apenzil—	from N. to S.
Glaris—

(2.) The chief Con∣federates of the Switzers are the	Grisons, ch. T. Coire	W. of the	County of Tirol.
City of Geneva—	Lake of Geneva.
(3.) The chief Prae∣fectures of the Switzers are	Baden—	on the	W. N. W.	of Zurick.
Bremgarten
Mellingen—
Sargans▪ N. of the Grisons.

To the German Empire we might here annex the Kingdom of Hun∣gary, it being now almost intirely under the Emperour; But of it when we come to Turkey in Europe.

THIS great Body being divided (as aforesaid) into Ten Cir∣cles; and the first of these (viz. Belgium or the Netherlands) being most observable upon several accounts; we shall take a particular View of the same, as it consists of Holland and Flanders, and then treat of all the rest conjunctly, under the general Title of Upper Germany. Therefore,

§. 1. HOLLAND.

THis Country (of old Batavia, a part of Ancient Belgium) is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the Italians and Spaniards, Holanda; by * 1.66 the French, Hollande; by the Germans and English, Holland; so call'd (as many imagin) from Hol and land, two Teutonic words, signifying a low or hollow sort of Land: But others choose rather to d••••ive the Name from Oeland (an Island in the Baltick Sea) whose Inhabitants, being great Pyrats, and frequently ranging these Seas, at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 did seize upon, and settle themselves in this part of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉

The Air of this Country is generally thick and moist, by reason of the frequent Fogs which arise from the many Lakes and Channels with which this Country abounds; And to Moistness of the Air it is, that we may impute the Cause of the ••ency of Agues, to which the Inhabitants are so subject. The ••site Place of the Globe to Holland is that part of the vast Paci∣•••••• Ocean, between 205 and 210 Degrees of Longitude, with 51 and 54 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country lying very low, and in the Tenth North Climate; Its Soil is Naturally wet and fenny, but the in∣dustrious * 1.67 Inhabitants do so drain it by a vast Multitude of Artificial Channels, that the Ground is made very fit both for Pasture and Tillage especially the former, they imploying the greatest part of their Land in Grazing vast Herds of Kine. The Length of the Days and Nights is the same as in England, South of the Hum∣ber.

Although the Commodities of this Country, proceed∣ing from its natural Growth, may (strictly speaking) * 1.68 be reckon'd only Butter and Cheese; yet by reason of the many useful Manufactures which this People encourage at home, (the very Materials of which are brought from other Nations) and that wonderful Trade which they manage abroad in most Parts of the known World, we may reckon it as a Publick Warehouse of the richest and best Commodities of all Nations.

The chief Remarkables in Holland are these follow∣ing; viz. (1.) The vast Multitude of Artificial * 1.69 Sluces and Canals, being a Work of prodigious Ex∣pence and great Convenience both for Traffick and Travelling. (2.) The Burg in Leyden (being reckon'd a notable Piece of Anti∣quity) with the many rare Curiosities to be seen in the famous University there. (3.) The Curious Fountains (especially that call'd The Basin of Venus) and the two great Cascades or Water-falls in the pleasant Gardens belonging to Loo. (4.) The brazen Font in St. Peter's Church in Zutphen, Remarkable for its admirable Workmanship. (5.) The two brazen Dishes in the Village of Losdun, in which were Baptiz'd (Anno 1276.) by Don William, Suffragan Bishop of Treves, 365 Children born at one Birth by the Countess of Heneberg, Daughter to Florent the 4th Earl of Holland. (6.) The Remarkable Stone Quarry near Maestricht, which looks like a vast Subterraneous Palace, it reach∣ing under a large Hill, supported by some Thousands of square Pil∣lars [commonly 20 Foot high] between which are spacious Walks and many private Retirements of great Use in time of War, they serving as a sure Refuge to the neighbouring Country People, who commonly resort thither with their Goods when alarm'd by an ap∣proaching Enemy. (7.). The Room where the Synod of Dort was held Anno 1619, with the Seats as they then stood, is shewn to Stran∣gers as another Curiosity of this Country. To these we may add the stately brazen Statue of the famous Desid. Erasmus in the City of Rotterdam, as also the little obscure House where that Great and Eminent Man was born, which is likewise shewn to Strangers, ha∣ving this Distich over its Door.

Aedibus his ortus, Mundum decor avit Erasmus Artibus ingenuis, Relligione, Fide.

Here is but one Archbishoprick in this Country, (viz. Utricht) and that only Titulary. * 1.70

Under the Archbishop of Utrecht are Five Titular Suffragans; viz. * 1.71

Those of

• Deventer,
• Groningen,
• Harlem,
• Leuwarden,
• Middleburgh.

Universities in this Country are those of * 1.72

• Leyden,
• Utrecht,
• Franeker,
• Groningen,
• Harderwick.

The Natives of this Country are reckon'd none of the Politest sort of People either in Thought or Beha∣viour, * 1.73 especially the latter, in which they so little en∣deavour to follow the various Modes and nice Punctilio's of Cere∣mony in Use among their Neighbours the French, that they choose rather to run to the other extream. The chief, if not only Quality of this People, (besides the singular Neatness of their Houses) is that wonderful Genius to a laudable Industry, wherewith they seem to be Universally inspir'd; Persons of all Ages, Sexes and Stations, being some way or other usefully imploy'd. By which industrious Hand, in carrying on several profitable Manufactures at home, and mana∣ging a prodigious Trade abroad, they have of late advanc'd them∣selves to such a height of Power and Treasure, as to become even terrible to crown'd Heads.

The Language here spoken is the Low Dutch (a Dialect of the German) having several corrupted French and La∣tin * 1.74 words intermixt: a Language that hath nothing to recommend it to Strangers. How it differs from the High German, will best appear by their Pater Noster, which runs thus; Onse Vader die in de hemelen [Ziit] Uwen Naem werde geheylight. Uw' koninckritche home. Uwen wille geschiede geliick in den hemel [alsoo] oock op der atrden. Ons' dagelicks broot geef ons heden. Ende vergeeft ons onse schulden geliick oock wy vergeven onse schuldenaren. Ende en lept ons niet in versoeckinge ••naer verlost ons van den boosen. Amen.

The seven Provinces of Holland, being under a De∣mocratical Government, are (as it were) several Com∣monwealths, * 1.75 each Province being a distinct State, yea and every City, having an independent Power within it self to judge of all causes, whether Civil or Criminal, and to inflict even Capital Punishments: But all joyning together, make up one Republick the most considerable in the World; which Republick is govern'd by the Assembly of the States-General, consisting of Seven Voices, each Pro∣vince having One To this Assembly (whose place of Meeting is ordinarily at the Hague) belongeth the Power of making War or Peace; receiving and dispatching of Ambassadors; inspecting into the Condition of Frontier Towns, and Assigning what Summs of Money must be levied for the publick Service. Matters are not de∣termin'd here in this Assembly by Plurality of Voices, but all the Provinces must come to an unanimous Consent; and each Repre∣sentative returning to his respective Province, must propose the Matter in a Provincial Assembly, consisting of Deputies from all Ci∣ties of that Province; which Deputies must also return, and receive the Consent of their Principals, otherways nothing can be concluded. In this Assembly of the States-General, the seven Provinces have still given their Voices in order following; viz. Guelders and Zutphen

first, (because Guelders is the eldest, and her Plenipotentiaries did first propose the Union) then Holland; 3dly, Zeland; 4thly, Utrecht; 5thly, Friesland; 6thly, Over-Yssel, and lastly, Groningen. Assistant to this Assembly is the Council of State, compos'd of twelve Persons, (whereof Guelderland sends, 2; Holland, 3; Zealand, 2; Utrecht, 2; Friexland, 1; Over-Yssel, 1; and Groningen, 1;) whose business is to deliberate Previously upon those Matters which are to be brought before the States-General; as also to state the Expence for the suc∣ceeding Year, and to propose Ways and Means how to Levy the same. Subservient to this Council is the Chamber of Accounts (com∣pos'd of two Deputies from each Province) whose Office it is to examin the publick Accounts, and dispose of the Finances. And whensoever the States do Order the fitting out a Fleet, the Care of the same, and Ordering of all Marine Affairs do rely upon the Coun∣cil of the Admiralty, to which are Subordinate five Colledges in the three Maritime Provinces, viz. Holland, Zealand, and Friezland, who take Care to execute all Orders of that Council according as they are sent to them from time to time.

The Ensigns Armorial of the Seven United Provinces or States of Holland are Or, a Lion Gules, holding with * 1.76 one Paw a Cutleas, and with the other a Bundle of seven Arrows closely bound together, in allusion to the seven Confederate Provinces, with the following Motto, Concordiâ res parvae cres∣cunt.

No Country in Europe can boast of more Religions, and yet perhaps no part of Christendom may be truly said to * 1.77 be less Religious than this is. Here indeed we may see all Sects and Parties in the open Profession of their respective Tenets (all Professions being tolerated for Tradings sake) and yet that which the Apostle St. James (chap. 1. v. 27.) calls the pure and undefiled Re∣ligion before God and the Father, is as little (if not less) known here than in any Christian Country whatsoever. That publickly profess'd and generally receiv'd is the Reform'd Religion according to the Tenets of Judicious Calvin. Christianity was first planted in this Country about the same time with Upper Germany; of which after∣wards.

§. 2. FLANDERS.

THis Country (the ancient Gallia Belgica) it term'd by the Italians, Flandra; by the Spaniards, Flandes; by the * 1.78 French, Flandres; by the Germans, Flandern; and by the English Flanders, so call'd (as some imagin) from Flamdebert, Nephew to Clodion the 2d King of France, who flourisht about the beginning of the fifth Century. But others are willing rather to derive it from Flandrina, Wife to Liderick the 2d, who was Prince of Bun, and Grand Forester of Flanders, and govern'd it according to the Orders of Charlemaigne and Lewis Debonnaire.

The Air of these various Provinces is generally esteem'd indifferent healthful, yet the Moistness of the Soil doth fre∣quently * 1.79 occasion thick Fogs in the Winter, which would prove very prejudicial to the Inhabitants, did not dry Easterly Winds from the main Continent purify the Air, and occasion hard Frosts for several Months. The opposite Place of the Globe to Flanders, is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 205 and 210 Degrees of Longitude, with 49 and 51 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 9th Northern Climate) is not the same in all Parts, being in some con∣siderably * 1.80 better than others, but yet good in all; So fer∣tile is it in Grain, Roots, and many sorts of Fruits, that 'tis hardly to be parallel'd by any Spot of Ground in the same Climate. In the Counties of Hannonia and Namur, as likewise in the Bishoprick of Liege, are found some Mines of Iron and Lead, with Quarties of Marble, and several Pits of excellent Coal. The Length of the Days and Nights is the same, as in the North of France and South of England.

The chief Commodities of this Country, being the Product of their Manufactures, are Tapestries, * 1.81 Worsted-Stuffs, Linnen Cloth, Wrought Silks, Cam∣blets, Lace, &c.

Near to St. Omers is a large Lake, in which are divers floating Islands, most of them inhabited, and moveable * 1.82 by Ropes ty'd to strong Poles fixt fast in the Ground; and in one of them is a Church with a Monastery of the Order of St. Bernard. At Tongres (10 Miles North-West from Liege) are to be seen some Monuments of ancient Temples, and other Buildings, erected by the Romans. In the stately Cathedral of Antwerp (dedi∣cated to the Blessed Virgin) are no less than 66 different Chappels. At Ghent is a Tower call'd Belfart, in which hangs a Bell nam'd Ro∣land, which weighs 11000 Pounds. Remarkable is the Sounding-Gallery

in Brussels, which repeats an Echo 15 times; and Spaa or Spaw (a Village in the B. of Liege) is famous, all the World over, for its curious Springs of Medicinal Waters.

Arch-Bishopricks in this Country are those of * 1.83

• Malines,
• Cambray.

Bishopricks in this Country are those of * 1.84

• Liege,
• Antwerp,
• Gaunt,
• Bruges,
• Ypres,
• Ruremond,
• Bois le Duc.
• Arras,
• Tournay,
• S. Omers,
• Namur.

Universities in this Country are those of * 1.85

• Louvaine,
• Doway,
• Liege.

The Inhabitants of these various Provinces being (for the most part) a mixture of Spanish, French and Dutch; * 1.86 their Character in general will be best learn'd by consi∣dering the respective Characters of these three Nations (which may be seen in their proper places) and comparing them one with ano∣ther.

The Language vulgarly us'd in Flanders is that call'd the Waloon, (excepting those Provinces which border on * 1.87 Holland, where the Dutch prevails) which is a corrupt French, with an intermixture of several Dutch, and many Spanish words. How it differeth from the pure French, will best appear by their Pater Noster, which runs thus: Nos peer qui êt au Cieux; sancti∣fie soi te Nom, Adveen ton Rejam; ta Volonté se fait en terre comme es Cieux; Donne noy ajord 'huy no pain quotidien: & pardonne no det comme no pardonnon a nos detteux; & ne no indu en tentation; mais delivre nos des maux. Ansi soit il.

This Countrey (viz. all those Provinces belonging to the Spaniard before the late War, and now restor'd) doth * 1.88 acknowledge his Catholick Majesty as Supream Lord, who Rules the same by his Substitute, styl'd Governour-General of the Netherlands. Which Post is at present enjoy'd by his Electoral Highness Duke of Bavaria, and now made Hereditary to him since Anno 1692. For his Assistance he is allow'd three Coun∣cils, viz. (1.) The Council of State, in which are transacted the

weightiest Affairs; such as relate to Peace and War; Leagues and Alliances, &c. (2.) The Privy-Council, which determineth the Li∣mits of Provinces, publisheth Edicts, and decideth Matters brought thither by Appeal from other Courts of Judicature. (3.) The Coun∣cil of Finances, to whom belongeth the Care and Management of the Royal Revenue and Taxes, supervising the Accounts of Receivers, and proportioning the Expence or Charge of the War. To Levy Money, and to Enact new Laws, is the Business of the Convention of the Estates, (consisting of the Nobility, principal Persons of the Clergy, and Deputies of the chief Cities) who ordinarily Assemble at Bruxels when call'd by the Governour-General. For the better maintaining the Peace through all the Provinces, and taking due Care of the Standing Forces, each Province hath a particular Go∣vernour appointed in Subordination to the Governour-General. And for an Universal Administration of Justice, every Province hath its peculiar Provost, and over all is appointed one Grand Provost, whose Power in Criminal Matters is reckon'd very great.

See Spain. * 1.89

The Religion predominant in all the Provinces of the Netherlands, before the dawning of that happy day of our * 1.90 Reformation, was intirely the Doctrine of the Roman Church: But the Errors and Absurdities of that Doctrine being openly expos'd to the World by our wise Reformers; the King of Spain (to hinder a farther Progress in that matter) set up the most severe and barbarous Court of Inquisition, which occasion'd no small Disturbance, and at last a bloody War, that ended in a total Alie∣nation of the Seven United Provinces, the other Ten still remaining in the Profession of the Romish Religion (as at this day) and that in its grossest Errors. Christianity was planted in this Country about the same time with the United Provinces.

§. 3. UPPER GERMANY.

THis Country (containing only a part of Ancient * 1.91 Germany as also a little of Gaul, Illyricum, with some of Old Italy) is term'd by the Italians Alta Allemagna; by the Spaniards, Ale••••nia al••a; by the French, Haute Allemagne; by the Germans, Overteutschland; and by the English, Germany: Why so call'd, is much Controverted by our Modern Criticks, some Ger∣man Authors being willing to derive its Etymology from words in their own Language as ••••or-mannen, i. e. very much Men. Others from Geren signifying to Gather, because the Germans seem'd to be an 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of many Nations; others from Gar and Man, to denote that

they were a Warlike People. Some (tho' with little ground) would fain allow it an Hebrew Derivation: But the most probable Opi∣nion of all is, that the Inhabitants of this Country were called Ger∣mani by the Romans, either because they were a sincere and honest sort of People, or thereby to denote that they were Brothers to their Neighbours the Gaules.

The Air of this Country differeth considerably accord∣ing to the Situation of the various Parts of this large Con∣tinent. * 1.92 Towards the North, it's generally very Cold; but in the Southmost Provinces it's of the same Temper as in those places of France which lie under the same Parallels. The opposite Place of the Globe to Germany, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 215 and 225 Degrees of Longitude, with 45 and 55 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 8th, 9th, 10th, and 11th North Climate) is very different according * 1.93 to the Situation of its different Parts. In the Southern Circles, as also those in the middle part of the Continent, particu∣larly the Upper and Lower Rhine, there is hardly any Country in the World can excel them for plenty of Fruits, Corn and Wine: but towards the North, namely the two Saxonies and Westphalia, the Soil is not near so fertile, especially in Wine (Grapes never coming to full perfection there;) however as for Corn and Pasturage, they are abundantly furnisht with them; and the whole Country in the main is tollerably pleasant, healthful and profitable, abounding not only with all things necessary, but also with many of the Comforts of hu∣man Life. The longest Day in the North-most Part is about 17 Hours ¼. The shortest in the South-most, 8 Hours ½, and the Nights pro∣portionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country are Corn, Metals, Allom, Salt, Wine, Flesh, Linnen, Quicksilver, * 1.94 Armours, and Iron Works, &c.

What Things do mostly merit the Epithet of Rare and Curious in this vast Country, are reducible to these * 1.95 following Heads; viz. (1.) Some very observable Springs; as That near Geesbach in Alsace, whose Top is covered with a foul fat Oily substance, ordinarily us'd by the Peasants thereabouts, as common Wheel Grease; Another near Paterborn in Westphalia, call'd Methorn, which hath three Streams very different from one another, both in Colour, Tast, and Qualities; and a Third in the Diocess of Pater∣born, observable in that it loseth it self twice every 24 Hours, returning always back at the Interval of 6 Hours, and that with such Violence as to drive three Mills not far from its Source. Here also are many Salt Springs; particularly That near Lunenburg, in the D. of Lunenburg; another at Hall in Upper Saxony, and a third at Saltzwedel in the

Marquisate of Brandenburg. To these we may add a vast multitude of Springs, whose Waters are highly priz'd both for Purging and Bathing, especially the latter; as particularly Those at Stugart in Wirtenburg; Those at Aix le Chapelle in Westphalia; and those in the Marquisate of Baden, from whence the whole Country derives its Name. (2.) Some strange kind of Lakes; particularly that in Car∣niola, call'd the Zirchnitzer-Sea, in length about two German miles, and one broad; Observable for its many subterraneous Caves and Passages, into which both the Water and Fishes of the Lake do yearly retire in the month of June, and return again about September. As also another in Suabia; the Nature of whose Waters is such, that they actually singe Fishing-Nets, when sunk to the bottom. (3.) Re∣markable Caves, particularly that near Blackenburg in Lower Saxony, commonly call'd Buman's Hole; of which none hath yet found the End, tho' many have travell'd a vast way into it on purpose to come at the same. Another call'd Grotto-Popetschio, with many other sub∣terraneous Caverns in Carniola, near the Zirchnitzer-Sea above-men∣tion'd And finally that near Hamelen (about 30 miles from Hanover) at whose mouth stands a Monument expressing the Loss of 130 Chil∣dren, who were swallowed up alive in that very place above 400 Years ago. (4.) Stately Edifices, especially some famous Cathedrals, as particularly those of Strasburg and Magdeburg, (in the latter of which are 49 Altars) as also that of Ulm, Remarkable for its curious Organ so much talked off, it being 93 Foot high, and 28 broad; being likewise furnish'd with 16 pair of Bellows, and having Pipes of such a prodigious Bigness, that the largest of them is 13 In∣ches Diameter. (5.) Some Observable Rocks and Stones, particularly those two Rocks nigh to Blackenburg (above-mention'd) which na∣turally represent two Monks in their proper Habits, and that as exact∣ly as if design'd for such; and near to Blackenburg, are several Stones dug out of the Ground, having on them the Representation of di∣vers Animals, especially Fishes in a neighbouring Lake; and some∣times the Resemblance of a Man. In another Lake, in the Earldom of Mansfeild, are Stones exactly shap'd like Frogs and various sorts of Fishes. Add to these the Remarkable Stones commonly found upon Count Calenberg (about two German miles from Vienna) having the lively Impression of Trees and Leaves of Trees upon them: As also a Quarry in those Parts, out of which are dug some Stones equally transparent with refin'd Sugar-Candy. (6.) Many choice Cabinets of Rarities, especially That in the Palace of Inspruck, with another at Dresden; but the chief of all is that in the Emperour's Palace at Vi∣enna, whose Curiosities are so vastly numerous, that a bare Catalogue of them makes a compleat Volume in Folio. To all these add that modern Curiosity kept at Mentz, and commonly shewn to Strangers, viz. a Leaf of Parchment, on which are fairly written twelve different

sorts of Hands, with variety of Minatures and Draughts, curiously done with a Pen, and that by one Thomas Schuveiker, who was Born without Hands, and perform'd the same with his Feet. As for the famous Tun of Heidelberg (being 31 Foot long and 21 high) 'tis so notoriously known, that we need say nothing of it.

Arch-Bishopricks in this Country are those of * 1.96

• ...Mentz,
• ...Magdeburg,
• ...Triers,
• ...Saltzburg,
• ...Cologn,
• ...Bremen.
• ...Prague.

Bishopricks in this Country are those of * 1.97

• ...Metz,
• ...Brandenburg,
• ...Paderborn,
• ...Brixen,
• ...Toul,
• ...Havelberg,
• ...Constance
• ...Gurk,
• ...Verdun,
• ...Spire,
• ...Halberstadt
• ...Vienna,
• ...Liege,
• ...Worms,
• ...Bamburg
• ...Newstadt,
• ...Munster,
• ...Strasburg,
• ...Freisenghen
• ...Lubeck,
• ...Minden,
• ...Wirtzburg,
• ...Ratisbon
• ...Ratzburg,
• ...Osnaburg,
• ...Aichstat,
• ...Passaw
• ...Scheweirin,
• ...Meissen,
• ...Verden,
• ...Chiemse
• ...Olmutz,
• ...Maesburg,
• ...Ghur,
• ...Seckaw,
• ...Leutmeritz,
• ...Maumburg,
• ...Heldesheim,
• ...Lavant,
• ...Koningsgratz.

Universities in this Country are those of * 1.98

• ...Vienna,
• ...Leipsick,
• Francfort on Oder,
• ...Helmstadt,
• ...Prague,
• ...Erfurt,
• ...Marpurg,
• ...Sigen,
• ...Mentz,
• ...Friburg,
• ...Strasburg,
• ...Paderborn,
• ...Cologn,
• ...Ingoldstadt,
• ...Gipswald,
• ...Altorfe,
• ...Triers,
• ...Tubingen,
• ...Dillinghen,
• ...Olmutz,
• ...Liege,
• ...Rostock,
• ...Jena,
• ...Kiel,
• ...Heidelberg,
• ...Wittenberg,
• ...Lewenghen,
• ...Gratz.

This People hath a mighty Genius for Mechanical sort of Learning; and several of them are famous for * 1.99 some singular Inventions, particularly that of the fatal Instrument the Gun, accidentally discovered by one Bartholdus Swart a Friar, when making a Chimical Experiment with a Crucible set over the Fire, having Saltpetre and Sulphur, and other such like In∣gredients, intermixt. They are also said to have found out that most useful Art of Printing; but the Hollanders do eagerly deny them the honour of that Invention, ascribing the same to one Laurence

Coster of Harlem; and upon strict enquiry, it appears that the Germans had indeed the first hint of this Art from Holland, and that they only improv'd and perfected the same at Mentz. The most noted of the many mechanical Operations of this People of late, is that curious Watch of the Emperour Charles the Fifth, set in the Jewel of his Ring; as also that Clock of the Elector of Saxony's fixt in the Pom∣mel of his Saddle. As for the Iron Fly and Wooden Eagle of Regio∣montanus, they are so well known, that it's superfluous even to name them.

The Language here us'd is that call'd the High Dutch; a Language very Ancient, and generally esteem'd both * 1.100 Noble and Manly in the Pronunciation, more becoming a General than a Courtier. None of the Western European Tongues hath less Affinity with the Latin than it has. The Maternal Langua∣ges of several Kingdoms and different States in Europe, are Originally from the German. It's now divided into a great many Dialects, very different from one another; The purest of which is generally e∣steem'd that spoken in Misuia. Pater-Noster in the High German runs thus: Unser Vatter der du bist in himmel, geheyliget werde dein Nahim. Zukomm uns dein Ritch; dein Wille geschene uf erden, wte im himmel. Unser taeglich brodt gibbuns heut: und vergibuns unser schuldt, als wir ver∣goben unsern schuldigern; und fuchr uns nicht in Versuchung; sonder erlaese uns vom ubel. Amen.

This great Body comprehends above three hundred different Soveraignties, but all (or most of them) are Homagers to one Head, own'd as Supream, viz. the * 1.101 Emperour of Germany. The Empire is Elective, and Go∣vern'd by Dyets, almost like the General Estates of France. The standing Law of the Empire (which bindeth all the several States as the various members of one Body) is the Civil or Roman mix'd with the Canon; to which add the ancient Customs of the Germans, and the various Statutes of the Dyets made from time to time. The se∣veral States have their peculiar Laws obligatory within themselves. The whole Empire being divided into Ten Circles, each of them (excepting Belgium, or the Circle of Burgundy, which now is allow'd no Vote in the Dyet) hath one or more Directors who preside at their Assemblies; viz. For Westphalia, the Bishop of Munster and Duke of Neuburg are Directors. For Lower Saxony, are the Marquess of Brandenburg and Duke of Brunswick by turns. For Upper Saxony is the Elector of Saxony. For the Lower Rhine are the Elector Palatine and Bishop of Worms. For Franconia, are the Bishop of Bamberg and Marquess of Gulemback. For Suabia, are the Duke of Wirtenberg, and Bishop of Constance. For Bavaria, are the Elector of Bavaria, and Arch-Bishop of Saltzburg. And lastly Austria, its Director is the Arch-Duke of Austria, or his Imperial Majesty. Two or three Circles may

meet when one of them is attackt from without, or in any Confu∣sion within. The General Dyets consist of three Bodies, viz. Electo∣ral Princes, other Princes, and Imperial Cities. But more particularly; In this great Body we may reduce all Soveraignties to these Five; namely,

• The Emperour,
• The Ecclesiastick Princes,
• The Electors,
• The Secular Princes,
• The Free Cities.

I. The Emperour, who (being of the House of Austria) doth claim three sorts of Dominion, viz. that of Austria as Hereditary; Bohe∣mia, as his Right; and Hungary by Election. In his Life-time he causeth his own Son or Brother, or (failing of these) one of his nearest Kinsmen to be Crowned King of Hungary, afterwards King of Bohemia, and then (if the Electors are willing) he is also Chosen King of the Romans, whereby he is Successor Presumptive to the Em∣pire. The Power of the Emperour is much impar'd by several Ca∣pitulations betwixt him and the Princes of the Empire. It's true, that only he can confer Honours, create Princes, affranchize Cities, institute Universities, and such-like: Yet as to the Legislative Power, and that of Levying Taxes upon the whole Empire, that is wholly lodg'd in the General Dyet conjunctly with him; and by a late Capi∣tulation, he is not to enter into Alliance, or make War with any Fo∣reign Prince without Consent of the Electors. However, if we con∣sider only his own Hereditary Dominions, he is a Powerful Prince; and to support the Grandeur of the Imperial Dignity, he is served by the greatest Princes of the Empire; is addressed unto by the Au∣gust Title of Caesar, and the Ambassadors of all Crown'd Heads and Free States in Europe, give place to those sent by him, at what Fo∣reign Court soever it be.

II. Electors, who are now Nine in Number, viz. these following: (1.) The Arch-Bishop of Mentz, who is Great Chancellor of the Empire in Germany; sits on the Emperour's right hand in the Dyet, and did formerly Crown the King of Bohemia. (2.) The Arch-Bishop of Triers or Treves, who is Great Chancellor of the Empire in France; claims the first Vote in Electing the Emperour; and sits over against him in the Dyet. (3.) The Arch Bishop of Cologn, who is Great Chan∣cellor of the Empire in Italy; claims the first Vote in choosing the King of the Romans; setting the Crown on his Head; and sits next the Emperour. (4.) The King of Bohemia (who hath only a Seat in the Election) is Cup-bearer, and in the publick Procession, walks next the Emperour or King of the Romans. (5.) The Duke of Bavaria, who is Great Steward, and in time of the publick Procession car∣rieth the Globe before the Emperour. (6) The Duke of Saxony, who is Great Marshal of the Empire, and at the publick Procession

carrieth the naked Sword before the Emperour. (7.) The Marquess of Brandenburg, who is great Chamberlain, and at the publick Pro∣cession, carrieth the Scepter before the Emperour. (8) The Prince Palatine of the Rhine, who is Great Treasurer, and in the Procession at Coronations scattereth Medals among the People. (9.) The Ninth Elector is Ernestus Augustus Duke of Brunswick, Lunenburg, Hanover, who was added to the Electoral Colledge in the Year 1693. These Princes have much greater Authority, and enjoy, more ample Priviledges than the other Princes of the Empire. To them belong∣eth not only a Right of electing the Emperour and King of the Ro∣mans (as aforesaid) but also some allow them even a Deposing Power. When the Emperour calls a Dyet, he is oblig'd to ask their advice; and during an Interreign, two of them (viz. the Elector of Saxony and Prince Palatine of the Rhine) have Power to govern the Empire; the Jurisdiction of the former extending over the Northern, and that of the others over the Southern Circles of the Empire: but this Right of the Count Palatins is now disputable by the Elector of Bavaria, who upon the Death of the last Emperour did actually undertake and exercise the same.

III. Ecclesiastick Princes who (besides the first three Electors) are chiefly these following, viz. Arch-Bishop of Saltzburagt [Great Ma∣ster of the Teutonick Order] the Bishops of Liege, Munster, Spire, Worms, Wurtzburg, Strasburg, Osnaburg, Bamberg, Paderborn, &c. and many Abbots and Abesses who are Absolute over the Temporality of their Benefices; The Election to their various Dignities belong wholly to their several Chapters, and they govern the People in subjection to them as Soveraign Princes, without any cognizance of a higher Power.

IV. Secular Princes, who are chiefly the Dukes of Lunenburg, Wur∣temburg, Mechlenburg, Sax-Lauenburg, &c. Marquess of Baden, Culem∣bach, &c. The Landgrave of Hess, Princes of East-Friezland, Nassau, Anhalt, &c. Counts of Solms, Aversburg, &c. and many other Dukes, Marquesses and Landgraves; as also some Earls and Barons who ex∣ercise a Soveraign Power over those in their own Dominions.

V. Free Cities, which are either Imperial or Hans-Towns. Imperial Cities are those who bear the Eagle of the Empire in their Arms, and have Right to send their Deputies to the Dyet of the Empire. Hans-Towns are those which about the End of the 13th Century entred into a firm League of mutually assisting one another in time of Di∣stress, as also in carrying on such a Regular Commerce as might uni∣versally tend to their advantage, and the publick good of the Empire; which Society encreased to the Number of eighty Cities, who en∣joy'd great Priviledges, and exercis'd a peculiar Jurisdiction among themselves. For the better Administration of which, they were di∣vided into four Circles, distinguish'd by the Names of four prin∣cipal

Cities, in which were establisht their Courts of Judicatory, viz. Lubeck, Cologn, Brunswick, and Dantzick. But this Society hath been on the declining hand almost two hundred Years, and is now become very inconsiderable.

Chief Courts in Germany for hearing and determining the great Causes of the Empire, are two, viz. The Imperial Chamber, and Chamber of Vienna. (1.) The Imperial Chamber (consisting of fifty Judges, call'd Assessors, whereof the Emperor appointeth the Presi∣dent, and four of the Principal Officers, each of the Electors chu∣sing One, and the rest being nominated by the other Princes and States of the Empire) whose business is to determine all Disputes which arise from time to time between the Princes, as also other Causes brought thither by Appeal from Inferior Courts. The Seat of this Judicatory was formerly at Spires, but now at Wetslar in Hesse. (2.) The Chamber of Vienna, whose Office it is also to decide all Causes brought to it by Appeals from Inferior Courts, and claims the same Authority with the Chamber of Spires. The Seat of this Court is the Emperor's Palace, and either he himself, or his Deputy sits as Chief, being assisted by a competent number of Judges, whereof several are Professors of the Protestant Religion. In both those Courts the Emperor as Sovereign, Judge, and Pre∣sident, pronounceth Sentence when there in Person; and in his Absence, those deputed by him, who representing himself are al∣low'd to carry the Imperial Scepter as a Mark of their Dignity. In particular Courts they follow the Laws of the Empire, which con∣sist in many Ancient Constitutions; the Golden-Bull; the Pacification of Passaw; as also the Treaties of Westphalia in the Saxon-Law establish'd by Charlemain; and the Roman by the Emperor Justinian; which last they observe wheresoever the Saxon has not been receiv'd. All Princes, States, and Members of the Empire have (and actually exercise) a Sovereign Power within their own Territories, except in some particular Cases, wherein People may Appeal either to the Imperial Chamber of Spires, or that at Vienna, commonly call'd the Aulic Council.

After the Government of Germany, we may add that of

• ...Switzerland.
• ...Geneva.

I. Switzerland (a large Commonwealth, consisting of several little ones, viz. Thirteen Cantons, every one of them being abso∣lute within their own Jurisdiction) is under a Popular Govern∣ment in the main, yet not strictly so in respect of every particular Canton, those of Bern, Zurich, and Lucern, being more properly

under an Aristocracy than any other, since the Authority of the Gentry doth most prevail in them. However, the whole Body of the State, consider'd as one Complex Republick, consisteth of three distinct Parts, viz. The Switzers themselves distributed (as afore∣said) into Thirteen Cantons. Secondly, Those States Confederate with them for their Common Liberty and Protection. And Third∣ly, The Prefectures subject to them, whether by Gift, Purchase, or Chance. (1.) The Body of the Cantons, is govern'd by each Can∣ton having its particular Magistrate of their own chusing; by whom (with a standing Council consisting of Persons elected out of the People) all particular Controversies of the Canton are heard and dertermin'd. But when any Publick Cause occurs, which relates to all the Cantons, then each of them sends its Com∣missioner to the General Diet, (which ordinarly meets at Baden) where every Canton hath one Vote, and Matters are determin'd by the major part. (2.) Confederate States; The Chief of which (besides Geneva) are the Grisons, an adjacent Commonwealth, go∣vern'd in like manner as the Switzers. Of all the Allies of the Swit∣zers, there's none more Potent than these. They entred first into a League one with another, Anno 1471. and afterwards with the Switzers in 1491. Their Country lies among inaccessible Moun∣tains, and hideous Precipices, and they divide themselves into six Parts, viz. The Grey League. The League of the House of God. The League of the Ten Jurisdictions. The Valteline. And lastly, the Countries of Chiavana and Bormio. Some believe they deriv'd the Title of Grisons from the Custom of wearing Grey Scarfs, when first they entred into the League together. (3.) Prefectures of the Swit∣zers, particularly those Countries and Cities of Baden and Sargans, with many other Towns and Villages situated nigh unto, or among the Alps.

II. Geneva being a Free Republick, is govern'd by its own Magistrates, and is in Confederacy with the Cantons of Switzer∣land, whom it resembles very much in the Constitution of its Government. The Sovereignty of the State is lodg'd in a Council of Two hundred, out of which a lesser Council consisting of Twen∣ty five is chosen (both which being for Life, serve for Checks one to another) and finally out of these Twenty five, are elected four Principal Officers, whom they call the Syndicks, who have the sole Management of the Commonwealth, except it be in some great Matter, as making of Peace or War, Offensive or Defen∣sive Leagues, hearing Appeals, and such like General Concerns, which is the Business of the Great Council to consider and deter∣mine.

The Emperor of Germany for Armorial Ensigns bears Quarterly. 1. Barwise, Argent and Gules of eight * 1.102 Pieces, for Hungary. 2. Argent, a Lion, Gules, the Tail noved, and passed in Saltier, Crowned, Langed, and Armed, Or, for Bohemia. 3. Gules, a Fesse Argent, for Austria. Party and bendwise, Argent and Azure, a border Gules, for Ancient Burgundy. 4. Quarterly in the first and last Gules a Castle triple towered Or, pur••led Sable, for Castile. In the second and third Argent, a Lion purple, for Leon. The Shield crested with an Imperial Crown, closed and raised in shape of a Miter, having betwixt the two Points a Diadem surmounted with a Globe and Cross, Or. This Shield environed with a Coller of the Order of the Golden Fleece, is plac'd on the Breast of an Eagle, displayed Sable in a Field, Or, Diadem'd, membred and beck'd Gules, holding a naked Sword in the right Talon, and a Scepter in the left. The two Heads signify the Eastern and Western Empire; and for the Motto are these words, Uno avulso non deficit alter. But the Emperor's peculiar devise is, Pax & salus Europae.

The Laws of the Empire give free Toleration to the publick Exercise of three Religions, viz. the Lu∣theran, * 1.103 Calvinist, and Popish; and in some Places all three Parties celebrate Divine Worship in one and the same Church, at different times of the Day, as among others, at Manheim in the Palatinate, before it was ruin'd by the French. The Reformation of Religion was begun here by Martin Luther about 1517. and embrac'd by the Electors of Saxony, Brandenburg, Prince Palatine of the Rhine, Landgrave of Hesse, the Duke of Brunswick, and most of the Free Cities. Whereupon followed continual Wars and Trou∣bles about Religion, and the Lands of the Church, which the Protestants had possess'd themselves of, till at last, by the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648. 'twas concluded, That they of the Confes∣sion of Ausburg should not be molested in any manner whatsoever; but to be secur'd from all Prosecutions of Law and Violence. In this Posture things continued, till of late, that the French King broke in upon the Empire, and took so many Towns and Cities of it: In all which he dispossess'd the Protestants of their Rights, and establish'd the Exercise of the Roman Religion. And this he hath endeavour'd to confirm by the last Treaty at Reswick, where his Plenipotentiaries in Conjunction with the Emperor's, prevail'd to insert into the said Treaty a Clause, whereby 'tis agreed, That the Roman Catholick Religion shall remain within the Places restor'd by France to the Emperor and Empire, in the same Condition as 'tis exercis'd at present. And though the Pro∣testants long contested, and at last sign'd the Treaty, with a Pro∣testation,

that the Clause in dispute should not be drawn into pre∣cedent for the future; yet there's too great Reason to fear that the Popish Party hath gain'd a considerable Advantage in this Point. The various Parts of this Country receiv'd the Light of the blessed Gospel at various times, and that by the preaching of va∣rious Apostles, especially St. Thomas, Sirnamed Didymus, one of the Twelve,

[illustration]

POLAND by Robt. Morden▪

SECT. V. Concerning Poland.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	34	30	of Long.	its greatest	Length is about 780.
53	30
between	48	00	of Latit.	Breadth is about 600.
58	20

Being divided into Three Classes, viz.	East.
Middle.
West.

East Class com∣prehends	Lithuania—	Chief Town	Vilna—	N. to S.
Volinia—	Kiou—
Podolia—	Camenick—
Middle Class comprehends	Curland—	Mittaw—	N. to S.
Samogitia—	Ros••••ie—
Polaquia—	Bie••••ko—
Little Russia	Lemberge—
West Class com∣prehends—	Prussia—	Dantzick—	N. to S.
〈◊〉〈◊〉	〈◊〉〈◊〉—
Polonia prop.	Cracovia—

Of all these in Order.

§. 1. Lithuania, a Dukedom.

	Palatinate of	Troki—	Chief Town	Idem—	W. to E.
Wilna—	Idem—
Braslawen—	Braslaw—
Poloczkien—	Poloczk—
Contains the	Witepskien—	Witepsk—
Novogrodeck	Idem—	W. to E.
Minskien—	Minski—
Mscislawen	Mscislaw—
D. of Sluczk—	Idem—	W. to E
Territory of	Rohaczow—	Idem—
Rzeczica—	Idem—	Southward.

§. 2. Volinia, a Province.

Contains the	Palatinate of Lucke, W.	Chief Town	Idem	W. to E.
Territory of Kiow, E.	Idem

§. 3. Podolia, a Province.

Contains the Pala∣tinate of	Kamienieck	Chief Town	Idem	W. to E.
Braclaw—	Idem

§. 4. Curland, a Dukedom.

Contains	D. of Curland—	Chief Town	Goldingen	W. to E.
Seineg••llen—	Mittaw

§. 5. Samogitia, a Dukedom.

Contains the Territ of	Ros••enne	Chief Town	Idem	S. to N.
Midnick	Idem
Schwnden	Idem

§. 6. Poloquia, a Province.

Contains the Pala∣tinate of	Bressiti—	Chief Town	Bresste	S. to N.
Beilskien	Bielsk

§. 7. Little Russia, a Province.

Contains the Palatinate of	Chelm	Ch. T.	Idem—	N. to S.
Belz—	Idem—
Lemberg	Idem, or Lwow, or Leopolis

§. 8. Prussia, a Dukedom.

Divided into	Royal, Westward	Chief Town	Dantzick	W. to E.
Ducal, Eastward	Koningsberg

§. 9. Warsovia, a Dukedom not divided.

Its Chief Town is Warsaw, upon the Weisel.

§. 10. Polonia, properly so called.

Divided into

• Lower, Northward.
• Upper, Southward.

	Palat. of	Posua—	Chief Town	Idem—	W. to N. E.
Kaliskic—	Gnesna—
Debrizin	Idem—
Lower cont∣tains the	Plokskein	Ploczko—
Siradia—	Idem—	W. to E.
Lancicia	Idem—
Rava—	Idem—
Provin, of Cujava—	Uladislaw N. of Lancicia.
Upper contains the Pa∣latinate of	Lublin—	Idem—	N. to S. on the Weis∣sel.
Sandomiria	Sandomirz
Cracovia	Cracow—

THIS Country (being a considerable Part of the Ancient Sarmatia Europaea) is term'd by the Ita∣lians * 1.104 and Spaniards, Polonia; by the French, Pologne; by the Germans, Polen; and by the English, Poland; so call'd (according to the best conjectures) from Polu or Pole, which in the Sclavonic Language, signify a Plain or Champagne Country fit for Hunting, there being none of old more esteemed for that than it was.

The Air of this Country is of a different Nature, according to the Nature and Situation of the different * 1.105 Parts of that Kingdom; for in the Provinces towards the North-West it's very Cold, yet withal very pure and whole∣some; but towards the North-East, particularly Lithuania, it's not only cold, but also very gross and unwholesome, which chiefly ariseth from the vast number of Lakes in that part of the Country, whose standing Waters send up Infectious Vapours, which inter∣mixing with the Air, do easily corrupt the whole Mass thereof. The opposite Place of the Globe to Poland, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean lying between 215 and 234 Degrees of Longitude, with 48 and 58 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Nature of the Air having still a great Influence on the Soil: The North-West Provinces of this King∣dom * 1.106 (it lying in the 9th, 10, and 11th North Climate) are abundantly fertil, affording many sorts of Grain and Fruits, not only enough for the Inhabitants, but also to supply the wants of their Neighbours. In the middle part of this Kingdom are some Mountains, and those well stor'd with several Mines of Silver, Copper, Iron, and Lead. The Provinces towards the North and North-East are very barren i•• Fruits and Corn, being full of Woods, Lakes, and Rivers. The longest Day in the North most Parts of this Kingdom is 17 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost is 8 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Wax, Linnen, Boards, Masts for Ships, Pitch, rich Furs, * 1.107 Salt, Amber, Potashes, Soap, Corn, Butter, Cheese, Rozin, Flax, Cordage, Brimstone, &c.

In the Cathedral of Gnesna is kept an inestimable Treasure of Gold, Silver, and enamelled Vessels given * 1.108 by divers Kings of Poland, and Prelates of that See. Under the Mountains adjacent to Kiow are divers Grotto's, wherein are preserv'd, a great number of Humane Bodies, still entire, al∣though buried many Years ago; ••••••ing neither so black, nor hard as the Egyptian Mummies; among these are two Princes array'd in the same Habit they usually wore when alive, who are shown to Travellers by the Russian Monks. The place where those Bodies

are preserv'd is a dry sandy Ground, much of the same Nature with the Catacombs at Rome. In the Southern parts of Poland are divers Mountains, out of which is dug Salt in large Masses as Stones out of a Quarry; and out of others they dig natural Earthen Cups, which being expos'd for some time in th'open Air, become as hard as a Stone. In the Deserts of Podolia, is a Lake, whose Waters do condense into solid Salt, and that purely by the Heat of the Sun. Near to Cracovia are the Mines of Sal-Gemme, which being two hundred Fathoms deep, do constantly imploy above a thousand Men, and yield a vast Revenue to the King. Near to Culm, in D. of Prussia is a Fountain which constantly sends forth a mighty Sul∣phureous Steem, and yet its Waters are never hot.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom are two, viz. those of * 1.109

• Gnesna,
• Leopol.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are these following, * 1.110

• Cracow,
• Colmensee,
• Camieniec,
• Kranostaw,
• Posna,
• Vilna,
• Window,
• Mednick.
• Ploczkow,
• Culm,
• Lutzko,
• Faussemberg,
• Premislaw,
• Kiow,

Universities in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.111

• Cracow,
• Koninsberg,
• Posna,
• Vilna.

The Polanders are generally Men of handsome, tall, and well-proportion'd Bodies: Men of a good and * 1.112 durable Complexion, and of so strong and vigorous Constitutions, that many of them prove the best of Soldiers, being able to endure all the Fatigues of a Military Life. The Nobility and Gentry do mightily affect the greatest Pomp and Grandeur they can, whether in Diet, Apparel, or Equipage. They are ge∣nerally reckon'd very Affable and Courteous to Strangers, ex∣treamly Jealous of their Liberties and Priviledges, but most Tyrannical towards the meaner sort of their own People, treating the Peasants no better than mere Slaves; and in some Places they exercise a Power of Life and Death upon their Domestick Ser∣vants: Which absolute Power and severe Usage of the Nobles to∣wards the Commonality, together with the many Feuds between one another, have produc'd not only many lamentable Disorders in this Kingdom, but also occasion'd the final Revolt of the Cos∣sacks. One remarkable Quality of this People, is their singular Care in Instructing of Youth in the Latin Tongue, which Persons

of most Ranks do usually speak very fluently; yea, and even many of the Female Sex are also good Proficients therein.

The Poles being Originally descended from the Sclavi, do still speak a Dialect of the Sclavonian * 1.113 Tongue; but the Poverty and Barrenness of their Language has oblig'd them to borrow many Words from the Ger∣mans, especially Terms of Art. It is hard for Strangers to learn the same to perfection, the Pronounciation being extreamly harsh by reason of the vast multitude of Consonants they use. The Li∣thuanians have a particular Language of their own, which mightily abounds with corrupted Latin words. In Livonia they have a Lan∣guage peculiar to themselves, which is a Dialect of the Lithuanian, however the German Tongue doth mostly prevail in several Cities, and the Russian in others. Pater-Noster in the Polish Tongue, runs thus: Oyeza nasz ktory testes w niebissich swieczszie imie twoie: Przydz krolistwo twoie, badz wola twa jake w nibie, tak y waziemi. Chleba naszego pows reduie day nam dzisziay. Vodpusc nam nasze winy, jackoymy odpuszezamy naszym winowayzem. Ynie wwodz nas na pokuszenie: a le nas zabw ode zlego. Amen.

The large Body of Poland is subject unto, and go∣vern'd by its own King, who is Elective, and that by * 1.114 the Clergy and Nobility alone, the Commons having no hand in it. His Government is term'd Monarchical, but (if rightly considered) we may reckon it rather a Real Aristocracy, the Nobility in their Elections having so limited the King's Power, that without the Consent of the States-General, he may neither make War nor Peace, nor do any thing of Importance that concerns the Publick. Considering the true Nature and Constitution of this Go∣vernment, we may easily imagine that 'tis frequently liable to In∣ter-reigns, whether by Death, Deposition, or Resignation, as also In∣testine Broils and Commotions (witness the late Election) when the Parties electing do jarr in their choice. During an Inter-reign, or when the King is absent from his Kingdom, (as sometimes in the Field against the Turks) the Archbishop of Gnesna doth ordina∣rily officiate as King; but if no Archbishop of Gnesna, then the Bi∣shop of Ploczko exerciseth that Power; and in case that that See be also Vacant, then the Bishop of Posna undertakes the same. The whole State is commonly considered, as divided into two principal Parts, viz. the Kingdom of Poland, and Grand Dutchy of Lithuanta. The Great Wheels of Government in both of these, are the Senate and General Dyets. The Senate is compos'd of Archbishops, Bi∣shpos, Palatines, Principal Castellans, and Chief Officers of the Kingdom. The General Dyer consists of the same Members, toge∣ther with Delegates from each Province and City, both of the King∣dom and Dutchy; which Dyet is either Ordinary, as when summon'd

(according to Law) once every two Years; or Extraordinary, as when call'd by the King upon some emergent Occasion. The Cal∣ling of this Dyet is always perform'd by the Chancellor's Letters, term'd Literae Instructionis to the Palatines, acquainting them with what the King designs to propose to them, and the time he would have them come to Court. Having receiv'd the King's Proposal, each of them hath full Liberty to examine the same in its own Na∣ture and Consequences, and to return their Thoughts about it with all the freedom they can desire. The King's Letters are likeways sent to the Gentry of each Palatinate to chuse a Nuncio to be their Representative in the Dyet; in which Election the Candidate must be unanimously pitch'd upon, for if the Suffrage of only one pri∣vate Gentleman be wanting, the Election is void, and the Province is depriv'd of its Vote in the approaching Dyet. The Elections being over, and the various Senators and Nuncio's come to Court, the King array'd in his Royal Robes, and attended by the Chan∣cellor, renews the Proposal in their Publick Assembly. The Pro∣posal having been duly weigh'd by each of them aforehand, they come to a speedy Resolution in the Matter, either Pro or Con. As the aforesaid Election of the various Nuncio's requires an unani∣mous Assent in all Persons electing, or else the Election is void; even so the thing propos'd by the King in the General Dyet must be assented unto by all, otherways the Proposal was made in vain; for if they differ, (which frequently happens) then the Dyet breaks up without doing any thing, and each Member returns to his own Home. Subordinate to the Senate and Dyet, are a great many Courts of Judicatory, whether Ecclesiastical, Civil, or Military, for determining all Causes in the various Parts of the Kingdom; which Courts are much the same with the like Subordinate Judica∣tories in other civiliz'd Countries of Europe, particularly those here in England.

The Arms of the Crown of Poland, are Quarterly, in the first and fourth Gules, an Eagle Argent, crown'd * 1.115 and arm'd, Or, for Poland. In the second and third Gules, a Cavalier arm'd Cap-a-pe Argent, in the Dexter, a naked Sword of the same; in the Sinister, a Shield Azure, charg'd with a double barr'd Cross Or, mounted on a Courser of the second, barbed of the third, and nail'd of the fourth, for Lithuania. For the Crest, a Crown, heighten'd with eight Fleurets, and clos'd with four Demy-Circles, ending in a Monde, Or, which is the Crest of Poland. For the Motto are these Words, Habent sua sidera Reges.

The Inhabitants of this Country are (for the most part) Professors of the Doctrine of the Church of Rome; * 1.116 yet all Religions being tolerated, here are many of the

Greek Church, as also Armenians, Lutherans, Socinians, Calvinists, Jews, Quakers, &c. Those of the Church of Rome are dispers'd over all Parts of the Kingdom but most numerous in the Provinces of Cujavia and Warsovia: The Lutherans are mostly to be found in Prussia; The Armenians in Russia, and all the rest appear in greatest Droves through the various Parts of Lithuania. Besides, in Samogitia is a sort of People, who differ little or nothing from mere Hea∣thens The Reformation of Religion began in this Country, Anno 1535 but did not meet with due encouragement. The Christian Faith was planted in the various Parts of Poland at several times, and by several Persons; it being establisht in Poland, properly so call'd, Anno 963. in the time of their Prince Miecislaus, Son of Me∣momislus. In Livonia, Anno 1200. by the Preaching of one Meinar∣du•••••• In Lithuania, not until the Year 1386. at the Admission of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the Crown of Poland, and then done (as some affirm) by Thomas Waldensis, an Englishman. In Samogitia and Volhinia, at the same time with Livonia. In the rest, at other times, and upon other occasions.

SECT. VI. Concerning Spain with Portugal.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	08	05	of Long.	its greatest	Length is about 620.
21	30
between	36	15	of Latit.	Breadth is about 480.
44	30

It being divided into 3 Classes, viz.

• 1. Towards the N. and W. Ocean.
• 2. Towards the Mediterran Sea.
• 3. Towards the middle part.

1. Class compre∣hends	Biscay	Chief Town	Bilbo, or Bilboa	E. to W.
Asturia	Oviedo
Gallicia	Compostella	N. to S.
Portugal	Lisbon
Andalousia	Sevilla	W. to E.
2. Class compre∣hends	Grenada	Idem
Mur••••••	Idem
〈◊〉〈◊〉	Idem
Catalonia	Barcelona	E. to N. W.
3. Class compre∣hends	Arragon	Caragoca
Navar	Pamplona
Old Castile	Burg••	N. to S.
New Castile	Madrid
Leon	Idem S. of Asturia.

Of all these in Order▪

§. 1. Biscay, a Lordship.

Contains	Ipusco	Ch. T.	Tholoss	E. to W.
Biscay properly so called	Bilbo
••••lava	Vitoria, Southward.

§. 2. Asturia, a Principality.

Contains	Asturia 〈◊〉〈◊〉 viedo	Chief Town	Oviedo, Westward.
Asturia de Santillana	Santillana, Eastward.

§. 3. Gallicia, a Kingdom.

Contains the	Archbishopr. of Compostella	Chief Town	Idem	S. W. to N. E.
Bishopr. of	Mondonedo—	Idem
Lugo—	Idem	N. E. to S. W. upon the Minho.
Orense—	Idem
Territory of Tuy—	Idem

§. 4. Portugal, a Kingdom

Contains	The Provin. of	Eutre Minho Douro	Chief Town	Braga—	W. to E.
Tralos Montes—	Miranda
Beira—	Coimbra	N. to S.
Estrema dura—	Lisbone
Entre Ta••o Gu••••ian••	Evora
The Kingdom of Alg••ave—	Tavira

§ 5. Andalousia, a Province.

Contains the	Bishoprick of	Jaen—	Chief Town	Idem—	E. to S. W. up∣on the Gua∣dalquivir, or nigh to it.
Cordova—	Idem—
Archbishoprick of Sevilla—	Idem—
Bishoprick of Cadiz—	Idem—
D. of Medina Sidonia—	Idem, Southward.

§. 6. Granada, a Kingdom.

Cont. the	Bishoprick of	Almeria—	Ch. Town	Idem,	Southward upon the (Sea-Coast.
Guadix—	Idem	E. to S. W.
Archbishoprick of Granada	Idem
Bishoprick of Malaga—	Idem

§. 7. Murcia, a Kingdom.

Contain	Murcia, properly so call'd	Ch. T.	Murcia	E. to W.
Territory of	Lorca—	Idem
Cartagena	Idem,	Southward upon the Sea-Coast.

§. 8. Valencia, a Kingdom.

Contains the Provinces of	Millares	Chief Town	Villa Hermosa.	N. to S.
Xucar	Valencia—
Segura	〈◊〉〈◊〉—

§. 9. Catalonia, a Principality.

Contains the Territ. of	Puigcerda—	Chief Town	Idem—	N. E. to S. W. upon the Ebro.
La seu d' Urgel—	Idem—
Balaguer—	Idem—
Lerida—	Idem—
Tortosa—	Idem—
Girona—	Idem—	E. to W. nigh unto, or upon the Sea-coast.
Barcelona—	Idem—
Villa Franca de Panades	Idem—
Terragona—	Idem—

To these add the Country of Rousillon (Chief Town Perpignan) S. of Narbone in Lower Languedoc.

§. 10. Arragon, a Kingdom.

Contains the	Bishopricks of	Jaca—	Chief Town	Idem—	N. W. to S. E.
Huesca—	Idem—
Balbastro	Idem—
Archbishopr. of Saragosa or Caragoca—	Idem, upon the Ebro.
Bishopricks of	Taracona	Idem—	N. to S.
Alborazin	Idem—
Tervel	Idem—

§. 11. Navarr, a Kingdom.

Contains the Major∣ships of	Pampelona	Chief Town	Idem	N. to S.
Olita—	Idem
Tudela—	Idem
Estella—	Idem	W. to E.
Sanguesa	Idem

§. 12. Old Castile, a Province.

Contains the Ter∣ritories of	••••rgos—	Chief Town	Idem—	W. to S. E.
Rioja—	Logronno
Calahorra	Idem—
Soria—	Idem	E. to W. on the Douro.
Osma—	Idem
Valladolid	Idem
Segovia—	Idem, 56 m. S. E.	of Valla∣dolid.
Avila—	Idem, 63 m. S.

§. 13. New Castile, comprehending Extrema Dura.

Being divided into

• North, the Tago.
• Middle, between the Tago and Guadiana,
• South, of Guadiana.

North contains the Towns of	Coria—	W. to E.
Placentia—
Toledo—
Madrid—	All 3 N. E. of Toledo.
Alcala de Henares
Guadalaxara—

Middle contains the Towns of	Alcantara upon the Tago.
Merida upon the Guadiana.
Truxille, 36 miles N. E. of Merida.
Cuensa upon the Xucar.

South contains the Towns of	Badajos.—	From W. to E.
Ellenera.—
Cividad Rea—
Alcaraz—

§. 14. Leon, a Kingdom.

Being di∣vided into	North	the Douro	C. T. in N. are	Palencia—	E. to S. W. on the Douro.
Toro—
Zamora—
Leon—	N. to S. W.
Astorga—
South	C. T. in S. are	Salamanca—	N. to S. E. S. W. of
Alva—
Cividad Rodrigo,	S. W. of Salamanca.

THIS large Continent being now Subject to two distinct Sovereigns, viz His Catholick Majesty, and the King of Portugal, I shall separately consider these two Sovereigni∣ties. Therefore

SPAIN.

THIS Country (formerly Iberia, Hesperia, and by some Spania) is term'd by the Italians, Spagna; * 1.117 by its Natives, Espāna; by the French, Espagne; by the Germans, Spamen; and by the English, Spain; so call'd (as some fancy) from a certain King nam'd Hispanus; others from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, (raritas, vel penuria) because of its scarcity of Inhabitants. But the most receiv'd Opinion is, That it came from Hispalis (now Se∣ville) the chief City of the whole Country in former times.

The Air of this Country is generally very pure and calm, being seldom infested with Mists and Vapours; * 1.118 but in the Summer so extreamly hot, especially in the Southmost Provinces, that 'tis both dangerous' and inconvenient for the Inhabitants to stir abroad about Noon, from the middle of May to the last of August. The opposite Place of the Globe to Spain, is that part of Zelandia nova, (or some of the ill known Continent) lying between 190 and 202 Degrees of Longitude, with 36 and 44 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 6th and 7th North Climate) is in many places very Dry and Barren, * 1.119 several of the Inland Provinces being either overgrown

with Woods, or cumbered with Sandy and Rocky Mountains, and others (whose Soil is naturally fertil) are for the most part wholly neglected, lying waste and uncultivated for many Years, and that by reason of the fewness, (or rather) the detestable Laziness of its Inhabitants. But this defect of Corn, and other Grain, (which ariseth partly from the Nature of the Country, but more from the Temper of the People) is sufficiently supplied by various sorts of excellent Fruits and Wines, which with little Art and Labour are here produc'd in great plenty. The longest Day in the Northmost part of this Country, is about 15 Hours ¼; the shortest in the South, is 9 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Wines, Oyls, Sugar, Metals, Rice, Silk, Liquorish, Honey, * 1.120 Flax, Saffrom, Annifeed, Raisins, Almonds, Oranges, Lemons, Cork, Soap, Anchovies, Sumack, Wooll, Lamb-Skins, and Tobacco, &c.

Nigh to the City of Cadiz, is an old ruinous Building (now converted into a Watch-Tower) which some * 1.121 would fain perswade themselves to be the Remains of Hercules his Pillars, so much talkt off by the Ancients. In the City Granada is the large Sumptuous Palace of the Moorish Kings, whose in∣side is beautifi'd with Jasper and Porphery, and adorn'd with divers Arabick and Mosaick Inscriptions. At Terragona in Catalonia, are to be seen the Ruins of an Ancient Circus in the Street, call'd la Placa de la Fuente; and at Segovia in Old Castile, are the Remains of a Noble Aque∣duct, built by the Emperor Trajan, and supported by an Hundred and Seventy seven Arches in double Rows, reaching from one Hill to ano∣ther. Without the Walls of Toledo was an ancient large Theatre, some part whereof is yet standing. Here also is an admirable Modern Aqueduct, contriv'd by Joanniltus Turrianus (a Frenchman) according to the Order of Philip II. At Orense in Gallicia, are several Springs of Medicinal hot Waters, wonderfully esteem'd off by the ablest Physicians. At the City of Toledo is a Fountain, whose Waters near the Bottom are of an Acid Taste, but towards the Surface ex∣treamly Sweet. Near Guadalaxara in New Castile, is a Lake which never fails to send forth dreadful Howlings before a Storm. The Cathedral Church of Murcia (containing above four hundred Chap∣pels) is remarkable for its curious Steeple, which is so built that a Chariot may easily ascend to the Top thereof. Many talk of a Ship of Stone, with Masts, Sails, and Tackling, to be seen in the Port of Mongia in Gallicia. As to the River Guadiana, its diving under Ground, (from whence 'twas formerly call'd Anas) the same i•• so notorious, that we need say nothing of it.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.122

• ...Compostella,
• ...Granada,
• ...Tarragona,
• ...Burgos,
• ...Sevil,
• ...Valentia,
• ...Saragossa,
• ...Toledo.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.123

• ...Oviedo,
• ...Malaga,
• ...Jacca,
• ...Segovia,
• ...Lugo,
• ...Cartagena,
• ...Balbatro,
• ...Cuenza,
• ...Mondonedo,
• ...Segorve,
• ...Terver,
• ...Cividad Reale
• ...Corunna,
• ...Origuella,
• ...Albarazin,
• ...Siguenza,
• ...Tuy,
• ...Barcelona,
• ...Pamplona,
• ...Leon,
• ...Orense,
• ...Tortosa,
• ...Valladolid,
• ...Salamanca,
• ...Cordova,
• ...Lerida,
• ...Calahorra,
• ...Toro,
• ...Cadiz,
• ...Solsona,
• ...Placentia,
• ...Astorga,
• ...Jaen,
• ...Vich,
• ...Coria,
• ...Palencia,
• ...Guadix,
• ...Tarazona,
• ...Avila,
• ...Zamora.
• ...Almeria,
• ...Huesca,

Universities in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.124

• ...Sevil,
• ...Alcala de Hena∣res.
• ...Huesca,
• ...Gaudia,
• ...Granada,
• ...Saragossa,
• ...Barcelona,
• ...Compostella,
• ...Siguenza,
• ...Tudela,
• ...Murcia,
• ...Toledo,
• ...Valencia,
• ...Ossuna,
• ...Tarragona,
• ...Valladolid,
• ...Lerida,
• ...Ona,
• ...Baeza.
• ...Salamanca,

The truest Character of the Spaniard, I any where find, is that of Dr. Heylin's, which in the main, runs * 1.125 thus: The Spaniards are a sort of People of a swarthy Complexion, black Hair, and of good Proportion, of a Majestick Gate and Deportment, grave and serious in their Carriages in Offices of Piety very Devout, not to say Superstitious; Obedient and Faithful to their King, Patient in Adversity, not prone to alter their Resolutions nor Apparel, in War too deliberate; Arts they esteem dishonourable, universally given to Laziness, much addicted to Women, unreasonably Jealous of their Wives, and by Nature ex∣treamly Proud.

Of all the living Tongues that are deriv'd from the Latin, the Spanish comes nearest to the Original, though * 1.126 no Country has been more harrast by the Irruption of Barbarous Nations. Yet they have borrowed several Words from the Goths and Mores, especially the latter. The best Spanish is gene∣rally

esteem'd that spoken in New-Castile; and in Valentia and Catalonia 'tis most corrupted. Their Pater Noster runs thus; Padre nuestro, que estas en los Gielos, Santificado sea tu Nembre; Venza a nos tu Regno; hagase tu Volantad, assi en la tierra, como en el Cielo. El pan nuestro de cadadia da nos lo oy; y perdona nos nuestras deudas, assi como nos otros perdonamos à nuestros deudores; y no nos dexes caer en tentation; mas libra nos del mal. Amen.

This great Body did formerly comprehend no less than fourteen different Kingdoms which being at * 1.127 length reduc'd to three; viz. Those of Arragon, Ca∣stile, and Portugal; the two former were united. Anno 1474. by Marriage of Ferdinand of Arragon with Isabel Heiress of Castile; and Portugal afterwards added by Conquest, Anno 1578. But it Revolting, (of which afterwards) the whole Continent of Spain, excluding Portugal, is at present subjected to one Sovereign, term'd his Catholick Majesty, whose Government is Monarchical and Crown Hereditary. The Dominions of which Prince are so far extended, that the Sun never sets upon them all; and as his Territories are very numerous, so also are the Titles which he commonly assumeth, being stil'd, King of Castile, Leon, Arragen, Sicily, Naples, Jerusalem, Portugal, Navarr, Granada, Toledo, Valle••ia Gall••ia, Majorca, Seville, Sardignia, Gordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, Algarve, Alg••••ire. Gi∣bralter. The Canaries, East and West Indies; Arch Duke of Austria; Duke of Burgundy, Brabant, and Milan; Count of Flanders, Tirol, and Barcelona; Lord of Biscay and Mechelin &c. The numerous Cities and Provinces of Spain are ruled by particular Governors appointed by his Catholick Majesty, as also the Dutchy of Milan, the King∣doms of Naples, Sicily, Sardignia, &c and the various Parts of his vast Possessions in the East and West Indies, are govern'd by their respective Vice Roys, who are generally very severe in exacting of the Subject what possibly they can during their short Regency, which is commonly limited to three Years; the King appointing others in their room, that he may gratify as many of his Grandees, as may be with all conveniency, there being still a great number of them at Court, as Candidates for a Government. For the better management of Publick Affairs in all the Spanish Dominions, there are establisht in this Kingdom, no less than fifteen different Coun∣cils, viz. that call'd The Council of State. (2) The Council Royal, or that of Castile. (3) That of War. (4.) The Council of Arragon. (5) That of Italy (6) The Council of the Indies. (7.) That of the Orders. (8) The Council of the Treasury. (9.) That of the Chamber. (10) The Council of the Crosade. (11) That of Discharges. (12) The Council of Inquisition. (13.) That of Navarr. (14) The Council of Conscience. And lastly, that call'd, The Council of Policy.

The King of Spain bears Quarterly; The first Quarter Counter-quarter'd; in the first and fourth Gules, a Ca∣stle * 1.128 tripple-tower'd, Azure, each with three Battlements Or pur••led Sable, for Castile. In the second and third Argent, a Lion passant Gules, Crown'd, Langued, and Arm'd Or, for Leon. In the second great Quarter Or four Pallets, Gules, for Arragon. Party Or, four Pallets also Gules, betwixt two Flanches Argent, charg'd with as many Eagles Sable, member'd, beak'd, and crown'd Azure, for Sicily. These two great Quarters grafted in Base Argent, a Pomegranete Verte, stalk'd and leav'd of the same, open d and seeded Gules, for Granada. Over all Argent, five Escucheons Azure, plac'd cross-wise, each charg'd with as many Baeants in Saltier, of the first for Portugal. The Shield bordered, Gules, with seven Towers Or, for Algarve. In the third Quarter, Gules, a Fesse Argent, for Austria, Coupie and supported by Ancient Burgundy, which is Bendy of six Pieces Or and Azure, border'd Gules. In the fourth great Quarter Azure, Semè of Flower de Luces Or, with a border Compony Argent and Gules, for Modern Burgundy; coupè Or, supported Sable a Lion Or, for Brabant. These two great Quar∣ters charg'd with an Escucheon Or, a Lion Sable and langued Gules, for Flanders. Partly Or an Eagle Sable, for Antwerp, the Capital City of the Marquisate of the Holy Empire. For Crest, a Crown Or rais'd with eight Diadems, or Semi-circles terminating in a Mond Or. The Collar of the Order of the Golden Fleece encom∣passes the Shield, on the sides of which stand the two Pillars of Hercules, on each side one with this Morto, Plus ultra.

The Spaniards are very punctual followers of, and close adherers to the Church of Rome, and that in her * 1.129 grossest Errors and Corruptions, ••••••ing up their Reli∣gion on the Pope's Authority; and are therein so tenacious, that the King suffers none to live in his Dominions, who profess not their belief of the Doctrine of the Roman Church. For whose Care (or rather Bigottry) in this matter, the Pope hath conferr'd upon him, the Title of his Catholick Majesty. All other Professions are expell'd by that Antichristian Tyranny of the Bloody Inquisition, at first devised, and set up by P••d••e Goasales de Mendeza. Archbishop of Toledo, and that against such Converted Jews and Moors, as return'd again to their Superstition; but of late it hath been chiefly turn'd upon those (and others) of the Protestant Communion. So in∣dustrious are the Ecclesiasticks in this Country to keep up the whole Body of the People in the thickest Mist of Ignorance, and so little is this Nation enclin'd of themselves to make any enquiries after Knowledge; that considering these things upon one hand, and the Terror of the Inquisition on the other, in case of such Enquiries, (especially if they have the least tendency to Innovation in Points

of Faith) we cannot reasonably expect a Reformation of Religion in this Country, unless the Hand of Providence shall interpose in a wonderful manner. Christianity was planted here (according to the old Spanish Tradition) by St. James the Apostle, within four Years after the Crucifixon of our Blessed Redeemer.

PORTUGAL.

THIS Country (containing a great part of Old Lu∣sitania, with some of Ancient Galleria and Boetica) * 1.130 is term'd by the Italians, Porto Gallo; by the Spaniards, French, Germans, and English, Portugal; so call'd by some from Porto and Cale, (the first a Haven Town, and the other a small Village at the Mouth of the Douro) but by others from Portus Gallorum, that Haven (now O Porto) being the Place where the Gauls usu∣ally landed, when most of the Sea-Port Towns in Spain were in the Hands of the Moors.

The Air of this Country is much more temperate, especially in the Maritime Places, than in those Pro∣vinces * 1.131 of Spain, which lie under the same Parallel, it being frequently qualifi'd by Westerly Winds, and cool Breezes from the Sea. The opposite Place of the Globe to Portugal, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 188 and 194 Degrees of Longitude, with 36 and 42 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 5th and 6th North Climate) is none of the best for Grain, it being * 1.132 very Dry and Mountainous, but yet very plentiful of Grapes, Oranges, Citrons, Almonds, Pomgranates, Olives, and such like. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts of this Kingdom is about 15 Hours, the shortest in the Southmost is about 9 Hours ¾, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Wine, Honey, Oyl, Allom, White Marble, Salt, as also * 1.133 variety of Fruits, as Oranges, Almonds, Citrons, Pomgranates, &c.

In a Lake on the Top of the Hill Stella, in Portugal, are found pieces of Ships, though it be distant from * 1.134 the Sea more than twelve Leagues. Near to Reja, is a Lake observable for its hideous rumbling Noise, which is ordina∣rily heard before a Storm, and that at the distance of five or six Leagues. About eight Leagues from Coimbra, is a remarkable Fountain which swallows up, or draws in whatsoever thing only toucheth the Surface of its Waters; an Experiment of which is frequently made with Trunks of Trees. The Town of Bethlem

(nigh to Lisbon) is noted for the Sumptuous Tombs of the Kings of Portugal.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.135

• Lisbon,
• Braga,
• Evora.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.136

• Miranda,
• Leiria,
• O Porto,
• Coimbra,
• Lamego,
• Viseu;
• Elvas,
• Portalegre,
• Faro.

Universities in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.137

• Lisbon,
• Evora,
• Coimbra.

The Portugueses (formerly much noted for their Skill in Navigation, and vast Discoveries which the World * 1.138 owes to them) are wonderfully degenerated from their Fore-fathers, being now a People, whom some are pleas'd to Cha∣racterize thus; That take one of their own Neighbours (a Native Spaniard) and strip of him of all his good Qualities, (which may be quickly done) that Person then remaining will make a compleat Portuguize. They are generally esteem'd a People very Treacherous to one another, but more especially to Strangers; extraordinary Cunning in their Dealings, and the meaner sort are universally given to Thieving.

The Language us'd in this Kingdom is a Compound of French and Spanish, especially the latter. The diffe∣rence * 1.139 between it and the true Spanish, will best appear by the Pater Noster in that Tongue, which runs thus: Padre nosso que estas nos Ceos, Sanoifioado seia o teu nome: venha a nos ò teu reyno: seia felta a tua vontade, assi nos ceos, como na terra. O paonosso de ca∣da••ia 〈…〉〈…〉 n'estodia. E perdoa nos fenhor as nossas di••••das, assi como nos pendoamos a os nossos devedores. E nao nos dexes cahir em tenta∣cio, mas libra nos do mal. Amen.

This Kingdom after many Revolutions of Fortune, was unjustly seiz'd upon by Philip II. of Spain, and de∣tain'd * 1.140 by him and his two Successors from the Dukes of Braganza the lawful Heir, till the Year 1640. that the Portuguezes being unable to bear up any longer under the Tyrannical Sove∣reignty of the Spaniards, threw off that intollerable Yoke; and set the Crown upon the Head of John VI. Duke of Braganza (after∣wards John IV. Surnam'd the Fortunate) notwithstanding of all

that Philip IV. could do to the contrary Which Enterprize of theirs was happily brought about by the Assistance of some French Forces sent into this Country: and 'tis very remarkable how closely this their Design of Revolting was carri'd on, though known to above three hundred ••••rsons at once, and in Agitation for the space of a whole Year. Ever since which Revolt of Portugal, it hath continued an Independent Kingdom, subject unto, and govern'd by its own King (being of the Family of Braganza) whose Govern∣ment is truly Monarchical and Crown Hereditary.

He bears Argent, five Escutcheons Azure, plac'd cross wise, each charg'd with as many Besants of the * 1.141 first, plac'd in Saltier, and pointed Sable, for Portugal. The Shield border'd Gules, charg'd with Seven Towers Or, three in chief, and two in each Flanch. The Crest is a Crown Or. Under the two Flanches, and the Base of the Shield appear at the ends of two Crosses, the first Flower-de-luc'd Verte, which is for the Order of Avis, and the second Pattes Gules, which is for the Order of Christ. The Motto is very changeable, each King assuming a new one, but frequently these Words, Pro Rege & Grege.

What was said of Religion in Spain, the same almost may be affirm'd of that in this Kingdom; the Tenets * 1.142 of the Church of Rome being here universally em∣brac'd by the Portugucze, only with this difference, that they tolle∣rate Jews, and allow several Strangers the publick Exercise of their Religion, particularly the English Factory at Lisbon. This Country receiv'd the Blessed Gospel much about the same time with Spain.

[illustration]

ITALY by Rob. Mordon

SECT. VI. Concerning Italy.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	25	30	of Long.	its greatest	Length from N. W. to S. E. is about 760 Miles.
39	00
between	38	15	of Latit.	Breadth from S. W. to N. E. is about 134 Miles.
46	30

Being divided into three Classes, viz.

• Upper.
• Middle.
• Lower.

The Upper [or Lombardy] con∣tains the	Dukedom of Savoy	Chief Town	Chambery	W. to E.
Princip. of Piedmont	Turin—
D. of	Montferrat	Casal—
Milan—	Idem—
Parma—	Idem—
Modena—	Idem—
Mantua—	Idem, N. to Modena.
Rep. of	Venice—	Idem, on the bot. of the Adriatick Gulf.
Genoua—	Idem, S. to Milan.
Bishoprick of Trent	Id. S. to Tyrol in Austria.
The Middle con∣tains the	Land of the Church	Rome—	S. to N.
Duked. of Tuscany	Florence—
Rep. of	Luca—	Idem, S. to Modena.
S. Marino	Idem.
The Lower con∣tains the	Kingdom of Naples	Idem, Southward.

Of all these in Order.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

§. 1. In the Upper-part, or Lombardy.

SAVOY.

Containing several remarkable Towns situated upon, or nigh unto four small Rivers that water this Country.

Viz.	The Isere—	running	Westward in the main.
The Arc—	W. turning N. W.
The Seran—	N. W. in the main.
The Arve—	N. W.

Nigh unto, or upon the	Isere are those of	S. Maurice—	from E. to W.
Monstiers—
Beaufort—
Constans—
M. Melian—
Chambery—
Arc are those of	S. Michael—	from E. to W.
S. Jaen de Maurienne
Seran are those of	Rumilly—	from S. to N.
Annacy—
Arve are those of	Salanches—	from E. to W.
Cluse—
Bonne Ville—
la Roche—

PIEDMONT.

Comprehends the	Dukedom of Aouste	Chief Town	Aouste 44 m. N.	of Turin.
Marquisate of	Jurea	Jurea 22 m. N.
Susa	Susa 24 m. N. W.
County of Asti	Asti 26 m. E.
Seignory of Vercelli	Idem 12 m. N. of ••••sal.
Territories of Nizza.	Idem upon the Sea-Coast.
Princip of Piedinont properly so called	Turin upon the River Po.

Piedmont, properly so called.

Comprehends the Territo∣ries of	Turino—	Chief Town	Idem—	N. to S. upon the Po.
Chieri—	Idem—
Carignan—	Idem—
Carmagnola—	Idem—
Salutzo—	Idem—
Cavîgliano—	Idem—
Lucerna—	Idem 5 m. S. of Pignerol.
Cherasco—	Idem—	N. to S. upon the Tanaro.
Mindovi—	Idem—
Ceva—	Idem—
Tossano—	Idem—	N. to S. upon the Stura.
Coni—	Idem—

MONTFERRAT.

Comprehends the Territo∣ries of	Trino—	Chief Town	Idem—	N. to S.
Casal—	Idem—
Alba—	Idem—
Acqui—	Idem—
Spin—	Idem 8 m. S. W. of Acqui.

MILAN.

Comprehends the Territo∣ries of	Angiera—	Chief Town	Idem—	from W. to S. E.
Novarese—	Novara—
Vigevanasco—	Vigevano—
Pavese—	Pavia—
Lodegiano—	Lodi—
Cremonese—	Cremona—
Milaneze—	Milan—	S. to N.
Comese—	Como—
Allessandrinese—	Allessandria—	W. to E.
Laumelline—	Valenza—
Tortonese—	Tortona—
Bobbiese—	Bobbio—

PARMA.

Com∣pre∣hends the	D. of	〈…〉〈…〉 so call'd	〈…〉〈…〉	Idem 〈◊〉〈◊〉	E to W.
〈…〉〈…〉—	Idem 〈◊〉〈◊〉
〈◊〉〈◊〉. of	〈…〉〈…〉—	〈…〉〈…〉.—	N. to S.
〈…〉〈…〉—	〈…〉〈…〉

MODENA.

Compre∣hends the	D. of	Modena prop. so call'd	Chief Town	Idem Eastward.
Regto—	Idem Westward.
Mirandula—	Idem Northward.
Corregie—	Idem 11 m.	N. E. of Regio.
Principality of Carpi—	Idem 14 m.

MANTOVA.

Compre∣hends the	D. of	Montoua prop. so call'd	Chief Town	Mantoua, Northward.
Sabionetta—	Id. 18 m. S. W.	of Man∣toua.
〈…〉〈…〉—	Idem 18 m. S.
Principality of Bozzolo—	Id. 18 m. S. W.
Marquisate of Castiglon—	Castillan-de-Silver, 6m. (N. E. of Mantua.

VENICE.

Comprehends the Territo∣ries of	Dogado—	Chief Town	Venice—	from E. to W.
Paduano—	Padua—
Vicentino—	Vicenza—
Veronese—	Verona—
Bresc••ano—	Brescia—
Bergamasco—	Bergamo—
Frluli—	Uddine—	W. to E.
Istria—	Cabo d'Istria
Aquileija—	Idem in Friuli 22 m. S E. of (Uddin.
Cremasco—	Crema 24 m. S. of Bergamo.
Pol••sin-de-Rovigo	Rovigo 22 m. S. of Padua.
Marca Trevigiano	Trevigio 17 m. N. W. of Venice.
Trevigiano contains the Territories of	Trevigiano prop.	Trevigie—	S. to N.
Feltrino—	Feltri—
Bellunese—	Belluno—
Cadrino—	Codore—

GENOVA.

Compre∣hends the	Principality of 〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Chief Town	Idem—	W. to E.
Territory of 〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Idem—
Principality of 〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Idem—
Marquisate of 〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Idem—
Territory of	〈…〉〈…〉	Idem—
〈…〉〈…〉	Idem—
	〈…〉〈…〉	Idem—
〈…〉〈…〉	Idem—

TRENT.

Comprehends only the

Bishoprick of Trent

Chief Town

Idem upon the A. dige.

§. 2. In the Middle Part.

The Land of the Church of Papacy.

Comprehends the	D. of	Ferrara—	Chief Town	Ferrara—	N. W. to S. E.
Bolognese—	Bologna—
Prov. of Romagna—	Ravenn 〈…〉〈…〉
D. of Urbine—	Urbino—
Marq. of Ancona—	Ancona—
C. of Citta de Castello—	Citta de Castello.	N. to S.
Terr. of	Perugiano—	Perugia—
Orvietano—	Orvieto—
D. of Castro—	Castro—
St. Peters Patrimony—	Viterbo 14 m. S. E. of Orvieto.
Campagnia 〈…〉〈…〉—	Rome—	S. to N.
Sabino—	Magliano 20 m. N. of Rome
D. of Spoleto—	Spoleto—

TUSCANY.

Comprehends the	Terr. of	Florence—	Chief Town	Idem—	N. E. to S. W.
Pisa—	Idem—
Sienna—	Idem—	N. E. to S. W.
Princip of Piombino—	Idem—
Isle of Elbai—	Cosmopoli—
D. of Carrara and Massa	Massa 24 m. N. W. of Pisa.
State of Presidii—	Orbitello 55 m. E. of Cosmopoli

The Republicks of

• Luca,
• S. Marino.

Comprehend only the Territories of these two free Cities of.	Luca—	Sltuated	8 m. N. E. of Pisa.
S. Marino	17 m. N. W. of Urbine.

§. 3. In the Lower Part.

The Kingdom of NAPLES.

Comprehends the Provinces of	Abruzzo the 〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Chief Town	Aquila—	From N. W. to S. E. upon the Adria∣tick Gulph.
Abruzzo the nigher—	Civitta di Chie
Molissa—	Bojano—
Capitinate or Puglia—	Mandfredonia—
Terra di Bari—	Bari—
Terra di Otranto—	Otranto—
Terra di Lavoro—	Naples—	From N. W. to S. E. up∣on the Tyr∣rhenean Sea.
Further Principate—	Benevento—
Nigher Principate—	Salerno—
Basilicate—	Cirenza—
Calabria the nigher—	Cosenze—
Calabria the farther—	Regie—

THIS Country (known of old by the Names of Hesperia, Saturnia, Latium, Ausonia, Oenotria, and * 1.143 Janicula) is term'd by its Natives and Spaniards, Italia; by the French, Italie; by the Germans, Italien; and by the English, Italy; so call'd (as most Authors conjecture) from Italus, an Anci∣ent King of the Siculi, who leaving their Island came into this Country, and possessing themselves of the middle part thereof, cal∣led the whole Italia, from the Name of their Prince.

The Air of this Country is generally Pure, Tempe∣rate, and Healthful to breathe in, except the Land of * 1.144 the Church, where 'tis ordinarly reckon'd more gross and unwholesome, as also the Southern Parts of Naples, where for several Months in the Summer 'tis scorching Hot, being of the like Quality with the Air of those Provinces in Spain which lie under the same Parallels of Latitude. The opposite Place of the Globe to Italy, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, lying between 205 and 220 Degrees of Longitude, with 38 and 48 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 6th and 7th North Climate) is very fertile, generally yielding in * 1.145 great abundance the choicest of Corn, Wines, and Fruit. Its Woods are (for the most part) continually green, and well∣stor'd with the best of wild and tame Beasts. Its Mountains do af∣ford several kinds of Metal, particularly those in Tuscany and Naples, which are said to yield some rich Mines of Silver and Gold. Here is also a great quantity of true Albaster, and the purest of Marble. In short, this Country is generally esteem'd the Garden of Europe; and so stately and magnificent are its numerous Cities, that I can∣not omit the following Epithets commonly bestow'd on divers of them; as Rome, the Sacred; Naples, the Noble; Florence, the Fair; Venice, the Rich; Genoa, the Stately; Milan, the Great; Ravenna, the Ancient; Padua, the Learned; Bononia, the Fat; Leghorn, the Merchandizing; Verona, the Charming; Luca, the Jolly; and Casal, the Strong.

The chief Commodities of this Country are Wines, Corn, Rice, Silks, Velvets, Taffaties, Sattins, Grograins, * 1.146 Fustians, Gold-wire, Allom, Armour, Glasses, and such like.

To reckon up all those things in Italy, that truly de∣serve the Epithet of Rare and Curious, would far sur∣pass * 1.147 our designed brevity; I shall therefore confine my self to one sort of Rarities, namely, The most noted Remains or Monu∣ments of Reverend Antiquity, which in effect are most worthy of our regard, they being very useful in giving some Light to several parts

of the Roman History. In viewing of which Antiquities, I shall reduce them all to Three Classes; viz. Those that are to be seen in the City of Rome it self. Secondly, In the Kingdom of Naples. And lastly, In all other Parts of Italy besides.

The most remarkable Monuments of Antiquity in Rome it self, are these following. (1.) Amphitheatres, particularly that, call'd the Old Amphitheatre, (now term'd the Coliseo, because of a Colossean Statue that stood therein) begun by Vespasian, and finish'd by Domi∣tian. (2.) Triumphal Arches, as that of Constantine the Great (nigh to the old Amphitheatre) erected to him in Memory of his Victo∣ry obtain'd over the Tyrant Maxentius, with this Inscription, Liberatori Urbis, Fundatori Pacis. That of T. Vespasian (the ancientest of all the Triumphal Arches in Rome) erected to him upon his taking the City, and spoiling the Temple of Jerusalem. That of Septimius Severus, to be seen nigh the Church of St. Martinas. Add to these, the Triumphal Bridge, (whose Ruins are still visible nigh Pont Angelo) so much reputed of old, that by a Decree of the Se∣nate, none of the meaner sort of People were suffer'd to tread up∣on the same. (3.) Thermae or Baths; as those of the Emperor Anto∣ninus Pius, which where of a prodigious bigness, according to that of Ammianus Marcellinus, who (speaking of 'em) says, Lavacra in modum Provinciarum exstructa. Those of Alexander Severus, the good∣ly Ruins whereof are to be seen nigh the Church of St. Eustachio••t and lastly, the Ruins of Thermae Constantinianae, still visible in Monte Cavallo, formerly Mons Quirinalis. (4.) Several remarkable Pillars, particularly, that call'd Colonna d' Antonino, erected by M. Aurelius Antoninus, the Emperor, in Honour of his Father, Antoninus Pius, and still to be seen in the Corso, being as yet 175 Foot high. That call'd Colonna Trajana, set up in Honour of Trajan, and now to be found in Monte Cavallo. That call'd Colonna Rostrata, (still extant in the Capitol) erected in Honour of Dulius, and deckt with Stems of Ships, upon his Victory over the Carthaginians, the same being the first Naval Victory obtain'd by the Romans. To these we may add the two great Obelisks (one before Porta del Populo, and the other before the Church of S. John de Lateran) formerly belonging to, and now the chief Remainders of the famous Circus Maximus, which was begun by Tarquinius Priscus, augmented by J. Caesar and Augustus, and at last adorn'd with Pillars and Statues by Trajan and Heliogabalus. We may also add those Three Pillars of admirable Structure (now to be seen in Campo Vaccino) which formerly be∣long'd to the Temple of Jupiter Stator, built by Romulus, upon his Victory over the Sabines; together with Six others on the side of the Hill mounting up to the Capitol, three of which belong'd once to the Temple of Concord, built by Camillus; and the other three to the Temple of Jupiter Tonans, built by Augustus upon a narrow

escape from a Thunder-bolt. And finally, In the rank of Pillars we may place the famous Milliarium, (still reserv'd in the Capitol) which is a little Pillar of Stone with a round Brazen Ball on its top, erected at first by Augustus Caesar in Foro Romano, from whence the Romans reckon'd their Miles to all parts of Italy. Other no••ed Pieces of Antiquity in Rome, and not reducible to any of the for∣mer Classes, are chiefly these, (1.) The stately Ruins of Pal•••••• Magiore, or the great Palace of the Roman Emperors once 〈…〉〈…〉 over the greatest part of the Palatine Hill. (2.) The Ruins o•• Templum Pacis (which are nigh the Church of St. 〈…〉〈…〉 in Campo Vaccino) built by T. Vespasian, who adorn'd the same with some of the Spoils of the Temple of Jerusalem. (3.) The Ro••unda or Pan∣theon, built by Agrippa, and dedicated to all Gods; many of whose Statues are still extant in the Palace of Justiniani, reserved there as a Palladium of that Family. (4.) The Mausoleum Augusti, near S. Rock's Church, but nowextreamly decay'd. And lastly, The very Plate of Brass on which the Laws of the Ten Tables were written, •••• still to be seen in the Capitol.

Remarkable Monuments of Antiquity in the Kingdom of Naples, are these following, (1) The Grotte of Pausilipus, being a large Cart-way about a Mile long, cut under ground, quite thro•••• Mountain, near the City of Naples, made (as some imagine) by Lucullus; but according to others, Cocceius Nerva. (2.) Some Re∣mains of a fair Amphitheatre, and Cicero's Accademy, nigh Puzzuolo; as also the Arches and Ruins of that prodigious Bridge, (being three Miles long) built by Caligula between Puzzuolo and Baiae; to which Building Suetonius, the Historian, seems to allude when he taxeth that Emperor with his Substructiones insan••. (3.) The Foun∣dation of Baiae it self, and some Arches with the Pavement of the very Streets, all visible under Water in a clear Sun shine day. (4.) The Elisian Fields, so famous among the Poets, and extreamly beholden to them for their Fame, being only an ordinary Plat of Ground still to be seen nigh the place where the City of Baiae stood. (5.) The Piscina Mirabilis, which is a vast Subterranean Building nigh the Elesian Fields, design'd to keep fresh Water for the Roman Gallies, who used to harbour thereabouts. (6) The Ruins of Nero's Palace, with the Tomb of Agrippa, his Mother, nigh to the aforesaid Piscina; as also the Baths of Cicero and Tritola, and the Lacus Avernus, so noted of old for its infectious Air. (7.) The Grotte of the famous Stbylla Cumaea, nigh to the place where Cumoe stood; as also the Sulphureous Grotta de'l Cane, nigh to the Grotte of Pausilipus abovemention'd. Lastly, The obscure Tomb of that well known Poet, P. Virg••itus Maro, in the Gardens of S. Severino, nigh to the entrance of the Grotte of Paustlipus. To all these we may here subjoin that noted and most remarkable Prodigy of Na∣ture,

the terrible Vulcano Vesuvius about seven Miles from the City of Naples.

Remarkable Monuments of Antiquity in all other Parts of Italy, are chiefly these, (1.) The Via Appia, a prodigious long Causway of five days Journey reaching from Rome to Brundusium, and made at the sole Charges of Appius Claudius during his Consulate. (2.) Via Flaminia, another Causway of the same length, reaching from Rome to Rimini, and made by the Consul Flaminius, who imploy'd the Soldiers therein during the time of Peace. (3.) Via Aemilia, reach∣ing from Rimini to Bologna, and pav'd by Aemilius Lepidus, Collegue of Flaminius. (4.) The old Temple and House of Sybilla Tyburtina, to be seen at Tivoli, a Town about fifteen Miles from Rome. (5.) An Ancient Triumphal Arch yet standing near Fano, a Town in the Dutchy of Urbine. (6.) The very Stone upon which Julius Caesar stood when he made an Oration to his Men, persuading 'em to pass the Rub••con, and advance streight to Rome: The same is to be seen upon a Pedestal in the Market-place of Rimini. (7.) A rare Amphitheatre in Verona, erected at first by the Consul Flaminius, and repaired since by the Citizens, and now the intirest of any in Europe; as also another intire at Pola in Istria, being of two Orders of Tuscan Pillars plac'd one above another. (8) The Ruins of an Amphitheatre in Padua, part of whose Court (being of an Oval Form) doth still retain the Name of Arena. (9.) Many stately Tombs of famous Men, particularly That of Antenor's in Padua; St. Peter's in Rome; St. Augustin's and Severinus Boetius, both in Pavia, with that of St. Ambrose in Milan, and many others, together with vast multitudes of Statues both of Brass and Marble in most parts of Italy.

These are the most remarkable Remains of the Roman Antiquities that are now extant throughout all this Country. As for Mo∣dern Curiosities, and other sorts of Rarities (which are obvious to the Eye of every ordinary Traveller) a bare Catalogue of 'em would swell up to a considerable Volume. It were endless to Dis∣course of magnificent Buildings, (particularly Churches) Ancient Inscriptions, rare Waterworks, and many bold Pieces of Painting and Statuary, to be seen almost in every Corner of Italy. Every one is apt to talk of the bending Tower of Pisa, the Whispering Chamber of Caprarola, the renowned House of Loretto, with the rich Treasury of S. Mark in Venice; not to mention the famous Va∣tican Palace and Library, with the glorious and splendid Furniture of the Roman Churches. To these I may add the several Magazines, or large Collections of all sorts of Rarities kept in several Parts of Italy; particularly those in Villa Ludovisia, belonging to Prince Lu∣dovisio: As also those in the famous Gallery of Canonico Setali in Milan; but above all, are divers Rooms and Cabinets of exotick

Curiosities and precious Stones, (among which is the famous Dia∣mond that weigheth 138 Carats) all belonging to the Great Duke of Tuscany, and much admired and talkt off in all Parts of the Civiliz'd World.

Ecclesiasticks of the higest Order in this Country, are his Holiness the Pope, and the Patriarchs of

• Venice,
• Aquileia.

Next to these are the Archbishops of * 1.148

• ...Milan,
• ...Fermo,
• ...Benevento,
• ...Frani,
• ...Turin,
• ...Ravenna,
• ...Thieti,
• ...Tarento,
• ...Tarentaise,
• ...Naples,
• ...Lanciano,
• ...Brindisi,
• ...Bologne,
• ...Capua,
• ...Manfredonia,
• ...Otranto,
• ...Genoa,
• ...Salerno,
• ...Bari,
• ...Rossano,
• ...Florence,
• ...Amalfi,
• ...Cirenza,
• ...Consenza,
• ...Pisa,
• ...Sorento,
• Nazareth or Barletta.
• ...Sanseverino,
• ...Urbin,
• ...Conza,
• ...Reggio.

The respective Suffragans of these Ecclesiasticks, are as followeth,

§. 1. Immediately subject to the Pope, are the Bi∣shops of * 1.149

• ...Ostia,
• ...Alatro,
• ...Perusa,
• ...Foligni.
• ...Porto,
• ...Ferentino,
• ...Citta di Castello,
• ...Assisi.
• ...Sabius,
• ...Velitri,
• ...Citta di Sieve,
• ...Ancona
• ...Palestrina,
• ...Sutri,
• ...Castro,
• ...Humana,
• ...Frascati,
• ...Nepi,
• ...Arezzo,
• ...Loretto,
• ...Albano,
• ...Citta Castellana,
• ...Spoleto,
• ...Recanali,
• ...Tivoli,
• ...Horta,
• ...Norcia,
• ...Ascoli,
• ...Anagni,
• ...Viterbi,
• ...Ferni,
• ...Jesi,
• ...Veroli,
• ...Tuscanella,
• ...Narni,
• ...Osmo,
• ...Terracina,
• ...Civita-Vecchia,
• ...Amelia,
• ...Camerin,
• ...Sezza,
• ...Bagnarea,
• ...Todi.
• ...Cometo,
• ...Segni,
• ...Orvieto,
• ...Rieti.
• ...Monte Fiascone.

As also these following being exempt from the Jurisdiction of their respective Metropolitans.

• ...Mantua,
• ...Cortona,
• ...Atella,
• ...Rapolla,
• ...Trent,
• ...Sarzana,
• ...Cava,
• ...Monte-Pelozo,
• ...Pavia,
• ...Fano,
• Scala and Ra∣vello,
• ...Trivento,
• ...Salusses,
• ...Ferrara,
• ...Aquila,
• ...Mon-Pulician,
• ...Aversa,
• ...Melfi,
• ...Marsico,
• ...

• ... Faramo,
• ...Cassano,
• ...San-Marco,
• ...Montellone.
• ...Bisiguano,

§ 2. Suffragans to the Patriarch of Venice, are only those of

• ...Torzello,
• ...Chioza.

§. 3. To the Patriarch of Aquileia, are those of,

• ...Terviso,
• ...Trieste,
• ...Petin,
• ...Vicenza,
• ...Feltri,
• ...Cabo d' Istria,
• ...Citta Nuova,
• ...Verona,
• ...Belluno.
• ...Pola,
• ...Padua,
• ...Como.
• ...Concorde.
• ...Parenzo,

§. 4. To the Archbishop of Milan, are those of,

• ...Cremona,
• ...Tortona,
• ...VerITEMes,
• ...Acqui,
• ...Novara,
• ...Vighenano,
• ...Alba,
• ...Savona,
• ...Lodi,
• ...Bergamo,
• ...Ast,
• ...Vintemiglia.
• ...Alexandria,
• ...Brescia,
• ...Casal,

§. 5. To the Archbishop of Turin, are those of

• ...Yorée,
• ...Mondovi,
• ...Fossano,

§ 6. To the Archbishop of Tarentaise, are those of

• ...Aoste,
• ...Sion.

§. 7. To the Archbishop of Bologne, are those of

• ...Parma,
• ...Rheggio,
• ...Carpi,
• ...Borgo,
• ...Placenza,
• ...Modena,
• ...Crema,
• ...S. Domino.

§. 8. To the Archbishop of Genoa, are those of

• ...Albegna,
• ...Brugnato,
• ...Mariana,
• ...Nebio.
• ...Noli,
• ...Bobio,
• ...Accia,

§. 9. To the Archbishop of Florence, are those of

• ...Pistoya,
• ...Colle,
• ...Borgo san Sepulchro;
• ...Fiesoli,
• ...Volterra,
• ...Citta di Sole.

§. 10. To the Archbishop of Pisa, are those of

• ...Soana,
• ...Piombino,
• ...Mont-Alcino,
• ...Aiazzo,
• ...Chiusi,
• ...Massa,
• ...Livorno,
• ...Sagona,
• ...Grossete,
• ...Pienza,
• ...Luca,
• ...Alerta.

§. 11. To the Archbishop of Urbine, are those of

• ...Senigaglia,
• ...Engubio,
• ...Pesaro,
• ...Fossombrona,
• ...Cagli,
• ...S. Leon.

§. 12. To the Archbishop of Fermo, are those of

• ...San-Severino,
• ...Macerati,
• ...Montalt,
• ...Tolentin,
• ...Ripa Transona.

§. 13. To the Archbishop of Ravenna, are those of

• ...Rovigo,
• ...Britinoro,
• ...Sarsina,
• ...Cervia,
• ...Comachio,
• ...Forli,
• ...Rimini,
• ...••••nestria.
• ...Faenza,
• ...Cosena,
• ...Imola,

§. 14. To the Archbishop of Naples, are those of

• ...Nola,
• ...Pozzuolo,
• ...Cerra,
• ...Ischia.

§. 15. To the Archbishop of Capua, are those of

• ...Tiano,
• ...Caiazzo,
• ...Sessa,
• ...Mont-cassin,
• ...Calvi,
• ...Carniola,
• ...Venafro,
• ...Fondi,
• ...Caserta,
• ...Isernia,
• ...Aquin,
• ...Gaieta.

§. 16. To the Archbishop of Salerno, are those of

• ...Campagna,
• ...Policastro,
• ...Sarno,
• ...Nocera di pagni.
• ...Capaccio,
• ...Nusco,
• ...Marsico nuovo,
• ...Acerno.

§. 17. To the Archbishop of Amalfi, are those of

• ...Letteri,
• ...Capri,
• ...Minori.

§. 18. To the Archbishop of Sorento, are those of

• ...Vico,
• ...Massa,
• ...Castel à Mare di Stabbia.

§. 19. To the Archbishop of Conza, are those of

• ...Muro,
• ...Satriano,
• ...Cedogna,
• ...Cangiano,
• ...Bisaccia.

§. 20. To the Archbishop of Benevento, are those of

• ...Ascol,
• ...Monte Marano,
• ...Bovino,
• ...Tremoli,
• ...Fiorenzuola,
• ...Avellino,
• ...Toribolenza,
• ...Lesnia,
• ...Telezi,
• ...Fricenti,
• ...Dragonara,
• ...Guardia,
• ...S. Agatha di Go∣thi,
• ...Ariano,
• ...Volturata,
• ...D'alsieres.
• ...Boiano,
• ...Larina,

§. 21. To the Archbishop of Thieti, are those of

• ...Ortona di Mare,
• ...Civita di Penna,
• ...Sermona,
• ...Campti,
• ...Cali.

§. 22. To the Archbishop of Lanciano, are none.

§. 23. To the Archbishop of Manfredonia, are those of

• ...Troia,
• ...Vieste,
• ...San-Severa.

§. 24. To the Archbishop of Bari, are those of

• ...Canosa,
• ...Conversano,
• ...Bitteta,
• ...Giovenazzo,
• ...Poligano,
• ...Labiello,
• ...Bitonto,
• ...Monervino,
• ...Ravo,
• ...Molfetta.

§. 25. To the Archbishop of Cirenza, are those of

• ...Malerano,
• ...Turfi,
• ...Gravina,
• ...Venosa,
• ...Potenza,
• ...Tricarico.

§. 26. To the Archbishop of Nazareth, none:

§. 27. To the Archbishop of Frani, are those of

• ...Salpi,
• ...Andria,
• ...Biseglia.

§. 28. To the Archbishop of Tarento, are those of

• ...Montula,
• ...Castellanetta.

§. 29. To the Archbishop of Brindisi, are those of

• ...Ostuni,
• ...Oria.

§. 30. To the Archbishop of Otranto, are those of

• ...Gallipoli,
• ...Castro.
• ...Alessano,
• ...Leeche,
• ...Nardo,
• ...S. Maria di Leuca.
• ...Ugento,

§. 31. To the Archbishop of Rossano, none.

§. 32. To the Archbishop of Consenza, are those of

• ...Montallo,
• ...Mortorano.

§. 33. To the Archbishop of Sanseverino, are those of

• ...Belcastro,
• ...Strongoli,
• ...Cariati,
• ...Umbriatico,
• ...Isola,
• ...Cerenza.

§. 34. To the Archbishop of Reggio, are those of

• ...Amantea,
• ...Cortona,
• ...Squillace,
• ...Bova,
• ...Nicastro,
• ...Oppido,
• ...Nicotera,
• ...Taverna,
• ...Tropea,
• ...Gieraci,

Universities in this Country, are those establish'd at the Cities following, * 1.150

• ...Rome,
• ...Florence,
• ...Mantua,
• ...Venice,
• ...Bononia,
• ...Pisa,
• ...Pavia,
• ...Padua,
• ...Ferrara,
• ...Sienna,
• ...Naples,
• ...Verona,
• ...Perusia,
• ...Milan,
• ...Salerno,
• ...Parma.

The Natives of this Country (once the Triumphant Lords and Conquerors of the World) are now less gi∣ven * 1.151 to the Art of War, and Military Exploits, than most other Nations of Europe. However the Modern Italians are ge∣nerally reputed a Grave, Respectful, and Ingenious sort of People; especially in those things to which they chiefly apply themselves now-a-days, viz. Statuary Works, Architecture, and the Art of Paint∣ing. They're also reckon'd Obedient to their Superiors, Courte∣ous to Inferiors, Civil to Equals, and very Affable to Strangers.

They're likewaies in Apparel very modest, in Furniture of Houses, sumptuous; and at their Tables extraordinary neat and decent. But these good Qualities of this People are mightily stain'd by many notorious Vices which reign among them, particularly those of Revenge and Lust, Jealousy and Swearing, to all of which they're so excessively given, that even a modest Narrative would seem incre∣dible. As for the Female Sex, a vulgar Saying goes of them, that they're Magpies at the Doors, Saints in the Church, Goats in the Garden, Devils in the House, Angels in the Streets, and Syrenes at the Windows.

The present Language of Italy is a Dialect of the Latin, which was the Ancient Language of this Coun∣try: * 1.152 Almost every Province and City hath its peculiar Idiom, but that of Tuscany is reckon'd the purest and best polisht of all others, and is that which Persons of Quality and Learning usually speak. Pater-Noster in Italian runs thus; Padre nostro, che sci ne Cielo, sia sanctificato il tuo nome: venga il tuo Regno: sia fatta la tua volonta, st come in ciclo, cosi encora in terra. Dacci hogli il nostro pane cotidiano; é rimetti••i i nostri debiti, si come encor noigli remet∣tiano a i nostri d••bitori. E non ci indurre in tentatione ma liberaci dal male. Amen.

The Government of Italy can't be duly considered without looking back unto the Chief Divisions of * 1.153 that Country abovemention'd; there being so many different Sovereignties therein, independent on one another, and not subjected to one Head. The whole being therefore divided into Upper, Middle, and Lower, according to the aforesaid Analysis.

I. The Upper (or Lombardy) being again divided into one Prin∣cipality, five Dutchies, two Republicks, and one Bishoprick. That one Principality, viz Piedmont, is under the Duke of Savoy. The five Dutchies, viz. those of Montferrat, Milan, Parma, Modena, and Mantua, are under several Sovereigns: For Montferrat is partly un∣der the Duke of Savoy, and partly under the French King. Milan is under the King of Spain, for which he is dependent on the Em∣peror. Parma is mostly under its own Duke, who is feudatary to the Pope, paying yearly ten thousand Crowns. Modena is under its own Duke, who is dependent on the Emperor. And Mantua is mostly under its own Duke, who is feudatary to the Emperor. The two Republicks being those of Venice and Genoa, (of whom particularly afterwards) are govern'd by their Senare and Magi∣gistrates. The one Bishoprick being that of Trent, is subject to the House of Austria.

II. The Middle Part being divided into the Land of the Church, the Dukedom of Tuscany, and the Republicks of Luca and St. Ma∣rino. The Land of the Church (or St. Peter's Patrimony) is for the most part in the Hands of the Pope, and rul'd by several Gover∣nors set over its various Divisions, who are generally not a little severe upon the Subject. His Holiness, the Pope, (by Virtue of the Jurisdiction of the Roman See) is both Temporal and Spiritual Sovereign thereof, and is commonly stil'd by Roman Catholicks, the Chief Ecclesiastick of all Christendom; the Patriarch of Rome, and the West; the Primate and Supream Governor of Italy; the Metrapo∣litan of those Bishops Suffragan to the See of Rome, and Bishop of the most famous St. John of Lateran. The Dukedom of Tuscany is, for the most part, under its own Duke, except the Towns of Siena, (for which he is Tributary to Spain) and Orbitellio, which belongeth also to the Spaniard. This Duke is esteem'd the Richest and most Powerful of all the Italian Princes, but his manner of Government is generally reckon'd too pressing and uneasy to the Subject. The Towns and Republicks of Luca and St. Marino, are govern'd by their own Magistrates as free States. But of them afterwards.

III. The Lower Part of Italy being the Kingdom of Naples, is subject to the Spaniard, for which he is Homager to the Pope, and accordingly sends his Holiness yearly, a White Horse and 7000 Ducats by way of acknowledgment. It is govern'd by a Vice-Roy, appointed and sent thither by his Catholick Majesty, who is usually one of the Chief Grandees of Spain, and is commonly renew'd every thrid Year. These Vice-Roys (as in most other of the Spanish Governments) during their short Regency, do industriously endeavour to lose no time in filling their own Coffers, and that by most grievous Exactions on the poor Subject. So severe indeed are the Spaniards upon the Neapolitans, that the King's Officers are commonly said to suck in the Dutchy of Milan, and to Fleece in the Island of Sicily, but to Fley off the very Skin in the Kingdom of Naples; so that the People of this Country (which is one of the best in Europe) are most miserably harrass'd by these hungry and rapacious Vultures. Besides these Princes in Italy abovemention'd, there are several others who are under the Protection of some higher Power, particular that of the Emperor, the Pope, or the King of Spain.

To the Government of Italy, we may add the four following Republicks, viz. those of

• Venice.
• Genoua.
• Luca.
• St. Marino.

I. Venice, This Republick is under an Aristocratical Government, the Sovereignty of the State being lodg'd in the Nobility, or certain number of Families enroll'd in the Golden Book, call'd the Register of the Venetian Nobles. Their Chief Officer is the Duke, or Doge, whose Authority is a meer Chimera, and he no better than a So∣vereign Shadow, Precedency being all he can justly claim above the other Magistrates. Here are establisht Five Principal Councils, viz. (1) That term'd the Grand Council, comprehending the whole Body of the Nobility, by whom are elected all Magistrates, and en∣acted all Laws which they judge convenient for the Publick Good. (2) That term'd the Pregadi, (commonly call'd the Senate of Ve∣nice) consisting of above an hundred Persons, who determine Mat∣ters of the highest Importance, as those relating to Peace or War, Leagues and Alliances. (3) The College consisting of Twenty four Lords, whose Office is to give Audience to Ambassadors, and to report their Demands to the Senate, which alone hath Power to return Answers. (4) The Council of Ten, (consisting of Ten No∣blemen) whose Office it is to hear and decide all Criminal Mat∣ters: This Court (whose Jurisdiction is extraordinary great) is yearly renew'd, and Three of these Noblemen, call'd the Capi, or Inquisitors of State, are chosen Monthly; to which Triumvirate is assign'd such a Power in judging of Criminals, that their definitive Sentence teacheth the chiefest Nobleman of the State, as well as the meanest Artificer, if they are unanimous in their Voices, otherways all the Ten are consulted with.

II Genoua is under an Aristocratical Government, very like to that of Venice; for its Principal Magistrate hath the Name or Title of Duke. (but continueth only for two Years) to whom there are Assistant, eight Principal Officers, who with the Duke, are call'd the Seigniory, which in Matters of the greatest Importance, is also subordinate to the Grand Council consisting of Four hundred Per∣sons, all Gentlemen of the City; which Council, with the Seig∣niory do constitute the whole Body of the Commonwealth. This State is much more famous for what it hath been, than for what it is being now on the decaying hand. At present it's subject unto several Sovereigns, various Places within its Territories belonging to the Dukes of Savoy and Tuscany, some free, and others lately taken by the French.

III. Luca (being a small Free Commonwealth, enclos'd within the Territories of the Grand Duke of Tuscany) is under the Govern∣ment of one Principal Magistrate, call'd the Gonfalonier, change∣able every second Month, assisted by nine Counsellors, nam'd An∣ziani, whom they also change every six Months, during which time they live in the Palace or Common-Hall; and Superior to them is the Grand Council, which consisteth of about Two hundred and forty Noblemen, who being equally divided into two Bodies, take their turns every half Year. This State is under the Protection of the Emperor of Germany, and payeth him yearly Homage accord∣ingly.

IV. St. Marino, a little (but flourishing) Republick in the Duke∣dom of Urbine, which still maintains its Previleges, and is govern'd by its own Magistrates, who are under the Protection of the Pope, The whole Territory of this small Commonwealth, is but one Mountain about three Miles long, and ten round, consisting of about five thousand Inhabitants, who boast of their State being a Free Republick about a thousand Years.

It being too tedious to express the Ensigns Armorial of all the Sovereign Princes and States in this Country * 1.154 and too superficial to mention those of one only; we shall therefore (as a ••he Medium) nominate the Chief Sovereign∣ties of Italy, [viz. the Pop••••••om, the Dukedom of Tuscany, and the Republicks of Venice and Genoua] and affix to each of these their peculiar Arms. Therefore (1.) His Holiness the Pope, (as Sove∣reign Prince over the Land of the Church or Papal Dominions) bears for his Escutcheon, Gules, consisting of a long Cape, or Head∣piece Or, surmounted with a Cross pearl'd and garnish'd with three Royal Crowns, together with the two Keys of St. Peter placed in Saltier. (2.) The Arms of Tuscany are, Or, five Roundles, Gules, two, two, and one, and one in Chief Azure, charged with three Flower-de-Luces Or. (3.) Those of Venice are, Azure, a Lion wing∣ed, Sejant Or, holding under one of his Paws, a Book covered, Argent. Lastly, Those of Genoua are, Argent, a Cross Gules, with a Crown clos'd by reason of the Island of Corsica belonging to it which bears the Title of Kingdom, and for Supporters are two Griffins Or.

My unavoidable Prolixity in handling the various Heads contain'd in the foregoing Paragraphs, doth call * 1.155 upon me to attone for the same by a desirable Brevity in treating of this Head now before us. All therefore I shall say upon it, is, That the Italians (as to their Religion) are Zealous Pro∣fessors of the Doctrine of the Roman Church, even in her grossest

Errors and Superstitions; and that either out of Fear of the Barba∣rous Inquisition: or in Reference to their Ghostly Father, the Pope: or chiefly, by being industriously kept in woful Ignorance of the Protestant Doctrine, of which they are taught many false and mon∣stiuous things. The Jews are here tollerated the Publick Exercise of their Religion, and at Rome there's a Weekly Sermon for their Conversion, at which one of each Family is bound to be present. The Christian Faith was first preached here by St. Peter, who went thither in, or about the beginning of the Reign of the Emperor Claudius, as is generally testifi'd by some Ancient Writers of good Account.

[illustration]

TURKY in EUROPE by R. Morden

SECT. VIII. Concerning Turky in Europe.

	d.	m.		Miles.
Situated	between	36	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length is about 770.
53	00
between	36	30	of Latit.	Breadth is about 660.
49	20

Turky in Europe being divided into two Classes	North	the Danuube.
South

North compre∣hends	Hungary—	Chief Town	Buda—	W. to E.
Transilvania—	Hermanstat—
Valachia—	Tergowick—
Moldavia—	Saczow—
Little Tartary—	Crim—
South compre∣hends	Romania—	Constantinople	E. to W.
Bulgaria—	Sophia—
Servia—	Belgrade—
Bosnia—	Bosna Seraio
Sclavonia—	Possega—
Croatia—	Wihitz—	W. to S. E.
Dalmatia—	Spalatro—
Greece—	Saloniki—

Of all these in Order.

Hungary divided into

Upper North	Chief Towns	in Upper are	Praesburge—	W. to S. E. upon the Da∣nuube.
Newhawsel—
Pest—
Colocza—
Esperies—	N. to S. upon the Teyssa.
Caschaw.—
Tokay—
Agria—
Zolnock—
Segedin—
Zatmar—	N. to S. on the E. of Teyssa.
Debreczen—
Great Waradin—
Gyulla—
Timesware—
Lower South	in Lower are	Raab—	W. to S. E. on the Danuube.
Gran—
Buda—
Kanischa—	W. to E. upon the Drave.
Siget—
Quinque Ecclesiae
Stul Weissenburge, aliter Alba Regalis upon Zarwiza.

In Transilvania.

The Chief Towns are	Clausenburge—	S. to N. upon the Samos.
Burgles—
Newmark—	N. to S. upon the Maresh.
Wissenburge.—
Hermanstat upon the Alauta.

In Valachia.

The Chief Towns are	Tergvoick—	From N. to S.
Buchorest—

In Moldavia.

The Chief Towns are	Soczow—	From W. to E.
Jazy—
Romani Wiwar, Southward.

In Little Tartary.

The Chief Towns are	Nigropoli—	From N. to S.
Kaffa—

In Romania.

The Chief Towns are	Constantinople—	From E. to W.
Adrinople—
Philippipoli, aliter Philiba—

In Bulgaria.

The Chief Towns are	Sophia—	From S. to N.
Silistria—
Nigopoli—

In Servia.

The Chief Towns are	Scopia—	From S. to N.
Guistandil—
Viddin—
Nissa—	From S. to N. W. up∣on the Mar••wa.
Jagodna—
Belgrade.—	From N. to S.
Bracco—
Prisren—

In Bosnia.

The Chief Towns are	Bosna-Seraio—	From E. to W.
Jaycza—
Bomiahich, Southward.

In Sclavonia.

The Chief Towns are	Possega—	From W. to E.
Peter-Waradin—
Esseck upon the Drave.

In Croatia.

The Chief Towns are	Wihitsch—	From S. to N.
Dubiza—
Car••lstat, Westward.

In Dalmatia.

The Chief Towns are	Nona—	From W. to S. E.
Zara—
Sebenico—
Spalatro—
Narenza—
Ragusi—
Scodrant—
Cattaro—

Lastly, Greece [by the Turk's Rumelia] comprehends the following Divisions.

Viz.	Macedonia—	By the Moderns	Idem—	Northward.
Albania—	Arnaut—
Thessalia—	Janna—	In the Middle.
Epirus—	Idem—
Achaia—	Livadia—
Peloponesus—	Morea lying Southward of all.

The Chief Towns of	Macedonia are	Contessa—	N. E. to S. W.
Saloniki—
Zeucria—
Florina—
Cogni—
Albania are	Scutari—	N. to S.
Alessio—
Croia—
Durazzo—
Vallona—
Thessalia are	Larissa—	E. to W.
Tricala—
••anna—
Epirus are—	Canina—	N. to S.
Chimera—
Butrinto—
Prevesa—
Larta—
Achaia are	Lepanto—	W. to E.
Castri [olim Delphi]—
Att••es [olim Athenae]
Maraton—
Stives [olim Thebae]
Morea are—	Corinto—	Nigh the Sea-Coast, all round the Peninsula.
Napoli-di-Romania—
Maluasia—
Colochina—
Coron—
Navarino—
Chiarenza—
Patrasso—

THIS vast Complex Body comprehending these various Countries above-mention'd, and the most remarkable of 'em being Hungary, Greece, and Little Tartary. We shall first treat of these Three separately, and then conjunctly of all the rest under the General Title of the The Danubian Provinces. There∣fore

§. 1. HUNGARY.

THIS Country (containing a Part of Pannonia, with some of Ancient Germany and Dacia) is * 1.156 term'd by the Italians, Ungharia; by the Spaniards, Hungria; by the French, Hungrie; by the Germans, Ungern; and by the English, Hungary; so call'd from the Ancient Inhabitants, the Hunni or Huns.

The Air of this Country is generally esteem'd very unwholesome to Breath in; which is chiefly occasion'd * 1.157 from much Marish Ground and many Lakes, where∣with this Country abounds. The opposite Place of the Globe to Hungary, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 218 and 233 Degrees of Longitude, with 43 and 49 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 7th and 8th North Climate) is very fruitful in Corn and Roots, and * 1.158 various sorts of pleasant Fruit, affording also excellent Pasturage; and several of its Mountains produce some valuable Mines of Copper, Iron, Quicksilver, Antimony, and Salt. Yea, so noted is this Country for Mines, that no less than Seven Remarkable Towns go by the Name of Mine Towns, the Chief of which is Chrem∣nuz, whose Mine hath been wrought in about 900 Years. The Length of the Days and Nights in Hungary, is much the same as in the Southern Circles of Germany.

This being an Inland Country, and thereby having no settl'd Trade with Foreign Parts, we may reckon * 1.159 the Product of the Soil the Chief Commodities, with which the Inhabitants deal with their Neighbours.

Here are many Natural Baths, especially those at Buda, which are reckon'd the noblest in Europe, not * 1.160 only for their variety of Hot Springs, but also the magnificency of their Buildings. There are likeways two Hot Bagnio's near Transchin, upon the Confines of Moravia; and others at Schemnitz in Upper Hungary. Besides which, there are Waters in several Parts of this Country of a pettifying Nature, and others

that corrode Iron to such a degree, that they'll consume a Horse∣shoe in twenty four Hours. Near Esperies in Upper Hungary, are two deadly Fountains, whose Waters send forth such an infectious Steam, that it kills either Beast or Bird approaching the same; for the pre∣venting of which, they're walled round, and kept always cover'd.

Archbishopricks in this Country, are those of * 1.161

• ...Gran,
• ...Colocza.

Bishopricks in this Country, are those of * 1.162

• ...Angria,
• ...Quinque Ecclesiae,
• ...Vesprin,
• ...Neytracht,
• ...Raab,
• ...Great Waradin.

What Universities are establish'd in this Country, since the retaking of it from the Infidels, is uncer∣tain. * 1.163

The Hungarians (more addicted to Mars than Miner∣va) are generally lookt upon as good Soldiers; being * 1.164 Men, for the most part, of a strong and well propor∣tion'd Body, valiant and daring in their Undertakings, but reputed Cruel and Insulting when Conquerors.

The Hungarians have a peculiar Language of their own, which hath little or no Affinity with those of * 1.165 the Neighbouring Nations, save only the Sclavonic, from which it hath borrow'd several Words, and which is also spoken in some Parts of this Country, as the German is in others. Pater-Noster in the Hungarian Tongue, runs thus: My atyanc ki vagy az mennyekben, szenteltessec mega te neved: jojon el az te orszagod; légven megâ te akaratod, mint az menyben, ugy itt ez foldonois; az mimindennapi kenyirunket add meg nekunc ma: es boczasd meg miné cunc az mi vet keinket, miképpem miis megboczatunc azoknac, az kic mi elle∣nunc vet keztenec: es ne vigi minket az kisertetbe, de szabadits meg min∣ket az gonosztol. Amen.

This Kingdom at present is Elective; and being al∣most wholly recover'd from the Ottoman Slavery by * 1.166 the late successful Progress of the Imperial Arms, is now dependent on the Jurisdiction of the Emperor, who is stil'd King thereof. The Assembly of the States consists of the Clergy, Barons, Noblemen, and Free Cities, who usually meet once every three Years; which Assembly hath Power to elect a Palatin, who (by the Constitutions of the Realm) ought to be a Native of Hungary; and to him belongs the management of all Military Concerns, as also the Administration of Justice in Affairs both Civil and Cri∣minal.

See Germany. * 1.167

The prevailing Religion in this Country, is that of the Church of Rome, especially since the late Conquests * 1.168 made by the Imperial Arms Next to it is the Do∣ctrine of Luther and Calvin, which is zealously maintain'd by great Multitudes of People, and many of 'em are Persons of consider∣able Note. Besides these, are to be found most Sorts and Sects of Christians, as also many Jews; and Mahometans, not a few. This Kingdom receiv'd the Knowledge of the Blessed Gospel in the be∣ginning of the Eleventh Century, and that by the Industrious Preaching of Albert, Archbishop of Prague.

§. 2. GREECE.

THIS Country (formerly Graecia and Hellis) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Grecia; by * 1.169 the French, la Grece; by the Germans, Griechenland; and by the English, Greece; why so call'd, is variously conjectur'd of all, by our Modern Criticks; but the most receiv'd Opinion is, that the Name derives its Original from an Ancient Prince of that Coun∣try, call'd Graecus.

The Air of this Country being generally Pure and Temperate, is reckon'd by all to be very pleasant and * 1.170 healthful to ••••eathe in The opposite Place of the Globe to Greece, is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 225 and 232 Degrees of Longitude, with 36 and 42 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying under the 6th North Climate) is not only very fit for Pasture, (there * 1.171 being much fertil Champaign Ground) but also it af∣fords good slo•• of Grain, where duly Manur'd; and abounds with excellent 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and other delicious Fruits. The longest Day in the No•••• most part of Greece is about 15 Hours; the shortest in the Southmost, 9 Hours ½, and the Nights proportionably.

〈…〉〈…〉 Commodities of this Country, are reckon'd 〈…〉〈…〉, Oyl, Turkey-Leather, Coke. * 1.172 Soap. Honey, Wax, &c.

At 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (a little Village on the South of M. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 now 〈◊〉〈◊〉, by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉) are some Inscriptions, * 1.173 which ••vince it to have been the Ancient Delphi, so famous all the World over for the Oracle of Apollo. (2) On the aforesaid Mountain is a pleasant Spring, which having several Marble Seeps descending ••o it, and many Niches made in the Rock for Sta∣tues, give 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to think that this was the renowned ••ons Castchue,

or Caballinus, which inspir'd (as People then imagin'd) the Ancient Poets. (3.) In Livadia (the Ancient Achaia) is a hideous Cavern in a Hill which was very famous of old for the Oracles of Trophonius. (4.) Between the large Lake of Livadia and the Eubaean Sea, (whose shortest distance is four Miles) are upwards of forty wonderful Subterraneous Passages hewen out of the firm Rock, and that quite under a huge Mountain, to let the Water have a Vent, otherways the Lake being surrounded with Hills, and constantly suppli'd by several Rivulets from these Hills, would still overflow the Adja∣cent Country. (5.) On M. Oneius, in the Isthmus of Corinth, are the Remains of the Isthmian Theatre, being the Place where the Isthmian Games were formerly celebrated. (6.) Here are also some Vestigia of that Wall built by the Lacedemonians, from one Sea to the other, for securing the Peninsula from the Incursions of the Enemy. (7.) Through most Parts of Greece, are still extant the Ruins of many Heathen Temples, especially that of the Goddess Ceres, at Eleusis (about four Hours from Athens) a part of whose Statue is yet to be seen. And at Salonichi are several stately Chri∣stian Churches, (particularly those of S. Sophia, Gabriel, and the Virgin Mary) now converted into Mahometan Mosques, the last of which is a Noble Structure, environ'd on each side with Twelve Pillars of Jasper Stone, and as many Crosses upon their Chapiters remaining as yet undefac'd by the Turks. But the Chief Rarities of Greece may be reckon'd those various Monuments of Antiquity to be seen at Athens: The Chief of which are these following, (1.) The Acropolis or Citadel, the most Ancient and Eminent Part of the City. (2.) The Foundations of the Walls round the City, suppos'd to be those erected by Theseus, who enlarg'd the same. (3.) The Temple of Minerva (now a Turkish Mosque) as intire as yet as the Rotonda at Rome, and is one of the most beautiful Pieces of Antiquity that's extent this Day in the World. (4) The Pa∣nagia Spiliotissa, or Church of our Lady of the Grotto. (5.) Some magnificent Pillars, particularly those commonly reckon'd the Re∣mains of Adrian's Palace, of which there were formerly six Rows, and twenty in each Row, but now only seventeen stand upright, and are fifty two Foot high, and seventeen in Circumference at the Base. Here likeways is a Gate and an Aqueduct of the said Empe∣ror. (6.) The Stadium, or Place where the Citizens us'd to run Races. encounter Wild Beasts, and celebrated the famous Games, term'd 〈◊〉〈◊〉. (7.) The Hill, Musaeum, (now call'd To Seggio by the Inhabitants) so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the Poet, Musaevs, the Disciple of Orphens, who was wont there to recite his Verses. (8.) Some Remains conjectured to be those of the Ar••opagus and Od••um, or Theater of Musick. (9) The Ruins of many Temples, especially that of Augustus, whose Front is still intire, consisting of four Do∣rick

Pillars; as also those of Theseus, Hercules, Jupiter Olympius, Ca∣stor and Pollux, &c. (10.) The Tower of Andronicus Cyrrhastes, or Temple of the Eight Winds still intire. (11.) The Phanari, or Lanthorn of Demosthenes, being a little Edifice of White Marble, in Form of a Lanthorn, which is also intire. For a particular De∣scription of all these Rarities, both at Athens, and other Parts of Greece, with many remarkable Inscriptions, both in Greek and Latin. Vid. Wheeler's Travels.

Archbishopricks in this Country, are chiefly those of * 1.174

• ...Amphipoli,
• ...Malvasia,
• ...Saloniki,
• ...Larissa,
• ...Patras,
• ...Adrianople.
• ...Tarsa,
• ...Napoli di Romania,
• ...Janna.
• ...Athens,
• ...Corinth,

Bishopricks in this Country, are chiefly those of * 1.175

• ...Scotusa,
• ...Misitra,
• ...Glykaeon,
• ...Granitza,
• ...Modon,
• ...Argiro Castro,
• ...Salona,
• ...Thalanta,
• ...Caminitza,
• ...Delvino,
• ...Livadia,
• ...Amphissa.
• ...Arges,
• ...Butrinto,

No Universities in this Country, though once the Seat of the Muses; but in lieu of them are Twenty * 1.176 four Monastries of Caloyers or Greek Monks, of the Order of St. Basil, who live in a Collegiate manner on the famous M. Athos, (now term'd 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, or the Holy Mountain) where the younger Sort are instructed in the Holy Scriptures, and the va∣rious Rites of the Greek Church; and out of these Colleges are usually chosen those Bishops who are subject to the Patriarch of Constantinople.

The Greeks (most famous of old, both for Arms and Arts, and every thing else that's truly valuable) are so * 1.177 wonderfully degenerated from their Forefathers, that instead of those excellent Qualities which did shine in them, par∣ticularly Knowledge, Prudence, and Valour, There's nothing now to be seen among them, but the very Reverse or Contrary of these, and that in the highest degree. Such is the Pressure of the Ottoman Yoak, under which they groan at present, that their Spirits are quite sunk within 'em, and their very Aspect doth plainly declare a disconsolate and dejected Mind. However, the unthinking Part of them do so little consider their present Slavish Subjection, that there's no People more Jovial and merrily dispos'd, being so much given to Singing and Dancing, that 'tis now become a Proverbial

Saying, As merry as a Greek. The Trading Part of them are gene∣rally very Cunning, and so enclin'd to over-reach (if they can) in their Dealings, that Strangers do not only meet with much more Candour among the Turks; but if one Turk seem in the least to discredit anothers Word or Promise, his Reply is still at hand, I hope you don't take me for a Christian: Such is that Blot, which these Imprudent Professors of Christianity have cast upon our most Holy Religion, in the Eyes of its Numerous and Implacable Adver∣saries.

The Languages here in use, are the Turkish and Vulgar Greek, (the first being peculiar to the Turks, and the * 1.178 other to the Christians) a Specimen of the former shall be given in the last Paragraph of this Section. As for the other, I can't omit to mention the mighty difference there is betwixt it and the Ancient Greek, not only in respect of the many Turkish Words now intermixt, but also in the very Pronounciation of those which yet remain unalter'd, as I particularly observ'd by conver∣sing with several of the Greek Clergy, and being present at some of their Publick Prayers. Yea, the knowledge of the Ancient Greek in its former Purity, is not only lost among the Vulgar Sort of People, but also almost extinguisht even among those of the highest Rank, few or none of their Ecclesiasticks themselves pre∣tending to be Masters of it. Pater-Noster in the best Dialect of the modern Greek, runs thus: Pater hemas, opios ise ces tos Ouranous ha∣giasthito to Onoma sou; na erti he basilia sou; to thelema sou na ginetez itzon en te Ge, os is ton Ouranon: To psomi hemas dose hemas simeron. Kae-sichorase hemos ta crimata hemon itzon, kae hemas sichorasomen ekinous opou, mas adikounkae men ternes hemas is to pirasmo, alla soson hemas apo to kako. Amen.

So many brave and valiant Generals did Greece for∣merly breed, that Strangers usually resorted thither to * 1.179 learn the Art of War; and such were the Military Atchievements of this People, both at home and abroad, and so far did the force of their Arms extend, that under their Great Alex∣ander was erected the third Potent Monarchy of the World. But alas! such hath been the sad Catastrophe of Affairs in this Coun∣try, and so low and lamentable is its Condition at present, that nothing of its former Glory and Grandeur is now to be seen. For its poor and miserable Natives, are now strangely cow'd and dispi∣rited; its (once) numerous and flourishing Cities, are now depo∣pulated and meer heaps of Ruins; its large and fertil Provinces are now laid waste, and lie uncultivated. And lately, the whole, and still a great Part of the Country, doth now groan under the heavy Burden of the Turkish Yoke; and its various Divisions are rul'd by their respective Sangiacs in Subordination to the Grand Signier.

See the last Paragraph of this Section. * 1.180

The establisht Religion in this Country, is that of Mahometanism; but Christianity (for its number of Pro∣fessors) * 1.181 doth far more prevail. The chief Tenets of the Mahometan Religion may be seen §. 4. of this Section (to which I remit the Reader) As for Christianity, 'tis profess'd in this Coun∣try, according to the Doctrine of the Greek Church, the Principal Points of which, as it differs from the Western Christian Churches (whether Protestant or Roman) are these following, viz (1.) The Greeks deny the Procession of the Holy Ghost from the Son, assert∣ing that it proceedeth only from the Father through the Son. (2.) They also deny the Doctrine of Purgatory, yet usually pray for the Dead. (3.) They believe that the Souls of the Faithful departed this Life, are not admitted unto the Beatifick Vision till after the Resurrection. (4.) They celebrate the Blessed Sacrament of the Eucharist in both Kinds, but make the Communicant take three Morsels of Leaven'd Bread, and three Sips of Wine, in Ho∣nour of the Three Persons of the Adorable Trinity. (5.) They admit Children to participate of the Sacrament of the Lord's Sup∣per, when only seven Years of Age, because then it is (say they) that they begin to Sin. (6.) They allow not of Extream Unction and Confirmation, and disapprove of fourth Marriages. (7) They admit none into Holy Orders but such as are married, and inhibit all second Marriages, being once in Orders. (8.) They reject all Carved Images, but admit of Pictures, wherewith they adorn their Churches. Lastly, They observe four Lents in the Year, and esteem it unlawful to Fast upon Saturdays. In their Publick Worship they use four Liturgies, viz. That commonly call'd, St. James's, St. Chry∣sostom's, St. Basil's, and St. Gregory the Great's, together with Lessons out of the Lives of their Saints, which makes their Service to be of such a tedious and indiscreet length, that it commonly lasts five or six Hours together. The Fasts and Festivals that are yearly ob∣serv'd in the Greek Church are very numerous; and were it not for them, 'tis probable that Christianity had been quite extirpated out of this Country ere now: For by means of these Solemnities (which yet are celebrated with a multitude of Ridiculous and Su∣perstitious Ceremonies) they still preserve a Face of Religion under a Patriarch, [who resides at Constantinople] and several Archbishops and Bishops, particularly those abovemention'd. But did we view those Ecclesiasticks in their Intellectuals, as also the lamentable State of all Persons committed to their Charge, we should find both Priest and People labouring under such gross and woful Ig∣norance, that we could not refrain from wishing, that the Western Churches of Christendom [by their Divisions, Impieties, and Abuse of Knowledge] may not provoke the Almighty at last

to plague them likeways with the same Darkness and Desolation. This Country was watered with the Blessed Gospel in the very In∣fancy of Christianity, and that by the powerful Preaching of St. Paul, the Apostle of the Gentiles.

§. 3. Little Tartary.

THIS Country (anciently Taurica Chersonesus, or Tartaria Procopensis, being the Lesser Scythia, and * 1.182 a Part of old Sarmatia) is term'd by the Italians, Tarta∣ria Minor; by the Spaniards, Tartaria Menor; by the French, La Petite Tartarie; by the Germans, Kleine Tartarey; and by the English, Little Tartary; so call'd to distinguish it from Great Tartary in Asia; as also Crim-Tartary from Crim, the principal City of the Country.

The Air of this Country is generally granted to be of a very temperate Nature, but yet unhealthful to * 1.183 breath in. The opposite Place of the Globe to Little Tartary, is that part of Terra Australis incognita, between 240 and 250 Degrees of Longitude, with 48 and 52 Degrees of South La∣titude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 8th North Climate) is very different in different Parts, some * 1.184 Places abounding with Grain and Fruits, and others pestered with undrainable Marshes, and barren Mountains. The Length of the Days and Nights here, is the same as in the Northern Parts of France.

The Commodities of this Country are reckon'd Slaves, Leather, Chalcal-Skins, and several sorts of Furs, * 1.185 which they exchange with the Adjacent Turks for other Commodities they want.

Some Travellers relate of this wild and barbarous Part of the World, that few, or no, ravenous Beasts * 1.186 are found therein: And others tell us, That many of its Fens and Marshes abound mightily with Salt, which is naturally there produc'd in prodigious Quantities.

Archbishopricks in this Country. None. * 1.187

Bishopricks in this Country, are those of * 1.188

• ...Caffa,
• ...Gothia,

Universities in this Country. None. * 1.189

The Crim-Tartars are generally Men of vigorous and robust Bodies, able to endure all the Hardships of * 1.190 a Military Life; and many of them (being endu'd with Courage and Vigour of Mind, conform to their Strength of Body) prove the best of Soldiers. They are reputed to be very just in their Dealings with one another, but far otherways with Stran∣gers. Many of 'em are much addicted to Pillage, and they usually feed upon Horse flesh.

The Language of the Crim-Tartars is the Scythian, or pure Tartaresque, which hath such a resemblance to the * 1.191 Turkish, as the Spanish to the Italian; these Tartars and Turks understanding one another, as those of Italy and Spain. The Arabick is here learn'd at School, as in most Parts of Turky. Pater-Noster in the Tartaresque, runs thus; Atscha wyzom Chy hokta sen algusch, ludor senug adougkel suom, chauluchong bel sun senung arkchneg aleigier da vkarhtaver visum gundoluch ot mak chu musen vougou kai visum jasuchen, den bisdacha hajelberin bisum jasoch namasin, datcha koima visu sumanacha, illa gar••a visenu, gemandam. Amen.

This Country is govern'd by its own Prince, com∣monly term'd the Cham of Tartary, who is under the * 1.192 Protection of the Great Turk, whose Sovereignty he acknowledgeth by the usual Ceremony of receiving a Standard. The Grana Signior actually possesseth some Part of this Country, and maintains one Beglierbeg, and two Sangiacks, in the Places of greatest Importance: As also, he detains as Hostage, the apparent Successor of the Cham, who is ordinarly either his Son or Brother. To all which, the Tartars readily yield, upon the Account of an Ancient Compact, whereby the Turkish Empire is said to descend to them, whenever the Heirs Male of the Ottoman Line shall fail.

The Cham of Tartary bears for his Ensigns Armorial, Or, three Griffins Sable, arm'd Gules. * 1.193

The Crim Tartars (for the most part) are zealous Professors of the Mahometan Doctrine, except some * 1.194 who continue still Pagan; and intermixt with them are many Christians, especially Greeks and Armenians, besides a considerable number of Roman Catholicks. When this Country was first watered with the Blessed Gospel, is not very certain.

§. 4. Danubian Provinces.

THE remaining Part of Turky here considered un∣der * 1.195 the Title of Danubian Provinces, is so call'd from the Situation of these Provinces, they being near unto, or upon the Banks of the Danuube. But since each of 'em

requires a peculiar Etymology, take the same as followeth: (1) Tran∣silvania (the Ancient Dacia Mediterranea) so call'd by the Romans, Quasi trans sylvas, it being encompass'd with vast mighty Forests. (2) Valachia, (part of Old Dacia) corruptedly so call'd for Flaccia' which Title came from one Flaccus, an Ancient General, who made that part of the Country a Roman Colony. (3.) Moldavia, (the Seat of the Ancient Getae) so call'd from a Little River of the same Name. (4.) Romania, (the chiefest Part of Old Thrace) so call'd from Roma Nova, viz. Constantinople. (5.) Bulgaria, or rather Wol∣garia, (the Old Moesia Inferior) so call'd from Volga, it being for∣merly subdu'd and possess'd by a People which came from the Banks of that River. (6.) Servia, (of Old Moesia Superior) why so call'd, is not very certain. (7.) Bosnia, (Part of the Ancient Pan∣nonia) so call'd from a River of the same Name. (8.) Sclavonia, (another Part of Pannonia) so call'd from its Ancient Inhabitants, the Sclavi. (9) Croatia, (heretofore known by the Name of Li∣burnia) so call'd from its Inhabitants, the Creates. Lastly, Dalma∣tia, (much of the Ancient Illyricum) but as for the Etymology of that Name, it's not yet agreed upon among Criticks.

The Air of these various Provinces doth mightily vary according to their Situation and Nature of the Soil. * 1.196 The opposite Place of the Globe to them, is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 220 and 235 Degrees of Lon∣gitude, with 42 and 48 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of these various Provinces (they lying in the 7th and 8th North Climate) cannot reasonably be * 1.197 expected to be the same in all. Croatia is Cold and Mountainous, yet producing all Necessaries for the Life of Man, Servia much more Pleasant and Fertil. Bulgaria Unpleasant and Barren, being full of Deserts, and ill inhabited. Moldavia more Temperate and Fertil, but the greatest Fate of it uncultivated. Ro∣mania affords great Quantity of Corn and Fruits, and several of its Mountains produce some Mines of Silver, Lead, and Allum. The longest Day in the Northmost Part is about 16 Hours; the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours, and the Nights proportionably.

Most of these Provinces being Inland 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Coun∣tries, (except Romania) and therefore little frequented * 1.198 by Strangers; the Number of their Commodities can't be very great; save only those ••••ported from Stamboul which are chiefly Grograins, Camblets, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Carpets, ••uni••eeds, Cottons, Galls, and most other rich Turkish Commodities.

In one of the Mines of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, viz. that at Ri∣mili Dominurdiz, are found sometimes large Lumps * 1.199 of Virgin Gold, fit for the Miat without any purify∣ing. Other Parts of this Country afford such vast Quantities of

Stone-Salt, as to supply all the Neighbouring Nations with that useful Mineral. Near to Enguedine, in the same Principality, (the Ancient Annium) are several Monuments of Antiquity, especially the Remains of a large Military Way, or long Cawsway made by one Annius, a Captain of a Roman Cohort. At Spalatro in Dalmatia, are the Ruins of Dioclesian's Palace, in which he took up his Resi∣dence when he retired from the Empire. Here is also an intire Temple consecrated to Jupiter, which is of an Octogonal Form, and adorn'd with several stately Pillars of Porphyry. At Zara in the same Province are many Ruins of Roman Architecture, and se∣veral Heathen Altars, still to be seen. But what mostly deserves our regard, are those Monuments of Antiquity, as yet extant, in or near to Constantinople, the chief of which are these following, viz. (1.) The Hippodrome (now call'd Atmidan, a word of like sig∣nification) in which remain some stately Hietoglyphical Pillars, particularly one of Egyptian Granite, fifty Foot long, and yet but one Stone; and another of Brass, only fourteen Foot high, and in form of three Serpents wreath'd together up to the Top, where their heads separate, and look three different ways. (2.) South of the Hippodrome, is that Column commonly call'd the Historical Pillar, curiously carv'd from Top to Bottom, expressing variety of warlike Actions (3.) West of the Hippodrome, is another Column of Porphyry, brought hither from Rome by Constantine the Great, which having suffer'd much Damage by Fire, is now call'd the Burnt Pillar. (4.) Nigh the Mouth of the Black-Sea, is a Pillar of the Corinthian Order, about ten Foot high, with an imperfect In∣scription on its Base, vulgarly call'd Pompy's Pillar, which hath been probably erected for a Sea-mark by Day, as the Lanthorn at Fanari is by Night. (5.) From the Black-Sea to the City of Constantinople, reacheth that Noble Aqueduct, made by the Emperor Valentinian, (whose Name it retaineth) and repair'd by Solyman the Great. To these we may add, that noble Pile of Building, Sancta Sophia, formerly a Christian Temple, but now a Mahometan Mosque; for a particular Description of which, with the other Remarkables above mention'd, see Sandy's, Wheeler, Spon, with other Modern Travellers.

Here is one Patriarchate, viz. that of Constanti∣nople, as also several Archbishopricks, especially those of * 1.200

• ...Calcedon,
• ...Sophia,
• ...Trasanopoli,
• ...Antivari,
• Rugusa or Ragusi.

Chief Bishopricks in these Provinces, are those of * 1.201

• ...Posega,
• ...Zagrabe,
• ...Narenza,
• ...Belgrade,
• ...Scardona,
• ...Cattaro.

Universities in these Provinces. None. * 1.202

These various Provinces are inhabited by various sorts of People, particularly the Sclavonians, who are * 1.203 generally Men of a robust and strong Constitution, and very fit to be Soldiers. Next, the Croats, who are esteem'd to be Persons so Valiant and Faithful, that they are entertain'd by many German Princes as their Guards. Lastly, The Servians and Bulgarians, who are reckon'd very Cruel, and universally given to Robbery. But as for the Natural Turks, they are thus Characteriz'd, viz. Men of a swarthy Complexion, robust Bodies, of a good Stature, and proportionably compact'd: Men who (though generally ad∣dicted to some horrid Vices not to be nam'd among Christians) are yet Persons of great Integrity in their Dealings, strict Observers of their Word; abundantly Civil to Strangers, extraordinary Charita∣ble after their own way, and so zealous Observers of the various Du∣ties enjoin'd by their Religion (especially that of Prayer) that their frequency in the same may justly reproach the general Practice of Christians now a-days. In their ordinary Salutations they lay their Hands on their Bosoms, and a little encline their Bodies, but ac∣costing a Person of Quality, they how almost to the Ground, and kiss the Hem of his Garment. They account it an opprobrious thing to uncover their Heads; and as they walk in the Streets, they prefer the Left-hand before the Right, as being thereby Ma∣ster of his Cymitar, with whom they walk. Walking up and down they never use, and much wonder at that Custom of Chri∣stians. Their chief Recreations are Shooting with the Bow, and throwing of Lances, at both of which they're very dexterous.

The Sclavonian Language (being of a vast Extent) is us'd not only in all these Provinces, though with * 1.204 some variation of Dialect but also in a great Part of Europe besides; The purest Dialect of which Tongue is generally esteem'd, that peculiar to Dalmatia. As for the Turkish (which is originally Sclavonian, and now the prevailing Language of these Provinces) Pater-Noster in the same, runs thus; Babamuz hanghe guiglesson: chuduss olssum ssenungh adun; Gelson ssenung memlechetun. Olsum ssenung istegunh nyesse gugthaule gyrde, cchame gumozi hergunon vere bize bugun, hem bassa bize borslygomozi, nyese bizde baslaruz borse∣tigleremosi, hem yedm•• bize ge heneme, de churtule bizy jaramazdan. Amen.

These various Countries consider'd under the Title of Danubian Provinces do acknowledge Subjection to * 1.205 several Sovereigns, particularly as followeth; Transil∣vania is subject to its own Prince or Waywode, formerly Tributary to the Turks, but now under the Protection of the Emperor since the Year 1690. Valachia being subject to its Waywode, (sometimes stil'd Hospadar, signifying Chief General of the Militia) is Tribu∣tary to the Turk. Moldavia is subject to its Waywode, who is under the Protection of the Emperor since Anno 1688. Romania, Bulgaria, and Servia, are wholly under the Turk, and govern'd by their re∣spective Beglierbegs. Sclavonia and Bosnia do own the Emperor. And lastly, Dalmatia, is partly under the Venetians, and partly under the Turk. To the Government of these Provinces we may subjoin the Republick of Ragusi, whose Inhabitants are so afraid of losing their Rights and Liberty, that every Month they change their Rector or Supream Magistrate, and every Night the Governor of their Castle, who entreth into his Command blindfolded, and all Military Officers whatsoever are not to keep the same Posts above six Weeks, lest if long continued they should either gradually or tracherously bereave them of their Priviledges, or make the Re∣publick it self a Prey, either to the Turks or Venetians, whom they equally dread; however it payeth Tribute to both of 'em at pre∣sent, as also a certain Acknowledment to the Emperor, his Catho∣lick Magisty, and the Pope, by Virtue of a mutual Compact ratifi'd between them.

The Grand Signior (as Supreme Sovereign over all the Turkish Dominions, and Absolute Emperor of the * 1.206 Ottoman Empire) bears Verte, a Crescent Argent, Crest∣ed with a Turbant, charg'd with three Black Plumes of Herons Quills, with this Morto, Donec totum impleat Orbem. As for the Ancient Arms of the Eastern Emperors before the rise of the Ottoman Family, They were, Mars, a Cross Sol betwixt four Greek Beta's, of the second: The four Beta's signifying, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, i. e. Rex Regum, Regnans Regibus.

The Inhabitants of these different Provinces, are very different in Point of Religion, but reducible to * 1.207 Three Classes, viz. Christians, Jews, and Mahometans. The Christians, for the greatest part, adhere to the Tenets of the Greek Church, (already mention'd §. 2.) some to the Church of Rome, and others profess the Reform'd Religion, both according to the Doctrine of Luther and Calvin. The Jews (as in all other Countries) are Zealous Maintainers of the Mosaick Law; and the Mahometans stick close to their Alcoran; by which they are taught the acknowledgment of One God, and that Mahomet is his Great Prophet. It also commandeth Children to be Obedient to their

Parents, and approveth of Love to our Neighbour. It enjoins Ab∣stinence from Swines Flesh and Blood, and such Animals as dye of themselves. It promiseth to Mussulmen (or True Believers) all manner of sensual Pleasures in a Future State. It allows of an unavoidable Fatality in every Thing, and favours the Opinion of Tutelary Angels. But to be more particular, The Followers of Mahomet do readily grant, That the Writings both of the Prophets and Apostles were divinely Inspir'd, but alledge that they're so cor∣rupted by Jews and Christians, that they can't be admitted for the Rule of Faith. They further believe and assert, That of all Re∣veal'd Institutions in the World, those in the Alcoran are only Di∣vine and Perfect. That God is both Essentially and Personally One; and that the Son of God was a meer Creature, yet without Sin, and miraculously Born of a Virgin. That Jesus Christ was a Great Prophet, and that having ended his Prophetical Office upon Earth, he acquainted his Followers of the coming of Mahomet. That Christ ascended into Heaven without suffering Death, another being sub∣stituted in his place to Die. That Man is not justify'd by Faith in Christ, but by Works enjoin'd in the Mosaick Law and the Alcoran. That Poligamy (according to the Example of the Ancient Patri∣archs) is still to be allow'd of; as also to Divorce the Wife upon any occasion. In short, Mahometanism is a Medly of Paganism, Ju∣daism, and Christianity; by which means, the Grand Imposture (its Founder) did cunningly imagine to gain Proselytes of all Professions. But whereas the Alcoran is the Turkish Rule of Faith and Manners, let us more particularly consider its Precepts, and that chiefly as they relate to the Principal Heads thereof, viz. Circumcision, Fasting, Prayer, Alms, Pilgrimage, and Abstinence from Wine. (1.) Circumcision, Of the various Sacraments in the Old and New Testament, they admit only of Circumcision. This they reckon absolutely necessary to every Mussulman, esteeming it impossible to obtain Salvation without it; whereupon they are very careful to perform the same, and do celebrate the performance thereof with great Solemnity. (2.) Fast∣ing, particularly that extraordinary Fast, or yearly Lent, call'd Ra∣madan, observ'd every ninth Month, and of a whole Months con∣tinuance; during which time, they neither Eat nor Drink till the Sun goes down; they also abstain from all worldly Business, and from smoking their beloved Tobacco, yea, even from Innocent Recreations; and living reserv'd austere Lives, do spend most of the time in their Mosques, frequenting them both Day and Night. They believe that during this Month, the Gates of Heaven stand open, and that those of Hell are shut. (3.) Prayer, This Duty is of mighty request among them, their Prophet having term'd the same the Key of Paradice, and the very Pillar of Religion; whereupon they are frequent and servent at their Devotions. They're oblig'd

to pray five times every Day, and never fail of that number, let their worldly Business be never so urgent. (4) Alms, Every Turk is bound to contribute the hundredth Part of his Wealth towards the Zagat or Alms, for maintainance of the Poor. Besides which, they frequently make large voluntary Contributions; yea, their Charity doth not only extend it self towards their Fellow-Rational Crea∣tures, but even the Irrational, as Dogs, Horses, Camels, &c. whom they carefully maintain in kind of Publick Hospitals, when through Age they become useless to their Masters. (5.) Pilgrimage, viz. That to Mecca, which every Mussulman is bound to perform once in his Life-time, or, at least, to send Deputies for him. Thither they resort in vast Multitudes, being commonly 40 or 50000 in Number, over whom the Sultan appoints a Commander in Chief to redress Disorders that may happen on the Road. This Officer is follow'd by a Camel carrying the Alcoran covered with Cloath of Gold, which sanctifi'd Animal upon its return, is adorn'd with Garlands of Flowers, and exempt from any farther Labour during the remaining part of its Life. The Turks do likeways visit the City of Jerusalem, but that more out of Curiosity than Devotion: They have also a great Veneration for the Valley of Jehosaphat, believing it shall be the particular Place of the General Judgment. Lastly, Abstinence from Wine is likewise a Precept of the Alcoran. But of this they are less observant than of any of the former, for many of the richest sort of Turks are great Admirers of the Juice of the Grape, and will liberally taste of the same in their private Cabals. These various Provinces were at first instructed in the Christian Faith at different Times, and upon different Occasions.

SECT. IX. Concerning the European Islands.

HAving hitherto Travell'd through the various Countries on the Con∣tinent of Europe; let us now leave the Continent, and set Sail for its Islands. And whereas the Chief of such Islands, are those term'd the Britannick; let us first take a Particular Survey of them, and then a more General View of all the rest. There∣fore,

I. Of the Britannick Islands.

THESE Islands being always consi∣der'd as divided into Greater [viz. those of Great Britain and Ireland] and Lesser (namely those many little ones sur∣rounding Britain) I shall begin with the former comprehending in them. Three distinct Kingdoms, and One Principality. And since our manner of Travelling through

the various Countries on the Continent of Europe, hath been still to proceed from North to South, I shall therefore continue the afore said Method in Surveying the Isle of Great Britain, having no other Regard to the Two Grand Sovereignties therein, than the bare Situation of them: Begin we therefore with the Northern Part of the Island, viz.

[illustration]

SCOTIAE Nova Descriptio∣rer. Robert Morden▪

SCOTLAND.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	10	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from N. to S. is a∣bout 240 Miles.
17	30
between	55	00	of Latit.	Breadth from E to W. is about 180 Miles.
59	00

Being divided into two Classes, viz.	South, the Frith	C T.	Edinburgh.
North, the Frith	Aberdeen.

South Class comprehends	Gatloway—	Chief Town	Kirkudbright—	W. to E.
Nithisdale.—	Dumfreis—
Anandale—	Annand—
Eshdale with Eusdale—	—
Lidisdale—	Hermitage—
Tiviotdale—	Jedburgh—
The Mers—	Duns—	E. to W.
Lawderdale—	Lauder—
Tweedale—	Peeblis—
Clydisdale—	Glascow.—
Kyle—	Air—
Garrick—	Bargenny—
Lothian—	Edenburgh—	E. to W.
Sterling—	Idem—
Renfrew—	Idem—
Cunningham—	Irvin—
Isles of	Boot—	Rothesay—
Arren.—	—
Peninsula of Cantyre—	Kilkeran—
North Class comprehends	Fife.—	St. Andrews—	E. to W.
Menteith—	Dumblain—
Lennox—	〈◊〉〈◊〉—
Argile—	Innerara—
Perth—	Idem—	E. to W.
Strath••••••—	〈◊〉〈◊〉—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	—
Lorn—	〈◊〉〈◊〉.—
Merns—	Bervey—	E. to W.
Angus—	Dundee—
Gaury—	—
Athol—	Blair—

Marr—	Aberdeen—	E. to W.
Badenech—	Riven—
I••chabar—	Innerlochy—
Buchan—	Peterhead—	E. to W.
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Idem—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Elgin—
〈◊〉〈◊〉—	Taine—	S. to N.
S••th••rland—	D••rnock—
Strathnaver—	Strathy—
Catchness—	Wick lying N. E. of Strath∣naver.

These are the various Divisions of Scotland, according to the best Maps, and the manner how they are found. But since that King∣dom is ordinarly divided into Sheriffdoms. Stewarties, Balliaries, and one Constabulary, we shall also consider it in that respect; and seeing each of those Sheriffdoms and Stewarties, &c. comprehend either a part, or one, or more of the aforesaid Divisions, we shall here subjoin all the Sheriffdoms and Stewarties, &c. of the whole Kingdom, and annex to each of them their whole Content, whether more or less. Therefore,

Sheriffdoms of Scotland, are those of	Edenburgh—	Containing	Middle Lothian.
Barwick—	The Mers and Bailliary of Lauderdale.
Peeblis—	Tw••edale.
Shelkirk—	The Forest of Etterick.
Wig••on—	The N. and W. Parts of Galloway.
Renfrew—	The Barony of Renfrew.
Lanerick—	Clidisdale.
Dumbritton—	Lenox.
Bute—	Isles of	Bute.
Arren.
Striveling—	Striveling, on both sides the River Forth.
Linlithgow—	West Lothian.
Glackmannan—	A little of the E. parts of Strivelingshire
Kinross—	A little of the W. parts of Fife.
Couper—	The rest of Fife.
Forfar—	Anguis, with its Pertinents.
Kinkardin—	Mernis.
Elgin—	The Eastern parts	of Murray.
Nairn—	The Western parts
Weik—	Caithness.
Orkney—	Isles of	Orkney.
Schetland.

Sheriffdoms of Scotland, are those of	Aberdcen containing	Marr with its Pertinents.
Buchan comprehending Forumart••n.
Strathbogie.
Perth containing	Perth—	as also	Gleushee.
Athol—	Strathandel.
Gawry—	Ramach.
Broad-Albin	Balhider.
Menteith—	Glenurghay.
Strathyern	Strormont.
Innerara containing	Argile.
Lorn.
Kantire.
Isles W. of	Lorn.
Kantire.
Bamfe containing	Bamfe.
Strathdovern.
Beyn.
Enzy.
Strathawin.
Balveny.
Inverness containing	Bad••noch.
Lochabyr.
The South Part of Ross.
A Part of Murray beyond Nairn, Westw.
Tayne containing	Southerland.
Strathnaver.
Roxburgh containing	Tiviotdale.
Lidisdale.
Eshdale with Eus••ale.
Aire containing	Kyle.
Carrick.
Cunningham.
Dumfreis	containing	all Nithisdale.
Cromarty	a little of Ross, S. of Cormarty.

Besides these Sheriffdoms, there are

• Stewarties.
• Bayliaries.
• one Constabulary.

Stewarties are	Strathern	—	contain.	Strathern.
Menteith	—	Menteith.
Annandale	—	Annandale.
Kirkudbright.	—	E. and S. parts of Galloway.
As also	S Andrews	in	Fife.
Killemure	Anguis.
Abernethy	Perth.

Bayliaries are	Kyle—	contain.	Kyle.
Carrick—	Carrick.
Cunningham—	Cunningham.
Lauderdale—	Lauderdale.

The One Constabulaty is that of Haddington, containing East-Lothian.

THIS Country (the famous Ancient Caledonia) is term'd by the Italians, Scotia; by the Spaniards, * 1.208 Escocia; by the French, Escosse; by the Germans, Schot∣land; by the English and its own Natives, Scotland; so call'd, as some fondly imagine, from Scota, (Daughter to an Egyptian Pharaoh) but more probably from Scoti, Schytti, or Scythi, a People of Germany, (over the Northern Parts of which the Name of Scythia did once prevail) who seized on a Part of Spain, next on Ireland, and from thence came into the Western Parts of this Country.

The Air of this Country is generally very pure, and so extraordinary wholesome to breath in, that several * 1.209 Persons in the Northmost Parts of that Kingdom do frequently arrive to greater Ages, than is usual in other Nations of Europe. The opposite Place of the Globe to Scotland, is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 190 and 196 Degrees of Lon∣gitude, with 56 and 60 Degrees of South Latitude.

Notwithstanding this Country is of a Situation con∣siderably Northern, (it lying in the 11th, 12th, and * 1.210 beginning of the 13th North Climate) yet it produceth all Necessaries, and many of the Comforts of Humane Life. Its Seas are wonderfully stor'd with most kinds of excellent Fish; Its Rivers do mightily abound with the choicest of Salmons; Its Plains do sufficiently produce most kinds of Grain, Herbs, and Fruits; and many of its Mountains are not only lin'd with valuable Mines, and the best of Coals, but also several of them are so cover'd over with numerous Flocks, that great Droves of Cattle do yearly pass into the North of England. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 18 Hours ½, the shortest in the South∣most 6 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The Chief Commodities of this Country, are most sorts of Fish in great abundance, much Linnen-Cloath * 1.211 and Tallow, vast numbers of Cattle and Hides; as also excellent Honey, Lead-Oar, Iron, Train-Oyl, Course Cloaths, Frizes, &c.

In Clydsdale are yet to be seen, for several Miles, the Remains of a large Roman Cawsway, or Military-way, * 1.212 which commonly goes now by the Name of Watling∣street. And in Teviotdale, are some Vestigia of Roman Encampments, and another Military-way, vulgarly term'd the Ruggid Cawsway. (2.) In the Stewarty of Strathern, are visible Tracts of several Ro∣man

Camps, especially that at Ardoch. (3) In Sterlingshire are di∣vers Marks of the famous Roman Wall, (now commonly call'd Graham's Dyke) which was extended over the Isthmus, between the Rivers of Forth and Clyde: Its Form and Manner of Building will best appear by a Draught thereof; for which, Vid. Camden's Bri∣tainnia late Edition, page 959. (4.) In Sterlingshire, were likeways found some Inscriptions upon Stones relating to the Roman Wall; particularly Two; one whereof is now at Calder, and informs us that the Legio secunda Augusta, built the said Wall upwards of three Miles; and another in the E. Marshal's House at Dunnotyr, which hints that a Party of the Legio vicesima victrix, continued it for three Miles more. As for the Inscriptions themselves, Vid. Cambd. page 920, and 1101. (5.) Hard by the Tract of the aforesaid Wall in Sterlingshire, are yet to be seen two pretty Mounts, term'd by the Ancients, Duni pacis; as also the Remains of an Ancient Build∣ing in form of a Pyramide (now call'd by the Vulgar Arthur's Oven) which many reckon to have been a Temple of the God Ter∣minus. (6.) Near Pasley and Renfrew, are the Vestigia of a large Ro∣man Camp; the Fosses and Dykes about the Praetorium, being still visible. Here is also to be seen a remarkable Spring which regu∣larly Ebbs and Flows with the Sea. (7.) Nigh to the City of Edenburgh, is a noted Spring, commonly call'd the Oily-Well, the Surface of its Waters being cover'd with a kind of Oyl or Bitumen, which is frequently us'd, with good Success, in curing Scabs and Pains proceeding from Cold. (8.) Near the same City is ano∣ther Fountain, which goes by the Name of the Routing-Well, because it usually makes a Noise before a Storm. (9.) Near Brechin in Aagus, (where the Danes receiv'd a mighty overthrow) is a high Stone erected over their General's Grave, call'd Camus-Cross; with another about ten Miles distance, both of 'em having antique Letters and Figures upon them. (10.) At Slains in Aberdeenshire, is a remarkable petrifying Cave, commonly call'd the Dropping Cave, where Water ouzing through a spungy porous Rock on the Top, doth quickly consolidate after it falls in drops to the bottom. (11.) Near Kilross in Murray, is to be seen an Obelisk of one Stone, set up as a Monument of a Fight between King Malcolm, Son of Keneth, and Sueno the Dane. (12.) On the Lord Lovet's Lands in Straherrich, is a Lake which never freezeth all over before the Month of February; but after that time, one Nights Frost will do it. There's also ano∣ther, call'd Lough-Monar, (belonging to the late Sir George Mac∣kenzy) just of the same Nature with the former; and a third at Glencanigh in Strathglash, which never wants Ice upon the middle Part of it, even in the hottest Day of Summer. (13.) Towards the Northwest Part of Murray, is the famous Lough-Ness which never freezeth; but retaineth its natural Heat, even in the extreamest

Cold of Winter. (14.) In Lennox is Lough Lomond, which is every whit as famous among the Vulgar, not only for its Floating-Island, but also as having Fish without Fins, and being frequenly Tempe∣stuous in a Calm. (15.) In divers Parts of Scotland are some noted Mineral Springs, particularly those at Kinghorn and Balgrigy in Fife: as also Aberdeen and Peterhead in Aberdeenshire; several of which come little short of the famous Spaw-Water in the Bishoprick of Liege. Lastly, In most Counties of this Kingdom, are many Cir∣cular Stone Monuments, (being a company of prodigious long Stones set on end in the Ground, and that commonly in form of a Circle) which are probably conjectur'd to have been either Funeral Mo∣numents, or Places of Publick Worship in times of the Ancient Druides, or both.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, are Two, viz. those of * 1.213

• ...St. Andrews,
• ...Glascow.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are Twelve, viz. those of * 1.214

• ...Edenburgh,
• ...Murray,
• ...Ross,
• ...Galloway,
• ...Dunkeld,
• ...Brichen,
• ...Cathness,
• ...Argile,
• ...Aberdeen,
• ...Dumblain,
• ...Orkney,
• ...The Isles.

Universities of this Kingdom, are Four, viz. those of * 1.215

• ...St. Adrews,
• ...Edenburgh,
• ...Aberdeen,
• ...Glascow.

The Scots (for the most part) are an Active, Pru∣dent, and Religious sort of People. Many abomina∣ble * 1.216 Vices, too common in other Countries, are not so much as speculatively known among them. They generally abhor all kinds of Excess in Drinking, and effeminate Delicacy in Diet, chusing rather to improve the Mind, than pamper the Body. Many of them make as great Advances in all Parts of ingenious and solid Learning, as any Nation in Europe. And as for their singular Fidelity (although slanderously spoken of by some) 'tis abundantly well-known, and experienced abroad; for an undoubted Demonstration thereof, is publickly given to the whole World, in that a Neighbouring Prince, and his Predecessors (for almost three hundred Years) have committed the immediate Care

of their Royal Persons to them, without ever having the least Cause to repent, or real Ground to change.

The Language commonly spoken in the North and North-West of this Country, is a Dialect of the Irish, * 1.217 corruptedly call'd Erse (a Specimen of which shall be given when we come to Ireland). In all other Parts of the King∣dom they use the English Tongue; but that with considerable difference of Pronounciation in different Counties, and all dis∣agreeing with that in England, except the Town of Inverness, whose Inhabitants are the only People who come nearest to the true English; however the Gentry and Persons of good Educa∣tion, usually speak English, (though not with the same Accent as in England) yet according to its true Propriety, and their manner of Writing is much the same. The vulgar Language (commonly call'd Broad Scotch) is indeed a very corrupt sort of English, and hath a great Tincture of several Foreign Tongues, particularly the High German, Low Dutch, and French, especially the last, a great many words still in use among the Commonality, being Ori∣ginally from that Language. For a Specimen of which Tongue, Pater-Noster in it runs thus: Ure Fader whilk art in Heven; hallued bee thy Neme; thy Kingdoom cumm, thy Wull be doon inn Erth az its doon inn Heven. Geé uss this day ure daily Breed, an forgee uss, ure Sinns, az we forgee them that Sinn against uss; and leed uss nae intoo temtacion, batt delyver uss frae evil. Ameen.

This Kingdom hath hitherto had the good fortune to enjoy an Hereditary limited Monarchy; though * 1.218 many times the immediate Heir, or next in Blood, hath been set a side, and another more remote hath mounted the Throne. Since its Union with England, both Kingdoms are under one King, who is stil'd the Monarch of Great Britain. The Go∣vernment of this Kingdom is chiefly manag'd by a Council of State, or Privy Council, consisting of those call'd properly Officers of State, and others of the Nobility and Gentry, whom the King pleaseth to appoint. The Officers of State are eight in number, viz. the Lord High-Chancellor, Lord High-Treasurer, Lord-President of the Council, Lord Secretary of State, Lord Treasurer-Deputy, Lord Register, Lord-Advocate, and Lord Justice Clerk. The Ad∣ministration of Justice in Civil Affairs is lodg'd in the Lords of the Session, who are Fifteen in number, whereof One is President, and to those are join'd some Noblemen, under the Name of ex∣traordinary Lords of the Session. This Court is esteemed one of the most August and Learned Judicatories in Europe: From it there

lies no Appeal but to the Parliament, which is now made up of the Peers, the Commissioners of Counties, and those of Free Bur∣roughs. The King's Person is always represented in Parliament by some Nobleman, who bears the Title of Lord High-Commissioner. The Distribution of Justice in Criminal Matters is commited to the Court of Justice, which is compos'd of the Lord Justice General, the Lord Justice Clerk, and five or six other Lords of the Session, who in this Bench are call'd Commissioners of Justiciary. Over and above these two Supreme Courts of Justice, there are a great many Subordinate Judicatories, both for Civil and Criminal Af∣fairs through the Kingdom, as Sheriff Courts, Courts of Regality, and the like.

The Royal Arms of this Kingdom, together with those of England and Ireland, (as they compose the En∣signs * 1.219 Armorial of the Monarch of Great Britain) shall be particularly express'd when we come to England.

The Inhabitants of this Country (excepting a few, who still adhere to the Church of Rome, and an incon∣siderable * 1.220 number of Quakers) are all of the Reform'd Religion, yet with considerable Variation among themselves in some private Opinions and various Points of Church Discipline: However the numerous Professors thereof are very sincere in their Principles, and do generally practise conformable to their Professions. No Christian Society in the World doth excel them for their exact Observation of the Sabbath day, and few can equal them for their singular Strictness and Impartiality in punishing Scandals: But lamentable are their Distractions of late in Matters relating to Ecclesiastical Polity, and how fatal such Heats and Divisions, both in this and the Neighbouring Kingdom may prove at last, is alas! but too well known to all thinking Persons among us. The smallest Privateer belonging either to Brest or S. Malo's may easily Attack, Board, and Sink the Royal Britannia her self, if she chance only to Spring a Leak under Water, when her whole Crew are at Blows between Decks. The Christian Faith (according to the best Ac∣counts) was planted in this Country, during the Reign of Diocle∣sian; for by reason of that violent Persecution he rais'd in the Church, many Christians are said to have fled from the Continent into the Isle of Great Britain, and particularly (as an Ancient Au∣thor expresly testifieth) into that Part thereof, In quam Romana Arma nunquam penetrârunt; which (without all doubt) is Scotland; espe∣cially the Northern Parts of that Country, they being still possess'd by the Scots, and never subject to the Roman Power. St Rule, or Regulus, is said to have brought over with him the Arm, or (as

some affirm) the Lig of St. Andrew the Apostle, and to have bu∣ried it in that place where now the City of St. Andrews stands. These first Propagators of Christianity seem to have been a kind of Monks, who afterwards, by the beneficence of the first Christian Kings of Scotland, came into the Seats and Possessions of the Pagan Druides, (a sort of Religious Votaries to the Heathen Gods) and had their principal Residence, or rather Monasteries, in the Islands of Man and Jona, and passed under the Name of Culdees.

[illustration]

ENGLAND bu Rob^t. Morden.

ENGLAND.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	12	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from N. to S. is a∣bout 320 Miles.
20	00
between	50	00	of Latit.	Breadth from E. to W. is about 290 Miles.
55	50

Being divided into Six Circuits, viz.	Western Circuit	Chief Town	Salisbury.
Oxford Circuit	Oxford.
Home Circuit	Canterbury.
Northfolk Circuit	Norwich.
Midland Circuit	Lincoln.
North Circuit	York.

Western-Circuit contains	Cornwall—	Chief Town	Launceston—	W. to E.
Devonshire—	Exeter—
Dorsetshire—	Dorchester—
Hampshire—	Winchester—
Somm••rsetshire	Bristol—	N. of Dorsetshire.
Wiltshire—	Salisbury—
Oxford.Circuit contains	Barkshire—	Redding N. of Hampshire.
Oxfordshire—	Oxford—	E. to W.
Glocestershire—	Glocester—
Monmouthshire	Monmouth—
Herefordshire—	Hereford—	S. to N. E.
Worcestershire—	Worcester—
Staffordshire—	Stafford—
Shropshire—	Shrewsbury W. of Staffordshire.
Home-Circuit contains	Essex—	Colchester—	E. to W.
Hartfordshire—	Hartford—
Kent—	Canterbury—	E. to W.
Surry—	Southwark—
Sussex—	Chichester South of	Surry.
〈◊〉〈◊〉.
Norfolk-Circuit contains	Norfolk—	Norwich—	E. to S. W.
Suffolk—	Ipswich—
Cambridgeshire—	Cambridge—
Huntingtonshire	Huntington—
Bedfordshire—	Bedford—
Buckinghamshire	Buckingham—

Midland Circuit contains	Lincolnshire—	Chief Town	Lincoln—	E. to W.
Nottinghamshire	Nottingham—
Derbyshire—	Derby—
Rutlandshire—	Okeham—	E. to W.
Leicestershire—	Leicester—
Warwickshire—	Warwick—
Northamptonshire	Northampton S. of	Leicestershire.
Warwickshire.
North. Circuit contains	Yorkshire—	York—	S. to N.
Durham—	Idem—
Northumberland.	Newcastle—
Lancashire—	Lancaster—	S. to N.
Westmorland—	Appleby—
Cumberland—	Carlisle—

To England we here subjoin the Principality of Wales, divided into Four Circuits; each Circuit comprehending Three Counties, vix.

1. Those of	Denbighshire—	Chief Town	Denbigh	N. to S.
Flintshire—	St. Asaph
Montgomeryshire	Montgomery—
2. Those of	Anglesey—	Beaumaris—	N. to S. E.
Carnarvenshire	Carnarven—
M••rionethshire	Harlech—
3. Those of	Cardiganshire	Cardigan—	N. to S.
Carmarthènshire	Carmarthen
Pembrokeshire	Pembrook—
4. Those of	Radnorshire—	Radnor—	N. to S. W.
Brecknokshire—	Brecknock—
Glamorganshire	Cardiff—

Besides the Six Circuits of England, (containing Thirty eight Counties) and these Four of Wales, comprehending Twelve; there remain as yet two Counties unmentioned, and which are not ordi∣narily reduc'd to any of these Circuits, viz. Middlesex and Cheshire; the first because of its Vicinity to London, and the other as being a County-Palatine, having its own Judges and Counsellors peculiar to it self. These Two Counties, with the Thirty eight abovemen∣tion'd in England, and Twelve in Wales, make Fifty two in all. But since England and Wales are Two distinct Sovereignties [one be∣ing a Kingdom, and the other a Principality] we shall seperately Treat of them both. Therefore,

ENGLAND.

THIS Country (the Ancient Anglia, which with the rest of the Island, made up the Renown'd * 1.221 Britannia or Albion) is term'd by the Italians, Inghil∣terra; by the Spaniards, Inglatierra; by the French, Angleterre; by the Germans, Engel-land; and by the Natives, England; which Name is deriv'd from the Angles, a People of Lower Saxony, who Con∣quer'd the greatest Part of this Country, and divided the same into Seven different Kingdoms: But Egbert (descended from the Angles) having united this divided Nation, and being the first Mo∣narch of England after the Saxon Heptarchy, ordered (by special Edict, above 800 Years after the Incarnation) that the whole King∣dom should be term'd Engle-lond, which Title in process of time, hath turn'd into the present Name of England.

The Air of this Country is far more Mild, Sweet, and Temperate, than in any Part of the Continent un∣der * 1.222 the same Parallel. The Cold during the Winter is not so piercing; nor the Heat in the Summer so scorching, as to recommend (much less to enforce) the use of Stoves in the one, or Grotto's in the other. The opposite Place of the Globe to England, is that part of the Pacifick Ocean, between 200 and 210 Degrees of Longitude, with 50 and 56 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country (lying in the 9th, 10th, and 11th North Climate) is generally so Fertil, and produceth * 1.223 such plenty of Grain, Fruits, Roots, Herbs, &c. that the excellency of its Soil, is best declar'd by those Transcendent Elogies deservedly bestow'd on her, both by Ancient and Mo∣dern Writers, who call England the Granary of the Western World, the Seat of Ceres, &c. that her Vallies are like Eden, her Hills like Lebanon, her Springs as Pisgah, and her Rivers as Jordan; that she's a Paradise of Pleasure, and the Garden of God. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 17 Hours ½, the shortest in the Southmost is almost 8 Hours; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Corn, Cattle, Tyn, Copper, Lead, Iron, Timber, Coals, * 1.224 abundance of Wooll, Cloath, Stufts, Linnen, Hides, Tallow, Butter, Cheese, Beer, &c.

In most Counties of this Kingdom are still extant, some noted Circular Stone Monuments, (like those in * 1.225 Scotland abovemention'd, page 193) particularly, The Seventy seven Stones at Saleeds in Cumberland, commonly term'd Long Meg, and her Daughters; Those call'd Rolle-rich Stones in Oxford∣shire;

Those near Enisham in Northumberland; Those upon the River Loder in Westmorland; Those near Burrow-Bridge in Yorkshire; Those near Exmore in Devonshire; and finally the Hurlers, and those at Biscaw-woun in Cornwall, &c. But most observable of all, is Stone∣henge (the Chorea Gigantum of the Ancients) on Salisbury-Plain. Which Monuments are thought by some to consist of Natural Stones; by others, of Stones artificially compounded of pure Sand, Lime, Vitriol, and other unctious Matter. But if the Reader de∣sires to see the various Conjectures of the Curious, concerning the Nature and Design of all such Monuments, together with the Draught of Stone-henge in particular, let him consult the late Edi∣tion of Camden's Britannia, page 23, 95, 108, 269. (2.) In many Parts of England are yet to be seen the Vestigia, and Remains of divers Roman Military Ways; the principal of which is that men∣tion'd in Leland's M. S. beginning at Dover, and passing through Kent to London, from thence to St. Albans, Dunstable, Stratford, Tou∣cester, Littlebourn, St. Gilbert's Hill near Shrewsbury, then by Stratton, and so through the middle of Wales to Cardigan. (3.) In this Country are abundance of Medicinal Waters; whether for Bathing, as those especially in Somersetshire, (call'd the Baths, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉) or Purging; particularly those of the Spaws in Yorkshire; Tunbridge in Kent; Ebisham and Dulledge in Surry; North-hall, Acton, and Islington in Middlesex. Here also are many other very remarkable Springs; whereof some are mightily impregnorated either with Salt, as that at Durtwich in Worcestershire; or Sulphure, as the famous Well at Wiggin in Lancashire, (of which afterwards) or Bituminous Matter, as that at Pitchford in Shropshire. Others have a Petrifying Quality, as particularly that near Lutterworth in Leicestershire; and the re∣markable Droping-Well in the West-Riding of Yorkshire. And finally some Ebb and Flow, but that generally in a very irregular manner, as those of Peak-Forrest in Derbyshire, and Lay-Well near Torbuy, whose Waters rise and fall several times in one Hour. To these we may add that remarkable Fountain near Richard's Castle in Here∣fordshire, commonly call'd Bone-Well, which is always full of small Fish-bones, (or such resemblances) though frequently empti'd and clear'd of them. (4) Many are the Roman Altars, which from time to time are dug up in this Kingdom, especially the Northern Parts thereof. As for their particular Shapes, and remarkable In∣scriptions, with the places where now to be seen, Vid. Cambden, (late Edition) page 568, 570, 734, 782, 783, 826, 836, 844. and from 848 to 852. inclusively. (5.) In several places between Car∣lisle and Newcastle, are some Remains of the famous Picts Wall, (so much talkt off by our English Historians) which did run through Cumberland and Northumberland, beginning at Tinmouth Bar, and ending at Solway-Frith, (6) In Cambridgeshire are Tracts of those

large Ditches thrown up by the East-Angles, to prevent the Incur¦sions of the Mercians, who frequently ruin'd all before them. And nigh to the Town of Cambridge, are some Vestigia of two spa∣cious Camps; one Roman at Arborough, (a mile North of Cambridge) and the other at Gogmagog-Hills, on the other side of the Town. (7.) Near Wiggin in Lancashire, is the remarkable Well abovemen∣tion'd, which being empti'd, there presently breaks out a sulphu∣rous Vapour, which makes the Water bubble up as if it boil'd; and a Candle being put thereto, it instantly takes Fire and burns like Brandy. During a Calm, the Flame will continue a whole Day, and by its Heat they can boil Eggs, Meat, &c. and yet the Water it self is cold. (8.) In Whin••ield Park in Westmorland, is the Three-Brother-Tree, (so call'd because there were Three of 'em, the least whereof is this) which a good way from the Root is thirteen Yards and a half in Circumference. (9.) At Brosely, Bently, and Pitchford, with other Places adjacent in Shropshire, is found over most of the Coal-pits, a Stratum of blackish porous Stone, much impregno∣rated with bituminous Matter; which Stone being pulveriz'd and boil'd in Water, the bituminous Substance riseth to the top, and being gather'd off, it comes to the Consistency of Pitch, and is us'd for such with good Effect. (10.) In Derbyshire is the famous Peak, and some hideous Cavities, as those call'd Pool's-Hole, Elden Hole, and another, which goes by the indecent Name of the Devil's Arse. In the first of these is dropping Water of a petrifying Nature; and at a small distance from it, a little clear Brook remarkable for consisting both of hot and cold Water, so join'd in the same Stream, that a Man may at once put the Finger and Thumb of the same Hand, one into hot, and the other into cold. (11.) Near Whitby in the North-Riding of Yorkshire, are found certain Stones resembling the Folds and Wreaths of a Serpent. And at Huntly-Nabb in the same Riding, are other Stones of several sizes, and so exactly round, as if artificially made for Cannon Balls, which be∣ing broken, do commonly contain divers stony Serpents wreath'd up in Circles, but generally without Heads. (12) Near Alderly in Glocestcrshire, and on the tops of Mountains not far from Richmond, with several other parts of England, are Stones resembling Cokles, Oysters, and divers other Water Animals; which if once living Creatures, or the ludicrous Fancy of Nature, is not now my busi∣ness to enquire. (13.) In Mendippe-hills in Somersetshire, is a prodi∣gious Cave, call'd Ochy-Hole, which being of a considerable length, in it are discover'd some Wells and Rivulets. (14.) At Glassenbury in Somersetshire, are several ancient Pyramids, mention'd by William of Malmsbury, with imperfect Inscriptions; but why, when, and by whom erected, is meerly conjectural. (15.) In the Cathedral of Exeter is an Organ, which is reckon'd the largest of any in Eng∣land,

the greatest Pipe belonging to it being fifteen Inches Diame∣ter, which is more by two, than the celebrated Organ of Ulm. (16.) In Dover-Castle is an old Table hung up, which imports that Julius Caesar landed upon that Part of the English Coast. Lastly, In the County of Surry is the English Anas, or the River Mole, which loseth it self under Ground, and ariseth again at some considerable distance; as doth also Recall in the North-Riding of Yorkshire. Camb∣den, page 155 and 754. To these Rarities abovemention'd, I might here add some Stupendious Fabricks in this Kingdom, which may be fitly term'd Art's Master-Pieces: But to descend to particulars, would swell this Paragraph to a disproportionable bigness.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, are Two, viz. those of * 1.226

Canterbury and York.

The Archbishop of Canterbury hath the Precedency of York, and is stil'd Primate of all England, the other being also Primate of England, but not of all England. A Controversy hotly debated be∣tween these two Archiepiscopal Sees, but at last determin'd in favour of the former.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, (including Wales) are those of * 1.227

• ...London,
• ...Chichester,
• ...Carlisle,
• ...Durham,
• ...Salisbury,
• ...Exeter,
• ...Winchester,
• ...Worcester,
• ...Chester,
• Bath and Wells,
• ...Lincoln,
• ...Bristol,
• ...Oxford,
• St. Asaph,
• ...Norwich,
• ...Bangor,
• St. Davids,
• ...Glocester,
• ...Rochester,
• ...Peterborough,
• ...Hereford,
• ...Eli,
• ...Landaff,
• Litchfield and Coventry.

In point of Place, after the two Archbishops, followeth the Bishop of London; next to him, the Bishop of Durham; 3dly, the Bishop of Winchester, and then all the rest according to the Seniority of their Consecration.

Universities of this Kingdom, are those famous Seats of the Muses, or two Eyes of England, term'd Oxford * 1.228 and Cambridge; which for magnificent Buildings, rich Endowments ample Priviledges, as also number of Students, Li∣braries, and learned Men are inferior to none, or rather not to be parallel'd by any in the World. The Names of the respective Col∣leges and Halls in each of these Universities, (the most of which do surpass many of our Foreign Universities) are as followeth,

• In Oxford are
• In Cambridge are
• ...University,
• ...Magdalen,
• ...Peterhouse,
• ...Baliol,
• ...Brazen-Nose,
• ...Clare-Hall,
• ...Merton,
• ...Corpus Christi,
• Bennet, or Corpus Christi,
• ...Oriel,
• ...Christ-Church,
• ...Pembroke-Hall,
• ...Exeter,
• ...Trinity,
• ...Trinity-Hall,
• ...Queen's,
• St. John's,
• Gonvil and Caius,
• ...New-College,
• ...Jesus,
• ...King's College,
• ...Lincoln,
• ...Wadham,
• ...Queen's College,
• ...All-Souls,
• ...Pembroke.
• ...Catherine-Hall,
• ...Jesus-College,
• Halls are Seven, viz.
• ...Christ-College,
• St. John's College,
• ...Glocester,
• ...Alban,
• ...Magdalen-College,
• St. Edmund,
• St. Mary,
• ...Trinity-College.
• ...Magdalen,
• ...New-Inn.
• ...Emanuel-College,
• ...Hart,
• ...Sidney-Sussex.

The English being originally a mixture of divers Northern and Southern Nations, do still retain in their * 1.229 Humour, a just Mean, betwixt those two Extreams; for the dull Saturnine Genius of the one, and the hot Mercurial Tem∣per of the other, meeting in their Constitutions, render them Inge∣nious and Active, yet Solid and Persovering; which nourisht under a sutable Liberty, inspires a Courage both generous and lasting. This happy temperament of Spirit, wherewith this People is endu'd, doth eminently appear to the World, by that mighty Inclination they always had and still have, both to Arms and Arts, and that wonderful Progress they have hitherto made in each of them: For the matchless Valour and Bravery, the singular Prudence and Conduct of the English Nation both by Sea and Land, is so universally known, and hath been so frequently manifested in most Parts of the World, that many Potent States and Kingdoms have felt the Dint of their Sword, and been constrain'd to yield to the Force of their Arms. They have also so effectually appli'd themselves to all sorts of Ingenious Literature since the happy Days of our Reforma∣tion, and are advanc'd to such a Pitch of True and Solid Learning; that they may justly claim a true Title to the Empire of Human Know∣ledge. Finally, their manner of Writing (whether for Solidity of Matter, Force of Argument, or Elegancy of Stile) is indeed so transcendently Excellent, that no Nation hath yet surpass'd the English, and none can justly pretend to equal them.

The English Language being a mixture of the old Saxon and Norman, (one a Dialect of the Teutonic, and * 1.230 the other of the French) having also some Tincture of the Ancient British, Roman, and Danish Tongues, is much refin'd of late and now deservedly reckon'd as Copious, Expressive, and Manly a Tongue as any in Europe. Harangues in this Language are capable of all the delightful Flowers of Rhetorick, and lively Strains of the truest Eloquence, nothing inferior to the most fluent Orations pronounc'd of old by the best of the Roman Orators: In a word, 'tis a Language that's rightly calculated for the Masculine Genius of those who own it. Pater-Noster in the English Tongue, runs thus: Our Father, which art in Heaven, &c.

The Kingdom of England is a famous Ancient and Hereditary Monarchy; a Monarchy which can seldom * 1.231 admit of any Inter-regnum, and therefore is free from many Misfortunes, to which Elective Kingdoms are subject; yea, such a Monarchy (in the Words of that Worthy Gentlemen, Dr. Chamberlain, Author of the Present State of England) as that by the necessary subordinate Concurrence of the Lords and Com∣mons in making and repealing of Statutes or Acts of Parliament, it hath the main Advantages of an Aristocracy and Democracy, and yet free from the Disadvantages and Evils of either. In short, 'tis a Monarchy (continues the aforesaid Author) as by most admirable Temperament, affords very much to the Industry, Liberty, and Happiness of the Subject, and reserves enough for the Majesty and Prerogative of any King, who will own his People as Subjects, not as Slaves. Chief Persons of this Realm, after the King and Princes of the Blood, are the Great Officers of the Crown, who are common∣ly reckon'd Nine in number, viz. (1.) Lord High-Steward of Eng∣land, an Officer indeed so great, or whose Power was esteem'd so exorbitant, that it hath been discontinued ever since the Days of John of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, (his Son Henry of Bullingbrook, being the last who had a State of Inheritance in that High Office) and is now confert'd by the King upon some of the Chief Peers only, pro illa vice, as upon occasion of the Crowning of a New King, or the Arraignment of a Peer of the Realm for Treason, Felony, or such like. (2) The Lord High-Chancellor, whose Office is to keep the King's Great Seal, to moderate the Rigor of the Law in judging according to Equity and not according to the Common Law. He also disposeth of all Ecclesiastical Benesices in the King's Gift, if valued under 20 l. a Year in the King's Book. In case there be no Chancellor, then the Lord Keeper is the same in Au∣thority, Power, Precedence, only different in Patent. (3) The Lord High Treasurer, whose Office (as being Praefectus Aerarii) is to take charge of all the King's Revenue kept in the Exchequer; as

also to check all Officers imploi'd in collecting the same, and such like. This Office is frequently executed by several Persons conjunctly in Commission, (term'd Lords of the Treasury) as at present. (4.) The Lord President of the Council, whose Office is to attend up∣on the King, and Summons the Council, to propose business at Council-Table, and Report the several Transactions of the Board. (5.) The Lord Privy-Seal, whose Office is to pass all Charters and Grants of the King, and Pardons sign'd by the King before they come to the Great Seal of England; as also divers other Matters of smaller moment which do not pass the Great Seal. But this Seal is never to be affixt to any Grant without good warrant under the King's Privy-Signet, nor even with such Warrant, if the thing granted be against Law or Custom, until the King be first acquint∣ed therewith. (6.) The Lord Great Chamberlain of England, whose Office is to bring the King's Shirt, Coif, and Wearing Cloaths, on the Coronation-day; to put on the King's Apparel that Morning, to carry at the Coronation the Coif, Gloves, and Linnen, which are to be us'd by the King on that Occasion; likeways the Sword and Scabard, as also the Gold (to be offer'd by the King) together with the Robe Royal and Crown; to Undress and Attire the King with his Royal Robes; to serve the King that Day with Water for to wash his Hands before and after Dinner. (7.) The Lord High Con∣stable of England, an Officer, whose Power is so great, that 'twas thought inconvenient to lodge the same in any Subject since the Year 1521. and is now conferr'd on some of the chiefest Peers, pro re nata; as upon occasion of Coronations, or Solemn Tryals by Combat. (8.) The Earl Marshal of England, whose Office is to take cognizance of all Matters of War and Arms; to determine Contracts concerning Deeds of Arms out of the Realm upon Land, and Mat∣ters touching Wars within the Realm, which the Common Law cannot determine. (9.) The Lord High admiral of England, whose Trust and Honour is so great, that this Office hath been usually given either to some of the King's younger Sons, near Kinsmen, or one of the chiefest Peers of the Realm: To him is committed the Management of all Maritime Affairs, the Government of the King's Navy; a decisive Power in all Causes Maritime, as well Civil as Criminal. He also Commissionates Vice-Admirals, Reer-Admirals, Sea-Captains, &c. and enjoys a number of Priviledges, too many here to be mention'd. This Office is commonly executed by several Persons conjunctly in Commission, (term'd Lords of the Admiralty) as at present.

After the Officers of the Crown, we might here subjoin the various Courts of Judicatory establisht in this Kingdom, especially the High Court of Parliament, which is Supreme to all others, and to whom all last Appeals are made. I might here likeways mention all the

Subordinate Courts of this Realm, particularly that of the King's-B••nch, the Court of Common Pleas, the High Court of Chancery, the Exchequer, and the Court of the Dutchy of Lancaster, &c. as also the Ecclesiastical Courts in Subordination to the Archbishop of Canterbury; as the Court of Arches, the Court of Audience, the Prerogative Court, the Court of Faculties, and that of Peculiars. But to declare the Nature and Constitution, the ample Privileges and manner of Pro∣cedure in each of them, would far exceed the narrow Bounds of an Abstract. I shall not therefore descend to particulars, only ad∣ding to this Paragraph, that besides these various Courts above∣mention'd, the King consulting the ease and welfare of the Subject, Administers Justice by his Itinerate Judges, and that in their yearly Circuits through the Kingdom; and for the better governing of, and keeping the King's Peace in particular Counties, Hundreds, Cities, Burroughs, and Villiages of this Realm. Counties have their respective Lord Lieutenants, Sheriffs, and Justices of the Peace; Hundreds, their Bailiffs, High-Constables, and Petty-Constables. Cities, their Mayor, Aldermen, Sheriffs, &c. Burroughs and Towns incorporate, have either a Mayor, or two Bailiffs, or a Portrive, who in Power are the same with Mayor and Sheriffs; and during their Offices, are Justices of the Peace within their own Liberties. And lastly, Villiages are in Subjection to the Lord of the Mannor, under whom is the Constable or Headborough to keep the Peace, apprehend Offenders, and bring them before the Justice. Of such an admi∣rable Constitution is the English Government, that no Nation what∣soever can justly pretend to such a Model, and no People in the World may live more happy if they please; so that it may be justly affirm'd of them, what the Poet saith in another Case, only with change of Persons,

O fortunatos nimium sua si bona norint Anglicanos!—

The Ensigns Imperial of the Monarch of Great Bri∣tain, are in the first place Azure, Three Flower-de-Luces, * 1.232 Or; the Royal Arms of France quartered with the Im∣perial Ensings of England, which are Gules, Three Lyons passant Gar∣dant in Pale, Or. In the second place, within a double tressure Counter flowr'd de lys Or, a Lyon Rampant, Gules, for the Royal Arms of Scotland. In the third place Azure, and Irish Harp, Or, string'd, Ar∣gent, for the Royal Ensigns of Ireland. In the fourth place as in the first. These Ensigns Armoral are quartered after a new man∣ner since the late Revolution, the English Arms being put before the French, and the whole charg'd with an Escutcheon of the House of Nassau, which is Azure Semi-billets, a Lyon Rampant, Or, Languid

and Armed, Gules; all within the Garter, the chief Ensign of that most Noble Order; above the same, an Helmet answerable to King William's Sovereign Jurisdiction; upon the same, a rich Mantle of Cloath of Gold, doubled Ermin, adorn'd with an Imperial Crown, and surmounted for a Crest by a Lyon passant Gardent, Or, Crowned, as the former, and an Unicorn Argent Gorged with a Crown, thereto a Chain affixt, passing between his Forelegs, and reflex'd over his Back, Or; both standing upon a Compartment plac'd underneath; and in the Table of that Compartment is express'd the King of England's Motto, which is, Dieu & mon Droit; but of late, J•• Maintiendray.

The Inhabitants of this Country are (for the most part) of the true) Reform'd Religion publickly pro∣fess'd, * 1.233 and carefully taught in its choicest Purity. In Reforming of which, they were not so hurri'd by popular Fury and Faction, (as in other Nations) but proceeded in a more Pru∣dent, Regular, and Christian Method; resolving to separate no farther from the Church of Rome, than she had separated from the Truth, embracing that excellent Advice of the Prophet, (Jer. 6. 16.) Stand ye in the ways and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein. So that the Reform'd Church of England, is a true Mean or middle Way betwixt those two Extreams of Supper∣stition and Phanaticism, both equally to be avoided. The Doctrine of which Church thus refin'd, is briefly summ'd up in the 39 Arti∣cles, and Book of Homilies; and her Discipline and Worship are to be seen in the Liturgy, and Book of Canons. All which being seriously weigh'd and consider'd by a judicious and impartial Mind, it may be found that this National Church is for certain, the exactest of all the Reformed Churches, and comes nearest to the Primitive Pattern of any in Christendom. For her Doctrine is intirely built upon the Prophets and Apostles, according to the Explication of the Ancient Fathers; her Government (rightly considered) is truly Apostolical; her Liturgy is a notable extract of the best of the Primitive Forms; her Ceremonies are few in number, but such as tend to Decency and true Devotion. In a word, The Church of England doth firmly hold and maintain the whole Body of the truly Catholick Faith, (and none other) according to Holy Scripture, and the Four first General Councils, so that her Sons may truly say, (in the Words of an Eminent Luminary of the Ancient Church) In ea Regula incedi∣mus quam Ecclesia ab Apostolis, Apostoli à Christo, & Christus à Deo accepit. At present all Sects and Parties are tollerated; and it's truly as Melancholly to consider, as 'tis hard to determine, whether our Heats and Divisions on one hand, or Open Prophaneness and Irreligion on the other, be most predominant. In the mean time this is most certain, that they're both equally to be lamented;

the necessary Consequence of them both, being most dismal and dangerous in the end. But that it may please the Almighty to grant to all Nations, Unity, Peace, and Concord, is the daily and fervent Prayer of the Church of Christ; and the hearty wish and desire of every true Son thereof The Christian Faith is thought to have been planted in England, tempore (ut scimus) summo Tiberii Caesaris, according to Ancient Gildas; but afterwards more universally receiv'd, Anno 180. it being then openly profess'd by Publick Authority, under King Lucius, who is said to have been the first Christian King in the World; yet several doubt whether there was ever such a Man in the World. In general, this is certain that Christianity was propagated here in the earliest Ages of the Church.

WALES.

THIS Country, (the Seat of the Ancient Britains) term'd by the Italians, Wallia; by the Spaniards, * 1.234 Gales; by the French, Galles; by the Germans, Walles; and by the English, Wales; so call'd (as some imagine) from Idwallo Son to Cadwallader, who retir'd into this Country with the remaining Bri∣tains. But others do rather think that as the Britains derive their Pedigree from the Gauls, so they also retain the Name, this Coun∣try being still term'd by the French, Galles, which using W for G, (according to the Saxon Custom) agrees pretty well with the present Title.

The Air of this Country is much the same as in those Counties of England, which lie under the same * 1.235 Parallel of Latitude. The opposite Place of the Globe to Wales, is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 190 and 200 Degrees of Longitude, with 56 and 60 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 9th North Climate) is generally very Mountainous, yet some of * 1.236 its Vallies are abundantly fertil, producing great plenty of Corn, and others are very fit for Pasturage. It's likeways well stor'd with large Quarries of Free Stone, as also several Mines of Lead-Oar and Coles. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 16 Hours ½, the shortest in the Southmost 7 Hours ¾, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Cattle, Butter, Cheese, Welch Friezes, Cottons, Bays, Her∣rings, * 1.237 Hides, Calve-Skins, Honey, Wax, and such like.

In several Parts of this Principality, especially Den∣bighshire, are still to be seen the Remains of that famous * 1.238 Wall, commonly call'd King Offa's D••ke, made by Offa the Mercian, as a Boundary between the Saxons and Britains. (2.) At a small Village, call'd Newton in Glamorganshire, is a remarkable Spring nigh the Sea, which Ebbs and Flows contrary to the Sea. (3.) In the same County, as also C••ermard••nshire are several An∣cient Sepulchral Monuments, and divers noted Stone Pillars, with observable Inscriptions upon them. (3.) In Brecknockshire are some other remarkable Pillars; particularly that call'd Maen y Morynui••n, (or the Maiden-stone) near the Town of Brecknock: Another at Pentre Yskythrog in Lhan St. Ae••ed Parish: And a third in Form of a Cross, in Vaenor Parish. (4.) In Glamorganshire are the Remains of Kaer Phyli Castle, (taken by some for the Buliaeum Silurum) which are generally reckon'd the noblest Ruins of Ancient Architecture of any in Britain. (5) In Monmouthshire are many Roman Aitars dug up with variety of Inscriptions upon 'em. For all these Inscrip∣ons abovementiond, Vid. Camden's Britannia, late Edition, from page 613 to 620. as also from 623 to 628 with page 593, 594, 600, 601, 605. But if the curious Reader would see the chief Rari¦ties of Wales at one view, let him consult the aforesaid Author, (page 697.) where he will find the Remarkables of this Principality represented in Sculpture; particularly these following, viz. a cu∣rious carved Pillar, call'd Maen-y-Chwyan, on Mostyn Mountain in Flintshire. Two remarkable Pillars at Kaer Phyli Castle in Glamorgan∣shire. An Alabaster Statue found near Porth-Shini-Kran in Mon••••outh∣shire. And finally, some Roman Armour and Medals, with variety of Coins, both Roman and British, dug up at several times in several Parts of Wales

Archbishopricks in this Principality. None. * 1.239

Bishopricks, 4. viz. those of

• ...Bangor,
• ...Landaff,
• ...S. Asaph,
• ...S. Davids,

already men∣tion'd. * 1.240

Universities. None. * 1.241

The Welch are a People generally reputed very faith∣ful and loving to one another in a strange Country, * 1.242 as also to Strangers in their own. The Commons (for the most part) are extraordinary Simple and Ignorant, but their Gentry are esteem'd both Brave and Hospitable. They're univer∣sally inclin'd to a Cholerick Temper, and extravagantly value them∣selves on their Pedigrees and Families.

The Welsh (being the Off-spring of the Ancient Bri∣tains) do still retain their Primitive Language, which * 1.243 yet remains freer from a mixture of exotick Words than any Modern Tongue in Europe; a Language which hath nothing to recommend it to Strangers, it being both hard to pronounce,

and unpleasant to the Ear, by reason of its vast multitude of Conso∣nants. Their Pater-Noster runs thus: Ein Tad yr hwn wyt yn y nefoedd, sancteidier dy enw: Deued dy deyrmas; bid dy ewyll s ar ydd••iar megis y mac yn y nefoedd dyro i ni heddyw ein bara beunyddiol: a maddeu i ni ein dyledion, fel y maddewn ni i'n dyledwyr: ac nar arwain mi brofe diageth, eithr gwared in rhag drwg. Amen.

This Principality was anciently govern'd by its own King or Kings (there being frequently one for * 1.244 South, and another for North Wales, and sometimes no less than five did claim a Regal Power) but was fully Conquer'd, Anno 1282. by Edward I. who having then a Son brought forth by his Queen at Caernarven Castle in Wales, and finding the Welch extreamly averse against a Foreign Governor, proferr'd them the young Child (a Native of their own) to be their Lord and Master, to which they readily yielded, and accordingly swore Obedience to him; since which time, the King of England's Eldest Son is stil'd Prince of Wales, and all Writs in that Principality are issued out in his Name.

The Arms of the Prince of Wales differ from those of England, only by the Addition of a Label of three * 1.245 Points. But the proper and peculiar Divice, common∣ly (though corruptedly) call d, the Princes Arms; is a Coronet beautifi'd with three Ostrich Feathers, with this Inscription round, Ich dien, i. e. I serve; alluding to that of the Apostle, The Heir while he is a Child, differeth not from a Servant.

The Inhabitans of this Country (at least the most Intelligent of 'em) are of the Reform'd Religion, ac∣cording * 1.246 to the Platform of the Church of England; but many of the meaner sort are so grosly ignorant in Religious Matters, that they differ nothing from mere Heathens. For the remedying of which, the late incomparable Mr Gouge was at no small Pains and Charge, in Preaching the Blessed Gospel to them, and procuring and distributing among them some considerable number of Bibles, and Books of Devotion in their Language; which noble Design was afterwards reviv'd and further'd by the famous Robert Boyle, Esq;, and several other well disposs'd Persons, (particularly that much lamented Eminent Divine, Dr. Anthony Horneck) and we are willing to hope that the same will be kept still on foot, and happily promoted by the Aid and Encouragement of some serious Christians amongst us. The Christian Faith is said to have been planted in this Country towards the end of the Second Century.

[illustration]

IRELAND. By Rob. Morden.

IRELAND.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	••••	••0	of Long.	its greatest	Length from S. to N. is a∣bout 265 Miles.
12	10
between	51	00	of Latit.	Breadth from E. to W. is about 150 Miles.
55	25

Divided into the Provinces of	Leinster—	Ch. Town	Dublin.
Ulster—	Londonderry.
Connaught—	Galloway.
Munster—	Limerick.

Leinster contains	Louth County—	Chief Town	Drogheda—	from N. to S.
Dublin—	Idem—
Wicklow—	Idem—
Wexford—	Idem—
Longford—	Idem—	from N. to S.
Meath County—	Molingar—
King's County—	Philipstone—
Queen's County—	Mari-burrow—
Kilkenny—	Idem—
Kildare—	Idem—	E. of	K. County.
Caterlagh—	Idem—	Kilkenny.
Ulster contains	Down-County—	Down—	from E. to S. W.
Armagh—	Armagh—
Monogon—	Idem—
Caven—	Idem—
Antrim—	Carrickfergus	from E. to S. W.
Londonderry—	Idem—
Tirone County—	Duagannon
Fermanath—	Inniskilling
Dunnagal—	Idem, W. of Londonderry.
Conn. cont.	Letrim—	Idem—	from N. to S.
Roscomon—	Athlon—
Galloway—	Idem—
Maio County—	Maio—	Westward.
Slego—	Idem—

Munster cont.	Tipperary—	Clonmel—	N. to S.
Waterford—	Idem—
Clare County—	Idem—	N. to S.
Limerick—	Idem—
Cork County—	Idem—
Kerry—	Dingle, Westward.

THIS Country (the Britannia Parva of Ptolomy, mention'd by other Ancient Writers under the * 1.247 Names of Jertia, Juverna, Iris, &c and by Modern Authors, Hibernia) is term'd by the Italians, Irlanda; by the Spani∣ards, Irlanda; by the French, Irlande; by the Germans, Yrland; and by the English, Ireland; so call'd, (as some imagine) ab hiberno aere, from the Winter-like Air: but rather (according to others) from Erinland, which in the Irish Tongue signifieth a Western Land.

The Air of this Country is almost of the same Na∣ture with that of those Parts of Britain, which lie * 1.248 under the same Parallel, only different in this, that in several places of this Kingdom 'tis of a more gross and impure Temper, by reason of the many Lakes and Marishes which send up such a quantity of Vapours, and thereby so corrupt the whole Mass of Air, as to occasion Fluxes, Rheums, and such like Distem∣pers, to which the Inhabitants are frequently subject. The oppo∣site Place of the Globe to Ireland is that part of the Pacifick Ocean lying between 180 and 200 Degrees of Longitude, with 53 and 56 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 9th and 10th North Climate) is abundantly fertil, but natu∣rally * 1.249 more fit for Grass and Pasturage, than Tillage. Much of this Kingdom is still overgrown with Woods, or incum∣bred with vast Bogs and unwholesome Marishes, yeilding neither Profit nor Pleasure to the Inhabitants, but not near so much as formerly, there being a great deal of Wood cut down, and ma∣ny large Marishes drain'd in this Age, and the Ground imploy'd for various sorts of Grain, which it produceth in great plenty. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 17 Hours ••/4, ••he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the Southmost 7 Hours ¾, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Cattle, Hides, Tallow, Butter, Cheese, Honey, Wax, Salt, * 1.250 Hem••, Linnen Cloath, Pipe-Staves, Wooll, Friezes, &c.

About eight Miles North-East from Colrain, in the County of Antrim, is that Miracle, (whether of Art * 1.251 or Nature, I shall not dispute) commonly call'd the Giants Cawsway, which runs from the bottom of a high Hill into the Sea, none can tell how far. Its length, at Low Water, is about 600 Feet; the breadth, where broadest, 240, and 120 in the nar∣rowest; 'tis very unequal in height, being in some places 36 Feet from the level of the Strand, and in others only 15. It consists of many thousands of Pillars perpendicular to the Plain of the Hori∣zon, and all of different Shapes and Sizes, but most of 'em Penta∣gonal or Hex••gonal, yet all irregularly plac'd. A particular Draught and Description of this wonderful Cawsway, with an Es∣say proving the same to be rather the Work of Nature than Art, Vid. Philosoph. Transact. N. 212 and 222. (2) In the Province of Ulster is the famous Lough Neagh, hitherto noted for its rare petri∣fying Quality; but upon due Examination, 'tis found that the said Quality ought to be ascrib'd to the Soil of the Ground adjacent to that Lake, rather than to the Water of the Lake it self. (3) In se∣veral Parts of this Kingdom are sometimes dug up Horns of a prodigious bigness, (one Pair lately found being ten Feet and ten Inches from the Tip of the right Horn to the Tip of the left) which gives occasion to apprehend that the great American Deer, (call'd the Moose) was formerly common in this Island. As for that excel∣lent Quality of Ireland in nourishing no Venomous Creature, the same is so notoriously known, that I need say nothing of it.

Archbishopricks in this Kingdom, are Four, viz those of Armagh, Dublin, Cassil, and Tuam. The * 1.252 Archbishop of Armagh being Primate of all Ire∣land.

Bishopricks in this Kingdom, are those of * 1.253

• ...Meath,
• Limerick, Ardfert, and Aghado,
• ...Clonfert,
• ...Kildare,
• ...Elphin,
• ...Ossory,
• ...Waterford,
• ...Rapho,
• Leighlin and Ferns,
• Cork and Ross,
• ...Derry,
• ...Kilaloe.
• ...Cloyne,
• Kilmore and Ardagh,
• ...Killala,
• ...Clogher,
• ...Drommore.
• Down and Conner,

Here is only one University, viz. That of Dublin. * 1.254

The Irish (according to the best Character I find of 'em, viz. that of Dr. Heylin's) are a People that's ge∣nerally * 1.255 strong and nimble of Body, haughty of Spi∣rit, careless of their Lives, patient in Cold and Hunger, implaca∣ble in Enmity, constant in Love, light of Belief, greedy of Glory.

In a word, if they are bad, you shall no where find worse; if they be good, you can hardly meet with better.

The Language here us'd by the Natives being the Irish seems to be of a British Extraction, by compa∣ring * 1.256 the same with the Welsh. The English and Scots here residing retain their own. Pater-Noster in the Irish Tongue runs thus: Air nathir ataigh air nin, nabz far haminiti; tigiuh da riatiatche: deantur da hoilam hicoil air nimh agis air thalamhi. Air naran laidhthuil tabhair dhuin a' niomh; agis math duin dair shiaca ammil agis mathum viddar fentchunnim; agis na trilaic astoch say anausen; ac sarsino ole Amen.

The Government of this Country is by one Supreme Officer, who is commonly term'd the Lord Lieutenant * 1.257 or Lord Deputy of Ireland. No Vice-Roy in Europe is invested with greater Power, nor cometh nearer the Majesty of a King in his Train and State than he. For his Assistance he's allow'd a Privy-Council to advise with upon all Occasions. As for the Laws of the Kingdom, (which are the standing Rule of all Civil Government) they owe their Beginning and Original to the English Parliament and Council, and must first pass the Great Seal of England. In absence of the Lieutenant, the Supreme Power is lodg'd in Lords Justices, who have the same Authority with a Lieutenant. The various Courts of Judicatory, both for Civil and Criminal Affairs, and their manner of proceeding in each of 'em, are much the same as here in England.

See England, page 206. * 1.258

The Inhabitants of this Country are partly Prote∣stants, partly Papists. The best civilized Parts of the * 1.259 Kingdom are of the Reform'd Religion, according to the Platform of the Church of England. But the far greater Part of the old Native Irish do still adhere to Popish Superstitions, and are as credulous of many Ridiculous Legends as in former times. The Christian Faith was first preached in this Country by St. Pa∣trick, (Anno 435.) who is generally affirm'd to be the Nephew of St. Martin of Thurs.

And thus having travell'd through Britain and Ireland, [the Greater of the Britannick Islands] proceed we next to the Lesser, which in respect of Great Britain, are situated on the East, West, North, and South.

On the East are	The Holy Island—	Remarkable Places are	The Old Fort	All E of Nor∣thumberland.
Fearn Islands—	The Old Tower
Coket Island—	—
Sheppy Island—	Quinborough	On the Kentish Coast.
Thanet Island—	—
On the West are	The Lewes—	Sowardil—	found from N. to S.
Wiist—	Kilfadrick
Sky—	Kilvorie
Mu••—	Dowart-Castle
Jura—	Kilardil—
Ila—	Kilconan
Arren—	Arren
Man—	Russin—
Anglesey—	Newburgh—
Scilly Islands—	Castle Hugh—
On the North are	The Orkneys of which the chief are	Hoy—	None—	from S. to N. N. E.
Mainland	Kirkwall—
Sapinsha	Elwick—
Westra—	Periwa—
The Shetland of which the chief are	Mainland	Ylesburg—
Yell—	Gravelland—
On the South are	Portland Island—	Portland Castle S. of Dorsetshire.
Isle of Wight—	Newport—	S. of Hamp∣shire.
Port-Sea Island—	Portsmouth—
Isles of	Jersey—	St. Hillary—	W. of Norman∣dy.
Garnsey—	St. Peter's Town
Alderney—	Alderney—

The chief of which Lesser Islands being these following, viz.

The Oreades,	The Isle of	Man,	The Isles of	Jersey,
The Schetland,	Anglesey,	Garnsey,
The Hebrides,	Wight,	Alderney.

Somewhat of all these, and in their Order. Therefore,

§. 1. The Orcades or Orknay Islands.

THE number of these Islands is indeed very great, and of 'em Twenty six are actually inhabited; the rest being call'd Holms, are us'd only for Pasturage. Most of 'em are bless'd with a very pure and healthful Air to breath in, but their Soil is very dif∣ferent, being in some extreamly Dry and Sandy, in others Wet and Marish; however they're indifferently fruitful in Oats and Barly, but destitute of Wheat, Rye, and Pease. Many useful Com∣modities are yearly exported from them to divers Foreign Parts. South-West of Swinna (one of those Islands) are two dreadful Whirl-pools in the Sea, [commonly term'd the Wells of Swinna] very terrible to Passengers, and probably occasion'd by some Sub∣terranean Hiatus. In these Islands are several Footsteps of the Pictish Nation, from whom Pictland-Frith is commonly thought to derive its Name. The Inhabitants do still retain many Gothick and Teu∣tonick Terms in their Language; and some Ancient German Sir∣names (as yet in use) do plainly evince their Extraction. These Islands have been visited by the Romans, possess'd by the Picts, and subject to the Danes; but Christiern IV. of Denmark having quitted all his Pretensions to them in favour of King James VI. upon the Marriage of that Prince with his Sister, they have ever since ac∣knowledged Allegiance to the Scottish Crown, and are immediately govern'd by the Stewart of Orknay, or his Deputy.

§. 2. The Shetland.

UNDER the Name of Shetland, are commonly comprehended no less than Forty six Islands, with Forty Holms, besides many Rocks. Of these Islands, about Twenty six are inhabited, the rest being us'd only for feeding of Cattle. They enjoy a very healthful Air, and the Inhabitants do generally arrive to a great Age. In several of them are some Obelisks still standing, with divers old Fa∣bricks, made (as is commonly believ'd) by the Picts. The Gentry, who remov'd hither from the Continent, usually speak as in the North of Scotland; but the Common Sort of People (who are de∣scended from the Norvegians) do still retain a corrupt Norse Tongue, call'd Norn. All these Islands belong now to the Crown of Scotland, and are reckon'd a part of the Stewarty of Orknay.

§. 3. The Hebrides.

THIS mighty Cluster of Islands (the Ebudes of Ptolomy, Solinus, and Pliny,) are commonly term'd the Western Isles from their Situation in respect of Scotland, to which Crown they belong. In Soil they're very different, but generally blest with a pure and healthful Air. They surpass Three hundred in number, though reckon'd by some but Forty four. Their Inhabitants use the Irish Tongue, yet with difference of Dialect from that in Ireland; and are much the same with the Highlanders on the Continent of Scotland, both in Habit, Customs, and Manner of Living. The most remarkable of all these Islands, are Two, viz. Jona and St. Kilda. The former (now call'd Columbkill, nigh the Isle of Mull) is noted for being of old the burying Place of the Kings of Scotland, and the chief Residence of the Ancient Culdees. The other (term'd by the Islanders, Hirt; by Buchanan, Hirta; and afterwards St. Kilda or Kildir) is the remotest of all the Hebrides, and so observa∣ble for some Remarkables therein, and several uncommon Customs peculiar to its Inhabitants, that a Description thereof was of late thought worthy of a particular Treatise, entituled, A Voyage to St. Kilda, to which I remit the Reader,

§. 4. The Isle of Man.

THIS Island (call'd Monoeda, by Ptolomy; and by Pliny, Mond∣bia.) enjoys a very cold and sharp Air, being expos'd on eve∣ry side to the bleak piercing Winds from the Sea. Its Soil oweth much of its Fertility to the Care and Industry of the Husbandman. The Inhabitants (a mixture of English, Scots, and Irish, commonly call'd Mank••-men,) have in general a very good Character. The ordinary sort of People retain much of the Irish in their Language and way of Living; but those of better Rank strive to imitate the English. In this they're peculiarly happy, that all litigious Pro∣ceedings are banish'd from among 'em, all Differences being spee∣dily determin'd by certain Judges, call'd Deemsters, and that with∣out Writings or Fees: If the Case be found very intricate, then 'tis referr'd to twelve Men, whom they term the Keyes of the Island. This Island with the Advowson of the Bishoprick, belongs to the Earls of Derby, who are commonly stil'd Lords of Man, though Kings in effect, they having all kind of Civil Power and Jurisdiction over the Inhabitants, but still under the Fief and Sovereignty of the Crown of England.

§. 5. Anglesey.

THIS Island (the celebrated Mona of the Romans, and Ancient Seat of the Druides) is bless'd with a very fruitful Soil, pro∣ducing most sorts of Grain (especially Wheat) in such abundance, that the Welsh commonly term it, Môn mam Gymry, i. e. Môn, the Nursery of Wales, because that Principality is frequently suppli'd from thence in unseasonable Years. 'Tis commonly reckon'd as one of the Counties of North-Wales, and acknowledgeth Subjection to the Crown of England.

§. 6. The Isle of Wight.

THIS Island (term'd by Ptolomy, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉; and by the Romans, Vecta, Vectis, or Victesis;) enjoys a pure healthful Air; and is generally reckon'd a very pleasant and fruitful Spot of Ground. 'Twas once honour'd (as the Isle of Man) with the Title of King∣dom, for Henry Beauchamp, Earl of Warwick, was Crown'd King of Wight by Henry VI. Anno 1445. but that Title died with himself about two Years after; and 'tis now reckon'd only a Part of Hamp∣shire, and is govern'd in like manner, as other of the Lesser Islands.

§. 7. Jersey, Garnsey, and Alderney.

THESE Islands are all of William the Conqueror's Inheritance, and Dukedom of Normandy, that now remains in Possession of the English Crown. Their Soil is sufficiently rich, producing in great abundance both Corn and Fruits, especially Apples, of which they make plenty of Syder; and the Air is so healthful to breath in, that the Inhabitants have little or no use for Physicians among 'em. They chiefly imploy themselves in Agriculture, and Knit∣ting of Stockings; and during War with France, they're much given to Privateering. It's observable of Garnsey, that no venomous Crea∣ture can live in it; and that the Natives generally look younger by ten Years than they really are. These Islands being annext to the English Crown, Anno 1108. by Henry I have (to their great Honour) continued firm in their Allegiance to England ever since that time; notwithstanding of several attempts made upon them by the French. And so much for the Lesser Britannick Islands: But if the Reader desires a larger Account of 'em, let him consult

the late Edition of Cambden's Britannia, from page 1049 to 1116. inclusively.

Having thus particularly survey'd the Britannick Islands, both Greater and Lesser, proceed we now (according to our propos'd Method) to the Second Part of this Section, which is to take a View of all other Islands belonging to Europe, whether they lie on the North, West, or South of the main Continent. Therefore,

II. Of all other European Islands.

European Islands being situated on the	North	of Europe.
West
South

On the	North, are the Scandinavian Islands.
West are	The Isle of Ice-land.
The Britannick, [of which already.]
The Azores.
South are those in the Mediterranean Sea.

Of which in their Order.

§. 1. The Scandinavian Islands.

Such Islands are those belonging to

• Sweden.
• Denmark.
• Norway.

To Sweden are chiefly those of	Rugen—	Chief Town	Bergen—	W: to N. E.
Bornholn—	Rottomby—
Oeland—	Borkholm—
Gothland—	Wishby—
Oesal—	Arnsberg—
Dago—	Dageroot—
Aland—	Castleholm, Northward.

To Denmark are chiefly those of	Zealand—	Chief Town	Copenhagen	Capital of all.
Funen—	Odensee—	W. to E.
Langland—	Ruthkoping
Laland—	Naxkow—
Falster—	Nykoping
Mina—	Steg••—
F••meren—	Borge—	S. W. of	Laland.
Ais••n—	Sonderborg	Funen.

To Norway are chiefly those of	Carmen—	Lying	W. of S••avanger—	S. to N.
Hiteren—	W. of Dronthem—
Sanien—	Adjacent	to Wardhus—
Suroy—	Adjacent

Of all these Islands, Zealand is the most remarkable, and that only for the City of Copenhagen, as being the Seat Royal of the Kings of Denmark.

§ 2. The Isle of Ice-land.

THIS Island (taken by some for the much con∣troverted Thule of the Ancients) is term'd by the * 1.260 Italians, Islanda; by the Spaniards, Tierra elada; by the French, Islande; by the Germans, Island; and by the English, Ice-land, so call'd from the abundance of Ice, wherewith 'tis environed for the greatest part of the Year.

By reason of the frozen Ocean surrounding this Island, and the great quantity of Snow wherewith 'tis * 1.261 mostly cover'd, the Air must of necessity be very sharp and piercing, yet abundantly healthful to breath in, especially to those who are accustomed with that cold Climate. The opposite Place of the Globe to Ice-land, is that part of the vast Antarctick Ocean, lying between 180 and 190 Degrees of Longitude, with 60 and 70 Degrees of South Latitude.

Considering only the Situation of Ice-land, (it lying in the 18th, 19th, 20th, and 21st North Climate) we * 1.262 may easily imagine the Soil is none of the best. In some Parts where the Ground is level, there are indeed several Meadows very good for Pasture, but elsewhere the Island is encum∣bred either with vast Deserts, barren Mountains, or formidable Rocks. So destitute of Grain is it, that the poor Inhabitants grind and make Bread of dri'd Fish-bones. In the Northern Parts they have the Sun for one Month without Setting, and want

him intirely another, according as he approacheth the Two Tro∣picks.

From this cold and barren Island, are yearly export∣ed Fish, Whale-Oyl, Tallow, Hides, Brimstone, and * 1.263 White Foxes Skins, which the Natives barter with Strangers for Necessaries of Humane Life.

Notwithstanding this Island do•••• lie in so cold a Climate, yet in it are divers hot and scalding Foun∣tains, * 1.264 with Hecla a terrible Valcano, which (though al∣ways covered with Snow up to the very Top) doth frequently Vomit forth Fire and Sulphurous Matter in great abundance; and that sometimes with such a terrible roaring, that the loudest Claps of Thunder are hardly so formidable. In the Western Parts of the Island is a Lake of a petrifying Nature, and towards the middle, another which commonly sends up such a pestilentious Vapour, as frequently kills Birds that endeavour to fly over it. Some also write of Lakes on the Tops of Mountains, and those well-stor'd with Salmons.

In this Island are two Danish Bishopricks, viz. * 1.265 those of Schalholt and Hola. Archbishopricks and Universities, none.

The Ice-landers (being Persons of a middle Stature, but of great Strength) are generally reckon'd a very * 1.266 ignorant and superstitious Sort of People. They com∣monly live to a great Age, and many value themselves not a little for their Strength of Body. Both Sexes are much the same in Ha∣bit, and their chief Imployment is Fishing.

The Danes here residing, do usually speak as in Den∣mark. As for the Natives, they still retain the old * 1.267 Gothick Tongue.

This Island being subject to the Danish Crown, is go∣vern'd by a particular Vice-Roy, sent thither by the * 1.268 King of Denmark, whose place of Residence is ordinar∣ly in Bestode-Castle.

For Arms. Vid. Denmark, page 69. * 1.269

The Inhabitants of this Island, who own Allegiance to the Danish Crown, are generally the same in Reli∣gion * 1.270 with that profess'd in Denmark; as for the unci∣vilized Natives, who commonly abscond in Dens and Caves, they still adhere to their Ancient Idolatry as in former times. When Christianity was first introduc'd into this Island, is not very cer∣tain.

§. 3. The Azores.

They are in Number 9. viz.	St. Michael—	—	Found from E. to W. Chief Town of all, is Angra in Tercera.
St. Maria—
Tercera—
Gratiosa—
St. George—	—
Pico—
Fyal—
Flores—	—
Cuervo—

THESE Islands (taken by some for the Cathite∣rides of Ptolomy) are term'd by the Italians, Flan∣drice * 1.271 Isola; by the Spaniards, Los Azores; by the French, Les Azores; by the Germans, Flandersche Insuln; and by the English, The Azores; so call'd by their Discoverers, (the Portugueze) from the abundance of Hawks found in them. By others, they're term'd the Terceres from the Island Tercera, being chief of all the rest.

The Air of these Islands inclining much to Heat, is tollerably good, and very agreeable to the Portugueze. * 1.272 The oposite Place of the Globe to the Azores, is that Part of Terra Australis Incognita, lying between the 165 and 175 De∣grees of Longitude, with 35 and 41 Degrees of South Latitude.

These Islands are bless'd with a very fertil Soil, pro∣ducing abundance of Grain, Wine, and Fruit, besides * 1.273 great plenty of Wood. The length of the Days and Nights in the Azores, is the same as in the middle Provinces of Spain, lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief thing exported from these Islands, is Oad for Diers, and that in great abundance, together * 1.274 with variety of choice Singing Birds.

Here are several Fountains of hot Water, and one in Tercera of a petrifying Nature. The Island Tercera * 1.275 is also remarkable for being the place of the first Me∣ridian, according to some Modern Geographers.

Here is one Bishoprick, viz. That of Angra, un∣der * 1.276 the Archbishop of Lisbone.

The Inhabitants of these Islands being Portugueze, are much the same in Manners with those on the * 1.277 Contient.

The Portugueze here residing, do still retain and * 1.278 speak their own Language.

These Islands being inhabited and possess'd by the Portugueze, are subject to the Crown of Portugal, and * 1.279 rul'd by a particular Governor sent thither from that Court, who ordinarily refides at Angra in Tercera. * 1.280

The Inhabitants of these Islands being Portugueze, (as aforesaid) stick close to the Roman Religion, and * 1.281 that in its grossest Errors, as universally profess'd, and by Law establish'd in the Kindom of Portugal.

§. 4. Mediterranean Islands.

ON the South of Europe are the Islands of the Mediterranean Sea: The chief of which are these following,

Viz.	Majorca—	Chief Town	Idem—	Lying E. of Valencia.
Minorca—	Citadella—
Yvica—	Idem—
Corsica—	Bastia—	Lying S. of Genoua.
Sardignia—	Cagliari—
Sicily—	Palermo—	Lying S. W. of Naples.
Malta—	Idem—
Candia—	Idem—	lying S. of	The Archipelago.
Cyprus—	Nicosia—	Anatolia.

Of all which in Order, beginning with

Majorca, Minorca, and Yvica.

EACH of these Islands hath almost the same Mo∣dern Appellation among the Italians, Spaniards, * 1.282 French, Germans, and English; and were all known of old by the Name of Baleares, which is derived from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 signi∣fying to Dart or Throw, because their Inhabitants were famous for their Dexterity in throwing the Dart.

The Air of these Islands is much more temperate to breath in, than any where on the Adjacent Continent, * 1.283 being daily fann'd by cool Breezes from the Sea. The opposite Place of the Globe to the Baleares, is that part of the Paci∣fick Ocean, between 200 and 205 Degrees of Longitude, with 35 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude.

The two former of these Islands are somewhat Mountainous and Woody, but the last is more plain, * 1.284 and extreamly fertil, both in Corn, Wine, and divers sort of Fruits: It likeways so aboundeth with Salt, that divers Neighbouring Countries are suppli'd from thence.

From these Islands are exported to several Parts of Europe, Salt, Wine, Brandy, Coral, with variety of * 1.285 Fruits, &c.

On the Coasts of Majorca is found abundance of ex∣cellent Coral, for which the Inhabitants frequently * 1.286 fish with good success. Yvica is said to nourish no noxi∣ous Animal, and yet Formentera (an Adjacent Island, and one of the Baleares) is so infested with Serpents, that the same is uninhabited.

In these Islands is one Bishoptick, viz. that of Ma∣jorca, (under the Archbishop of Terragon) where is * 1.287 also a famous University.

The Inhabitants of these Islands being Spaniards, are much the same in Manners with those on the Con∣tinent. * 1.288

What was just now said of the Spaniards on these Islands, in respect of Manners, the same may be affirm'd * 1.289 of 'em in Point of Language.

These Islands being annext to the Crown of Spain, are rul'd by one or more Governors, sent thither by * 1.290 his Catholick Majesty, and generally renew'd every third Year. * 1.291

The Inhabitants of these Islands being Spaniards, are all of the Roman Communion, and as bigotted * 1.292 Zealots for the Popish Doctrine, as elsewhere on the Continent. They receiv'd the Light of the Blessed Gospel much about the same time with Spain.

Corsica and Sardignia.

THE former of these Islands (call'd first by the Greeks Tercepne, and afterwards Cyrne from Cyrnus, * 1.293 reckon'd by some a Son of Hercules) is now term'd Corsica from Corsa Bubulca, a certain Woman of Liguria, who is said to have led a Colony out of that Country hither. And the other (according to the Opinion of its Inhabitants) is call'd Sardignia from Sardus, another Son of Hercules, who they say was the first that settled a Colony therein, and gave it this Name in Memory of him∣self.

The Air of these Islands is universally reckon'd to be very unhealthful, especially that of Corsica, which is * 1.294 the reason of its being so thinly inhabited. The opposite Place of the Globe to them, is that part of Nova Zelandia, or Adj∣cent Ocean, between 210 and 215 Degrees of Longitude, with 37 and 43 Degrees of South Latitude.

These Islands differ mightily in Soil, the former be∣ing (for the most part) very Stony, full of Woods, * 1.295 and lying uncultivated; but the other very fertil, af∣fording abundance of Corn, Wine, and Oyl, &c. The length of the Days and Nights in these Islands, is the same as in the Middle and Southern Parts of Spain.

The chief Commodities exported from these Islands, are Corn, Wine, Oyl, Salt, Iron, and several sorts of * 1.296 Fruits, especially Figs, Almonds, Chesnuts, &c.

In several Parts of Corsica is found a Stone, (com∣monly call'd Catochite) which being handled sticks to * 1.297 the Fingers like Glew. Sardignia is said to harbour no venomous Creature, no, nor any noxious Animal, save Foxes, and a little Creature, (nam'd Solifuga) which resembles a Frog. Those Animals, call'd Mafrones, or Mastriones, are peculiar to this Island.

Archbishopricks, are Cagliari, Gassari, and Ori∣stagni, all in Sardignia. * 1.298

Bishopricks are those of Nebbio, Ajazzo, Mariana, Al∣teria, Sagona, and Accia, all in Corsica, (whereof the * 1.299 four last are now ruin'd) together with Villa d'Iglesia, Bosa, and Algheri, in Sardignia.

Here is only one University, viz. that of Cagliart. * 1.300

The Inhabitants of Corsica are reputed (for the ge∣nerality of 'em) a cruel, rude, and revengeful Sort * 1.301 of People; a People so given to Piracy in former times, that many think the Name of Corsaires is deriv'd from them. As for the Inhabitants of Sardignia, they being mostly Spaniards, are much the same with those in Spain.

Languages here in use are the Spanish and Italian, the former in Sardignia, and the latter in Corsica, but * 1.302 mightily blended one with another.

The Isle of Corsica, being subject to the Genoeses, is rul'd by a particular Governor, (who hath for his * 1.303 Assistance, one Lieutenant, and several Commissaries) sent thither by the Republick of Genoua, and renew'd once in two Years; and Sardignia (being in the Possession of the Spaniard) is govern'd by a Vice-Roy appointed by his Catholick Majesty, and renew'd every third Year.

The Inhabitants of both these Islands adhere to the * 1.304 Roman Church in her grossest Errors, and receive * 1.305 with an implicit Faith whatever she teaches; and cor∣respondent to their Principles is their Practice, especially in Sar∣dignia; where the People are so grosly Immoral, as usually to dance and sing prophane Songs in their Churches immediately after Divine Worship. The Christian Faith was planted here much about the same time with the Northern Parts of Italy.

SICILY.

THIS Island (of old Sicania, Trinacria, and Tri∣quetra) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, * 1.306 Sicilia; by the French, Sicile; by the Germans, Sicilien; and by the English, Sicily. Its Name is deriv'd from Siculi, (an Ancient People in Latium) who being driven from their Coun∣try by the Aborigines, were forc'd to seek for new Habitations, and accordingly came over to Sicania, (headed, as some alledge, by one Siculus) which from them acquir'd a new Name, viz. that of Sicily.

No Island in these Parts of the World enjoys a purer and more healthful Air than this does. The opposite * 1.307 Place of the Globe to Sicily, is that Part of Nova Ze∣landia, between 215 and 220 Degrees of Longitude, with 34 and 38 Degrees of South Latitude.

Fully answerable to the healthfulness of the Air, is the Fertility of the Soil, several of its Mountains * 1.308 being incredibly fruitful, even to the very Tops. The length of the Days and Nights here is the same; as in the Southern Provinces of Spain, they both lying under the same Par∣rallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Silks, Wine, Honey, Sugar, Wax, Oyl, Saffron, and many Medi∣cinal * 1.309 Drugs, &c.

Near to Ancient Syracuse, are some Subterranean Ca∣vities, where Dionysius the Tyrant, shut up his Slaves. * 1.310 Over these Cavities was his Palace, and being anxious to over-hear what his Slaves spoke among themselves, here is still to be seen a Communication between the aforesaid Cavities and his Pa∣lace, cut out of the firm Rock, and resembling the interior Frame of a Man's Ear, which makes such a curious Eccho, that the least Noise, yea, articulate Words and Sentences, when only whisper'd, are clearly heard. Here also is a large Theatre of the same Tyrant,

cut out of the firm Rock. Known all the World over, is that hi∣deous Vulcano of this Island, the famous Mount Aetna, (now Gibell) whose sudden Conflagrations and sulphurious Eruptions are some∣times most terrible and destructive; witness those which happned in the Year 1669. and more lately. Anno 1693. For a particular Description of this remarkable Mountain, and all other noted Vulcano's in the World. Vid. Bottoni Leontini, his Pyrologia Typo∣graphica.

In this Island are Three Archbishopricks, viz. those of * 1.311

• ...Palermo,
• ...Messina,
• ...Mont-Real.

Here likeways are Seven Bishopricks, viz those of * 1.312

• ...Syracuse,
• ...Cefaledi,
• ...St. Marco,
• ...Mazara.
• ...Catana,
• ...Pati,
• ...Gergenti,

Here is only one University, viz. that of Catana. * 1.313

The Sicilians being mostly Spaniards, are much the same in Manners with those in Spain, only with this * 1.314 difference, that they merit (according to some) a blacker Character than a Native Spaniard.

The ordinary Language of the Sicilians is Spanish, which is commonly us'd, not only by the Native opa∣niards, * 1.315 but also Persons of all other Nations, residing in the Island.

This Island belonging to the Spaniard, (for which he does homage to the Pope) is rul'd by a particular * 1.316 Vice-Roy, appointed and sent thither by his Catholick Majesty, whose Government (as are most other of the Spanish Vice-Roys) is Triennial, and place of Residence, Palermo.

For Arms. Vid. Spain, page 141 * 1.317

The Religion here establisht and publickly profess'd, is the same as in Italy and Spain. This Island receiv'd the * 1.318 Light of the Blessed Gospel in the earliest Ages of the Church.

MALTA.

THIS Island (known formerly by the same Name, or Melita) is term'd by the French, Malte; by * 1.319 the High Germans, Maltha; by the Italians, Spaniards; and English, Malta; why so call'd, is not fully agreed upon among

Criticks; yet most affirm, that its Name of Melita came from the plenty of Honey in this Island.

The Air of this Island is extremely hot and stifling, the many high Rocks towards the Sea obstructing the * 1.320 benefit of cool Breezes from the surrounding Ocean. The opposite Place of the Globe to Malta, is that part of Nova Ze∣landia, between 215 and 220 Degrees of Longitude, with 32 and 34 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Island can lay no just Claim to an Excellency of Soil, it being extremely Dry and Barren, and * 1.321 much encumbred with Rocks. It affordeth little Corn or Wine, but is suppli'd from Sicily of both. The length of Days and Nights in Malta, is the same as in the Southmost Part of Spain.

Malta being a place no ways remarkable for Trade, its Commodities are very few; the chief Product of * 1.322 the Island being only Cuminseed, Anniseed, and Cottonwooll.

Worthy of Obervation, is St. John's Church, with its rich and magnificent Vestry, as also the Observatory, * 1.323 Treasury, and Palace of the Grand Master. The In∣habitants pretend that Malta hath entertain'd no venomous Crea∣ture since the Days of St. Paul, who (they say) blessed this Island upon the shaking off the Viper from his Hand into the Fire.

Here are Two Bishopricks, viz those of Malta and Citta, or Civitta Vecchia. Archbishopricks and * 1.324 Universities, none.

The Inhabitants of this Island (not reckoning the Slaves) are for the most part very Civil and Courte∣ous * 1.325 to Strangers; and follow the Mode of the Sicilians in Habit. They also resemble the Sicilians in some of their worst Qualities, being extremely Jealous, Treacherous, and Cruel.

A corrupt Arabick doth here mightily prevail, being hitherto preserv'd by the frequent Supplies of Turks ta∣ken * 1.326 and brought in from time to time. But the Knights and People of any Note, understand and speak several European Lan∣guages, particularly the Italian, which is authoriz'd by the Govern∣ment, and us'd in publick Writings.

This Island after many turns of Fortune, was pre∣sented by the Emperor, Charles V. to the Order of * 1.327 the Knights of St. John of Hierusalem, whose place of Residence it hath hitherto been since the loss of Rhodes, and is now govern'd by the Patron of that Order, stil'd the Grand Master of the Hospital of St. John of Hierusalem, and Prince of Malta, Gaules, and Goza. The Knights did formerly consist of eight different

Languages or Nations, (whereof the English was the sixth) but now they're only seven.

For Arms, the Grand Master beareth a White Cross (commonly call'd the Cross of Jerusalem) with four * 1.328 Points.

The establisht Religion in Malta, is that of the Church of Rome, which is made essential to the Order, * 1.329 no Person of a different Perswasion being capable to enter therein. This Island receiv'd the Blessed Gospel in the Apo∣stolick Times.

CANDIA.

THIS Island (the famous Crete of the Ancients) is term'd by the French, Candie; by the Germans, * 1.330 Candien; by the Italians, Spaniards, and English, Can∣dia; so call'd from its chief Town Candie, built by the Saracens, who from their new Town, gave the Island a new Name.

The Air of this Island is generally reckon'd to be very Temperate and Healthful to breath in; but the * 1.331 South-winds are sometimes so boisterous, that they much annoy the Inhabitants. The opposite Place of the Globe to Candia, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 231 and 236 Degrees of Longitude, with 34 and 37 Degrees of South La∣titude.

This Island is bless'd with a very rich and fertil Soil, producing in great abundance, both Corn, Wine, * 1.332 Oyl, and most sorts of excellent Fruits. The length of the Days and Nights in Candia, is the same as in the Northmost Parts of Barbary. Of which afterwards.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Muscadel-Wine, Malmsey, Sugar, Sugar-Candy, Honey, Wax, * 1.333 Gum, Olives, Dates, Rasins, &c.

North of Mount Psilorili, (the famous M. Ida) is a remarkable Grotto dug out of the firm Rock, which di∣vers * 1.334 of our Modern Travellers would fain perswade 'emselves to be some Remains of King Minos's Labyrinth, so much talk'd off by the Ancients.

Before the Turkish Conquest of this Island, there was one Archbishop, who had Nine Suffragans; but since * 1.335 they chang'd their Masters, the number of such Eccle∣siasticks is neither sixt nor certain.

The Inhabitants of this Island were formerly given to Piracy, Debauchery, and Lying, especially the * 1.336 last; and so noted were they for the same, that a notorious Lye was commonly term'd Mendacium Cretense. For this detestable Vice were they reproach'd by one of their own Poets, Epimenides, out of whose Writings the Apostle citeth these words, K 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, Tit. 1. 12. Their Experience in Maritime Af∣fairs was indeed very great, and they're represented as a very considerable People among the Ancients for their Skill in Naviga∣tion. The present Inhabitants being Turks and Greeks, their respe∣ctive Characters are already given, page 174, 181.

Languages here in use, are the Vulgar Greek and Turkish, especially the former, the number of Greeks on * 1.337 the Island, being far greater than that of the Turks. For a Specimen of which Languages. Vid. page 175 and 181.

This Island, after a bloody and tedious War of Twenty four Years, between the Turks and Vene∣tians, * 1.338 was at last constrain'd to submit to the Ottoman Yoak, Anno 1669. under which it hath ever since groan'd, and is now govern'd by a Turkish Sangiack, whose place of Residence is usually at Candie, the Capital City of the whole Island.

See the Danuubian Provinces, page 182. * 1.339

Christianity according to the Greek Church, is here profess'd by Tolleration, but Mahometanism is the * 1.340 Religion establisht by Authority. This Island receiv'd the Light of the Blessed Gospel in the Apostolick Age.

CYPRUS.

THIS Island (known anciently by divers Names, besides the present, particular those of Acaman∣tis, * 1.341 Amathusa, Aspelia, Cryptos, Cerastis, Macaria, and Aerosa) is term'd by the Italians, Isola di Cypro; by the Spaniards, Chypre; by the French, Cypre; and by the Germans and English, Cy∣prus; so call'd (as most imagine) from K 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, [i. e. Cypress] wherewith this Island did mightily abound in former times.

There being several Lakes, and some Natural Salt∣pits in Cyprus, from which abundance of noxious * 1.342 Vapours daily arise; these intermixing 'emselves with the Body of the Atmosphere, do render the Air very gross and unhealthful to breath in, especially during the sultry Heat of Sum∣mer. The opposite Place of the Globe to this Island, is that part of

the Pacifick Ocean, between 235 and 240 Degrees of Longitu with 33 and 35 Degrees of South Latitude.

Cyprus was formerly bless'd with so rich and fruitful a Soil, that from its Fertility, and several Mines * 1.343 found therein, the Greeks bestow'd upon this Island the desirable Epithet of 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, i. e. Beata. But now 'tis re∣markable for neither of these, especially the former, being in most Parts extremely Barren, though commonly represented otherways. The length of the Days and Nights in Cyprus, is the same as in the Northmost Parts of Barbary, (of which afterwards) they both lying under the same Parallel of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Island are Silk, Cot∣ton, Oyl, Honey, Saffron, Rubarb, Colliquintida, * 1.344 Scammony, Turpentine, Black and White Al∣lum, &c.

On the Eastern Part of this Island stands the famous Famagousta, remarkable at present for its Mordern For∣tifications; * 1.345 and Eterniz'd in Fame for the unfortu∣nate Valour of the Venetians, Anno 1571. under the Command of Signior Bragadino, against the furious Assaults of Selymus the Second, with his numerous Army, conducted by Piuli and Musta∣pha. (2.) Not far from the present Famagousta, are the Ruins of an Ancient City, generally esteem'd to have been that call'd formerly Salamina, and afterwards Constantia; which was ransack'd by the Jews, in the time of the Emperor Trajan, and finally de∣stroy'd by the Saracens, in the Reign of Heraclius. (3.) Nigh that Promontory, commonly call'd, The Cape of Cats (but formerly Cu∣rias) are the Ruins of a Monastry of Greek Caloyers, which gave the Cape its Name from a remarkable Custom to which these Monks were oblig'd, viz. Their keeping a certain number of Cats, for the hunting and destroying of many Serpents that infested those Parts of the Island; to which Exercise those Creatures are said to have been so nicely bred, that at the first Sound of the Bell they would give over their Game, and immediately return to the Con∣vent. (4.) In the Maritime Village of Salines, is a ruinous Greek Church, where Strangers are led into a little obscure Tomb, which the Modern Greeks affirm to be the place of Lazarus's second Interment. (5.) Adjacent to Salines is a remarkable Lake, or Na∣tural Salt-pit of a considerable extent, whose Water congeals into solid white Salt by the Power of the Sun-beams. Lastly, In this Island is a high Hill, (the Ancient Olympus of Cyprus) call'd by the Franks, The Mountain of the Holy Cross, remarkable for nothing at present save several Monastries of Greek Caloyers, of the Order of St. Basil.

Here is one Greek Archbishop, who commonly resideth nigh to Nicosia; and three Bishops, * 1.346 whose places of Residence, are Paphos, Larnica, and Cerines.

This Island being inhabited by Greeks and Maho∣metans, especially the former, (they being far supe∣rior * 1.347 in number to the Turks) their respective Cha∣racters are already given, [page 174 and 181.] to which I re∣mit the Reader.

Languages here in use, are the Turkish and Vulgar Greek, especially the latter; but Lingua Franca is the * 1.348 Tongue they commonly speak with Strangers, it being understood and us'd by all trading People in the Levant.

This Island hath been subject at different times to a great many different Sovereigns, particularly the * 1.349 Grecians, Egyptians, Romans, once the English, (when Conquer'd by Richard I.) and lastly, the Venetians, from whom 'twas wrested by the Turks, Anno 1571. under whose heavy Yoke it now groaneth, and is rul'd by its particular Bassa, who ordi∣narly resideth at Nicosia.

See the Danuubian Provinces, page 182. * 1.350

The Inhabitants of this Island being Greeks and Turks, (as aforesaid) the former profess Christianity * 1.351 according to the Tenets of the Greek Church, [which may be seen, page 176.] and the latter Mahometanism according to their Alcoran; for the principal Articles of which, Vid. page 182. As for the Franks here residing, they make Profession of the re∣spective Religions of the Country from whence they came. This Island receiv'd the Light of the Blessed Gospel in the Apostolick Age.

Other observable Islands in the Mediterranean Sea, are

Those of	Negropont—	Chief Town	Idem, Adjacent to the E. of Greece.
Stalimene	Idem—	In the Archipelago, from N. to S.
Tenedo	—
Metelino—	Idem—
Scio—	Idem—
Sdelle—	—
Samo—	Idem—
Lango—	—
Rhodes—	Idem—
Cerigo—	Idem, lying between Candia and the Morea,
Zant—	Idem—	In the Ionian Sea, from S. to N. W.
Cephalonia—	Argostoli—
Corfu—	Idem—

Somewhat of each of these, and in their Order. Therefore,

I. Negropont (formerly Eubaea and Chalcis) is generally thought to have been annext to the main Continent, and separated there∣from by an Earthquake. Its Soil is very fruitful, and M. Caristo is noted for excellent Morble, and the famous Stone Amianios or Asbestos. The whole Island is subject at present to the Turks, and rul'd by a particular Bassa, who has also the Command of Achaia, and is Admiral of the Turkish Fleet.

II. Stalimene (the Ancient Lemnos, so famous among the Poets) is also subject to the Great Turk; and observable only for a kind of Medicinal Earth, call'd formerly Terra Lemnia, but now Terra Sigillata, because yearly gathered, and put up in little Sacks, which are seal'd with the Grand Signior's Seal, otherways not vendible to the Merchant.

III. Tenedo or Tenedos, an Island much noted of old, as being dedicated to Apollo, and the place where the Grecians hid themselves when they feign'd to have lost all hopes of taking Troy. It's now in Possession of the Turks, and remarkable for nothing at present, except its excellent Muscadine Wine.

IV. Metellino, [now scarcely observable for any thing, save its An∣tient Name of Lesbos,] which was the Birth place of Sappho, the In∣ventress of Sapphick Verse. 'Twas for some time under the Venetians, but now the Turks, to whom it pays yearly the Sum of 18000 Pi∣asters.

V. Scio (alias Chios) is an Island of much request among the Turks, for its great plenty of Mastick, which is yearly gathered by the Sultan's Bostangi's, or Gardeners, for the use of the Seraglio; 'twas lately taken by the Venetians, who possess'd it but a short time.

VI. Sdelle is also in the Hands of the Turk, and famous for no∣thing at present, save only its ancient (now corrupted) Name of Delos, and some stately Ruins of Apollo's Temple still visible, with those of a large Theatre, and a Marble Portico.

VII. Samo. There's scarce any Island in the Archipelago more fre∣quently mention'd by the Ancients, than this of Samo, formerly Samos. It went also by the Names of Parthenia, Anthemosa, Melam∣phylos, Dryusa, Cyparissa, and several others. 'Tis now subject to the Turk, and hath reason to boast of nothing so much, as having been the Birth-place of that famous Philosopher, Pythagoras.

VIII. Lango, formerly known by the Name of Co, Coa, or Cos, and remarkable of old for the Temple of Aesculapius, and being the Birth-place of the renowned Hippocrates and Ap••lles. It belong'd to the Knights of Rhodes, but now to the Turks.

IX Rhodes. This Island is famous all the World over, for that huge brazen Colossus of the Sun, formerly here erected, and deserved∣ly reckon'd one of the World's Wonders. The Inhabitants were likways so famous for their skill in Navigation, that for some Ages they were Sovereigns of these Seas, and made so just and excellent Laws in Maritime Affairs, as were afterwards esteem'd worthy of being incorporated in the Roman Pandects. This Island (after the loss of Jerusalem and St. John d' Acre) was taken from the Saracans by the Hospitallers, or Knights of St. John, Anno 1309. who continued Masters of it till 1522. when Solyman II. Conquer'd it by the Treachery of Amurath, a Portuguize. Since which time it hath own'd the Grand Signior for its Sovereign, and is now rul'd by a particular Bassa, sent thither from the Ottoman Port.

X. Cerigo (the Cythera of the Antients) being a considerable Island, inhabited by Greeks, and subject to the Republick of Venice, is go∣vern'd by a Noble Venetian, in Quality of a Providitor, who is re∣new'd every two Years. This Isle produceth some exceilent Wine, but in no great Quantity. It's also stockt with store of good Veni∣son, and a competency of Corn and Oyl, sufficient for its number of Inhabitants. The Greeks here residing, have the greater Venera∣tion

for this place, upon the account of a Vulgar Opinion now current among 'em, which is, that St. John the Divine began here to write his Apocalypse.

XI. Zant (formerly Zacynthus) is another Island belonging to the Venetians, and one of the richest in the Streights, abounding with Wine and Oyl, but mostly noted for Currants, of which there is such plenty that many Ships are yearly fraughted with them for divers Ports of Europe. And such Advantage is that Currant-Trade to the Republick of Venice, that the Profits redounding from thence, do serve (according to the Testimony of a late Traveller) to defray the Charges of the Venetian Fleet. In this Island are several remark∣able Fountains, out of which there bubbles up a pitchy Substance in great quantities. In the Monastry of Sancta Maria de la Croce, is the Tomb of M. T. Cicero and Terentia, his Wise, with two seve∣ral Inscriptions (one for him, and the other for her) found upon a Stone, which, some time ago, was dug out of the Ground, nigh the place of the aforesaid Tomb. The Inhabitants (reckoning both Greeks and Jews) amount to about 20 or 25000, and are go∣vern'd by a Noble Venetian, sent thither with full Power from the Senate.

XII. Cephalonia (or old Melaena, Taphos, or Teleboa,) is likeways under the State of Venice, and chiefly abounds in dry Raisins, (which the Venetians turn to good Advantage) and excellent Wines, espe∣cially Red Muscadels, which many call by the Name of Luke Sherry. It hath its particular Providitor, whose Government lasteth Thirty two Months. This Island was bestow'd upon the Republick of Venice, Anno 1224. by Gaio, then Lord thereof, but master'd by the Turks in 1479. and possess'd by them till 1499 when driven thence by the Venetians, who re-peopl'd it with Christians, and afterwards fortifying the same against future Invasions, have hitherto continued Masters thereof.

Lastly, Corfu (formerly Corcyra) is bless'd with a veary healthful Air, and fruitful Soil for Wine and Oyl, but not for Corn, of which the Inhabitants are suppli'd from the Continent. It belongs to the Republick of Venice, and is deservedly term'd, The Port of the Gulf, and Barrier of Italy. The Government thereof is lodg'd in six Noble Venetians, whose Power lasteth for the space of two Years. The first of these Noble Men hath the Title of Baily. The second, of Providitor and Captain. The third and fourth, of Counsellors. The fifth, of Great Captain. And the sixth, of Castelan, or Governor of the Castle de la Campana in the old Town. The Greeks are very nume∣rous in this Island, and have a Vicar-General whom they stile

Proto-papa. In the time of Solyman II. no less than 25000 Turks did Land in Corfu, under the Command of the Famous Barbarossa; yet such was the Conduct of the wise Venitians, that they forc'd him to make a shameful Retreat

To speak more particularly of each of these Islands, and many others, reducible to the two Classes of Cyclades and Sporades, would far surpass our designed Brevity. Conclude we therefore this tedi∣ous Section with the following Advertisement. That, whereas in treating of Islands, (after we took leave of the Continent of Europe) I esteem'd it most methodical, to bring all those in the Mediterra∣nean Sea, under the Title of European Islands; yet the Reader is hereby desir'd to take notice, that all of 'em are not usually reckon'd as such; the Isle of Malta being generally accounted an African; and Cyprus with Rhodes among the Asiatick; as are also several others on the Coast of Natolia.

And so much for Europe and the European Islands. Now fol∣loweth,

[illustration]

ASIA a New Description by Robt. Morden

CHAP. II. Of ASIA.

Divided (page 43.) into	Tartary	Capital City	Chambalu.
China	Pekin or Xuntien.
India	Agra.
Persia	Ispahan.
Turky in Asia	Aleppo.

To these add the Asiatick Islands.

Of all which in Order. Therefore,

SECT. I. Concerning Tartary.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	77	10	of Long.	its greatest	Length from E to W. is about 3000 Miles.
163	00
between	37	00	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 2250 Miles.
75	04

Tartary comprehends five great Parts.

Viz.	3 South	Kathay—	Chief Town	Chambalu—	From E. to W.
Turkhestan—	Ihibet—
Zagathay—	Samarchand-
2 North	Tartaria propria	Mongul, or Tenduc	From E. to W.
Tartary the Desert	Cumbalich—

THIS Country (the greatest Part thereof being reckon'd the Scythia Asiatica of the Ancients) is * 1.352 term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Tartaria; by the French, la Tartarie; by the Germans, Tartarijen; and by the English, Tartary; so call'd from Tartar or Tatar, a River of that Country, which is said to empty it self into the vast Northern Ocean. But others chuse rather to derive the Name from Tatar or Totar, which in the Syriack Language signifieth a Remnant, imagining that the Tartars are the remainders of those Israelites, who where carried by Salmanasser into Media. It's term'd Tartary the Great, to distinguish it from the Lesser in Europe.

The Air of this Country is very different, by reason of its vast Extent from South to North; the South∣most * 1.353 Parts thereof having the same Latitude with the middle Provinces of Spain, and the Northmost reaching beyond the Arctick Polar Circle. What its real Extent from East to West may be, is not certainly known as yet; only this we will affirm in general, that 'tis much less than commonly suppos'd, if the Rela∣tions of some late Travellers in these Parts of the World be found afterwards to hold true. The opposite Place of the Globe to Tartary, is part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, as also the Countries of Chili, Paraguay, and Terra Magellanica.

This vast Country towards the North (it lying in the 6th, 7th, 8th 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, &c. North Cli∣mate) * 1.354 is extremely Barren, being every where encum∣ber'd with unwholesome Marishes, and uninhabited Mountains; but in the Southern Parts, the Soil is indifferently good for Tillage and Grazing, especially the latter; and towards the East 'tis report∣ed to be abundantly fertil in Corn, (where duly manur'd) and se∣veral sorts of Herbs, especially Rhubarb. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about two Months (the Sun not Setting for that time when near the Summer Solstice) the shortest in the Southmost, is about 9 Hours ¼, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Sable, Martins, Silks, Comlets, Flax, Musk, Cinnamon, and * 1.355 vast Quantities of Rhubarb, &c.

In lieu of the Rarities of this barbarous and little fre∣quented Country, we may mention that prodigious * 1.356 Wall dividing Tartary from China, erected by the Chi∣neses, to hinder the frequent Incursions of their unwelcome Neigh∣bours, the Tartars; 'twas commonly reckon'd Three hundred Ger∣man Leagues in length, Thirty Cubits high in most places, and Twelve in breadth. The time of its building is computed to be about Two hundred Years before the Incarnation of our Blessed Saviour. By our latest Relations of the State and Nature of this Country, we find that some remarkable Vulcano's are to be seen in the North and Eastern Parts thereof.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities, in this * 1.357 Country; none.

The Tartars are a People of a swarthy Complexion, strong Bodies, and middle Stature. The generality of * 1.358 'em are Persons of broad Faces, hollow Eyes, thin Beards, thick Lips, slat Noses, and ugly Countenances. In Beha∣viour they're very Rude and Barbarous, commonly devouring the Flesh of their Enemies, and drinking their Blood, so soon as they are in their Power. Their ordinary Food is Horse-flesh, which they greedily tear and eat up like so many Ravenous Vultures. Their manner of Living, is commonly in Tents in the open Fields, which they remove from place to place, according to the time of the Year, and conveniency of Grazing. Many of 'em make excel∣lent Soldiers, being not only willing and able to endure great Fa∣tigues, but also very dexterous and daring in time of Engagement. When they seem many times to fly before their Enemies, they'll unexpectedly send back a dreadful Shower of Arrows in the Faces of their Pursuers, and frequently turning about, do give them a violent Charge, and all without the least disorder. When their great Cham dies, 'tis reportd, That many of his chief Officers are

immediately kill'd, and interred with him, that they may also at∣tend him (as they imagine) in the other World, according to their respective Posts here.

The Language us'd by the Asiatick Tartars, is not much different from the Tartaresque, spoken by those of * 1.359 Crim Tartary, (a Specimen of which is already given in Europe) and both have a great Affinity with the Turkish.

The vast Body of Tartary is said to be subject to several Princes, who are wholly accountable (in their * 1.360 Government) to one Sovereign, who is commonly term'd the Great Cham, whose Government is most Tyrannical, and Crown hereditary. The Lives and Goods of his People are altogether in his Power. His Subjects stile him the Sun and Sha∣dow of the Immortal God, and render him a kind of Adoration, never speaking unto him Face to Face, but falling down upon their Knees with their Faces towards the Ground. He looks upon him∣self as the Monarch of the whole World; and from that vain Opi∣nion, is reported to cause his Trumpets to sound every Day after Dinner, pretending thereby to give leave to all other Kings and Princes of the Earth to Dine. For the better management of Pub∣lick Affairs, he's said to appoint two Councils, each consisting of twelve Persons, (the wisest and best experienced of any that he can pitch upon) of which one doth constantly attend the Affairs of State, and the other those which relate to the War. Yet after all, this mighty Cham is lookt upon by some Judicious Persons, as a meer Chimera; and those strange Relations concerning him (though hitherto current) are thought to have a near Affinity unto the Legenda Aurea of the Roman Church.

The most receiv'd Opinion about the Arms of the Great Cham, is, that (as Emperor of Tartary) he bears, * 1.361 Or, an Owl Sable. But what as King of China, see the following Section.

The Inhabitants of this Country are partly Pagan, partly Mahometan, and partly Christian. Paganism doth * 1.362 chiefly prevail in the Northmost Parts, the People being generally gross Idolaters in those places. In the Southern Provinces they're (for the most part) followers of Mahomet's Doctrine, espe∣cially since the Year 1246. And towards the Caspian Sea are found a considerable number of Jews, thought by some to be the Off∣spring of the ten Tribes, led away Captive by Salmanasser. Those of the Christian Religion (overgrown of late by Nestorianism) are scatter'd up and down in several Parts of this vast Country, but most numerous in Cathay, and the City of Cambalu. The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country, (as is generally believ'd) by the Labours of St. Andrew and St. Philip, two of the Apostles.

SECT. II. Concerning China.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	118	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from N. E. to S. W is about 1380 Miles.
141	00
between	20	30	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 1260 Miles.
41	10

China contains Sixteen Provinces.

Viz.	6 North	Leaotung—	Chief Town	Leaoyang—	—	E. to W.
Xantung—	Chinan—
Peking—	Idem aliter Xuntien
Xansi—	Taiyven—	—
Honau—	Kaijung—
Xensi—	Sigan—
10 South	Nanking—	Id. alit. Kiangnan	E. to W
Chekiang—	Haugchew—
Kiangsi—	Nanchang—	—
Fokien—	Focheu—
Huquang—	Unchang—	—
Quantung	Quancheu—
Suchuen—	Chingtu—	—
Queicheu—	Queiyang—
Quansi—	Quilin—
Junnan—	Idem—

THIS Country (thought by most Geographers to be the Ancient Sinae, mention'd by Ptolomy) is * 1.363 term'd by the French, la Chine; and by the Italians, Spaniards, Germans, and English, China; so call'd (according to the best Conjecture) from one of its Ancient Monarchs, nam'd Cina, who is said to have liv'd about fifty Years before the Nativity of our Blessed Saviour. Many other Names it hath had since that time; for when the Government falls from one Family to another, the first Prince of that Name is said to give a new Name to the whole Country; the latest of which Modern Names, are Tamin, signifying the Kingdom of Brightness; and Chuinque, i. e. The King∣dom

of the Middle; the Chineses imagining that the Earth is Square, and that their Country is situated exactly in the middle of it.

The Air of this Country is generally very Tempe∣rate, save only towards the North, where 'tis some∣times * 1.364 intollerably Cold, and that because of several Mountains of a prodigious height, whose Tops are ordinarily cover'd with Snow. The opposite Place to China, is the South part of Brasil, together with the East of Paraguay

This Country (it lying in the 4th, 5th, 6th North Climate) is for the most part of a very rich and fertil * 1.365 Soil, insomuch that its Inhabitants in several places, are said to have two, and sometimes three Harvests in a Year. It abounds with Corn, Wine, and all kinds of Fruits. Its Lakes and Rivers are very well furnisht with Fish, and some afford vari∣ous kinds of Pearls and Bezoar of great value. Its Mountains are richly lin'd with several Mines of Gold and Silver. Its Plains are extraordinary fit for Pasturage. And its pleasant Forests are every where stor'd with all sorts of Venison. In a word, the whole Country in general, is esteem'd one of the best in the World. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 14 Hours ¾; the shortest in the Southmost, is about 10 Hours ¾, and the Nights proportionable.

The Commodities of this Country, are Gold, Silver, Precious Stone, Quicksilver, Porcelline Dishes, Silks, * 1.366 Cottons, Rhubarb, Sugar, Camphire, Musk, Ginger, China-Wood, &c.

Peculiar to this Country, is a short Tree, with a round Head, and very thick, which in respect of its Fruit, * 1.367 may bear the Name of the Tallow Tree; for at a certain Season of the Year 'tis full of Fruit containing divers Kernels about the bigness of a small Nut, which Kernels have all the Qualities of Tallow, (being the very same, both as to Colour, Smell, and Consistency) and by mixing a little Oyl with them, do make as good burning Candles, as Europeans usually make of pure Tallow it self. (2) Here is a large Mountain full of terrible Caverns, in one of which is a Lake of such a nature, that if a Stone be thrown into it, presently there's heard a hideous noise as of a frightful Clip of Thunder, and sometimes there ariseth a gross Mist which immediately dissolves into Water. (3.) In the City of Peking is a prodigious big Bell, weighing 120000 Pounds, surpassing the noted Bell of Erfurd in Upper Saxony, by 94600 Pounds: In Dimension 'tis eleven foot Diameter, forty in Circuit, and twelve High. (4) In Nanking is another of eleven foot High, and seven in Dia∣miter, and weighing 50000 Pounds, which also surpasseth the Bell of Erfurd, (weighing only 25400 Pounds, yet hitherto suppos'd

the greatest in the World) by almost double its weight. (5.) In China are several Vulcano's (particularly that Mountain call'd Linc∣sung) which vomits out Fire and Ashes so furiously, as frequently to raise some hideous Tempests in the Air. (6.) Here are some Rivers, whose Waters are cold at the top, but warm beneath; as also several remarkable Fountains which send forth so hot a Steam, that People usually boil Meat over them. (7.) In this Country are several Lakes, remarkable for changing Copper into Iron, or making it just of the like resemblance; as also for causing Storms when any thing is thrown into them. (8.) In the Island Haman, there is said to be Water (uncertain whether in Lake, River, or Foun∣tain) of such a strange quality, that it petrifies some sort of Fishes when they unfortunately chance to enter into it. (9.) Many are those Triumphal Arches (to be seen in most of the noted Cities of this Empire) erected in Honour of such Persons as have either done some signal pieces of Service to the State, or have been con∣spicuous in their times for their singular Knowledge. (10.) In this Country are several remarkable Bridges, particularly that over a a River, call'd S••ffruny, which reaches from one Mountain to ano∣ther, being Four hundred Cubits long, and Five hundred high, and all but one Arch; whence 'tis call'd by Travellers Pons volans. Here likewise is another of Six hundred and sixty Perches in length, and one and a half broad, standing upon Three hundred Pillars without any Arches. Lastly, In China are many very observable Plants, Animals, and Fossils, especially the last, among which is the Asbestos. But for a particular Account of 'em. Vid. Kircherus's China Illustrata.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities, are hardly to be expected her; however this Country (accord∣ing * 1.368 to the Testimony of Popish Missionaries) is furnisht with some of these, Pekin, Nanquin and Macao, having each of 'em a particular Bishop nominated by the King of Portugal, and the other Provinces are under the Jurisdiction of three Apostolical Vicars. Under which Ecclesiastical Superiors, there are (by their Relations) above Two hundred Churches or Private Chappels dedi∣cated to the True God.

The Chinois [Persons for the most part of a fair Complexion, short Nosed, black Eyed, and of very * 1.369 thin Beards] are great Lovers of Sciences, and gene∣rally esteem'd a very ingenious sort of People. They're said to have had the use of Printing and Guns long before either of 'em was known in Europe. Many of 'em are great Proficients in several Parts of the Mathematicks, especially Arithmetick, Geometry, and Astronomy; and so conceited are they of their own Knowledge in these things; and so mean are their Thoughts of others, that 'tis

generally reported of 'em, that (speaking of themselves) they com∣monly say, That they have two Eyes, the Europeans one, and the rest of the World none at all. They who wholly apply themselves to the study of Sciences, and make such proficiency in them, as to become Doctors to others, are distinguish'd by their long Nails, suffering 'em sometimes to grow as long as their Fingers, that be∣ing esteem'd a singular Characteristick of a profound Scholar, and a differencing mark between them and Mechanicks.

The Language of the Chinois is extremely difficult to be acquir'd by Strangers, and differeth from all * 1.370 others, both as to its Nature, Pronunciation, and way of Writing. (1.) Its Nature. They use no Alphabet, as Europeans do, and are astonish'd to hear that by Twenty four Letters we can express our Thoughts, and fill Libraries with Books. In lieu of an Alphabet they formerly us'd Hieroglyphicks, setting down the Images of things for the things themselves; but this being ex∣treamly tedious, and likeways defective, (there being no such Re∣semblances of pure Abstracts) they then made Characters to signify Words, numbring them according to the number of Words they needed to express their Idea's; which Characters arise to such a prodigious multitude, that not only Strangers, but even the Natives themselves, sind it a very difficult matter to acquire an intimate acquaintance with them all. (2.) Its Pronounciation. Although all the Original Terms of this Tongue are Three hundred and thirty three, yet such is their peculiar way of pronouncing them, that the same Term admits of various, and even contrary Significations, according to the various Accent in pronouncing of it. And of these Accenrs, there are five applicable to every Term, which ex∣tremely augments the difficulty of either speaking or understanding this Tongue to perfection; besides, the Pronunciation thereof is accompanied with such variety of Motions of the Hand, that a mute Person can speak almost intelligibly by his Fingers. And as to the Manner of Writing, they differ from all other Nations; for whereas Christians write from the Left hand to the Right; and the Jews from the Right to the Left, they usually make their Lines from the top of the Page down to the bottom.

This Great Kingdom was formerly under its own particular King or Emperor, but of late over-run and * 1.371 conquer'd by the Tartars, to whom it's at present subject, acknowledging due Allegiance to the Great Cham, whose Government is as Despotical as any of the Oriental Monarchs; for he hath full Power over the Lives of his Subjects, the Princes of the Blood not excepted. His bare Word is the Law, and his Com∣mands admit of no delay nor neglect. He is seldom seen, and never spoke with, but upon the Knees. Upon his Death-bed he

may choose his Successor out of what Family he pleaseth. For the better managing the great Affairs of this mighty Empire, he's assisted by two Sovereign Councils; one Extraordinary, compos'd of Princes of the Blood only; and the other Ordinary, which besides the Princes, doth consist of several Ministers of State, call'd Colaos. But over and above these two Councils, there are at Pekin six Sovereign Courts, whose Authority extend over all the Empire, and to each of 'em belong different Matters; viz. (1.) Is that Court call'd Lupou, which presides over all the Mandarins, and confers upon, or takes from them their Offices. (2.) Ho••pou, which looks after the Publick Treasury, and takes care of raising the Taxes. (3.) Lipou, which inspects into Ancient Customs; and to it is committed the care of Religion, Sciences, and Foreign Affairs. (4.) Pimpou, which hath charge of the Soldiery, and other Officers. (5.) Himpou, which enquires and passes Sentence in all Criminal Matters. Lastly, Compou, which looks after all Publick Buildings, as the Emperor's Palaces, and such like. In each of these Courts, the Emperor hath one, who may be term'd a Private Censor; it being his business to observe all that passeth, and to acquaint him faithfully therewith, which makes all Persons very cautious in their Actions. Over each Province is appointed a Vice Roy, and under him a great many Publick Officers. To shun Oppression of the Subject by these various Ministers, the Emperor before the Tartarian Conquest, had a certain number of secret Spies in every Province, to have a watchful Eye upon the Actions of every Pub∣lick Officer, and upon any visible Act of Injustice in discharge of his Office, they were to produce their Commission, and by virtue thereof did seize such an Officer, though of the highest Station: but this is laid aside, those Persons having mightily abus'd their Power. Yet in lieu thereof, they still retain one Custom which is certainly very singular, viz. That every Vice Roy and Publick Of∣ficer, is bound to take a Note of his own Miscarriages in the Ma∣nagement of Publick Affairs from time to time, and humbly ac∣knowledging the same, is bound to find them in writing to Court. Which Task is undoubtedly very irksome on one hand, if duly perform'd; but yet more dangerous on the other, if wholly neg∣lected. Very remarkable are three Maxims of State carefully ob∣serv'd by the Chinesian Emperors, viz. (1) Never to give any Man∣darin a Publick Office in his Native Province, lest being of a mean Descent, it might contribute to his Disparagement, or being well Descended, and belov'd, he should thereby grow too powerful. (2.) To retain at Court the Children of the Mandarins imploy'd in Publick Offices, and that under pretence of giving them good Education, but 'tis in effect as Hostages, lest their Fathers should chance to forget their Duty to the Emperor. Lastly, Never to

sell any Publick Office, but to confer the same according to Per∣son's Merits.

The Great Cham, as King of China, is said to bear for Ensigns Armorial, Argent, three Black-a-moor's * 1.372 Heads plac'd in the Front, their bust vested Gules, but (according to others) two Dragons.

The prevailing Religion in China, is Paganism or gross Idolatry; and in some Parts, the Doctrine of Ma∣homet * 1.373 is entertain'd. Of the several Idols to whom the Chineses pay their Devotions, there are two of chief Note, viz. One in form of a Dragon, whom the Emperor, with his Mandarins do religiously Worship, prostrating themselves frequently before it, and burning Incense unto it. The other is call'd Fo or Foë, set up (as is conjectur'd) in favour of one of their own Nation, who is thought to have flourished about a thousand Years before our Bles∣sed Saviour, and for his wonderful Parts and Actions was esteem'd worthy of being Deifi'd at his Death. They look upon him as the Saviour of the World, and that he was sent to teach the Way of Salvation, and make an Attonement for the Sins of Men. They mightily prize some Moral Precepts which they pretend he left, and which the Bonzes (or Priests) do frequently inculcate upon the Minds of the People. To this God are erected many Temples, and he's worshipped not only under the Shape of a Man, but in the Person of a Real Man, who, they say, never dies, being upheld in that vain Opinion by the Lamas, (or Tartaran Priests) who upon the Death of that Immortal Man, take due care [as the Egyptian Priests did their Apis] to put one of their own number in his room, and that of the same Features and Proportion, or as near as possibly they can. The Chineses have a mighty Spur to be cautious in all their Actions from an Opinion universally receiv'd among them, viz. That the Souls of their deceased Friends are always (at least fre∣quently) present with them, and narrowly viewing their Deport∣ment. If we may believe the Writings of some late French Missio∣naries, Christianity hath obtain'd considerable footing of late in this Country, especially in the Province of Nankin, and that the present Emperor hath allowed of the same by a Publick Edict throughout all the Empire. The first Plantation of Christianity in this part of the World, was undertaken (according to common belief) by St. Thomas, or some of his Disciples. Which Opinion is confirm'd by an Ancient Breviary of the Indian Churches, containing these Words. Per D. Thomam Regnum Caelorum volavit & ascendit ad Sinas.

SECT. III. Concerning India.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	92	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from N. W. to S. E. is about 1680 Miles.
131	06
between	08	12	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 1690 Miles.
40	00

India [viz. all between China and Persia] comprehends

The Great Mogul's Em∣pire containing many little Kingdoms, but chiefly those of	Delli—	Chief Town	Idem	in the main Land.
Agra—	Idem
Cambaia—	Idem	on the Sea-Coast.
Bengala—	Idem
Peninsula Indiae intra Gangem, containing the Kingdoms of	Decan—	Goa	Northward.
Golcond—	Idem
Bisnagar—	Idem in the middle.
Malabar—	Calicute Southward.
Peninsula Indiae extra Gangem, containing the Kingdoms of	Pegu—	Idem	from N. to S.
Tunqum—	Idem
Cochinchin—	Idem
Siam	Martaban	Idem
Siam—	Idem
Malacca	Idem

THIS vast Complex Body, consider'd here under the Title of India, [viz. all between Persia and China] comprehends (as aforesaid) many distinct and considerable Kingdoms; but all reducible to Three great Divisions abovemention'd, to wit, the Mogul's Empire, and the two Peninsula's of India, one within, and the other without the Ganges. Of all which separately, and in their Order. Therefore,

§. 1. The Mogul's Empire.

THIS Country is a great Part of the Modern and Ancient India, remarkable in the History of * 1.374 Alexander the Great, and term'd India from the River Indus, but now the Mogul's Empire, as being subject unto that mighty Eastern Monarch, commonly known by the Name of the Great Mogul.

In the Northern parts of this Empire, the Air is said to be extremely cold and piercing about the time * 1.375 of the Sun's greatest Southern Declination; but in the Southern Provinces much more temperate. The opposite Place of the Globe to the Mogul's Empire, is that part of the ••ast Pacifick Ocean, between 270 and 310 Degrees of Longitude, with 25 and 39 De∣grees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this vast Country (it lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate) is extraordinary barren in se∣veral * 1.376 Parts, being encumbered with formidable dry sandy Mountains, but elsewhere very plentiful, especially in Cot∣ton, Millet, Rice, and most sorts of Fruits. The length of the Days and Nights in this Country, is the same as in the Kingdom of China, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Aloes, Musk, Rhubarb, Wormseeds, Civits, Indigo, Laique, * 1.377 Bor••x, Ogium, Amber, Myrabolans, Sal-Armoniac, Silk, Cottons, Callicoes, Sattins, Taffaties, Carpets, Metals, Por∣celline Earth, and most sorts of Spices. &c.

In several Parts of the Mogul's Empire, particularly the Kingdom of Cambaia are divers noted Vulcano's, * 1.378 which usually Smoke, and sometimes break out in terrible Eruptions of Fire and Sulphurious Matter. In and about the Imperial City of Agra, are the splendid Sepulchres of the Royal Family of the Mogul's; particularly that glorious Monument of the Empress to Ch••-G••han, erected nigh to the Grand Bazar, which is reported to be a very stately Structure, and of so vast a bigness, that Twenty thousand Artificers were imploy'd in erecting of it for the space of Twenty two Years. But what mostly deserves our regard, in the whole Kingdom of Indosian, is that Rich and Glori∣ous Throne in the Palace of Agra, on which the Great Mogul doth usually appear during the Festival of his Birth Day, where he receives the Compliments and Presents of the Grandees, after the yearly Ceremony of weighing his Person is over. This stately Throne (so noted among Travellers in these Parts) is said to stand

upon Feet and Bars, overlaid with enamell'd Gold, and adorn'd with several large Diamonds, Rubies and other precious Stones. The Canopy over the Throne is set thick with curious Diamonds, and surrounded with a Fringe of Pearl. Above the Canopy is the lively Effigies of a Peacock, whose Tail sparkles with blew Saphires, and other Stones of different Colours; his Body is of enamell'd Gold set with Jewels, and on his Breast is a large Ruby, from which hangs a Pearl as big as an ordinary Pear. On both sides of the Throne are two Umbrella's of curious Red Velvet, richly em∣broidred with Gold, and encompass'd with a Fringe of Pearl; ••he very Sticks whereof are also cover'd with Pearls, Rubies, and Diamonds. Over against the Emperor's Seat is a choice Jewel with a hole bor'd through it, at which hangs a prodigious big Diamond, with many Rubies and Emeralds round about it. These and seve∣ral others not here mention'd, are the costly Ornaments of this Indian Throne, which (if all related of it be true) cannot be match'd by any other Monarch upon the Face of the whole Earth.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.379

The Inhabitants of the various Parts of this vast Empire, are Persons of various Tempers and Customs. * 1.380 What those of the Inland Provinces are, is not very certain, (our Intelligence of 'em being yet very slender) but the People of the Southern or Maritime places of the Mogul's Domini∣ons, are Persons (for the most part) very tall of Stature, strong of Body, and in Complexion inclining some what to that of the Negroes. In Behaviour, Civil; in their Dealings pretty just; and many of the Mechanical sort prove wonderful Ingenious.

Both here, and in the two Peninsula's hereafter men∣tion'd, are various Languages, and these again divided * 1.381 into different Dialects; but the Arabick is still us'd in their Religious Offices. Among the several Languages spoken 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the Mogul's Dominions, the Gazarate Tongue is reckon'd the chief, and is mostly us'd in the Kingdoms of Cambaya and Bengala; but the Persian is said to be the Language of the Court.

This vast Body comprehends a great many King∣doms, some of which are free, some subject to * 1.382 others, and most of 'em Tributary to one Sovereign, namely the Great Mogul, whose Government is most Tyrannical, for he hath both the Purses and Persons of his Subjects wholly at his disposal, and is Lord of all, being Heir to every Man's Estate. His Imperial Seat is ordinarily at Agra, which is a very Rich and Populous City, lying in the Province of the same Name, and the Metropolis of the whole Empire. If he allows paternal Inheritance any

where, the same is revokable at his pleasure. His bare Will is the Law, and his Word a final Decision of all Controversies. The Indian Diadem is not intail'd by Primogeniture on the Sons, but is either ravisht by force, or carri'd by craft, of such who stand in Competition for it: he generally succeeding to the Throne, who hath mostly gain'd the Favour and Assistance of the Omrahs and Nabobs, with other Grandees at Court; and upon his Instalment therein, he commonly sacrificeth all his Rivals and nearest Rela∣tions, reckoning his Throne to be but tottering, unless its Foun∣dations be laid in the Blood of such Persons. His Revenue is in∣deed so vast that a bare Relation would seem incredible, but pro∣portionably to the same, are his necessary ways of imploying it; for to a we the prodigious multitude of People within the vast Extent of his Dominions, he's oblig'd to keep in daily pay many Legions of Soldiers, otherways 'twere impossible to Command the turbulent Rajahs, who (as it is) do frequently make Insurrections, and di∣sturb his Government.

The Ensigns Armorial of the Great Mogul, are said to be Argent, Semé with Besants, Or. As for particu∣lar * 1.383 Coats of Arms, peculiar to private Persons, as in Europe, here are none, no Man within the Mogul's Dominions being Hereditary, either to his Estate or Honours.

The Inhabitants of this Country are mostly Pagan, and next to Paganism the Religion of Mahomet pre∣vails, * 1.384 it being chiefly embrac'd according to the Co∣mentaries of Mortis Haly. Of the Pagans, here are various Sects and Orders among them, particularly the Banians, the Persees, and Faquirs. (1.) The Bantans, who believe a 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, or Trans∣migration of Souls, and thereupon do usually build Hospitals for Beasts, and will upon no account deprive any Creature of Life, lest thereby they dislodge (as they imagine) the Soul of some de∣parted Friend. But of all living Creatures they have the greatest Veneration for the Cow, to whom they pay a Solemn Address every Morning, and at a certain time of the Year they drink the Stale of that worshipful Animal, believing it hath a singular Quality to purify all their Desilements. Besides their constant Abstinence from the Food of any Animal, they frequently refrain from all eatables till Night. Of these Bantans there are reckon'd in India about Twenty four different Casts or Sects. (2.) Persees, (the Posterity of the Ancient Persians) who worship the Element of Fire, for which reason they're also call'd Gaures, i. e. Worshippers of Fire. Besides the Fire, they have a great Veneration for the Cock. To kill the one, or extinguish the other, is esteem'd by them a Crime unpar∣donable. Their High Priest is call'd Destoor, and their Ordinary Priests Darcos or Harboods. Lastly, The Faquirs, (a kind of Religi∣ous

Monks) who live very austere Lives, being much given to Fasting, and several Acts of Mortification, and some (as a volun∣tary Penance) make solemn Vows of keeping their Hands claspt about their Heads; others hold one (and some both Arms) stretcht out in the Air, and a thousand such ridiculous Postures, and all during Life. Which Vows once made, they sacredly observe, not∣withstanding the Observation of 'em is attended with exquisite Pain. Most of the Indians believe that the River Ganges hath a sanctifying Quality; whereupon they flock thither at certain Sea∣sons in vast multitudes, to plunge themselves therein. Dispers'd through the Mogul's Dominions, is a considerable number of Jews, and upon the Sea-Coasts are many European Christians, all upon the account of Traffick. Those Parts of India which receiv'd the Blessed Gospel in former times, were instructed therein (as is gene∣rally believ'd) by the Apostle, St. Thomas.

§. 2. The Peninsula of India within the Ganges.

THIS large Country (comprehending several Kingdoms abovemention'd) was term'd Penin∣sula * 1.385 Indiae intra Gangem by the Ancients, particularly the Romans, and that upon the account of its Situation. being within, or on this side the River Ganges, in respect of the Empire of Persia, or Western Parts of Asia.

The Air of this Country is generally very hot, yet in most of the Maritime Places, 'tis frequently qualifi'd * 1.386 by cold Breezes from the Sea. The opposite Place of the Globe to this Peninsula, is that part of the Pacifick Ocean, be∣tween 230 and 245 Degrees of Longitude, with 17 and 25 De∣grees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Peninsula is (for the most part) ex∣traordinary Fertil, producing all desirable Fruits, * 1.387 Roots, and Grain, besides vast quantities of Medicinal Herbs. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts of this Country, is about 13 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost is 11 Hours ½, and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Metals, Silks, Cottons, Pearls, Drugs, Dates, Coco's, Rice, * 1.388 Ginger, Cinnamon, Pepper, Cassia, &c.

In several places of the Kingdom of Decan, is a noted Tree, call'd by Travellers the Nure-Tree, whose Na∣ture * 1.389 is such, that every Morning 'tis full of stringy Red Flowers, which in the heat of the Day fall down in Showers to the Ground; and blossoming again in the Night, it daily

appears in a new Livery. (2.) In the Island Salsete, adjacent to Goa, are vast Recept••••les cut out of the main Rock, one above another some of ••em being equal in bigness to a Village of Four hundred 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and adorn'd throughout with strange frightful Statues of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 representing Elephants, Tygers, Lyons, Ama∣zons, &c. (3) In the Island Conorein, near Bombay, (belonging to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉) is a City of the same Name, having divers large Heathen Temples and many other Appartments, all cut out of the firm Rock; Which stupendious Work is attributed by some to Alexander the Great, but that without any shew of probability. (4.) In another adjacent Island, (belonging also to the Portuguese, and call'd Elephanco from a huge Artisicial Elephant of Stone, bearing a young one upon its Back) is another Idolatrous Temple of a prodigious bigness cut out of the firm Rock. 'Tis supported by sorty two Pillars, and open on all sides, except the East, where stands an Image with three Heads, adorn'd with strange Hierogly∣phicks, and the Walls are set round with monstrous Giants, where∣of some have no less than eight Heads. (5.) At a City in the Kingdom of Decan, known to Travellers by the Name of Dunge∣ness, is another Heathen Temple, much the same with that above∣mention'd.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universittes. None. * 1.390

The Natives of the various Provinces of this Penin∣sula are much the same in Manners with those in the * 1.391 Southern Parts of the Mogul's Dominions already men∣tion'd.

The chief of the Indian Tongues in this Peninsula, are Two, viz. the Carabine mostly in use about Goa, * 1.392 and the Gazarate which is spoken in Bisnagar, and the Coasts of Coromandel.

In this Peninsula are a great many Princes, who assume to themselves the Title of Kings; the chief of * 1.393 them being those of Calicut, Cochin, Cananor, Cran∣g••ner, Travancor, and Taner; besides which, are several sorts of People in various parts of this Country, who acknowledge Subje∣ction to none of these, nor to any other; nor can they accord among themselves, being commonly divided into various Parties, who pitisully harass one another; and those on the Coast of Mala∣bar, are much addicted to Pyracy.

What are the true Ensigns Armotial of these Indian Princes, [or if any] is mostly conjectural; all we find * 1.394 of 'em, is, that some in Decan and Cambaia bear Verte, en••ompass'd with a Coilar of large precious Stones.

The Inhabitants of this Peninsula are generally Ma∣hometans, especially those who live near the Sea-Coasts, * 1.395 but People residing in the Inland Parts are gross Ido∣laters, worshipping not only the Sun and Moon, but also many Idols of most ugly and horrible Aspects; and in some Parts of Decan they look upon the first Creature they meet with in the Morning, as the proper Object of their Worship for that Day, ex∣cept it be a Crow, the very sight of which will consine them to their Houses the whole Day. In most of the Sea-Port Towns and Places of Trade, are Jews in considerable numbers, and many European Christians, especially those of our English Factories. Chri∣stianity was first planted in this Country much about the same time with the Mogul's Empire. Of which already.

§. 3. The Peninsula of India beyond the Ganges.

THIS last Division of India is term'd the Penin∣sula beyond the Ganges, because of its Situati∣on, * 1.396 it lying beyond that famous River, in respect of the other Peninsula, or the Western Parts of Asia in general.

The Air of this Peninsula is somewhat different, ac∣cording to the Situation and Nature of the various * 1.397 Parts of that Country, yet generally esteem'd indif∣ferent healthful, and temperate enough, considering the Latitude of those places. The opposite Place of the Globe to this Peninsula, is that part of Nova Zelandia, between 210 and 230 Degrees of Longitude, with 1 to 24 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying under the 1st, 2d, and 3d North Climate) is extraodinary Fertil, * 1.398 producing in great plenty all sorts of desirable Fruits and Grain; besides 'tis well stockt with invaluable Mines, and great quantity of precious Stones; yea, so vastly Rich is this Country, that the Southmost part thereof (viz. Chersonese d'or) is esteem'd by many to be the Land of Ophir, to which King Solomon sent his Ships for Gold. The longest Day in the Northmost parts is about 13 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost, near about 12 Hours, and the Nights proportio∣nably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold, Silver, precious Stones, Silks, Porcelline Earth, Aloes, * 1.399 Musk, Rhubarb, Alabaster, &c.

Among the Rarities of this Country, we may reckon the Golden House in the City of Arracan, be∣ing * 1.400 a large Hall in the King's Palace, whose inside is intirely overlaid with Gold, having a stately Canopy of Massy Gold, from the Edges of which hang above an hundred Comba∣lenghe, or large Wedges of Gold in form of Sugar-Loaves. Here also are seven Idols of Massy Gold, of the height of an ordinary Man, whose Foreheads, Breasts, and Arms are adorn'd with va∣riety of precious Stones, as Rubies, Emeralds, Saphires, and Dia∣monds. In this Hall are also kept the two famous Caneques, i. e. two Rubies of prodigious Value, about which the Neighbouring Princes frequently contending, have drawn Seas of Blood from each others Subjects, and all from a vain Opinion. That the Posse∣ssion of those Jewels carry along with them a just Claim of Dominion over the Neighbouring Princes.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.401

What was said of the Natives of the other Penin∣sula in point of Manners, the same may be affirm'd of * 1.402 those inhabiting this. The various Europeans here re∣siding, are much the same in Manners with the respective People of Europe, from whence they came.

The chief of the Indian Tongues in this Peninsula, is that call'd the Malaye, mostly us'd in Malacca; but * 1.403 besides the various Indian Tongues, both in the Mogul's Empire, and the two Peninsula's, the Portugueze Language is com∣monly understood and spoken in all Maritime Towns of Trade, it being the chief Language that's us'd in daily Commerce between the Franks and Natives of that Country.

In this Peninsula are a great many different States and Kingdoms, particularly that of Pegu, (a very * 1.404 rich Kingdom) subject to its own Monarch, whose Sovereignty is acknowledg'd by divers other considerable ••ates, as Asem, Aracan, and Tipra, besides the Ancient Brachmans, and other People living on the West of China, as the Layes, Timo∣coues, Gue••es, and Ciocangaes, all Tributary to him. Here also are the rich and flourishing Kingdoms of Tunquin and Cochinchin, especially the former, whose King is esteem'd a mighty Potent Prince, able to bring into the Field vast multitudes of Men upon all occasions. And lastly, The King of Siam (to whom a great many Princes are Tributary) is esteem'd one of the richest and most Potent Monarchs of all the East, and assumes (as some al∣ledge) the Title of the King of Heaven and Earth; and yet not∣withstanding of his mighty Force and Treasure, he is said to be

Tributary to the Tartars, and to pay them yearly a certain kind of Homage.

We find no satisfactory Account of what Ensigns Armorial are born by these Eastern Princes; or if any * 1.405 at all.

The Inhabitants of this Peninsula are generally great Idolaters. Those of Siam are said to maintain Pytha∣goras's * 1.406 Metempsychosis, and commonly adore the four Elements. Wheresoever Mahometanism prevails, 'tis generally inter∣mixt with many Pagan Rites and Ceremonies, as particularly in Cambodia, on the River Menan, in which City are almost three hun∣dred stately Mosques, not only well furnisht with excellent Bells (contrary to the Turkish Custom elsewhere) but also with a great many Idols of all sorts. In the Kingdom of Pegu, they have a great Opinion of the Sanctity of Apes and Crocodiles, believing those Persons very happy who are devoured by them. They ob∣serve yearly five Solemn Festivals, (call'd in their Language Sapans) and distinguish'd by the Names of Giachie, Cateano-Giaimo, Segienou, Daiche, and Donon. Their Priests are call'd Raulini, and are divided into three Orders, distinguish'd by the Names of Pungrini, Pangiani, and Xoxom. They have also many Hermits, whom they divided into Grepi, Manigrepi, and Taligrepi, who are all in great esteem among the People. Christianity was planted here much about the same time with the other Peninsula already mention'd.

SECT. IV. Concerning Persia.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	70	30	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from E. to W is about 1440 Miles.
97	00
between	25	40	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 1260 Miles.
44	30

It's divided into many Provinces, but chiefly those to∣wards the	North, viz.	Scirvant—	Chief Town	Derbent—	W. to E.
Giland—	Gilan—
Cherassan—	Heret—
Middle, viz.	Erach—	Ispahan—	W. to E.
Sablestan—	Bost—
Sigistan—	Sitzistan
South, viz.	Cusistan—	Susa—	W. to E.
Fars—	Schiras—
Kirman—	Gombroon
Macran—	Titz—

THIS Country (known to the Ancients by the same Name, and some others, but of a much * 1.407 larger Extent than at present) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Persia; by the French, Perse; by the Germans, Persien; and by the English, Persia; so call'd (as many alledge) from one of its Ancient Provinces, nam'd Persis, or (according to others) from Perses, an Illustrious Lord in the Country of Elam, who for his Merit is said to have obtain'd the Government of the People, and to have call'd both Country and Inhabitants after his Name. But finally others do eagerly plead for an Hebrew Etymology, deri∣ving the Name from the word 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, i. e. Equites. For 'tis reported of the Inhabitants of this Country, that before the Reign of Cyrus the Great, they seldom us'd to Ride, or knew very little how to manage a Horse; and that such was their Dexterity afterwards in managing Horses, that this Country is said to assume its Name from that Animal. For the strengthning of which Opinion they farther observe that the Title of Persia is not found in those Books of Holy Scripture, which were written before the time of Cyrus.

The Air of this Country is very temperate, especi∣ally towards the North, beyond the vast Mountain of * 1.408 Taurus; but in the Southern Provinces 'tis scorching hot for several Months. The opposite Place of the Globe to Persia, is part of Mare del Zur, between 250 and 280 Degrees of Longi∣tude, with 25 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate) is very different; for in the Northern * 1.409 Parts adjacent to Tartary, and the Caspian Sea, the Ground is very barren, producing but little Corn, and few Fruits. But South of Mount Taurus, the Soil is said to be extraordinary fertil, the Country pleasant, and plentiful of Corn, Fruits, Wines, &c. affording also some rich Mines of Gold and Silver. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 14 Hours ¾; the shortest in the Southmost is 13 Hours ¼; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are curious Silks, Carpets, Tissues, Manufactures of Gold, Silk, * 1.410 and Silver, Seal-Skins, Goat-Skins, Alabaster, and all sorts of Metals, Myrrh, Fruits, &c.

This Country (among its chief Rarities) doth yet boast of the very Ruins of the once proud Palace of * 1.411 Persepolis, so famous of old, and now call'd by the Inhabitants Chil-manor, signifying forty Pillars: which imports that so many were standing some Ages ago, but at present there's only nineteen remaining, together with the Ruins of above eighty more. Those Pillars yet standing are of excellent Marble, and about fifteen Foot high; for a particular Draught of 'em, with the Copy of several Inscriptions in unknown Characters, Vid. Philos. Trans. N. 201, and 210. (2.) In the City of Ispahan is a large Pillar sixty Feet high, consisting purely of the Skulls of Beasts, erected by Shaw Abas the Great, (upon a Sedition of his Nobles) who vow∣ed to rear up a Column of their Heads, as a Monument of their Obloquy to after Ages, if they persisted in Disobedience; but they surrendring upon Discretion, he ordered each of 'em to bring the decollated Head of some Beast, and lay at his Feet; which was ac∣cordingly done, and of them he made the aforesaid Pillar in lieu of a Column of their own Heads. (3.) One of the Emperor's Gar∣dens at Ispahan is so sweet and delicate a place, that it commonly goes by the Name of Heste Behest, i e. Paradice upon Earth; and the Royal Sepulchres of the Persian Monarchs, are indeed so stately, that they deserve to be mention'd here. (4.) About thirty Miles North East of Gombroon, is a most hidious Cave, which for its for∣midable Aspect, is term'd Hell's Gate by our English Travellers, who have pass'd that way. (5.) At Genoe, about twelve or fourteen Miles North of Gombroon, are some excellent Baths, esteem'd very

good against most Chronical Distempers, and much frequented for all inveterate Ulcers, Aches, and such like. (6.) Within five Leagues of Da••••an is a prodigious high Pike of the same Name, from whose top (cover'd all over with Sulphure, which Sparkles in the Night-time like Fire) one may clearly see the Caspian Sea, though an hundred and eighty Miles distant; and nigh to this Sulphurous Pike are some famous Baths, where there's a great resort of People at certain times of the Year. Lastly, In several Parts of Persia, are Mountains of curious black Marble, and Springs of the famous Naphtha, with variety of other Minerals.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.412

The Persians are a People [both of old, and as yet] much given to Astrology, many of them making it * 1.413 their chief Business to search after future Events by Astrological Calculations. They are naturally great Dissemblers, Flatterers, and Swearers; as also very Proud, Passionate, and Re∣vengful; excessive in their Luxury, Pastimes, and Expences; much addicted to Tobacco, Opium, and Coffee; yet with all, they are said to be (for the most part) very respective to their Superiors; Just and Honest in their Dealings, and abundantly Civil to Strangers. And most of those, who betake themselves to Trades, prove very Ingenious in making curious Silks, Cloath of Gold, and such like.

The Persian Language (having a great Tincture of the Arabick) is reckon'd not only much more polite * 1.414 than the Turkish, but is also esteem'd the modish Lan∣guage of Asia. It's divided into many particular Dialects, and the Characters they use are mostly Arabick. As for pure Arabick, that's the School-Language of the Persians, in which not only the Myste∣ries of the Alcoran; but also all their Sciences are written, and is learn'd by Grammar, as Europeans do Latin.

This large Country is wholly subjected to one So∣vereign, namely its own Emperor, commonly stil'd, * 1.415 The Great Sophi of Persia, whose Government is truly Despotical, and Crown Hereditary, the Will of the King being a Law to the People, and he Master of all their Lives and Estates; his numerous Subjects render him a kind of Adoration, and never speak of him, but with the greatest Respect. As most of the Asia∣tick Princes affect very vain and exorbitant Titles, so does the Persian Monarch in particular, he being generally stil'd—King of Persia, P••••thia, Media, Bactria, Chorazon, Condahor, and Herl, of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tartar, of the Kingdoms of Hyrcania, Draconia, Evergeta, Pa••••••nia, Hydaspia and Sogdiana, of Aria, Paropaniza, Dra••g••••ta, Arachosia, Mergiana and Carmania, as far as stately Indus.

Sultan of Ormus, Larr, Arabia, Susiana, Chaldea, Mesopotamia, Geor∣gia, Armenia, Sarcashia, and Uan. Lord of the Imperial Mountains of Ararat, Taurus, Cancasus, and Periardo. Commander of all Crea∣tures from the Sea of Chorazan to the Gulf of Persia. Of true De∣scent from Mortis-Ally. Prince of the four Rivers, Euphrates, Ty∣gris, Araxis, and Indus. Governor of all the Sultans. Emperor of Mussulmen. Bud of Honour. Mirror of Virtue. And Rose of De¦light.

Many and various are the Opinions concerning the King of Persia's Arms: It being affirm'd by some, that * 1.416 he beareth the Sun Or in a Field Azure. By others, a Crescent (as the Turkish Emperors) with this difference, that it hath a Hand added to it. By others, Or with a Dragon Gules. By others, Or with a Buffalo's Head Sable. But the most receiv'd Opi∣nion is that he beareth the Rising Sun on the Back of a Lion with a Crescent.

The Inhabitants of this Country are (for the most part) exact observers of Mahomet's Doctrine, according * 1.417 to the Explication and Commentaries made by Mortis Hali. They differ in many considerable Points from the Turks, and both Parties are subdivided into various Sects, between whom are tossed many Controversies with flaming Zeal on either side. The main Point in debate between them, is concerning the immediate Successors of Mahomet. The Turks reckoning them thus, Mahomet, Aboubekir, Omar, Osman, and Mortis Hali. But the Persians will have their Hali to be the immediate Successor, and some esteem him equally with Mahomet himself, and call the People to Prayers with these words, Llala-y-lala Mortis. Aly vellilula; for which the Turks ab∣hor them, calling them Rafadi and Cassars, i. e. Schismaticks, and themselves Sonni and Musselmen, which is, true Believers. They differ also in their Explication of the Alcoran; besides, the Persians have contracted it into a lesser Volumn than the Arabians after Gu∣net's Reformation, preferring the Immaman Sect before the Melchian, Anesian, Benefian, or Xefagans, broached by Aboubekir, Omar, and Osman; from which four are sprung above seventy several sorts of Religious Orders, as Morabites, Abdals, Dervises, Papasi, Rafadi, &c. Here are many Nestorian Christians, as also several Jesuits, and ma∣ny Jews. The Christian Religion was first planted in this Country by the Apostle, St. Thomas.

SECT. V. Concerning Turky in Asia.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	48	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from S. E. to N. W. is about 2100 Miles.
82	00
between	13	30	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 1740 Miles.
45	30

Comprehending six great parts, viz.	Natolia—	Chief Town	Bursa lying Westward.
Arabia—	Medina—	found from S. to N.
Syria—	Aleppo—
Diarbeck—	Bagdat—
Turkomania—	Arzerum—
Georgia—	Teflis—

Each of the foregoing Parts comprehends several Provinces; as,

Natolia	Natolia propria—	Chief Town	Bursa—	Northward, W. to E.
Amasia—	Idem—
Caramania—	Cogni—	Southward, W. to E.
Aladuli—	Maraz—
Arabia	B••ria••a or Arabia Deserta	Anna—	N. to S.
Barraab or Arabia Petrea	Herat—
Ayman or Arabia Faelix	Medina—
Syria	Syria propria—	Aleppo—	N. to S.
Phoenicia—	Demask—
Palestinc—	Jerusalem—
Diarbeck	Diarbeck—	Diarbekir—	N. to S.
Arzerum—	Mosul—
Yerack—	Bagdat—
Turcoma∣nia	Turcomania propria—	Arzerum—	W. to E.
Curdes—	Van—
Georgia	Mengralia—	Fasso—	W. to E.
Gurgestan—	Teflis—

THIS vastly extended Body being divided (as aforesaid) into six great Parts, viz. Natolia, Arabia, Syria, Diabereck, Turcomania, and Georgia; we shall particularly Treat of the first three, and that separately (they being most remarkable); and then take a General View of all the rest conjunctly, and that under the Title of the Euphratian Provinces. Therefore,

§. 1. NATOLIA.

THIS Country (formerly Asia Minor, in contradi∣stinction from Asia the Greater) is term'd by the * 1.418 Italians and Spaniards, Natolia; by the French, Natolie; by the Germans, Natolien; and by the English, Natolia or Anatolia; so call'd at first by the Grecians, because of its Eastern Situation in respect of Greece, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

The Air of this Country is very different, being in some Provinces very pure and healthful; in others ex∣tremely * 1.419 gross and pestilentious. The opposite Place of the Globe to Anatolia, is that part of the Pacisick Ocean, between 235 and 250 Degrees of Longitude, with 34 and 38 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 5th and 6th North Climate) is extraordinary fertil, abounding * 1.420 with Oyl and Wine, and most sorts of Grain and Fruits: But much of the Inland Provinces lie uncultivated, a thing too common in most Countries subject to the Mahometan Yoke. The length of the Days and Nights is the same here as in Greece, they both lying-under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Raw Silks, Goats-Hair, Twisted Cotten, Cordovants of * 1.421 several Colours, Calicuts white and blew, Wooll for Matrisses, Tapistries, Quilted Coverlets, Soap, Rhubarb, Galls, Valleneed, Scommony, Opium, &c.

Not far from Smyrna, (by the Turks Ismyr) is a cer∣tain kind of Earth, commonly call'd by the Franks, * 1.422 Soap-Earth, which boileth up out of the Ground, and is always gathered before Sun-rising, and that in such prodigious Quantity, that many Camels are daily imploy'd in carrying Loads of it to divers Soap-Houses at some distance, where being mix'd with Oyl, and both boil'd together for several Days, it becomes at last an excellent sort of Soap. (2.) Nigh to Smyrna, are the Vestigia of a Roman Circus and Theatre; and thereabouts is frequently found variety of Roman Medals. (3.) About two easy days Journey,

East from Smyrna, are some Remains of the Ancient Thyatira, as appears from ten or twelve remarkable Inscriptions still to be seen, (for which, Vid. Wheeler's Travels, from Page 230 to 236.) and therefore Tyreth (a small Village twenty Miles South-East of Ephe∣sus) is falsely taken for it by the Ignorant Greeks. (4.) At Mylasa, (formerly Melasso in Caria) are noble Remains of Antiquity; parti∣cularly a magnificent Temple of Maible, built in Honour of Au∣gustus Caesar, and the Goddess of Rome, as appears from an Inscrip∣tion upon the Front which is still intire. Here also is a stately Co∣lumn, call'd the Pillar of Menander, with a little curious Temple, but uncertain for what, or by whom erected. (5.) At Ephesus, (now call'd Aj•• Salove by the Turks) are yet to be seen some Anci∣ent Christian Churches, particularly that of St. John, the intirest of 'em all, and now converted into a Mahometan Mosque; as also the Vestigia of a Roman Amphitheatre, Circus, and Aqueduct, together with a large heap of stately Ruins, generally reckon'd those of the (once) magnificent Temple of Diana, the great Goddess of the Ephesians. (6) At Laodicea (by the Turks Eske-hissar, which is ut∣terly forsaken of Men, and now the Habitation of wild Beasts) are still extant three Theatres of white Marble, and a stately Circus, all so intire as yet, that they would seem to be only of a Modern date. (7.) At Sardis (by the Turks, Sart or Sards, now a little nasty beggarly Village, though once the Royal Seat of rich King Craesus) are the Remains of some stately Ancient Architecture, with several imperfect Inscriptions. (8.) At Pergamos (which still retains the Name of Pargamo, and is observable for being the place where Parchment was first invented) are the Ruins of the Palace of the Atalick Kings. Here is also the Ancient Christian Church of Sancta Sophia, now converted into a Mahometan Mosque. As for Philadelphia, the last of the famous Seven Churches of Asia (now call'd by the Turks, Allach Scheyr, i. e. The City of God) 'tis remark∣able at present for nothing so much as the considerable number of Christians dwelling in it, they amounting to two thousand, and upwards.

The State of Christianity being very deplorable through most Parts of the Ottoman Dominions, * 1.423 and not only the chief Ecclesiasticks of the Chri∣stian Churches, (viz. Patriarchs, Archbishops, and Bishops,) but also their very Sees being frequently alter'd, according as their Tyrannical Master, the Turk, proposeth advan∣tage by such Alterations; and whereas a great many Titular Bi∣shops, yea, Archbishops, and some Patriarchs are often created; it is equally vain to expect, as impossible to give, an exact List of all the Ecclesiastical Dignities in those Parts, whether Real or Nominal. Let it therefore suffice (once for all) to subjoin in this

place the most remarkable of the Christian Ecclesiasticks through all Parts of the Asiatick and African Turky; still referring the Reader to the same as he travelleth through the various Parts of this vast Empire. These Ecclesiasticks being Patriarchs, Archbishops, and Bishops. The chief Patriarchs (besides him of Constantinople, already mention'd in Europe) are those of Jerusalem, Alexandria, and An∣tioch; as also two Armerian (one of which resideth at Ecmeasin, a Monastry in Georgia; and the other at Sis in Aladuha); and lastly, one Nestorian, whose place of Residence is commonly at Mosul in Diarbeck.

The chief Archbishopricks (together with the European) are those of

• ...Heraclea,
• ...Adrianople,
• ...Patras,
• ...Saloniki,
• ...Corinth,
• ...Proconesus,
• ...Athens,
• ...Nicosia,
• ...Amasia,
• ...Malvasia,
• ...Janna,
• ...Scutari,
• ...Amphipoli,
• ...Monembasia,
• ...Tyana,
• ...Napoli di Romania,
• ...Methynna,
• ...Tyre.
• ...Larissa,
• ...Phanarion,
• ...Berytus.

The chief of the many Bishopricks (besides the European) are those of

• ...Ephesus,
• ...Trebisonde,
• ...Amasia,
• ...Ancyra,
• ...Drama,
• ...Nova Caesarea,
• ...Cyzicus,
• ...Smyrna,
• ...Cogni,
• ...Nicomedia,
• ...Metylene,
• ...Rhodes,
• ...Nice,
• ...Serra,
• ...Chio,
• ...Calcedon,
• ...Christianepeli,
• ...S. John D'Acre.

As for Universities in this Country, the Turks are such Enemies to Letters in general, that they not only de∣spise * 1.424 all Humane Literature, or acquired Knowledge; but the very Art of Printing (the most effectual means of commu∣nicating Knowledge) is expresly inhibited by their Law; so that the Reader must not expect to find the Seats of the Muses among them. It's true, the Jesuits, and some other Orders of the Roman Church, (where establisht in these Countries) do usually instruct the Children of Christian Parents in some publick Halls erected for that purpose; but these small Nurseries of Learning are so inconsi∣derable, that they deserve not the Name of Colleges, much less the Title of Universities.

The Inhabitants of this large Country being chiefly Turks and Greeks, a particular Character of 'em both is * 1.425 already given in Europe, when treating of Greece and the Danubian Provinces, to which I refer the Reader.

The prevailing Languages in this Country, are the Turkish and Vulgar Greek, a Specimen of which is al∣ready * 1.426 given when treating of Turky in Europe.

This large Country being intirely subject to the heavy burden of the Ottoman Yoke, is govern'd by * 1.427 four Beglerbegs in Subordination to the Grand Signior; the first of 'em resideth at Cotyaeum, about thirty Leagues from Byrsa; the second at Cogni, formerly Iconium; the third at Amasia, in the Province of the same Name; and the last at Marat, the principal City of Aladulia.

See Turky in Europe, page 182. * 1.428

The establisht Religion of this Country, is that of Mahometanism; but Persons of all Professions being * 1.429 tollerated in these Parts, as elsewhere through the Turkish Dominions, here are great multitudes of Christians (particu∣larly Greeks) and those of all sorts, as Armenians, Jacobites, Maro∣nites, Nestorians, Melchites, &c. and intermixt with these is a consi∣derable number of Jews. Christianity was planted betimes in this Part of the World, and that by the Preaching and Writings of the Inspir'd Apostles, especially St. John the Divine, here being the Seven famous Churches to which he wrote, viz. those of Ephesus, Smyrna, Thyatira, Laodicea, Pergamus, Philadelphia, and Sardis.

§. 2. ARABIA.

THIS Country (known formerly by the same Name) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, * 1.430 Arabia; by the French, Arabie; by the Germans, Ara∣bien; and by the English, Arabia; why so call'd, is not fully agreed upon among Authors; but the reason of the various Appellations of its three Parts, [viz. Deserta, Petraea, and Faelix] is most evident, they being so term'd from the Nature of their respective Soil.

The Air of the two Northern Arabia's is very hot during the Summer, (the Heavens being seldom or ne∣ver * 1.431 overcast with Clouds) but in that towards the South 'tis much more temperate, being mightily qualifi'd by refreshing Dews which fall almost every Night in great abundance. The op∣posite Place of the Globe to those Countries, is that part of the Pacifick Ocean between 245 and 275 Degrees of Longitude, with 12 and 31 Degrees of South Latitude.

The very Names of these three Arabia's (they lying in the 2d, 3d, and 4th North Climate) do sufficiently * 1.432 declare the Nature of their Soil; the Northern being extremely barren, one encumbred with formidable Rocks, and the other overspread with vast Mountains of Sand; but the Southern (deservedly term'd Foelix) is of an excellent Soil, being extraordi∣nary fertil in many places. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of these Countries, is about 14 Hours; the shortest in the South∣most, 11 Hours ¼; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of these Countries, especially Arabia Foelix, are Coral, Pearl, Onyx-Stones, Balm * 1.433 Myrrh, Incense, Gums, Cassia, Manna, and several other Drugs and Spices.

In Arabia Petraea, is the noted Mountain of Sinai, (now call'd by the Arabians, Gibol Mousa, i. e. The * 1.434 Mountain of Moses) on which were many Chappels and Cells; possess'd by the Greek and Latin Monks; several of which are still remaining with a Garden adjoining to each of 'em. At the foot of the Mountain is a pleasant Convent, from whence there was formely a way up to the top by one thousand four hundred Steps, cut out of the firm Rock, at the Charge and Direction of the Virtuous Helena, (Mother of Constantine the Great) the Marks of which Steps are visible to this very Day. The Religious here resi∣ding, pretend to shew Pilgrims the very place where Moses staid for forty Days, during his abode on the Mount; and where he re∣ceiv'd the Tables of the Law, and desired to see the Face of God. (2.) At Medina in Arabia Foelix, is a stately Mosque, supported by four hundred Pillars, and furnish'd with three hundred Silver Lamps, and call'd by the Turks, Mos a kiba, or Most Holy: because in it lies the Coffin of their Great Prophet (its hanging in the Air by two Load-stones, being a meer Fable) cover'd over with Cloath of Gold, under a Canopy of Cloath of Silver curiously embroidred, which the Bassa of Egypt is bound to renew yearly by the Grand Signior's Order. (3.) At Mecca in the same Arabia, (the Birth place of Mahomet) is a Turkish Mosque, so glorious, that 'tis accounted by many, the stateliest of any in the World. Its lofty Roof being rais'd in fashion of a Dome, with two beautiful Towers of extraordinary Height and Architecture, make a splendid show at the first appear∣ence, and are all conspicuous at a great distance. The Mosque is said to have above an hundred Gates, with a Window over each of 'em; and within 'tis adorn'd with Tapstery and Guildings extraor∣dinary rich. The number of Pilgrims who yearly visit this place is almost incredible; every Musselman being oblig'd by his Religion to come hither once in his Life-time, or to send a Deputy for him. (4) The Country about Zibit in Arabia Foelix, (which many reckon

to be the same with the Ancient Saba or Sabaea, Seba or Sheba, mention'd in 1 Kings 10. and Matth. 12.) is still famous for the best Frankincense in the World, which grows hereabouts in great abun∣dance; besides good plenty of Balsom, Myrrh, Cassia, and Manna, with several other Drugs and Spices.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. See Na∣tolia. * 1.435

The Arabs (great Proficients of old in Mathemati∣cal Sciences) are now an ignorant, treacherous, and * 1.436 barbarous kind of People. The better, and more in∣nocent sort of 'em live in Tents, and imploy their time in feeding their Flocks, removing from place to place, according to the con∣veniency of Grazing; but the greater part of 'em are idle Vaga∣bonds, and so extremely given to Robbing, that most of the Pub∣lick Roads in the Asiatick Turkey are pitifully pester'd with 'em, they travelling commonly in considerable Troops, (headed by one of their number, whom they own as Captain) and assaulting the Ca∣ravans as they pass and repass the Mountains. Those near Muscat in Arabia Faelix, are absolutely the best of the whole Country, be∣ing generally characteriz'd a People of a very civil and honest De∣portment towards all sorts of Persons.

The Vulgar Language in the three Arabia's, is the Arabesque, or corrupt Arabian, which is not only used * 1.437 here, but (with Variation of Dialect) is spoken over a great part of the Eastern Countries. As for the Ancient, Pure, and Grammatical Arabian, 'tis now learn'd at School (as Europeans do Greek and Latin) and is chiefly us'd by the Mahometans in their Religious Service.

The various Parts of this vast and spacious Coun∣try, acknowledge Subjection to various Sovereigns, * 1.438 and some to none at all. Divers sorts of People in these Countries are willingly subject unto, and rul'd by several Begler∣begs residing among them by the special Appointment of the Grand Signior; others are govern'd by their own independent Kings or Princes, the chief of whom are those of Fartach, Massa, and Aman∣zirisdin; and some others do yield Obedience to certain Xeriffs or Chief Governors, (who are only Tributary to the Great Turk) the most Honourable of them is he of Mecca, who is of the Posterity of Mahomet, but lately in Rebellion against his Master. Besides these, here are several sorts of People who live altogether free, denying Subjection to any; the chief of whom are, the Bengebres, Beduins, and Gordins, who reside mostly in Mountains, and are much im∣ploy'd in Robbing, especially the Beduins, they usually travelling in great numbers near Mecca, on purpose to assault the Pilgrims

in their way thither, who are always necessitated to send valuable Presents to the Xeriff of that Place, that he may order some of his Troops to meet the various Caravans, and defend them against all Attempts.

For Arms. See the Ensigns Armorial of the Grand Signior, page 182. * 1.439

Many of the Wild Arabs know nothing of Religion, living like so many Savage Beasts hunting after their * 1.440 Prey, and frequently devouring one another. But the more sober sort of 'em profess the Doctrine of Mahomet, that Grand Imposture, and Native of their own Country. The prin∣cipal Points of which Doctrine may be seen, page 183. to which I remit the Reader. This Country was formerly illuminated with the Light of the Blessed Gospel, having receiv'd the same in the Apostolick Age.

§. 3. Syria, [by the Turks] Suristan.

MOdern Syria comprehends Syria, properly so call'd. (2) Phoe∣nicia or Phoenice. (3.) Palestine or Judaea. These Divisions of Syria (especially the first and last) being remarkable Countries; somewhat of each of 'em distinctly, and in their order. There∣fore,

Syria, properly so call'd.

THIS Country (known formerly by the same Name of Syria, but different in Bounds) is * 1.441 term'd by the Italians, Siria; by the Spaniards, Syria; by the French, Sourie; by the Germans, Syrien; and by the English, Syria; but why so call'd, is much controverted among our Modern Criticks, with little shew of probability for the truth of their vari∣ous Opinions on either hand.

The Air of this Country is pure and serene, (the Sky being seldom overcast with Clouds) and in most parts * 1.442 very healthful to breath in; only in the Months of June, July, and August, 'tis extraordinary hot, if it prove either Calm, or a gentle Wind from the Desert; but (as a repeated Mi∣racle of Providence) these Months are generally attended with cool Westerly Breezes from the Mediterranean. The opposite Place of the Globe to Syria, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 250 and 254 Degrees of Longitude, with 33 and 38 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in part of the 5th and 6th North Climate) is extraordinary fertil, * 1.443 where duly manur'd, producing most sorts of Grain and Fruits in great abundance. Here are indeed several rocky and barren Mountains, yet no Country in the World can boast of more pleasant, large, and fertil Plains than this; Plains of such a f••t and tender Soil, that the Peasants, in many places, do Till 'em up with Wooden Culters, and that commonly by the assistance of one Horse or two Bullocks, to draw the Plough. But the Beauty and Excellency of this Country is mightily eclips'd by various sad and melancholy Objects, that present themselves to the Eye of the Traveller, viz. many Cities, Towns, and Villages, which were formerly well-stockt with Inhabitants, and compactly Built; but now quite depopulated and laid in Ruins; as also many Ancient Christian Churches, once very splendid, and magnificent Structures, but now mere heaps of Rubbish, and the ordinary Residence of Wild Beasts.

—Quaeque ipse miserrima vidi.

The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country, is about 14 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours ¾, and the Nights proportionably. Here it may not be improper to rectify a gross mistake of our Modern Geographers, who treating of Syria, make the River of Aleppo (as they call it) to fall into the Euphrates, and assert it to be Navigable up to the City; whereas it hath no Communication with Euphrates at all, but is (almost) of a quite contrary Course to that in the Maps, and so far from being a Na∣vigable River, that 'tis little better than a mere Brook; or at best, but a small inconsiderable Rivulet, having its rise a little way South-East from Aleppo, and gliding gently along by the City, loseth it self under Ground at a few Miles distance on the other side.

The chief Commodities of this Country, especially those of Aleppo, (which is the second City of the * 1.444 Turkish Empire, and one of the greatest Trade of any in the Levant, being the Center of Commerce between the Medi∣terranean and East-Indies, as also the Seat of one of the most flourish∣ing of all our English Factories abroad) are Silks, Chamlets, Va∣laneed, Galnuts, Cotton, Mohairs, Soap, Galls, Jewels, Spices, and Drugs of all sorts, &c.

About six days Journey, S. S. E. from Aleppa, is the famous Pabnyr a or Tadmor, now wholly in Ru∣ins; * 1.445 yet such Remains of many Porphyry Pillars and remarkable Inscriptions, are still extant, as sufficiently evince its former State and Magnificence. For a particular Draught and

Description of it. Vid. Phil. Transact. N. 217, 218. (2.) About on•• hours Riding from the aforesaid Tadmor, is a large Valley of Salt, which is more probably thought to be that mention'd 2 Sam. 8. 13. (where King David smote the Syrians) than the other about four hours from Aleppo, though commonly taken for such. (3.) On the side of a Hill, nigh to Aleppo, is a Cave or Grotto, remarkable among the Turks, for being (as they say) the Residence of Mortis Ali for some Days; where is also the rough Impression of a Hand in the hard Rock, which they believe was made by him. (4.) Under one of the Gates of Aleppo, is a place for which the Turks have a great Veneration, keeping Lamps continually burning in it, be∣cause (according to a receiv'd Tradition among 'em) the Prophet Elisha did live there for some time. (5.) In the Wall of a Mosque in the Suburbs of Aleppo, is a Stone of two or three Foot square, which is wonderfully regarded by the more superstitious sort of Christians; because in it is a natural (but obscure) Resemblance of a Chalice, environ'd (as 'twere) with some faint Rays of Light. Such strange Apprehensions do the Romanists in these Parts entertain concerning this Stone, that for the purchase of it, vast Sums of Money have been proferr'd by them to the Turks; but as gross Superstition in the former did hatch the Proposal, so the same in the latter produc'd the refusal, the Turks being inexorable when re∣quested to sell or give that, which was once so Sacred as to become the constituent Part of a Mosque. (6.) Belonging to the Jacobite Patriarch in Aleppo, are two fair M. S. of the Gospels, written on large Parchment-sheets in Syrian Characters, (and these either Gold or Silver) with variety of curious Miniature. (7.) Between Aleppo and Alexandretta, (or Scanderoon) are the goodly Ruins of several stately Christian Churches, with variety of Stone-Coffins lying above ground in divers places, and many Repositories for the Dead hewen out of the firm Rock. (8.) In the large Plain of Antioch, (being fifteen Leagues long, and three broad) is a stately Cawsey crossing almost the breadth of the Plain, and passing over several Arches, [under which some pleasant Rivulets do gently glide] all which was begun and finish'd in six Months time, by the Grand Visier, in the Reign of Achmet, and that for a speedy Passage of the Grand Signior's Forces to suppress the frequent Revolts in the Eastern Parts of his Empire. (9) Nigh to the Factory Marine at Scande∣roon is a large (but unfinish'd) Building, commonly call'd Scander∣beg's Castle, being vulgarly suppos'd to have been erected by that Valiant Prince of Albania, in the carreer of his Fortune against the Turks; but 'tis more probably thought to be of an ancienter Date, having thereon the Arms of Godfrey of Bulloign. Lastly, In the Eastmost part of Scanderoon-Bay, is a ruinous old Building, known commonly by the Name of Jonah's Pillar, erected (as the Modern

Greeks alledge) in that very place where the Whale did vomit him forth. It's indeed much (and not undeservedly) doubted, whether that Monument was erected there upon such an Occasion; but 'tis highly probable that this individual Part of the Bay was the very place of the Whale's delivery, it being the nearest to Nineveh of any in the Levant. Which conjecture, I humbly suppose, is somewhat more reasonable than that of some dreaming Ancients, who vainly imagin'd that the monstrous Fish did almost surround one fourth part of the World in seventy two hours, and that when big with Child.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. See Natolia. * 1.446

The Inhabitants of this Country are mostly Turks and Greeks, [whose respective Characters are already * 1.447 given in Turky of Europe, pages 174 and 181.] as also many Jews and Armenians, with other sorts of Christians intermixt, of whom the Reader may find some Account towards the latter part of this Section, when we come to treat of Palestine, and the Euphratian Provinces.

The chief Language of this Country, is the Turkish, (for a Specimen of which, Vid. page 181.) the Ancient * 1.448 Syriac being lost among 'em. The various Europeans here residing do commonly use the Lingua Franca.

This Country being subject unto, and successively rul'd by the Seleucidae, the Romans, the Saracens, the * 1.449 Christians, and Sultans of Egypt, was at last conquer'd by the Turks in the time of Selimus I. Anno 1517. under whose heavy Yoke it hath ever since groan'd, and is at present govern'd by its particular Bassa, appointed by the Grand Signior, whose place of Residence is ordinarily at Aleppo, the principal City of this Pro∣vince, and thought to be the Aram Sobah mention'd in Holy Scrip∣ture. But the whole Country of Syria [according to its Modern Extant] is subject to three Bassa's; the first commonly residing (as aforesaid) at Aleppo; the second at Damascus in Phaenice; and the third at Tripoli of Syria. Subordinate to each of these Bassa's, both here and in other Parts of the Ottoman Dominions, are various Cadi's or Judges, who hear and determine the several Causes, whe∣ther Civil or Criminal, which at any time happen between Man and Man. And here I can't omit one particular, (which as 'tis a mighty disparagment to this People, so I wish 'twere peculiar to them) viz. their Mercenary Distribution of Justice; for not always the Equity of the Cause, but the Liberality of the Party does ordinarily determine the Matter: As some of our English Factories in these Parts of the World, have experienc'd more than once.

See the Ensigns Armorial of the Grand Signior, page 182. * 1.450

The establisht Religion of this Country, is that of Mahometanism; the Essential Tenets of which are alrea∣dy * 1.451 set down, (page 182.) to which I remit the Reader. But since one thing enjoyn'd by that Religion is the most excellent and necessary Duty of Prayer; I can't omit one laudable Practice of this People in that Point; I mean not only their imitable fre∣quency in performing this Duty, but also their most commendable fervency and seriousness in the performance of it. For whenever they set about the same, they Address themselves to the Almighty with all profound Respect and Reverence imaginable, and in the humblest Posture they can, sometimes standing, often kneeling, and frequently prostrating themselves on the Ground, and kissing the same; and during the whole performance, their very Counte∣nance doth plainly declare the inward Fervour and Devotion of their Mind. Yea, so exact and punctual are they in observing the various Hours appointed for Prayer, and so serious and devout in performing that Duty; that the generality of us Christians have too good Reason (in both these Respects) to say with the Poet, Pudet haec opprobria nobis, &c. The Muezans or Marabounds, (being those Persons who call the People to Prayers, use commonly these words) Allah ekber, allah ekber, allah ekber; eschadou in la illah, illallah; hi allc salla, hi alle salla, allah ekber, allah ekber, allah ekber, la illa, illalah, i. e. God is great, God is great, God is great; give Testi∣mony that there is but one God: Come, yield your selves up to his Mercy, and pray him to forgive you your Sins. God is great, God is great, God is great, there is no other God but God. Dispers'd over all this Country, and intermixt with the Turks, are many Jews, and various sorts of Christians, particularly Greeks, Armenians, Maronites, &c. but most lamentable is the State of those Christians at present, not only in respect of that woful Ignorance under which they universally labour, and the Turkish Slavery and Inso∣lence to which they're expos'd; but also in point of those dismal Heats and Divisions, those numerous Factions and Parties now among 'em: For so bitterly inveterate are they against one ano∣ther, and to such a height do their Animosities frequently come, as to give fresh Occasion to the Common Enemy to harass them more and more. Christianity was planted very early in these parts of the World; most of this Country being watered with the Blessed Gospel in the Apostolick Age.

Phaenicia or Phaenice.

THIS Country (very famous of old, but now of a very sad and melancholy Aspect, and groaning under the Turkish Yoke) hath undergone such dismal Devastations by the destroying Arabs, that there's nothing now remarkable in it, save a few Anci∣ent Maritime Cities, (mostly in Ruines) which yet maintain some∣thing of Trade with Strangers, as particularly Damascus, (call'd by the Turks, Scham) St. John d'Acre, (formerly Ptolemais) and lastly Sure and Said, which were the Ancient Tyre and Sydon. Leaving therefore this desolate Country, we pass on to

Palestine or Judaea.

THIS Country (most memorable in Holy Scrip∣ture, and sometimes stil'd Canaan from Canaan, * 1.452 the Son of Cham; sometimes the Land of Promise, be∣cause promis'd to Abraham and his Seed; and sometimes Judaea, from the Nation of the Jews, or People of the Tribe of Juda) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Palestina; by the French, Pale∣stine; by the Germans, Palestinen or das Gelobte-land; by the English, Palestine, or The Holy Land. It's call'd Palestine quasi Philistim, from the Philistins, once a mighty Nation therein; and Holy Land, be∣cause 'twas the Scene of the Life and Sufferings of the ever Blessed and most Holy Jesus, the glorious Redeemer of Men.

The Air of this Country, excepting those Parts ad∣jacent to the Lake of Sodom, (of which afterwards) is * 1.453 so extraordinary pleasant, serene, and healthful to breath in, that many of its present Inhabitants do frequently ar∣rive to a considerable Age. The opposite Place of the Globe to Palestine, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, between 245 and 250 Degrees of Longitude, with 29 and 32 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country (situated partly in the 4th and 5th North Climate, and not exceeding seventy Leagues * 1.454 in length from North to South, and thirty in breadth from East to West) was blessed with an extraordinary rich and fertil Soil, producing all things in such abundance that the Scrip∣ture terms it a Land flowing with Milk and Honey; yea, so wonderful was the fertility thereof, and such vast multitudes of People did it maintain, that King David numbred in his time, no less than 1300000 fighting Men, besides the Tribes of Levi and Benjamin.

But alas! such were the crying Sins of its Inhabitants, that it not only spew'd them out, as it had done those who dwelt before them. But the Almighty being highly provok'd by their many and repeated Abominations, hath turn'd that fruitful Land into barrenness, for the wickedness of them who dwelt therein. For such is the dismal State of this Country at present, that (besides the Turkish Yoke, under which it groans) the greatest part thereof is not only laid waste, but even where duly manur'd, 'tis generally observ'd, that the Soil is not near so fertil as formerly. The longest Day in the Northmost part of this Country, is about 14 Hours ¼; the shortest in the Southmost, is about 10 Hours; and the Nights proportion∣ably.

Such is the mean and depauperated State of this Country at present, that we may now reckon it de∣stitute * 1.455 of all Commodities for the Merchant; its Inha∣bitants, now-a-days, being mere Strangers to all manner of Com∣merce. In its flourishing Condition, under the Kings of Judah and Israel, the People thereof did indeed manage a very consider∣able Trade abroad, and that chiefly by the two famous Emporiums of Tyre and Sydon abovemention'd, besides the Ships of Tarshish which Solomon sent yearly to the Land of Ophir; and so noted were these two Maritime Cities of old for Merchandizing, that the Evangelical Prophet (Isaiah 23. 8.) denouncing the overthrow of Tyre, calls it The Crowning City, whose Merchants are Princes, and whose Traffickers are the Honourable of the Earth: And (Verse 3.) he termeth Sydon, a Mart of Nations. But so fully accomplisht is the Prophetical De∣nounciation against 'em both, and so low and despicable is their Condition at present, that I heartily wish all flourishing Cities of Christendom might be so wise, as seriously to reflect on the same, and to take timely warning by them; especially considering that most of our Populous and Trading Cities, are now such Dens of Iniquity, that their Inhabitants may justly dread, That 'twill be more tollerable for Tyre and Sydon in the day of judgment than f••r them.

In the Southern Parts of Palestine, is Asphaltis or As∣phaltites, (so term'd from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, i. e. Bitumen) * 1.456 that noted Lake of Judaea, where the abominable Cities of Sodom and Gomorrah formerly stood; otherways call'd the Dead Sea, and remarkable at present for abundance of Sulphurous Vapours which still ascend in so great a measure, that no Bird is able to fly from one side of the Lake to the other. 'Tis also observable for good store of Apples growing near its Banks, which appear very lovely to the Eye; but being toucht and cut up, prove mere naught, being nothing else but a heap of nauseous Matter. (2.) Nigh to the place of the Ancient Sarepta, are many Caves and Apart∣ments

hewen out of the firm Rock, which some vainly imagine to have been the Habitation of Men in the Golden Age, before Cities in these Parts of the World were well-known: But others, with greater shew of probability, take 'em for the Caves of the Sidonians, mention'd in the Book of Joshua, under the Name of Mearah. (3) Not far from the (once) noted City of Tyre, are several large square Cisterns, which still go by the Name of Solomon's among the Christians of that Country; but why so call'd, they can give no other reason than bare Tradition. (4.) At St John d' Acre (the An∣cient Ptolemais) are yet to be seen the Ruins of a Palace, which acknowledgeth Richard I. King of England, for its Founder, and the Lion pissant is still visible upon some of the Stones. (5.) On Mount Carmel are some Remains of a Monastry of Carmelite Fryers, with a Temple dedicated to the Blessed Virgin; and under it is a pri∣vate Cell or Cave, which Travellers alledge to be the ancient residing Place of the Prophet Elias. On the same Mountain are found a great many Stones that have the lively Impression of Fishes Bones upon 'em. As also abundance of petrifi'd Fruit, particularly Plumbs, or Stones of that resemblance. (6.) Not far from the Brook Cedron stands a part of the Pillar of Absalom, which he erected in his life-time, out of an ardent desire to Eternize his Name; and nigh to it, is a great heap of small Stones, which daily encreaseth, because either Jew or Mahometan passing by, seldom fails to throw one at the same, and that out of abhorrency of the Son's Rebellion against the Father. (7.) In the Mountains of Judah is a remarkable Spring, where Philip is said to have baptiz'd the Ethiopian Eunuch; where∣upon 'tis call'd by the Name of The Ethiopian Fountain, and hath a Church adjacent, erected ('tis probable) out of Devotion in Ho∣nour of the Place, and Memory of that Fact. Yet (by the by) 'twould seem that this were not the place of the Ethiopian's Bap∣tism; because those rocky and declining Mountains are hardly pas∣sable on Horse-back, much less in a Chariot. (8.) Nigh to the asoresaid Fountain is a considerable Cave, where, 'tis reported, St. John the Baptist did live from the seventh Year of his Age, till he appear'd in the Wilderness of Judaea, as the promis'd Elias. (9.) At Bethlehem is the goodly Temple of the Nativity, erected by St. Helena, (Mother of Constantine the Great) who call'd it St. Mary's of Bethlehem. 'Tis now possess'd by the Franciscans of Jerusalem, and is still intire, having many Chappels and Altars, but those little frequented, except it be upon extraordinary Occasions. (10.) In the Mountains of Juda are the Remains of an Ancient Church, built by St. Helena, and dedicated to St. John the Baptist, and that in the place where Zachary the Prophet was born. And nigh to it (where the Blessed Virgin did Visit her Cousin Elizabeth) is a Grotto, in which 'tis said, that the Body of Elizabeth lies interr'd.

(11.) Upon the left hand in going out of the City of Jerusalem, by the Gate of Joppa, is Mount Sion, on whose top are still to be seen the Ruins of the Tower of David, which was once a Building of wonderful Strength and admirable Beauty. (12.) Upon Mount Calvary is the stately Temple of the Holy Sepulchre, built by the aforesaid Virtuous St. Helena, and hitherto visited by Multitudes of Christians, who slock to it from all Parts of the World, either out of Devotion or Curiosity. It's divided into a vast multitude of Appartments, containing many Chappels and Altars, which (for the most part) receive their Names from some remarkable Circumstance of our Saviour's Passion; besides those, peculiar to Christians of different Nations at Jerusalem, particularly the Abyssines, Armenians, Georgians, Cophtes, Jacobites, Maronites, &c and at the entry of one of those Chappels is the Sepulchre of Godfrey of Boulogn on one hand, and that of his Brother Baldwin's on the other. But Lastly, In and about Jerusalem (besides the Observables abovemention'd) are these following Particulars, viz, a Mosque erected in the very place where once stood the Coenaculum, the Church of St. Saviour, and that of the Purification of the Blessed Virgin, with her splendid Sepulchre; all three built by the incomparable St. Helena. Add to these the decent Tomb of Zachary, near Brook Cedron, with the Sepulchre of Lazarus, at the Town of Bethany. Here likeways are shown to Pilgrims all other noted Places in or about the City, which are frequently mention'd in the Sacred Volumn; as Mount Olivet, the Garden of Gethsemene, the Vallies of Jehosophat and Gehinnon, the Pool of Siloim, the Field of Blood, &c. They more∣over shew 'em the places where formerly stood the Palaces of Caiphas, Pilate, and Herod, with the Houses of Martha, and Mary, and Annas the High Priest; as also the particular Place where St. Peter wept upon the denial of his Master, and where Judas the Traytor hang'd himself for the betraying of him. And finally, The Pilgrims are conducted unto, and visit the respective Place of each particular Scene of our Saviour's Sufferings, with that of his Ascention at last. All which are fully describ'd by G. Sandys, Theve∣not, and other latter Travellers in the Holy Land. To these Ra∣rities of Palestine, I might also add those many remarkable Crea∣tures, (whether Beasts, Birds, or Fishes) frequently mention'd in the Sacred Volumn, and formerly more plentiful than at present in this Country. But having drawn out this Paragraph already to so great a length, I shall not enter upon so vast a Subject, remitting the Reader to that incomparable Work of the Learned Bochartus, De Animalibus S. Scripturae, where he may be fully satisfied in that matter.

As for Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universitities. See Natolia. * 1.457

The mountainous Parts of this Country are mostly possess'd by the Arabs, (of whom in Arabia) the Val∣leys * 1.458 by the Moors, of whom in Africa. Other People here residing, are a few Turks, and many Christians, particularly Greeks, (of whom in Europe) and intermixt with all these, are some Jews, and of them here in particular. The Modern Jews (to say nothing of 'em in former times) are generally Characteriz'd thus, viz. a Vagabond, Persidious, and Obstinate sort of People; a People now living as meer Aliens, not only in most Parts of the Earth, but also in this [once] their own Country; a People indeed uni∣versally given to Trading where-ever dispers'd, but as universally addicted to Cozening and Usury where-ever they find occasion; a People so singularly stigmatiz'd by Heaven, that (according to the Prophet's Prediction) they're now become an Astonishment and His∣sing to all Nations. In a word, The Modern Jews (being extremely blinded in Judgment, and perverse in Will) do not only remain most obstinate in denying the Messias already come, notwithstand∣ing of the clearest Demonstration to the contrary; but also they're a People that's universally corrupted in Morals, and that in the highest degree, the generality of 'em being addicted to the black∣est of Vices.

This Country being under the Turkish Yoke, its In∣habitants do generally use the Turkish Tongue. The * 1.459 various Christians here residing, (whether European or Asiatick) do commonly speak those Languages, peculiar to the Countries to which they Originally belong.

How, and by whom this Country was govern'd, till it became a Roman Province, is best learn'd from the * 1.460 Historical Part of the Sacred Volumn, and the Wri∣tings of the noted Jewish Historian, Josephus. The Land of Pale∣stine being brought under the Roman Senate by Pompey the Great, continued subject to that State till the beginning of the Seventh Century, when 'twas invaded by the Persians, and afterwards made a Prey to the Saracens, yet rescu'd from them by the Christians, under Godfrey of Bouillon, (Anno 1099.) whose Successors held it about eighty Years; but being taken from them by Saladin [King of Syria and Egypt] it remain'd subject to the Califes of Egypt, till conquer'd (Anno 1517.) by Selimus, the first Emperor of the Turks, who subjected the same to the Ottoman Yoke, under which it groans to this very day.

The Arms of the Christian Kings of Jerusalem were Luna, a Cross Crosset crossed, Sol, commonly call'd the * 1.461 Cross of Jerusalem. But this Country being now a Part (as aforesaid) of the Ottoman Dominions, is allow'd no parti∣cular Arms at present, and cart only claim a share of the Ensigns

Armorial of the Turkish Empire in general. What these are, see Turky in Europe, page 182.

The present Inhabitants of Palestine, are, in Point of Religion, reducible to Three Classes, viz. Christians, * 1.462 Jews, and Mahometans. The chief Tenets embrac'd and maintain'd by the first and last of these, may be seen in their proper places, when treating of Christendom and Turky in Europe. As for the Jews, I think no place more proper to Discourse of their Religion, than in this their Ancient Country. Know there∣fore that the Modern Jews. both here and elsewhere, adhere still as closely to the Mosaick Dispensation, as their present Circumstances in a dispers'd and despis'd Condition will allow. Their Service chiefly consists in reading of their Law in the Synagogue, together with various Prayers, which they perform with little or no appear∣ance of Devotion. Sacrifices they use not since the Destruction of their Temple at Jerusalem. The chief Articles of their present Belief and Practice, are these following: (1.) They all agree in the acknowledgment of a Supreme Being, both Essentially and Personally one; but entertain some ridiculous Apprehensions con∣cerning him, as particularly the great Complacency they vainly imagine he takes in reading their Talmud. (2.) They acknowledge a twofold Law of God. viz a Written and Unwritten one: The Written is that delivered by God to the Israelites, and recorded in the Five Books of Moses. The Unwritten was also (as they pretend) delivered by God to Moses, and handed down from him by Oral Tra∣dition, and now to be receiv'd pari pietatis affectu, with the for∣mer. (3.) They assert the Perpetuity of their Law, together with its Perfection; believing there can be nothing added to it, or taken from it. (4.) They unanimously deny the accomplishment of the Promises and Prophecies concerning the Messias; obstinately alledg∣ing that he is not yet come, and that whenever he appears, 'twill be with the greatest worldly Pomp and Grandeur imaginable, sub∣duing all Nations before him, and making them acknowledge Subjection to the House of Judah. For evading the express Predi∣ctions of the Prophets, concerning his mean Condition and Suffer∣ings, they, without any shaddow of Divine Authority, do considently talk of a twofold Messias; one Ben Ephraim, whom they grant to be a Person of a mean and afflicted Condition in this World; another, Ben David, who they believe shall be a Victorious, Powerful Prince, and the Restorer of 'em to their former Liberty and Possessions. (5.) They think that the Sacred Name of God can't be blasphem'd by Man, if he only refrain from expressing the adorable 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. (6.) They condemn all manner of Images, though only design'd as a bare Representation of Persons to after Ages. (7.) They imagine that the Sabbath-day is to be so strictly observ'd,

that Works, even, of Necessity and Mercy are to be neglected. Lostly, They believe a Resurrection from the Dead at the end of Time, and expect a General Judgment at the last Day. These we may reckon the chief Articles of the Jewish Creed at present; but besides them, they admit of many other things which only Use and Custom have authoriz'd, and those are very different, ac∣cording to the different Countries in which they now reside. They are still observant, (according to their Circumstances) not only of the various Festivals appointed by God in the Jewish Church; but also several others of Human Institution, particularly that which they yearly Celebrate in Memory of their Deliverance from the projected Ruin of wicked Haman. During which Festival, the Book of Esther is thrice read over in their Synagogues; and when∣ever the Name of Human is mention'd, they all with one accord, best furiously with Hammars upon their Desks, as showing thereby their abhorrency of that Person who intended so bloody a Massacre of their Forefathers. The joyful Tidings of the Blessed Gospel were proclaim'd in this Country by Christ himself, and his Apostles; but the obstinate Jews did shut their Eyes against the Light, and still persist in their inflexible Obstinacy to this very Day.

§. 4. The Euphratian Provinces.

THE remaining Parts of the Asiatick Turky being Georgia, Turkomania, and Diabereck. Georgia * 1.463 (formerly Iberia) is so call'd from Georgi, a People an∣ciently inhabiting these Parts. Turkomania (formerly Armenia Ma∣jor) so call'd from the Turks, a Scythian People, who broke through the Caspian Straits, and possess'd themselves of these adjacent Pro∣vinces, And Lastly, Diabereck, (formerly Mesopotamia and Padan-Aram, of the Scriptures) but why so call'd, I find no satisfactory Account. We choose to consider all these three under the assum d Title of Euphratian Provinces, because they lie near the Body and Branches of that [once] famous River of Euphrates.

The Air of these Countries is generally very plea∣sant, healthful, and temperate, especially in the first * 1.464 and last. The opposite Place of the Globe to these Provinces, is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean, lying between 255 and 265 Degrees of Longitude, with 37 and 45 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of these various Provinces, (they lying in in the 6th and 7th North Climate) is generally rec∣kon'd * 1.465 very fit for Pasture on the Banks of the Tygris and Euphrates; and in many places it produceth abundance of Fruits,

with variety of Grain. As also Georgia is said to afford great plenty of excellent Wine. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of these various Provinces, is about 15 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours ¾; and the Nights proportionably.

These being Inland Provinces, do not manage any brisk or considerable Trade with Foreign Parts, and * 1.466 therefore their Commodities are not very numerous, those they Export or Barter with their Neighbours, being chiefly Pitch, Fruits, Silk, and such like.

At Ourfa in Diarbeck, is a large Fountain well stockt with Fishes, call'd by the Turks Abraham's Fountain and * 1.467 Fishes, and of so great Veneration among 'em, that the Banks of it are cover'd with curious Carpets for above twenty Paces in breadth. (2) Nigh to the aforesaid Ourfa, is a Mountain remarkable for several Grotto's, in which are to be seen very Anci∣ent Sepulchres of many Primitive Christians. (3.) Adjacent to Carasara, (another Town in Diarbeck) are many little Rooms hewen out of the firm Rock, which were probably some private Cells for Ancient Christians, who affected such Retirements: each of 'em having as 'twere a Table and Bench, with a Reposing Place, all artificially cut out of the hard Stone; and over each of their Doors is a lively Impression of a Cross. (4) On the East of Tygris, over-against Mosul, are the Ruins (and those hardly discern∣able) of the once great and famous City of Nineveh; the very prospect of which, may strike the Beholder with just Apprehensions of the fading Glory of all Sublunary Magnificence; and that the largest of Cities, are not too big a Morsel for devouring Time to consume. (5.). About a day and half's Journey from Bagdat, is the Sepulchre of the Prophet Ezekiel, which is yearly visited by the Jews of Bagdat with great Devotion. (6.) About the same di∣stance from Bagdat, but between the Euphrates and Tygris, is a prodigious heap of Earth, intermixt with a multitude of Bricks bak'd in the Sun, whereof each is thirty Inches square, and three thick; the whole being three hundred Paces in Circuit, is call'd Nemrod by the Christians and Jews in those Parts, and commonly believ'd by the Vulgar sort of 'em, to be the Remains of the re∣nowned Tower of Babel; but others rather follow the Opinion of the Modern Arabs, who call it Agartouf, and believe it to have been rais'd by an Arabian Prince, as a Beacon or Watch. Tower to call his Subjects together upon all Occasions. (7.) Nigh to Carkliguen (a Town of Turcomania) is a vast Rock, in which are divers arti∣ficial private Appartments, generally reckon'd the retiring Place of St. Chrysostome during his Exile, as the Christians of those Parts alledge.

For Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. See Na∣tolia. * 1.468

The Inhabitants of these different Provinces, are very different in their Tempers and Manners. The * 1.469 Armenians (or those of Turcomania) are Persons of a good Behaviour, and Just in their Dealings; and some of them (addicted to Trassick) are disper'd through most Parts of the Tra∣ding World. But the People of Georgia, are said to be extremely given to Thieving, Drunkenness, and most sorts of other Vices. Those of the Female Sex, are generally reckon'd the most beautiful Women of any in all the Oriental Countries; and so highly esteem'd are they by the Grand Signior, and King of Persia, that their respe∣ctive Seraglio's are well stor'd with them.

The Turkish, Persian, and Armenian Tongues, are all understood, and much us'd in these Provinces, espe∣cially * 1.470 the Turkish. In Diaberick the Armenian Tongue is chiefly made use of in Divine Service; and in Georgia, the corrupted Greek.

The Western Parts of these Provinces do own Subjection mostly to the Grand Signior, and the Eastern * 1.471 to the King of Persia, and that purely as the necessity of their Affairs requires. Those subject to the Grand Signior, are govern'd by various Beglerbegs of his appointment; and those in Subjection to the Persian Power, are rul'd by several Princes, some bearing the Title of Kings, (as one in the East of Georgia) who are elected by the King of Persia, and Tributary to him. Nevertheless, there are in these Provinces several Kings and Princes, who fear nei∣ther the Ottoman Slavery, nor the Persian Power; but eagerly main∣tain their Freedom, and keep all the Passes of the Mountains, not∣withstanding of many Efforts hitherto made to the contrary.

See the Ensigns Armorial of the Grand Signior, page 182. * 1.472

The prevailing Religion in many Parts of this Coun∣try, is that of the Armenians: The principal Points * 1.473 whereof are these Three: (1) They allow the Aposto∣lick and Nicene Creeds, but agree with the Greeks in asserting the Procession of the Holy Ghost from the Father only. (2) They be∣lieve that Christ at his Descent into Hell, freed the Souls of all the Damn'd from thence, and repriev'd them till the end of the World, when they shall be remanded to Eternal Flames. (3) They also believe that the Souls of the Righteous are not admitted to the Beatisical Vision until after the Resurrection; and yet they Pray to Saints departed, adore their Pictures, and burn Lamps before them, praying likeways for the Dead in general. They use Confession to the Priest, and of late have been taught the strange Doctrine of

Transubstantiation by Popish Emissaries, dispers'd through most Parts of this large Country; but they still give the Eucharist in both Species to the Laity, and use unleavened Bread soak'd in Wine. In administring the Sacrament of Baptism, they plunge the Infant thrice in Water, and apply the Chrism with consecrated Oyl in Form of a Cross, to several Parts of the Body; and then touch the Child's Lips with the Eucharist. These are the chief Tenets and Practices of the Armenians in Religious Matters: But to these we may add that vast multitude of Fasts and Festivals, which they punctually observe (one fourth part of the Year, being such) and truly it is in the Observation of 'em, that the very Face of the Christian Reli∣gion is as yet kept up among this People. Christianity was planted in these Parts of the World in the earliest Ages of the Church, Bartholomew the Apostle being generally reckon'd the chief (if not first) Propagator thereof.

SECT. VI. Concerning the Asiatick Islands.

Reduc'd (page 45.) to Six Classes, viz.

• The Japan Islands.
• The Philippin Islands.
• The Isles des Larrons.
• The Moluccoes.
• The Islands of the Sund.
• The Maldives and Ceylon.

The chief of the Japan are	Japan—	Remarkable Towns are	Meaco—	from N. E. to S. W,
Tonsa—	Sanuqui
Bongo—	Idem
The chief of the Phi∣lippin are	Luconia—	Idem—	from N. to S.
Tandaya—	Achen
Mindana—	Idem—
In the Islands des Larrons—	None.
The chief of the Mo∣luccoes are	Celebes—	Idem—	W. to E.
Gilolo—	Idem
Ceram—	Cimbelo—
The chief of the Isles of the Sund, are	Borneo—	Idem—	Under the Equa∣tor.
Sumatra	Achem
Java—	Materan S. of	Borneo
Sumatra at
The chief of the Maldives is Male	None.
In the Island of Ceylon—	Candea.

These Islands (as aforsaid) being reduc'd to Six Classes; of each of these Classes seperately, and in their Order. Therefore,

§. 1. The Japan Islands.

THESE Islands (thought by some to be the Ja∣badii of the Ancients) are term'd by the Italians, * 1.474 Giapone; by the Spaniards, Islas del Japon; by the French, les Isles du Japon; by the Germans, die Japanische Insuln; and by the English, The Japan Islands; but why so call'd, I find no satisfactory Account among Criticks.

The Air of these Islands doth much encline to Cold, but is generally esteem'd very wholesome to breath * 1.475 in. The opposite Place of the Globe to Japan, is that part of the Paragueyan Ocean, lying between 340 and 350 De∣grees of Longitude, with 30 and 40 Degrees of Southern Lati∣tude.

The Soil of these Islands is reckon'd abundantly fer∣til in Grain, Roots, and divers sorts of pleasant Fruits; * 1.476 as also the Ground (though much overspread with Forests, and incumbered with vast Mountains) is very fit for Pa∣sturage, and well stockt with multitudes of Cattle. The length of the Days and Nights in these Islands, is much the same as in the middle Provinces of China, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of these Islands are Gold, Silver, Elephants Teeth, Rice, and most sorts of * 1.477 Minerals.

There is in Japan (according to the Testimony of Varenius) a very remarkable Fountain, whose Water * 1.478 is almost equally hot with boiling Oyl; it breaks forth only twice a Day for the space of one Hour, during which time, the Eruption is so violent, that nothing can withstand the strength of its Current; for with such a mighty force doth the Water burst out, that 'tis said to raise up, and throw away the greatest Stone they can lay over the Mouth of the Fountain, and that with such a noise, that it frequently resembles the Report of a great Gun: (2.) In the same Island is a prodigious high Mountain, generally suppos'd to equal (and by some to surpass) the famous Pike of Te∣nerife, being visible almost forty Leagues off at Sea, though eigh∣teen distant from the Shore. (3.) In this Cluster of Islands are commonly reckon'd no less than eight different Vulcano's, whereof some are very terrible. Here also is great variety of Medicinal Waters, and many hot Springs, besides that most remarkable one abovemention'd. (4.) In the City of Meaco is a mighty Colossus of gilded Coper, to which People pay their Devotions. Of such a

prodigious bigness is that Pagod, that being set in a Chair, (which is eighty Foot broad, and seventy high) no less than fifteen Men may conveniently stand on his Head. His Thumb is said to be fourteen Inches about, and proportionable to it is the rest of his Body. In this City are reckon'd about seventy Heathen Tem∣ples, and one of 'em is said to be furnisht with no fewer than 3333 gilded Idols.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.479

The Japanners (being People of an Olive-colour'd Complexion) are generally of a tall Stature, strong * 1.480 Constitution, and sit to be Soldiers. They're said to have vast Memories, nimble Fancies, and solid Judgments. They are abundantly Fair, and Just in their Dealings, but naturally Am∣bitious, Cruel, and Disdainful to all Strangers, especially those of the Christian Religion; admitting none such to Traffick with 'em, save only the Dutch, who (to monopolize an advantagious Trade) are so complaisant to those Pagan People, as to suspend the very Profession of Christianity during their abode among them.

The Japonese Tongue is said to be very Polite and Co∣pious, * 1.481 abounding with many Synonimous Words, which are commonly us'd according to the Nature of the Subject; as also the Quality, Age, and Sex, both of the Speaker, and the Person to whom the Discourse is directed.

These Islands are Govern'd by several Petty Kings and Princes, (or Tanes) who are all subject to one * 1.482 Sovereign, still'd The Emperor of Japan. His Govern∣ment is altogether Despotical, and his Subjects adore him as a God, never daring to look him in the Face, and when they speak off him, they turn their Countenances down to the Earth. Peculiar to the Emperors of Japan, is the following Custom, viz. that they esteem it a kind of Sacriledge to suffer either Hair or Nails to be cut after Coronation.

The Emperor of Japan (according to the Relation of the Ambassadors of the Dutch East-India Company) * 1.483 beats Or, six Stars Argent, in an Oval Shield, and hor∣dered with little points of Gold. But according to others, his Arms are Sables, with three Tresoils Argent.

The Japanners are gross Idolaters, having a multi∣tude of Idols, to whose particular Service great num∣bers * 1.484 both of Men and Women do consecrate them∣selves. The chief of those Idols are call'd by the Names of Amida and Foqueux. The Votaries of the former are said to assert the Soul's Immortality, and the Pythagorean Metempsychosis; and those

of the latter imagine, That the frequent Repetition of certain Words will attone for all their misdoings, and procure to 'em the enjoyment of compleat Felicity at last. Great was the multitude of Converts to Christianity once in these Islands, if we might safely credit the Testimony of our Roman Missionaries, who, Anno 1596. reckon'd no less than 600000 of the Natives, then actually profes∣sing the Christian Religion. But how many soe're were really brought over to the Knowledge of the Truth; most certain it is, that they quickly Apostatiz'd from the same; and that no Person dares openly avow the Doctrine of Christ since the Year 1614. all Europeans, (save the Dutch) and others, professing Christianity, being then expell'd those Islands, and not like to have any more Access there for the future.

§. 2. The Philippin Islands.

THESE Islands (discovered by Magellan, Anno 1520) are term'd by the Italians, Philippine; by * 1.485 the Spaniards, Islas de Philippe; by the French, Philip∣pines; by the Germans, Philippinische Insuln; and by the English, The Philippin Islands; so call'd from Philip II. of Spain, in whose time they began to be inhabited by Spaniards.

The Air of these Islands is very moderate notwith∣standing they lie so near the Line The opposite Place * 1.486 of the Globe to them, is the Northmost part of Brasil.

The Soil of these Islands is generally very fertil, producing in great abundance most sorts of Grain, * 1.487 Herbs, and Fruits. They are also very fit for Pastu∣rage, and several of 'em are well furnish'd with some rich Mines of Gold, and other Metals. The length of the Days and Nights in these Islands, is much the same as in the Southern Parts of China, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of these Islands, are Rice, Pulse, Wax, Honey, Sugar-Canes, Gold, Cotton-Wooll, &c. * 1.488

In the Sea surrounding these Islands, is frequently seen a sort of Fish or Sea-Monster, about the bigness * 1.489 of a Calf, which in Shape doth much resemble the an∣cient Sirenes, so famous among the Poets; whence our English Na∣vigators term it the Woman-Fish, because its Head, Face, Neck, and Breast, are somewhat like those of the fair Sex. In several of the Philippins are some little Vulcano's, especially those of the Island Tandaia.

Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick, viz. that of Manilla, * 1.490

And subject to him are several Suffragan Bishops, * 1.491 but their Number and Titles are uncertain.

Universities in these Islands. None. * 1.492

The Natives of these Islands are generally a Coura∣gious and valiant sort of People, maintaining still their * 1.493 Liberty in several places: They're said to be Civil and Honest enough in their Dealings with the Chineses and Europeans, but most of 'em have a great Aversion to the Spaniards, having been extremely ill us'd by that Nation in divers respects.

The prevailing Language in these Islands, is the Spanish, which is not only in use among the Spaniards * 1.494 themselves, but is also understood and spoken by many of the Natives: As for the Language peculiar to 'em, we can give no particular Account thereof, save only its near Affinity to the Malay Tongue

These Islands being mostly subject to the King of Spain, are rul'd by a particular Vice Roy appointed * 1.495 by his Catholick Majesty, whose place of Residence is in Luconia, the biggest of 'em all. The Natives (as aforesaid) do still retain their Liberties in several places, especially in the Isle of Mindana, where those People call'd Hilanoones (i. e. Mountaineers) Sologues and Alfoores, acknowledge nothing of Subjection to the Spanish Power. * 1.496

Many of the milder sort of the Natives are instruct∣ed in, and make Profession of the Christian Religion; * 1.497 and that by the care and diligence of Roman Missiona∣ries sent thither from time to time. The rest being of a savage and intractable Temper, continue still in the thick Mist of Paga∣nism. The Spaniards here residing, are the same in Religion with those in Spain.

§. 3. Isles des Larrons.

THESE Islands were discovered by Magellan, Anno 1520. and so nam'd by him, from the Nature of their Inhabitants, who were excessively given to thieving. This being all that's re∣markable of 'em, we pass on to

§. 4. The Molucques OF Moluccoes.

THESE Islands (unknown to the Ancients) are term'd by the Italians, Molucche; by the Spani∣ards, * 1.498 Molucco's; by the French, Isles Moluques; by the Germans, die Moluccische Insuln; and by the English, the Molucques or Moluccoe-Islands; so call'd from the word Moloc, which in the Lan∣guage of the Country signifieth the Head; because the Islands pro∣perly call'd the Moluccoes, are situated (as 'twere) at the Head or Entrance of the Indian Archipelago.

These Islands lying under, and on either side of the Line, the Air is extremely hot, and generally esteem'd * 1.499 very unwholesome. The opposite Place of the Globe to the Moluccoes, is the Northern Part of Brasil.

The Soil of these Islands is not reckon'd so fertil as that of the Philippin, especially in Grain, but for abun∣dance * 1.500 of Spices and rich Mines of Gold, they far sur∣pass them. The Days and Nights do not much vary in their Ex∣tent all the Year round, these Islands being so near unto, and partly under the Equinoctial.

The chief Commodities of these Islands, are Gold, Cotton, Spices of all sorts, especially Cinamon, * 1.501 Pepper, Cloves, Ginger, Nutmegs, Mastick, Al∣loes, &c.

In the Island of Timor and Solor, grows a Tree which stinketh exactly like Human Excrements: A considera∣ble * 1.502 part of an Arm of which Tree, is to be seen in the Publick Musaeum of Gresham Colledge. (2.) In several of the Moluc∣coe's are divers Vulcano's, particularly that call'd Gounong-apy in Banda, which some Years ago made a dreadful Eruption, not only of Fire and Sulphure, but also of such a prodigious number of Stones, that they cover'd a great part of the Island, and so many dropt into the Sea, that where 'twas formerly forty Fathom Water near the Shore, is now a dry Beach. (3.) In Ternata (one also of the Moluc∣coes) is another Vulcano, reckon'd by many to be yet more terrible than the former; for a particular Description of which, Vid. Philos. Trans. N. 216. (4.) In the Moluccoe's is a Bird term'd by the Na∣tives Manucodiata, i. e. Avis Dei; and by the Europeans, the Bird of Paradise. He is indeed a Creature of admirable Beauty; and being always seen upon the Wing, 'twas currently believ'd, that he had no Feet. But that Opinion is now found to be a gross Mistake, notwithstanding the same was not only receiv'd by the unthinking

Vulgar, but also embrac'd even by some considering (yet therein deceiv'd) Naturalists; among whom the great Scaliger [Exerc. 228. S. 2] was one; and likeways Gesner [the Pliny of Germany] being led into the same Error, hath pictur'd that Bird accordingly. To these Remarkables abovemention'd, I may here add that rare Quality of Cloves, (one of the chief Spices produc'd in these Islands) viz. their strange attractive Virtue when laid near any Liquids, being able to drain a Hogshead of Wine or Water in a short time; where∣by some unwary Commanders of Ships have been most unexpectedly depriv'd of their beloved Liquors.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.503

The Natives of these Islands (especially such as in∣habit the midland Parts) are by most, esteem'd a trea∣cherous, * 1.504 inhumane, and base kind of People, much given to beastly Pleasures, and generally walking Naked; but those upon, or near the Sea-Coasts, who have Commerce with Europeans, are pretty well civiliz'd, and several of 'em prove very ingenious. Their manner of Dealing is all by Bartering, they being Strangers as yet to Money.

All we can find of the Language peculiar to, the Na∣tives of these Islands, is, that 'tis as barbarous as they * 1.505 who own it. The Trading Persons among 'em in their Dealings with Strangers use the Portugueze Tongue.

These Islands are subject to many Sovereigns of their own, and some (particularly Celebes and Gilolo) * 1.506 have each of 'em several petty Kings, whom they own as Sovereign Lords and Governors. The Portugueze formerly had got considerable footing in these Islands; but now the Dutch, who send thither many of their condemned Criminals to be there im∣ploy'd as perpetual Slaves. * 1.507

The Natives of the Moluccoes are, for the most part, gross Idolaters; and intermixt with them are many * 1.508 Mahometans, with some who know a little of Christiani∣ty; which Knowledge hath not been improv'd very briskly in those poor Creatures, ever since they happen'd to change their Masters.

§. 5. The Islands of the Sund.

THESE Islands (unknown to the Ancients) are term'd by the Italians, Isola-di Sunda; by the Spa∣niards, * 1.509 Islas del Sond; by the French, let Isles de la Sonde; by the Germans, die Insuln in Sunde; by the English, The Islands of the Sonde or Sund; so call'd from the Strait of the Sund, between the Isles of Java and Sumatra.

The Air of these Islands is extremely hot, (they be∣ing situated under the same Parallels of Latitude with * 1.510 the Moluccoes) and in Sumatra 'tis mighty unwhole∣some, by reason of many Lakes wherewith that Island abounds. The opposite Place of the Globe to the Isles of the Sund, is part of Terra Firma, and the Land of the Amazons in South America.

The Soil of these Islands is generally very good, especially in Java and Sumatra, affording great plenty * 1.511 of Corn and Fruits; mightily abounding with the chiefest of Spices; well furnish'd with various kinds of Fowl; and wonderfully stor'd with rich Mines of Gold, Tin, Iron, Sul∣pher, and several other Minerals. The length of the Days and Nights in these Islands, is much the same throughout the whole Year, their Latitude either South or Northern being inconsider∣able.

The chief Commodities of these Islands, are Gold in great quantities, most sorts of Spices, plenty of Wax * 1.512 and Honey, store of Silks and Cottons, some precious Stones, and the best kind of Brass.

In the Island of Java are Serpents of a prodigious length and bigness; one being taken at a certain time, * 1.513 that was thirteen Yards and a half long: and so big, that they found a young Boar in his Belly. In the same Island is a remarkable Vulcano, which sometimes burns with great Rage. (2) Towards the middle part of Sumatra, is another burning Mountain, call'd Mons Balulvanus, which vomits forth Fire and Ashes in like manner as Mount Aetna in Sicily, or Vesuvius in Naples. (3.) In the same Island is a very observable Tree, call'd Sangali by the Malayans; and by the Portuguese, Arbor triste de dia; so term'd from its remarkable property of putting forth abundance of lovely Buds every Evening, (which look very pleasant to the Eye, and fill the places adjacent with a most fragrant Smell) but these fading and falling to the Ground when the Sun ariseth, it ap∣pears in a melancholy and mourning Dress all day long. (4) In the Island of Borneo is a Creature, usually known to our English Na∣vigators,

by the Name of the Savage Man; being of all Brutes likest to Man, both in Shape, Stature, and Countenance, walking also upright upon his two hinder Legs, and that frequently, if not al∣ways. He's a Creature of great Strength, and extremely Swift in Running. Many reckon him the Ape peculiar to Borneo, and the hunting of him is esteem'd a princely Diversion.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.514

The Natives of these Islands do considerably differ in Point of Manners; those of Borneo being generally * 1.515 esteem'd Men of good Wits, and approved Integrity: those of Java very Treacherous, Proud, and much given to Lying: And the Inhabitants of Sumatra are affirm'd to be good Artificers, cunning Merchants, and several of 'em expert Mariners.

The Language in these various Islands, is not the same, at least it doth mightily differ in variety of * 1.516 Dialects. The Trading People who have frequent Dealings with the Franks, do understand and speak the Fortugueze Tongue.

In each of these Islands are several Kings. In Borneo two, one Mahometan, and the other Pagan. In * 1.517 Sumatra and Java, are many Princes, some Maho∣metan, and some Pagan. The chief of those in Sumatra is the King of Achem, and Materan is the chief in Java. The Hollanders and Portugueze have establisht several Factories in these Islands, especially the former. * 1.518

The Natives of these Islands, who reside in the Inland Parts, are generally gross Idolaters; but those * 1.519 towards the Sea-Coasts are (for the most part) zealous Professors of the Doctrine of Mahomet, in several of its Fundamen∣tal Points.

§. 6. The Maldives and Ceylon.

THESE Islands (unknown in former times, ex∣cept Ceylon, which is thought by some to be the * 1.520 Ophit of Solomon, and the Taprobane of the Ancients) are term'd by the Italians, Maldivee, Ceylon; by the Spaniards, Mal∣divas, Ceylon; by the French, Isles des Maldives & Ceylon; by the Germans, die Maldivische Insuln & Ceylon; and by the English, the Maldives and Ceylon. They are call'd Maldives from Male, the chief

est of 'em; and Dive, which in their Language signifies an Island: But from whence Ceylon derives its Name is not very certain.

The Air of these Islands (notwithstanding of their nearness to the Line) is very Temperate, there falling * 1.521 a kind of Dew every Night, which mightily helps to qualify the same, yet frequently mortal to Strangers. But in Ceylon 'tis so pure and wholesome, that the Indians term this Island, Tema∣risin, i. e. a Land of Pleasure The opposite Place of the Globe to these Islands is part of Mare del Zur, lying between 280 and 290 Degrees of Longitude; with the Equator, and 10 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of these Islands is extraordinary fruitful, ex∣cept in Corn, whereof the Maldives are said to be * 1.522 scarce. The length of the Days and Nights in them, is much the same throughout the whole Year, the Latitude of the Northmost of 'em being inconsiderable.

The chief Commodities of these Islands, are Cina∣mon, Gold, Silver, most sort of Spices, Rice, Honey, * 1.523 Precious Stones, &c.

In Ceylon is that remarkable Mountain, commonly call'd Adam's Pike, which is of a great height, and re∣ported * 1.524 to send forth sometimes from its top both Smoke and Flame. In many of the Maldive Islands grows that Tree bearing the Cacoa, or India. Nuts, which is very remarkable for its various uses; for out of it, is yearly drain'd a large Quantity of Juice, which being drawn at certain Seasons, and prepared after different manners, do taste exactly like excellent Oyl, Butter, Milk, as also some sorts of Wine and Sugar. Of the Fruit they usually make Bread, and the Leaves serve as Paper to write upon. And as for the Trunk of the Tree, they imploy it either in building of Houses or Ships. These Islands likeways abound with variety of pretty white Shells, which are much admir'd, and pass current as Money in many Parts of the Adjacent Continent.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.525

The Natives of these Islands (being for the most part, Tall and Strait of Body) are esteem'd a Lazy, * 1.526 Proud, and Effeminate Sort of People, yet some of 'em are reputed to be good Artificers in Metals. Most of 'em go stark Naked, except what Natural Instinct prompteth them to cover. To wear long Hair, is the only priviledge of the King and Soldiers.

The Inhabitants of the Maldives have a peculiar Jar∣gon of their own. Those who reside on the Sea-Coasts * 1.527 of Ceylon, understand a little Dutch, and something of the Portugueze Tongue.

The Maldives are mostly subject to one Sovereign, who hath his ordinary Residence in Male, the chief * 1.528 of all those Islands. And Ceylon is govern'd by its own King, residing at Candea, to whom several little Princes are Tributary; but much of the Sea-Coasts is possess'd by the Dutch. The Maldive Sovereign is said to assume the Title of Sultan, King of Thriteen Provinces, and Twelve thousand Islands, viz. those of the Maldives, their number being generally accounted such. * 1.529

The Natives of this mighty Cluster of Islands, are partly Mahometans, partly Idolaters, especially the lat∣ter, * 1.530 Paganism being the most predominant of the two.

And so much for Asia and the Asiatick Islands. Now followeth,

[illustration]

AFRICA by R. Morden

CHAP. III. Of AFRICA.

Divided (page 44.) into	Egypt—	Capital City	Cairo.
Barbary—	Fez.
Bildulgerid—	Dara.
Zaara, or the Desart—	Zuenziga.
The Land of the Negroes—	Tombute.
Guinea—	Arda.
Nubia—	〈◊〉〈◊〉.
Ethiopia	Exterior or Inf.	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Interior or Sup.	〈◊〉〈◊〉

To these add the African Islands.

Of all which in Order. Therefore,

SECT. I. Concerning Egypt.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	52	06	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 650 Miles.
62	40
between	21	10	of Latit.	Breadth from E. to W. is about 310 Miles.
30	00

It comprehen••••	〈◊〉〈◊〉, or the Lower Egypt—	Chief Town	Alexandria.	Northward.
Bechria, or Middle Egypt—	Cairo—
Sahid, or Upper Egypt—	Sahid—	Southward.
The Coasts of the Red-Sea—	Cossir—

THIS Country (much the same with Ancient Egypt, and variously nam'd of old, as Misraim * 1.531 by the Jews; Augustanica, by the Romans; Oceana, by Peros••s; Og••g••a, by X••uophon; Potamia, by Herodotus; and Hefostia, by Homer, &c.) is term'd by the Italians, Egitto; by the Spaniards, Egypto; by the French, Egypte; by the Germans, Egypten; and by the English Egypt; so call'd [as many imagine] from Egyptus, Son of Belus, and Brother to Danaus.

The Air of this Country is very hot, and generally esteem'd extremely unwholesome, being always infected * 1.532 with nauseous Vapours, ascending from the fat and s••imy Soil of the Earth. That it never Rains in Egypt, (as some have boldly affirm'd) may deservedly claim a place among the Vulgar Errors of the World The opposite Place of the Globe to Egypt, is part of Mare Pacificum, lying between 232 and 242 Degrees of Longitude; with 21 and 31 Degrees of South Latitude.

Egypt (•• lying in the 4th and 5th North Climate) was, and is still accounted as fertil a Country as any * 1.533 in the World; the Soil being wonderfully fatned by the yearly overflowing of the Nile. It's exceeding plentiful of all sorts of Grain; and for its vast abundance of Corn in former times, 'twas commonly term'd Horreum Populi Romani. The long∣est Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 14 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost is 10 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Sugar, Flax, Rice, all sorts of Grains and Fruits, Linnen-Cloath, * 1.534 Salt, Balfam, Senna, Cassia, Butargio, &c.

In and near to Ancient Alexandria, (now term'd by the Turks, Scanderick or Scanderie) are many consider∣able * 1.535 Remains of Antiquity; particularly the ruin'd Walls of that ancient famous City, with a considerable number of Towers; several of which are almost intire. Here also are divers stately Porphyry Pillars, and several curious Obelisks of pure Gra∣net, (especially that which bears the Name of Pompey's Pillar) some of 'em still standing, others thrown down, and all adorn'd with variety of Hieroglyphicks. For a particular Account of such Pil∣lars, with a curious Draught of divers of 'em representing both their true Dimensions and Hieroglyphick Characters, Vid. Philos. Trans. N. 161. and 178. To these Curiosities we may add the [once] proud Palace of Cleopatra, now wholly in Ruins; being so defac'd, that 'tis hardly discernible, if ever such a stately Structure was in that place. (2) In the Ancient Castle of Grand Caire, are several Remarkables worthy of Observation, which Strangers (with some difficulty) obtain leave to see: The chief whereof are these Three. First, The Arcane, which is a frightful dark Dungeon, and that (as they tell you) into which the Patriarch Joseph was thrown down. Secondly, A very large Ancient Room with about thirty Pillars of Thebaick Stone as yet standing, which still bears the Name of Joseph's Hall. Lastly, In this Castle is a prodigious deep Pit, with a Spring of good Water in its bottom, (a Rarity in Egypt) which the Natives term Joseph's Well. From this Pit, some Travel∣lers are pleas'd to talk of an Artificial Communication under Ground, between the Pyramids on one hand, and the Town of Swez on the other. For a farther account of these Particulars. Vid. Thevenot's Travels, Part I. c. 9. (3.) A few Miles West of Grand Caire, are the Egyptian Pyramids, (call'd by the Turks, Pharaon Do∣glary; and by the Arabs, Dgebel Pharaon, i. e. Pharaoh's Hills) those famous Monuments of Antiquity, which 'twould seem devouring Time could not consume. The biggest of 'em hath these Dimen∣sions, viz. Five hundred and twenty Foot high, upon a Base of six hundred and two Foot square; two hundred and fifty Steps from top to bottom, each Step being two Hands broad, and almost four high; and its Top being flat, is able to contain thirty Men. (4.) Adjacent to the biggest Pyramid, is a monstrous Figure of a prodigious greatness, call'd Sphinx; and by Herodotus, Anarosphinx: The Bust (being all of one Stone) represents the Face and Breasts of a Woman, whose Head (according to Pliny) is a hundred and twenty Foot in Circumference, and forty three long. It's also a hundred sixty two from the top of the Head to the lowest part of the Belly.

But these Dimensions are different from those of some Modern Travellers, who say, That 'tis but twenty six Foot high, and fifteen from the Chin to one of the Ears, and the rest proportionably. (5.) Near to Grand Caire, are several deep Subterranean Cavities (hewen out of the firm Rock, and having variety of Hieroglyphicks inscrib'd on the Walls) in which repose several of the famous Egyptian Mummies; and in some of those Repositories of the Dead, it is, that certain Lamps are said to have been found, which con∣stantly burn without consuming, till expos'd to the open Air. (6) In the famous River of Nile, is abundance of Crocodiles, those terrible and devouring Animals; now accounted the same with that Creature mention'd in the Book of Job, under the Name of Leviathan, commonly taken for the Whale, but falsly; as Bochart, De Animalibus S. S. (Part 2. Cap. 16, 17, 18.) hath fully demon∣strated. A compleat Skeleton of this Animal, about four Yards three quarters long, may be seen in the Repository of Gresham Col∣ledge, being presented to the Royal Society by that truly Worthy and Ingenious Gentleman, the Honourable Sir Robert Southwell. To these Curiosities of Egypt, I might here add that Supernatural (but Fictitious) Prodigy, that's reported to be yearly seen near to old Caire, viz. The Annual Resurrection of many dead Bones on Holy Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, (according to the old Calendar) which both Turks and Christians in those Parts, do firmly believe; and that by the means of some pious Frauds, of a few designing Santo's among them.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universitities. See Na∣tolia, * 1.536 page 262.

The Egytians now a-days (being Persons of a low Stature, tawny Complexion, and of spare Bodies) are * 1.537 generally reckon'd Cowards, Luxurious, Cruel, Cun∣ning, and Treacherous. They much degenerate from their Ance∣stors in every thing, save only a vain Affectation of divining, which some as yet pretend unto.

The chief Language commonly us'd in this Coun∣try, is the Turkish and Vulgar Arabick, or Mori••k, espe∣cially * 1.538 the latter. The Arabs brought in their Lan∣guage with their Conquests, which hath been preserved here ever since; but the Cophti's still retain the use of the Ancient Egyp∣tian Tongue, (which is very different from all the Oriental Lan∣guages) especially in their Religious Performances. In places of any considerable Traffick, many of the European Tongues are under∣stood and spoken.

This Country (very famous of old, both in Sacred and Prophane History) being a Province of the Tur∣kish * 1.539 Empire, is govern'd by a particular Bassa or Beg∣lerbeg, who commonly resideth at Grand Cairo, which Post is gene∣rally esteem'd the most Honourable Government of any belonging to the Port; having under him no less than fifteen different Go∣vernments; as also a powerful Militia, commonly reckon'd the most considerable of all the Ottoman Empire.

See Turky in Europe, page 182. * 1.540

The Inhabitants of this Country, (being Moors, Turks, and Arabs, besides the Natural Egyptians) are for the * 1.541 most part stricter Observers of Mahomet's Doctrine, than any People elsewhere through all the Ottoman Dominions. Here also are Jews in great numbers, as also many Christians, call'd Cophti, who follow the Errors of Eutyches and Dioscorus, yet not concurring with them in every Point. The Christian Faith was first planted here by St. Mark, who is universally acknowledg'd to have been the first Bishop of Alexandria.

SECT. II. Concerning Barbary.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	04	16	of Long.	its greatest	Length from W. to E. is about 2300 Miles.
52	10
between	24	40	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S is about 380 Miles.
35	00

Barbary comprehends the Kingdoms of	Morocco—	Chief Town	Idem	From W. to E.
Fez—	Idem
Rlensen—	Idem—
Algiers—	Idem—
Tunis—	Idem—
Tripo'i—	Idem—
Barca—	Idem—

Barbary being the most considerable (at least the best known) Country of all Africa, I shall in particular consider its Divisions: Therefore,

Chief Towns in	Morocco are	Taradunt—	—	Found from S. to N.
Gazula—
Morocco—	—
Tednest—
Ehn din—	—
Teszca—
Fez are—	Fez in the main Land.	From S. to N. E. upon the Sea-Coast.
Beniz—
Saliee—
Larach—
Arzilla—
Tanger [now demolish'd]
Ceuta—
Telensin are	Ora••.—	From W. to E.
Ten••—

Chief Towns in	Algiers are	Algier—	From W. to E.
Bugia—
Gigiari—
Bona—
Tunis are	Beggia.—	From W. to E upon the Sea-Coast.
Biserta—
Tunis—
Mahometa—
Susa—
Tripoli are	Tripoli—	From W. to E.
Lebida.—
Misurata—
Barca are	Barca—	From S. to N.
Zadra—

THIS Country (comprehending Mauritiana of the Ancients, as also Africa propria and Lybia) * 1.542 is term'd by the Italians, Barbaria; by the Spaniards, Berberia; by the French, Barbarie; by the Germans, Barbaryen; and by the English, Barbary; so call'd by the Saracens from Barbar, (which signifieth a murmuring Sound) because this People seem'd at first to their Conquerors, to pronounce their Language after a strange murmuring manner. Others do rather imagine, that the Romans upon their Conquest of this Country, call'd it Barbaria, and its Inhabitants Barbarians, because of the Rudeness and Barba∣rity of their Manners.

The Air of this Country is indifferently temperate, and generally esteem'd very heathful to breath in * 1.543 The opposite Part of the Globe to Barbary, is part of Mare de'l Zur and Mare Pacificum, lying between 184 and 232 De∣grees of Longitude, with 24 and 35 Degrees of Southern Lati∣tude.

This Country (lying in the 4th and 5th North Cli∣mate) is very fertil in Corn, and most kinds of Fruit, * 1.544 although 'tis full of Mountains and Woods, especially towards the Mediterranean Sea. It breadeth many kinds of Beasts, particularly Lyons and Leopards, with many Apes, and some Ele∣phants, besides abundance of Cattle. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 14 Hours ¼; the shortest in the South∣most, 10 Hours ⅓; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Honey, Wax, Oyl, Sugar, Flax, Hemp, Hides, Cordevants, * 1.545 Dates, Almonds, Mantles, &c.

On Mount Zagoan (about six Miles South from Tunis) are many Ruins of an old Castle, built by the Ancient * 1.546 Romans, with several Latin Inscriptions, as yet to be seen upon divers Marble Stones. (2) From the aforesaid Moun∣tain to the City of Carthage, was once a curious Aqueduct; and up∣on Mount Guestet (in the same Neighbourhood) are some plain Ve∣stigia of Roman Magnificence, still visible to this Day. (3.) In the City of Morocco, are two magnificent Temples; one built by Ali, and the other by Addul Mumen, which deserve the particular regard of a curious Traveller. (4.) In the Palace Royal of the Morocco Emperors (a Building of a vast Extent, and term'd by the Natives, Alcacave or Michouart) is a stately Mosque, with a very high Turret, on whose Top are four Apples of solid pure Gold, which all together weigh seven hundred Pounds weight; and in another Court of the said Palace is a prodigious high Tower, so contriv'd, that the Em∣peror can mount up to the Top of it on Horse-back. (5.) In the City of Fez, is that famous Mosque call'd Caruven, which is said to be almost half a Mile in Circuit, and furnisht with thirty Gates of a prodigious bigness. It hath above three hundred Cisterns to wash in, before they go to Prayers: and in it are upwards of nine hundred Lamps, which are commonly lighted and burn every Night. (6) Over a certain River, call'd Sabu, (as it runs between two Hills, term'd Beni-jasga and Silego) is a remarkable Bridge, or rather a ready way of passing from one side of the River to the other; and that by the help of two large Stakes fixt fast in the Ground (on either side, one) between which are extended two strong Ropes, and to one of them is ty'd a kind of a big Basket, able to contain ten Men, into which the Passengers being entred, and pulling one of the Ropes, (which runs by a Pulley) they waft themselves over much sooner, than we Europeans can pass either by Bridge or Boat. Vid. Dapper's late Description of Africa.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.547

The Barbarians [thus Characteriz'd of old by Hero∣dian, Mauri (inqu••t ills) Genus sunt hominum suapte na∣turâ * 1.548 coedit avidissimum, nihilque non facile audens & despè∣ratis sin••les, contemptu scilices mortis & periculorum] are now a Peo∣ple that's generally very Inconstant, Crafty, and Unfaithful, Active of Body, Impatient of Labour, and Covetous of Honour. Some of 'em ••re Studious in Matters of their Law; and others are en∣clin'd to the Liberal Sciences, especially Philosophy and the Mathe∣maticks.

The Inhabitants of Sallee, Tripoli, and Algiers, are mightily given to Pyracy; and many of the Moroccos are much addicted to Merchandizing. Dispers'd through all these Countries are the Arabs, who (especially in Barca) exercise their common Trade of robbing and molesting Travellers on the Highway.

In most of the Sea-Port Towns, and over all the Countries bordering on the Sea, the prevailing Lan∣guage * 1.549 is Arabesque, or corrupt Arabick. In the City of Morocco, and several other Places, they still retain their Ancient Language, or rather a corrupt Dialect of the old African. The trading People (especially in their Dealing with Strangers) do use a certain Jargon compounded chiefly of Spanish and Portugueze, not unlike to the Lingua Franca among the Turks.

This large Country (comprehending several King∣doms and Provinces) is chiefly under the Great Turk, * 1.550 and Emperor of Morocco: To the latter belong the Kingdoms of Morocco and Fez, and to him are ascrib'd (or rather he assumeth) the following Titles, viz. Emperor of Africa, King of Morocco, Fez, Sus, and Taffalet; Lord of Gago, Dara, and Guinea; and Great Xeriff of Mahomet. The other Kingdoms or Provinces of this Country, are mostly subject to the Great Turk, and are go∣vern'd by his particular Bassa's set over 'em, only Tunis and Algiers, (two considerable Commonwealths, or rather distinct Kingdoms) though each of 'em hath their respective Bassa appointed by the Grand Signior; yet they're so eager in maintaining their Liberties and Priviledges, that those Bassa's are little more than meer Cy∣phers. For in the former of these, the Inhabitants have a Power of chusing their own Governor or Captain, term'd the Dey, who Rules the Kingdom, Constitutes Cadi's, and passeth Sentence in all Affairs, whether Civil or Criminal. The Divan of Tunis is com∣pos'd of one Aga, one Chaya, twelve Odabachi, twenty four Boulou∣bachi, two Secretaries, and four Chiaoux, who judge in all Matters after they have heard the Sentiment of the Dey, who may accept or reject their Advice, as he thinks fit. As for Aegiers, The Govern∣ment thereof is lodg'd in the Hands of the Army, particularly the Officers of the Janizaries, of whom the Council of State is com∣pos'd, and of it the Aga of the Janizaries is President. It's true, the Grand Signior keeps always in this Place a Bassa, with the Title of Vice-Roy, but he's at best but a meer Shadow; for he may not so much as enter the great Divan, unless invited by the whole Coun∣cil; and when admitted, he hath but one single Voice, and can only advise in Matters. Besides these two Potent Republicks of this Country, there's another, viz. That of Tripolt; but it is intire∣ly subject to the Grand Signior, who governs the same by a particular Bassa sent from the Ottoman Court, and renew'd every

third Year. He is honour'd with the Standart of Tunis, and the Title of Beglerbeg.

The chief Independent Potentate in these Countries being the Emperor of Fez and Morocco, he bears for * 1.551 Arms, Three Wheels, Argent. As for the rest of Barbary. Vid Turky in Europe, page 182.

The establisht Religion of this Country, is Mahome∣tanism; but the Inhabitants of Morocco differ from other * 1.552 Mahometans in several considerable Points; particularly those maintain'd by the Followers of Hamet, (the first of the pre∣sent Race of the Morocco Emperors) who was at first a kind of Monk, and quitting his Retirement, A. C. 1514. began publickly to Preach to the People, that the Doctrine of Hali and Omar, and other Interpreters of the Law, was only Humane Traditions; be∣sides several other things of that Nature, which occasion'd such Animosities between other Turks and the Morocco's, that a Turkish Slave with them, is no whit better treated than a Christian. There are also many Persons in and about Algiers, who likeways differ from other Mahometans in divers Particulars. Some of 'em main∣tain, that to fast seven or eight Months doth merit Eternal Happi∣ness: That Idiots are the Elect of God: That Sins against Nature are Virtues: That the Marabouts among 'em are inspir'd by the Devil, and yet they account it an honourable thing to be defil'd by one of 'em. These and many other such ridiculous Follies do they believe and avouch. The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country by some of the seventy Disciples, and St. Simon the Apostle, Sirnam'd Zelotis.

SECT. III. Concerning Bildulgerid.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	02	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from W to E. is about 2040 Miles.
55	00
between	22	30	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 300 Miles.
32	40

Bildulgerid com∣prehends the Provinces of	Tesset—	Chief Town	Idem—	From W. to E.
Dara—	Idem—
Segelmess—	Idem—
Tegorarin—	Idem—
Zeb.—	Teulachar
Bildulgerid prop. so call'd	Caphesa—
Desart of Barca—	None considerable.

THIS Country (the Ancient Numidia) is term'd by the Italians, Spaniards, French, Germans, and * 1.553 English, Bildulgerid; so call'd from the vast numbers of Dates it produceth; the Name in the Arabick Tongue signifying a Date.

The Air of this Country is very hot, but generally esteem'd abundantly wholesome to breath in. The * 1.554 opposite Place of the Globe to Bildulgerid, is that part of Mare de'l Zur and More Pacificum, lying between 182 and 235 Degrees of Longitude, with 22 and 32 Degrees of Southern La∣titude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate) is somewhat Barren, the Ground, for * 1.555 the most part, being very Sandy, yet in some low Valleys is found Corn, and great Quantity of Dates. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 14 Hours; the shortest in the Southmost, 10 Hours ¾; and the Nights proportionably.

The Commodities of this Country are very few, they chiefly consisting in Corn, Cattle, Dates, and * 1.556 Indigo.

A certain River, (whose Origine is in Mount Atlas, but watereth the Plains of Bildulgerid in its main Bo∣dy) * 1.557 passing by a Town call'd Teolacha, hath a Current

of Water extreamly warm; and is known to European Travellers, by no other Name than la Riviere Chaude, or the Hot River. (2.) There's another River issuing out of the Mountains of Numidia, and pas∣sing by the four Forts of Ifran, disgorgeth it self into the main Ocean, between Bojadore and the Town of Nun, which in the Winter-time (when other Rivers do usually swell over their Banks) grows commonly dry, and goes thereupon by the Frank Name of la Riviere Seche. (3.) Nigh the aforesaid Teolacha, is a little Village, call'd Deusen, which is of great Antiquity, being built by the Ro∣mans, as appears by the Remains of several Structures, and some Roman Sepulchres; besides variety of Medals, (found frequently after a Rain) having commonly a Head upon one side of 'em, with Latin Inscriptions, and Trophies on the other. Vid Dapper's late Description of Africa,

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.558

The Inhabitants of this Country (besides the Na∣tives) being chiefly Arabs, are generally Ignorant, * 1.559 Cruel, Lecherous, and much given to Robbing.

All we can learn of the Language commonly us'd by the Natives of this Country, is, that 'tis as Rude and Barbarous * 1.560 as they themselves. The Arabs here resi∣ding, do still retain their own Tongue.

This great Body is subject unto several little Kings or Lords, who (for the most part) are Tributary to * 1.561 the Great Turk, and Emperor of Morocco. Some places are govern'd in Form of Independent Commonwealths; and others are without any kind of Government or Order among them.

The Religion profess'd by the Savage Inhabitants of * 1.562 this Country, is that of Mahometanism; but many of * 1.563 'em are sunk into the grossest Stupidity as to Religious Matters, either not knowing what they profess, or professing as good as none at all. Here are several Jews scatter'd up and down those places, best inhabited. The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country much about the same time with Barbary. Of which already.

SECT. IV. Concerning Zaara, or the Desert.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	02	00	of Long.	Itsgreatest	Length from W to E. is about 2340 Miles.
50	00
between	21	00	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 330 Miles.
28	00

Zaara or the Desert comprehends the Provinces of	Borno—	Chief Town	Idem—	From W. to E.
Gaogo—	Idem—
Bardoa—	Idem—
Lempta—	Idem—
Targa—	Idem—
Zuenziga—	Idem—
Zanhaga—	Tagassa—

THIS Country (a Part of Ancient Lybia, the Seat of the Getuli and Garamantes) is term'd by the * 1.564 Italians, Zaara; by the Spaniards, Zaara o Desierto; by the French, Zahara ou Desert; by the Germans, Zaara or Wijste; and by the English, Zaara or the Desert; so call'd by the Arabians (the Name signifying a Desert) because 'tis a Country very Barren, and thinly inhabited.

The Air of this Country is much the same as in Bil∣dulgerid, only a little more hot, yet very wholsome to * 1.565 breath in. The opposite Place of the Globe to Zaara, is that part of Mare del Zur and Mare Pacificum, dying between 182 and 243 Degrees of Longitude, with 21 and 28 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country (lying in the 3d and 4th North Cli∣mate) being generally very Dry and Sandy, is not * 1.566 fertil either for Corn or Fruits; yea, 'tis generally so barren that its Inhabitants can hardly live. Such are those vast Deserts and terrible Mountains of Sand in this Country, that Tra∣vellers are frequently reduc'd to great Extremities, being liable either to be overwhelm'd with Sand, (if a Tempest of Wind arise) or to perish with Thirst if it chance not to Rain. To prevent the last of these, (the first being unavoidable in case of Wind) they commonly kill one of their Camels, and drink the Water in his

Stomach; those Creatures taking in so large a quantity at one time, as sufficeth Nature for fourteen or fifteen Days together. The longest Day in the Northmost Part, is about 13 Hours¼; the shortest in the Southmost, is 10 Hours¾; and the Nights proportionably.

The Commodities of this Country are very inconsi∣derable, they chiefly consisting in a few Camels, * 1.567 Dates, and Cattle.

Nigh to C. Bojadore, on the West of Zahara, are certain Banks of Sand stretching along that part of the * 1.568 Coast; towards which so strong a Current sets in, that the Water being in a mighty Agitation, both Waves and Sand mix∣ing together, do not only resemble a boiling Salt-pan, but also they frequently mount up to a prodigious height. (2.) In the Desert of Araoan, are two Tombs with Inscriptions upon 'em, importing that the Persons there interr'd, were a rich Merchant, and a poor Carrier, (who both di'd of Thirst) and that the former had given ten thousand Ducats for one Cruise of Water. (3.) North of Gaogo, are some Vesligia of the Ancient Cyrene, the chief City of Lybia Cyrenaica, and formerly one of the famous Pentapolis.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universitities. None. * 1.569

The Inhabitants of this Country, being mostly Arabs, are an Ignorant, Brutish, and Savage kind of * 1.570 People, resembling rather Wild Beasts than Rational Creatures.

What was said of the Language spoken by the Na∣tives of Bildulgerid, the same may be affirm'd of that * 1.571 commonly us'd in this Country, viz. that it's as Rude and Barbarous as they who speak it.

This great Country is subject to several particular Lords, whom they term Xeques; but many of 'em * 1.572 wander up and down, hunting in great Companies, accounting themselves Independant.

This Country being stockt with Arabs, the only * 1.573 Religion here profess'd, is that of Mahomet's; but so * 1.574 Barbarous and Brutish is the generality of this People, that many of 'em live without the least sign of Religion among them. The Christian Faith was once planted here, but quite exter∣minated towards the beginning of the Eighth Century.

SECT. V. Concerning the Land of the Negroes.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	00	10	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from W. to E. is about 2280 Miles.
46	20
between	10	00	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 600 Miles.
23	10

The Land of the Ne∣groes comprehends the Provinces of	Genohoa—	Chief Town	Idem—	From W. to E. upon the North of the Niger.
Galata—	Idem—
Tombut—	Idem—
Agades—	Idem—
Cano—	Idem—
Cassena—	Idem—
Guangara	Idem—
Melli—	Idem—	From W. to E. upon the South of the Niger.
Mandinga	Idem—
Gago—	Idem—
Guber—	Idem—
Zegzeg—	Idem—
Zanfara—	Idem—

Besides these is the Country of the Jalofes upon the Mouth of the Niger.

THIS Country (unknown to the Ancients) is term'd by the Italians, Paese di Mori; by the Spa∣niards, * 1.575 Yierra de los Negros; by the French, Pays des Ne∣gres; by the Germans, Moren-land; and by the English, Negroeland, or The Land of the Negroes; so call'd, either from the Colour of its In∣habitants, or the River Niger.

The Air of this Country is very warm, yet generally esteem'd so wholesome to breath in, that sick Persons * 1.576 are reported to be brought thither from several of the Adjacent Countries; and upon their stay in it for any considerable time, are perfectly restor'd to their former Health. The opposite Place of the Globe to Negroeland, is part of the West American Ocean, lying between 180 and 220 Degrees of Longitude, with 10 and 23 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 2d and 3d North Climate) is very rich, especially towards the * 1.577 River Niger, which overflows a considerable part there∣of, as the Nile doth Egypt. Here is great store of Corn and Cattle, and variety of Herbs. Here are many Woods, and those well fur∣nish'd with Elephants, and other Beasts, both Wild and Tame. Here also are several Mountains, and those richly lin'd with valu∣able Mines of Silver and Gold. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country, is about 13 Hours ¼; the shortest in the South∣most, is 11 Hours ¼; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Ostridge-Feathers, Gums, Amber, Gold, Red Wood, Civer, * 1.578 and Elephants Teeth, &c.

In Juala (a little Kingdom in the Country of the Jalofes) is a small River, call'd by the Franks, Rio de * 1.579 la Grace; opposite to whose Mouth is a considerable Bank of Sand, out of which there issueth, at low Water, a gentle Stream of curious fresh Water, most pleasant to the Taste. (2) Nigh to Sanyeng (a Village in the same Country) is a Well of ten Fathom depth, whose Water is naturally so very sweet, that in taste it comes nothing short of ordinary Sugar. (3.) In the Pro∣vince of Gago, the Sandy Desert is of such a Nature, that Humane Bodies laid in the same, (for many Persons parish in endeavouring to cross it) don't in the least corrupt, but become hard like the Egyptian Mummies.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.580

The Negroes (having their Denomination from the blackness of their Complexion) are a People very ig∣norant * 1.581 in all Arts and Sciences. In Behaviour ex∣treamly rude and barbarous, much given to Luxury, addicted to beastly Pleasures, and universally great Idolaters In the Maritime Places they Trade in Slaves with the Europeans, selling to them not only what Captives they take in Wars with one another, but also (many times) their nearest Relations, even Wives and Children not excepted.

In this vast Country there are variety of Languages, and very different from one another. The principal * 1.582 of which, are the Sungai and Guber; that of Gualata, and what they ordinarily use in Guangara. In the Country of the Jalofes, are those call'd by the Names of Bolm and Timna; the first being a Language that's extreamly rough in Pronunciation, and hard to be learn'd; but the other is generally reckon'd very sweet and easy.

This spacious Country is subject to many Kings, who are absolute over their own Territories; but all, * 1.583 or most of 'em are Tributary to one Sovereign, viz. the King of Tombute, who is reckon'd the most powerful of 'em all. Next to him are Mandingo, Gago, and Cano. * 1.584

The numerous Inhabitans of this vast Country, are either Mahometans, or gross Idolaters; and some in the * 1.585 Midland Provinces live without any sign of Religion or Worship among them. A faint Knowledge of the Mosaical Law, was once introduc'd into some Parts of Negroe-land; and the Mara∣bouts of Cambea and Cassan, give still a confus'd Account of the Historical Part of the Old Testament. They acknowledge the Exi∣stence of One God, and never Adore him under any Corporeal Representation. They also own our Blessed Saviour as a mighty Prophet, and Worker of Miracles. They generally use Circum∣cision as other Mahometans do. Christianity got once some footing in these Parts of the World, but was wholly over-clouded by Maho∣metanism, towards the middle of the Tenth Century.

SECT. VI. Concerning Guinea.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	03	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from W. to E. is about 1320 Miles.
30	00
between	04	10	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 360 Miles.
11	40

Guinea compreh.	The Coasts of Maleguette—	Chief Town	Timan—	W. to E.
Guinea prop	Ivory Coast, W.	Tabo—
Quaqua Coast	Assin.—
Gold Coast, E.	S. George de Mina
The Kingdom of Benin—	Arda—

THIS Country (unknown to the Ancients, and properly a part of Negroe-land) is term'd by the * 1.586 Italians and Spaniards, Guinea; by the French and Ger∣mans, Guinea; and by the English, Guinea; so call'd (as most imagine) from the Nature of the Soil, and excessive Heat of the Country, the Name signifying Hot and Dry.

The Air of this Country is extreamly hot, and very unwholesome, especially to Strangers, with whom * 1.587 it so disagreeth, that many live but a short time after their arrival in it. The opposite Place of the Globe to Guinea, is that part of New Guinea, and Adjacent Ocean, between 186 and 210 Degrees of Longitude, with 4 and 11 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil in many places is wonderfully fertil, pro∣ducing the choicest of Grains and Fruits. This Coun∣try * 1.588 is well stor'd with Elephants, whose Teeth bring great Gain to the Inhabitants, when either sold or barter'd for other Goods of those Merchants who Trade with them. Here also are several inexhaustible Mines of Gold; and in many of its Rivers are found some Pearls of great value, with abundance of Gold-Dust. The longest Day in the Northmost Part is about 12 Hours ¾; the shortest in the Southmost 11 Hours ¾; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold, Ivory, Hides, Wax, Amber-Gris, Guinea-Pepper, * 1.589 Red-Wood, Sugar, Civet, &c.

So impetuous is the Current of Rio da Volta, that the Sea, for about a Mile near the place where the River * 1.590 disgorgeth it self, appears always of a whitish Colour, and is said to have a sweetish Taste for almost ten Fathoms deep. (2.) In several Parts of Guinea grows a certain Tree, (commonly call'd Mignolo) which having an Incision made in its Body, doth yield an excellent Liquor of much request among the Natives; proving to them more pleasant, strong, and nourishing, than the choicest of Wines. (3.) In several Inland Provinces of Guinea, and the Coun∣tries adjacent, is sometimes seen that remarkable Creature, term'd Savage by the Portugueses, [and by the Natives, Qoja-Marrow] but most usually found in Angola, from whence one was lately brought to England, and view'd by multitudes of People at London. Such Creatures walk frequently upright as Men; at other times, on all four; and so near is their resemblance to Human Shape, that many of the Negroes either take them for Real Men, (imagining that by long continuance in the Woods they're become Demi-Brutes) or look upon them as the spurious Issue of unnatural Commixtures. Some of our Modern Travellers would fain perswade the World, that such Creatures are the Genuin Off-spring, either of the Anci∣ent Satyrs or Pygmies, so famous among the Poets, and so frequently mention'd by Pliny, (who spoke much of them by hear-say.) But others, with more shew of probability, do reckon them specifically the same with the Apes of Borneo, already mention'd, page 289. For a full and satisfactory Account of this remarkable Creature, with a nice Examination of the various Conjectures about it, I must refer the Reader to a particular Treatise on that Subiect, now preparing for the Press, by the Learned Dr. Teyson.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.591

The Natives of this Country are great Idolaters, ve∣ry Superstitious, and much given to Stealing. In * 1.592 Complexion they're of the blakest sort, and most of 'em walk quite Naked without the least shame. Some of 'em on the Sea-Coast are given to Trading, and understand Commerce tollerably well; but generally they're a cheating, proud, lazy, and sluttish kind of People. Remarkable is one fundamental Law (or rather an Ancient Custom) among some People upon the Quaqua-Coast; viz. That every Person is oblig'd to betake himself to the same Trade or Imployment, which his Fore-fathers have follow'd. Upon the Death of a Husband in the Kingdom of Benin, the Widow becomes wholly subject to her own Son, (if any) and may

be reckon'd among his number of Slaves; only with this difference, that she can't be sold without leave obtain'd from the immediate Prince of the Country where they live. To kill a considerable number of Slaves at the Funeral of any great Person, was a Custom (almost) universal through all Pagan Countries; and particularly here, but much worn out in these latter Ages.

The chief Language in this Country, is that call'd Sungai, which is also understood and spoken in several * 1.593 Adjacent Countries, particularly Tombut and Melli. Of the several Tongues in use upon the Golden Coast, That of the Acanistes is most universal; being current almost all Guinea over, except An∣ten, Acara, Ningo, and Sinco, which have each their particular Dia∣lects. The Trading Part of 'em understand and speak Portugueze.

This Country owneth Subjection to several Sove∣reigns, the chief of whom is ordinarily stil'd the * 1.594 Emperor of Guinea, to whom divers other Kings and Princes are subject. Next to him is the King of Benin, who is esteem'd a powerful Prince, having several States Subject and Tri∣butary unto him.

Paganism is the Religion of this Country, the Profes∣sion * 1.595 whereof is attended with many ridiculous Supersti∣tions; * 1.596 and in some places on the Golden Coast, that Dia∣bolical Custom of offering up Human Sacrifices is still in use, but not so current as formerly. The Pythagorcan Opinion (embrac'd by a great part of the Heathen World) prevails mightily here. Those of the Kingdom of Benin do own a Supreme Being, whom they call by the Name of Orifa, acknowledging him as the Creator of Heaven and Earth; but think it needless to serve him, be∣cause (say they) he being Infinitely Good, will be sure not to hurt them. On the very contrary Account, they're very careful in paying their Devotions, and offering Sacrifices to the Devil, or some bad Spirit, who they think is the cause of all their Calamities. They likeways offer up a yearly Sacrifice to the Sea, reckoning thereby to appease the Waves, and procure calm and peaceable Weather. In several other parts of this Country, are neither Idol nor Temple, and many of the People seem to entertain but very slen∣der hopes of a future State; and wholly deny the Resurrection of the Body, except those who are kill'd in the Wars. Which Excep∣tion hath been undoubtedly inculcated upon 'em by some of their Princes, and that probably out of a Political Design.

SECT. VII. Concerning Nubia.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	42	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 840 Miles.
57	00
between	09	30	of Latit.	Breadth from E. to W. is about 570 Miles.
23	00

Nubia	North—	the River Nuba, chief Towns are	Samna.
South	Nubia.

THIS Country (known formerly under the same Name) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, * 1.597 Nubia; by the French, Nubie; by the Germans, Nubien; and by the English, Nubia; so call'd from its Ancient Inhabitants, the Nubi or Nubii, or (according to others) the Nobadoe and Nobades; and finally some would derive its Name from Nuabia, (once) the Ca∣pital City of the whole Country.

The Air of this Country is every where extreamly hot, it being seldom qualifi'd with Showers of Rain. * 1.598 The opposite Place of the Globe to Nubia, is part of Mare de'l Zur, lying between 220 and 240 Degrees of Longitude, with 9 and 23 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 2d and 3d North Climate) is said to be very fertil in those Parts * 1.599 adjacent to the River Nile; but elsewhere 'tis generally very barren, being cumbered with many formidable Mountains of Sand. Here is good store of Elephants, some Sugar-Canes, and (as several report) a few Mines of Gold. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 13 Hours ½; the shortest in the South-most, 11 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold, * 1.600 Civet, Sugar, Ivory, Arms, &c.

In divers Parts of Nubia are still extant, the Ruins of many Christian Churches, (being reckon'd one hundred * 1.601 and fifty in all) with several Pictures of our Blessed Sa∣viour, the Virgin Mary, and many Saints. Most observable is that strange subtile Poyson produc'd in this Country, one Grain thereof

being able to kill ten Men in a quarter of an Hour. It's commonly sold at an hundred Ducats an Ounce, but never to Strangers, un∣less they promise by Oath not to use it in these Parts of the World. Remarkable is this Country for being the Birth-place of the famous Nubian Geographer.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.602

The Nubians (of a Colour extraordinary Black) are said to be a strong, couragious, and cunning sort of * 1.603 People, much given to War, very Laborious, and many of 'em exceeding Wealthy, there being establisht a consi∣derable Traffick between them and the Merchants of Grand Caire in Egypt.

The Nubians have a particular Language of their own, which hath some Affinity with the Arabick and Chal∣dean; * 1.604 as also some agreement with the old Egyptian Tongue.

This Country is govern'd by its own Independent King, who is said to be a very Powerful Prince. * 1.605 One of his Predecessors, call'd Cyriacus, upon Infor∣mation of the Christians being oppress'd in Egypt, is reported to have rais'd one hundred thousand Horse for their relief.

This spacious Country was once Christian; but the * 1.606 Ministry failing, the Inhabitants, for want of Pastors, * 1.607 fell off from Christianity, and in process of time became either strict Mahometans or Gross Idolaters. The Sound of the Blessed Gospel did reach the Nubians, and was cordially receiv'd by them in the earliest Ages of the Church.

SECT. VIII. Concerning Ethiopia.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	35	20	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 3600 Miles.
73	20
between	23	00	of. Latit.	Breadth from W. to E. is about 2180 Miles.
34	30

It being divided into Ethiopia

• Interior.
• Exterior.

Ethiopia	Interior compre∣hends many Provinces, the chief of which are	Barnagasso—	Chief Town	Barva—	N. to S.
Tigremahon—	Chaxumo.—
Dobassat—	Dobas.—
Fatigar.—	Idem
Angote—	Idem
Amara—	Idem	S. to N.
Beleguanze—	Idem
Bagamedri—	Idem
Exterior compre∣hends the	King∣doms of	Biafara—	Chief Town	Idem—	N. to S. on the W. of the Abyssins.
Loango—	Idem—
Congo—	Salvador
Angola—	Idem—
Empires of	Monoemungi	Camure—	N. to S on the South of the Abyssines.
Monomotapa	Idem—
Coasts of	Cafres—	Cofala—
Zangucbar	Melinda—	S to N. on the E. of the A∣byssins.
Ajan—	Brava—
Abex—	Erecco—

THIS vast Complex Body being generally considered, as divided into these Two Classes, viz. Upper and Lower; or rather Ethiopia Interior and Exterior: I shall seperately Treat of them both. Therefore,

§. 1. Ethiopia Interior, or the Land of the Abyssines.

THIS Country (but badly known to the Anci∣ents, and much encroach'd upon of late by * 1.608 Neighbouring Princes) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Abyssinia; by the French, l' Empire des Abyssins; by the Germans, Abyssinen; and by the English, Ethiopia Interior, or The Land of the Abyssines. It's call'd Interior, because of its Situation, in respect of the other Ethiopia, being encompass'd by the same on three sides; and Abyssinia, either from the River Abas, or its Inha∣bitants, whom the Arabians call Abassi, a People once residing in Arabia Foelix. The Name in the Egyptian Language signifieth Scat∣tered Nations.

This Country being wholly within the Torrid Zone, its Air is generally very hot, but yet in some Valleys * 1.609 extreamly cool and temperate; by reason of the many and prodigious high Mountains, so situated in divers places, that at certain times of the Year they intercept the Sun-beams from low Valleys lying between them. The opposite Place of the Globe to the Land of the Abyssines, is part of Mare de'l Zur and Mare Pacificum, lying between 215 and 252 Degrees of Longitude, with 10 and 23 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 1st, 2d, 3d North, and 1st, 2d, 3d South Climate) is very diffe∣rent; * 1.610 for in some places adjacent to the numerous Branches of the Nile, the Ground is sit to produce most sorts of Grain, Fruits, and Herbs, in great plenty; but in those that are Mountainous and Remote from the Nile, nothing is to be seen, but vast Deserts, sandy Mountains, and formidable Rocks. This Land is also said to produce great store of Sugar-Canes, Mines of Iron, a great quantity of Flax, and plenty of Vines; but the Inhabitants either know not, or care not to make use of these things to any considerable advantage. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 13 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost, 10 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold, Metals, some Gems, Corn, Cattle, Salt, Flax, Wines, * 1.611 Sugar-Canes, &c.

Many are the Natural Salt-Pits of excellent Rock-Salt in this Country; and in the Confines of Dancala * 1.612 and Tigra, (two Adjacent Kingdoms) is a large Plain, of four days Journey, one side whereof is intirely crusted over with pure white Salt, which serves the Inhabitants of the Country, both

far and near; some hundreds of Camels, Asses, and Mules, being daily imploy'd in carrying of it. (2.) In the Mountains of Gojame, is a great natural hollow Rock, opposite to which is another, so situated, that (according to Travellers Accounts of those Parts) a Word only whispered on its top, is heard at a considerable distance; and the joint Voices of several Persons speaking at once, appear as loud as a great Shout of a numerous Army. (3.) Of the many Christian Temples in this vast Empire, there are ten stately ones hewen out of the firm Rock, which are reported to have been all perfected in twenty four Years; and each of 'em are said to be pro∣portionable in all its Parts, with Gates and Windows in a most regular manner: For the Ichnography of one of those Temples, Vid. Comment. J. Ludolphi in Historiam suam Ethiopicam, lib. 2. cap. 5. page 235. (4.) In several Lakes of this Country, and the River Nile, is frequently seen that amphibious Creature, call'd by the Ethiopians, Bihat; and Hippopotamus by the Greeks, because of its having some resemblance to a Horse in several Parts of the Body. This is that Creature which goes by the Name of Behemoth in the Book of Job, according to the Learned Bochartus [De Animalilus S. S. Part 2. cap. 15.] who therein differs extreamly from the Vulgar (and for∣merly receiv'd) Opinion in this matter. (5.) In other Lakes and Rivers, is sometimes taken the Torpil Fish, whose Nature is such, that if a Person only touch it, he's suddenly seiz'd with an exces∣sive Cold and Trembling. The Natives are said to allay the vio∣lent Heat of burning Fevers by touching the Patient therewith. (6.) Of the many curious Birds in this Country, the Pipis is most observable, as being the ready Conductor of Hunters to find out their Game; for having discover'd any Beast in his lu••king place, he's said to fly towards the Huntsmen, and calling incessantly Fonton Kerre, (which imports that they should follow him) he flies softly before them, and is sure to conduct them to their desired Prey. (7) Great is the variety of strange Animals to be seen in various Provinces of this vast Empire; the most noted of which are these three: First, That Creature commonly call'd by the Natives, Arweharis; [and by the Arabs, Harish or Harshan] which hath one long Horn in its Forehead: Whereupon some conclude, that this is the famous Unicorn of the Ancients. Secondly, The Cameleopard, (so term'd from having a Head and Neck like a Camel, and a spotted Body as a Leopard) which is said to have so long Legs, that a Man mounted on an ordinary Horse may easily pass under his Belly without so much as touching him. Lastly, The Zecora, which is generally reckon'd the most comely Creature of all Qua∣drupeds whatsoever. For a particular Account of these, and many more in this Country, Vid. Ludolphus abovemention'd, Lib. 1. Cap. 10. And the Learned Bochartus his Hierozoicon, Part 1. Lib. 3.

To these Rarities of this Country, I might here add the thrice famous Mountain of Amara, which ought indeed to lead the Van, rather than bring up the Reer, if only a tenth part of what hath been related of it, were really true. As for the Sabbatical River, (menti∣on'd both by Pliny and Josephus, and which some of our Modern Jews would fain perswade the World, were now to be found in this Country, being formerly said to be in Judaea) 'tis justly lookt upon as one of the many Rabbinical Fictions among them.

Although the Abyssines allow of an Ecclesiastical Hierarchy in the Alexandrian Church, (whose Pa∣triarch * 1.613 is own'd as their Head) yet they don't now admit of any other Order among 'em superior to that of a Presbyter, save only their Abbuna.

The Inhabitants of this Country (being Persons of of a tawny Colour) are generally esteem'd an igno∣rant, * 1.614 lazy, and perfidious sort of People; not to be credited unless they swear by the Life of their Emperor. Of several ridiculous Customs among 'em, one is, That they generally hate a Smith as the Devil. Those in and about Chaxumo, are reckon'd the best of the whole Empire; divers of them being accounted very Ingenious, besides many others, who betake themselves to a devout and religious sort of living.

The Abyssine Tongue seems to have some Affinity with the Hebrew and Chaldaic. It's divided into a * 1.615 great many Dialects (the chief and most refin'd of which, is the Amaric) and those so different from one another, that some reckon no fewer than eight different Languages within the Limits of this Empire. Remarkable is the Abyssine Tongue for one thing truly singular, and peculiar to it, viz. That whereas the Letter A is reckon'd the first of the Alphabet in all known Lan∣guages of the World; yet wtih the Abyssines, 'tis commonly accounted the thirteenth, according to Ludolphus his Grammar.

This spacious Country is subject to one Sovereign, stil'd in the Ethiopian Language, Naggasi (which signi∣fies * 1.616 Lord or Ruler); otherways, Neguscha Nagascht, i ••. Rex Regum: As for the European Title of Prester or Presbyter John, that's now reckon'd as one of the many Vulgar Errors in the World. It's generally agreed upon, That this Ethiopian Monarch fancieth himself to be sprung from Solomon and Maqueda, (or Ni∣zaule, according to Josephus) Queen of the South. He's said to assume a great many vain and exorbitant Titles, expressing all those Provinces by Name comprehended within the Circuit of his Domi∣nions; and stiling himself, The Beloved of God, sprung from the Stock of Judah: The Son of David: The Son of Solomon: The Son of the Column of Sion: The Son of the Seed of Jacob: The Son of the Hand

of Mary: The Son of Nahu after the Flesh: The Son of St. Peter and Paul, after the Spirit, &c. His Government is altogether Despotical, his Subjects being treated as the worst of Slaves. He is so reverenc'd by the greatest of 'em, that at his very Name they bow their Bodies, and touch the Ground with one of their Fingers. The Empire doth not descend to the Eldest Son, but to him whom the Father upon his Death-bed shall be pleas'd to name.

The Abyssine Emperors, for Ensigns Armorial, bear a Lyon holding a Cross, with the following Motto, * 1.617 Vicit Leo de Tribu Juda.

Within the Limits of this spacious Empire, is a great mixture of People, as Pagans, Jews, and Mahometans, * 1.618 of various Nations; but the main Body of the Natives is Christian. They hold the written Word of God to be the only Rule of Faith; and that the Canon of Holy Scripture consists of Eighty five Books, whereof Forty six, they say, are in the Old, and Thirty nine in the New Testament. They're not well acquainted with the Apostolick Creed, but in lieu thereof do use the Nicene, or rather Constantinopolitan. As to the grand Doctrine of the Incarna∣tion, they're generally Eutychians, being formerly led into that de∣testable Heresy, by Dioscorus, Patriarch of Alexandria. In the Per∣son of their Emperor, they lodge the Supreme Authority in all Matters, as well Ecclesiastical as Civil; and do thereupon wholly deny the Supremacy of the Bishop of Rome, allowing him indeed to be the first Patriarch, but esteeming it Antichristian in him, to pretend to a Jurisdiction over the whole Church of Christ. As they disown the Pope's Supremacy, so also do they disclaim most Points of the Popish Doctrine; particularly those of Transubstantiation, Purgatory, Service in an Unknown Tongue, Auricular Confession, Images in Churches, Celebacy of the Clergy, Extream Unction, &c. They make use of different Forms in Baptism, and keep both Saturday and Sunday as Sabbath. They punctually observe Circumcision, and abstain from eating of Swine's Flesh, not out of any regard to the Mosaick Law, but purely as an Ancient Custom of their Country. They're much enclin'd to giving of Alms, and visiting the Sick. Their Divine Service doth wholly consist in Reading of the Holy Scriptures, Administration of the Eucharist, and hearing some Ho∣milies of the Fathers. They repair to Church by times, and never enter with their Shooes on, nor sit down unless upon the bare Ground. They carfully observe the appointed Hours for Publick Prayer, and perform that Duty with great Devotion. In a word, many of the Abyssines express in several respects, a deep Sense of Religion. For a particular Account of this People, both as to their Religion, and other Remarkables, Vid. J. Ludolphu••'s Ethiopick Hi∣story. The Roman Missionaries did so prevail about Seventy Years

ago, that the Popish Religion was like to have got sure footing in this Empire; for they had once gain'd the Emperor and Court, and obtain'd a Proclamation in their Favours, enjoyning the whole Body of the People to embrace the Doctrine of the Roman Church. But the Abyssines were so loath to part with the Religion of their Forefathers, that the Emperor's endeavour to propagate the Roman Faith, occasion'd many dreadful Insurrections in his Empire, which could not be quell'd without shedding a Sea of Blood. Finding there∣fore his endeavours to be in vain, and dreading the consequence of making any new Attempt, he wholly gave over the Design; and not only return'd to his former Belief himself, but also gave leave to all his Subjects to do the same. And that he might regain the [almost lost] Affection of his People, he forthwith banish'd out of his Dominions all Roman Missionaries whatsoever, together with Alphonso Mendez, a Jesuit, who having been consecrated Patriarch of Ethiopia at Lisbon, and approv'd by the Pope, had been honour∣ably receiv'd by the Abyssine Emperor under that Character, and resided at Court in a peaceable discharge of his Office for several Years. As for the Plantation of Christianity in this Country, 'tis a constant Tradition among the Inhabitants, that the Eunuch bap∣tiz'd by Philip the Deacon, was Steward to the Empress of Ethiopia; and that upon his return, he converted the Court and whole Em∣pire to the Christian Faith. But (following the Opinion of the most Judicious Writers) this Country was destitute of the Blessed Gospel till the Fourth Century; when first instructed therein by Frumentius, (the Son of a Tyrian Merchant) who was consecrated Bishop by St. Athanasius, and is commonly reckon'd the first Abbuna of this mighty Empire.

§ 2 Ethiopid Exterior.

THIS Country (unknown to the Ancients) to∣gether with Abyssinia abovemention'd, is term'd * 1.619 by the Italians and Spaniards, Ethiopia; by the French, Ethiopie; by the Germans, Ethiopien; and by the English, Ethiopia; so call'd from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, Uro, and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, Vultus, upon the account of its excessive Heat, the greatest part thereof being in the Torrid Zone. This Ethiopia is stil'd Exterior, because of its Situation, in respect of the other.

This vast Body comprehending several Kingdoms, Empires, and Sovereignties, and those mightily ex∣tended * 1.620 from South to North, can't reasonably be sup∣pos'd to enjoy the same Nature of Air in all its Parts. In Biafara and Congo, 'tis extreamly hot, and would be intollerable to the In∣habitants,

were it not qualified in the first of these Kingdoms, by daily Showers of Rain, and in the other by violent Winds, which frequently blow from the Western Ocean. In Monomotapa and Mo∣noemungi, as also the Coasts of Cafres, the Air is much more tem∣perate; in Zanguebar very unwholesome; and in Ajan and Abex, extreamly hot. The opposite Place of the Globe to Ethiopia Exte∣rior, is part of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Zu••, lying between 210 and 250 Degrees of Longitude; with 10 Degrees South, and 25 Degrees North La∣titude.

The various Divisions of this great Body being situ∣ated in different Climates, (particularly the 1st, 2d, * 1.621 3d Northern, and the 1st, 2d, 3d Southern) the Soil must of necessity be very different. Biafara is said to be less fertil than Congo. The Empires of Monomotapa and Monoemungi do pro∣duce abundance of Grain, and are generally esteem'd very fit for Pasturage. The other Divisions on the East and South-East of the Abyssines, are for the most part, very Barren in all sorts of Grain, yet productive enough of some Sugar-Canes, several kinds of Fruit and Spices; as also furnish'd with some considerable Gold and Silver Mines, and every where abounding with Elephants and Lyons. So rich were those Mines found by the Portugueses in Zanguebar, and several Parts of the Cafres, that the Country about Sofala, hath been lookt upon by some Modern Geographers, as the much con∣troverted Land of Ophir. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is 13 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost, 9 Hours ¾; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commoditities of this Country, are Gold, Silver, Amber-Gris, some Pearls and Musk, Rice, * 1.622 Mill, Cattle, Lemons, Citrons, Ivory, and Oyl, &c.

In the Kingdom of Angola is found the Quoja-Mar∣row, that remarkable Creature, of whom already in * 1.623 Guinea, p. 311. (2) Most sorts of Creatures in Congo, are to be seen also in Angola, particularly, a Serpent (call'd Minià by the Inhabitants of Quoja, and Embamma by the Angolois) which is reported to be of such a prodigious bigness, that he's said to swallow a young Deer at one Morsel. (3.) In divers Lakes of An∣gola, (particularly those of Quihaite and Angolone) are frequently seen some Water-Monsters, term'd Ambisiangulo and Pesiengoni by the Natives; but Europeans give them the Title of Syrenes, because [when taken] they fetch heavy Sighs, and cry with a dolorous Tone, resembling very much the mournful, yet charming Voice of a Woman. (4) In the Island Levando, is a remarkable Tree, call'd by the Inhabitants Eusada, and Arbor de Raiz (i. e. Arbor Radicum) by the Portugueze. It derives this Name from the Nature of its Branches, which spring forth on all sides from the Trunk,

[where 'tis generally three Fathoms in Diameter] and many of 'em bowing so low as to touch the Ground, take root and spring forth anew, till by their weight they bow down again, and take Root the second time, and so on, till they cover a thousand Paces in Circuit, and able to lodge under its Branches three thousand armed Men, who may find Defence not only from Heat, but also Rain; so thick and numerous are those Filaments, and so well lin'd with Leaves. (5) In several Parts upon, and South of the River Coanza, are considerable Mines of Rock-Salt. For these and several other Remarkables of this Country, Vid. Dapper of Africa.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.624

The various Inhabitants of these many and vastly extended Countries, are generally a Dull, Savage, * 1.625 and Swarthy kind of People, among whom a great many remarkable Customs prevail. To instance only in a few: It's reported of the Emperor of Monomotapa, that when e're he Drinks in publick, the whole Court doth jointly put up their Prayers in his behalf and that with a very loud Voice, which being heard in the Neighbourhood, all Persons there living are bound to do the same, as likewise others hearing them, and so on; whereby the whole City or Country adjacent is always sensible when the Emperor takes his Glass. In the Kingdom of Loango are many Canabals, and in several places 'tis as usual to sell Human Flesh publickly in Sham∣bels, as other Nations do commonly Beef and Mutton. In the same Kingdom 'tis establish'd by an Ancient Custom, That when e're a Father deceaseth, his Goods belong not to the Children, but his own Brothers or Sisters, who are bound to take care of such of the little Ones, as they think are not able to care for themselves. To add no more, We read of another Custom yet more uncouth among a certain People inhabiting the Cafres, which is, That when e're a Father deceaseth, the Children both Old and Young are oblig'd to lose the little Finger of their Left-hand, and to bury it with him. For deferring the performance of that painful Duty, they're commonly very tender of their Parents Health, and take all care imaginable to prolong his Life; which was probably the Original Cause of so strange a Practice. But of all the Inha∣bitants of these various Countries, there's none more observable for their manner of living than a certain People near unto, and upon the Cape, and commonly call'd by the Name of Hottantots. They're so term'd from a frequent Repetition of that, or such like word, and may be reckon'd the most Nasty and Brutish of all reasonable Creatures, having nothing save the Shape of Man, that can lay claim to that noble Character. Their Bodies are usually besmear'd

with common Grease, or some worse stinking Stuff, which occasi∣ons a very loathsome smell. Their ordinary Habit is a Sheep-Skin just as 'tis pull'd off from the Carcase; and they use (as Ornaments) the Guts, cum puris Naturalibus, wrapt about their Legs and Arms two or three Inches deep, on which they frequently feed when scarce of fresh Provisions. Notwithstanding of the unparallel'd nastiness of this People; yet some Travellers talk of a certain In∣land Canibal Nation, (term'd Cobonas) who make frequent Incur∣sions into their Neighbouring Countries, and spare none they catch, no not the Swinish Hottantots themselves, who ('twould seem) should make but a very unsavory Repast.

There is a wonderful variety of Languages, in those various and vastly extended Countries, which go under * 1.626 the Name of Ethiopia Exterior. The Inhabitants of Congo and Angola, have each of 'em a peculiar Language of their own. In the Eastern Divisions, particularly Ajan and Abex, the Arabian, with Variation of Dialect, doth chiefly prevail; but the Language in use among those of the Cafres, especially the Hotantots, doth seem to be only a confus'd and inarticulate Noise and Bellowing.

The various Divisions of this great Body, are sub∣jected to various Sovereigns; particularly the King∣doms * 1.627 of Biafara and Congo, are rul'd by their own Kings, to whom several Princes are subject. The Empires of Mo∣nomotapa and Monoemungi, are govern'd by their respective Empe∣rors, (who are reckon'd powerful Princes) and to them several Kings are Tributary. The People inhabiting the South and South-East Coasts of this great Body, (except those of the Cafres, who know little or nothing of Government) are subject to several Princes, as Zanguebar is govern'd by some petty Kings of its own; and many Places on the Sea Coasts are Tributary to the Por∣tugueses. The Coast of Abex doth principally belong to the Turk. And lastly, Ajan is partly under the Turk, and partly its own Kings.

The numerous Inhabitants of these many Countries, * 1.628 are generally gross Idolaters, excepting those of Zan∣guebar, * 1.629 Ajan, and Abex, who incline to Mahometanism; and some on the Coasts of the Cafres (particularly the Hottantots abovemention'd) do live without any sign of Religion, being de∣stitute both of Priest and Temple; and never shew any token of Devotion among 'em, except we reckon their Dancing at the Full and New Moon for such. In the Kingdom of Loango, the genera∣rality of People entertain a certain faint Idea of God, (whom they term Sambian-Pongo) but being sunk into the blackest Idolatry, they admit of many ridiculous Superstitions in their way of Wor∣ship.

However the Inhabitants of Malemba, in the same Kingdom, do vastly surpass their Neighbours, and by some wonderful Marks of Natural Religion, do publickly baffle their gross Stupidity; for of them we're credibly inform'd, that they set apart every fifth Day for Publick Worship; at which times, one of reputed Integrity makes a Publick Oration, deterring them from the Commission of Murther, Stealth, Impurity, or such like; and to enforce his Ex∣hortation, he backs the same with the powerful Topicks of Rewards and Punishments in a Future State; affrighting their Conscience with a miserable State in the Society of Benimbe, (i. e. the Devil) on one hand; and solacing their Minds on the other with the hopes of enjoying Zammampoango, by which they mean God, or the Maker of this Visible World. They likeways use Circumcision, admitting their Children into their Religion by that Ceremony, which is perform'd by one of themselves set apart for that Office.

SECT. IX. Concerning the African Islands.

The African Islands being	More remark∣able as	Madagascar.
The Isles of Cape Verde
The Canary Islands
The Madera
Less remarka∣ble as	Zocotora.
Isles of Comore.
S. Thomas.
The Princess Island.
Anobon.
S. Helena.
The Isle of Ascension.

Madagascar, [containing many Provinces but very uncertain] its Chief Town is Fanshere upon the S. E. part of the Island.

Islands of Cape Verde are	St. Anthony—	W. to E.	Chief Town of all is S. Jago in the Isle S. Jago.
S. Vincent—
S. Lucia—
S. Nicolas—
Insula de Sal—
Bonavista—	N. E. to S. W.
Mago—
Jago—
Insula del Fuego—
Brava—

The Canary Islands are	Lancerota—	From E. to W. Chief Town of all is Canaria, in the Island Canaria.
Forte ventura—
Canaria—
Teneriffe—
Gomera—
Ferro—
Palma—

Madera lying in 32 deg. 30 min. North Latitude, Its Chief Town is Tunchal or Tonzal.

THE most remarkable of the African Islands being here re∣duc'd to Four Classes, viz. Madagascar, Cape Verde Islands, the Canaries, and Madera, we shall particularly consider them, and then take a General View of all the rest. Therefore,

§. 1. Madagascar.

THIS Island (unknown to the Ancients) is term'd by the Spaniards, Isla de San Lorenzo; by * 1.630 the French, St Laurence, otherways Dauphine; by the Italians, Germans, and English, Madagascar; which Name was us'd by the Natives, and still retain'd. As to the Title of St. Laurence, the same was given to this Island by the Portugueses, it being on St. Laurence Day that they made their first Discovery of it.

The Air of this Island is generally very temperate, and by most affirm'd to be exceeding wholesome to * 1.631 breath in. The opposite Place of the Globe to Mada∣gascar, is the South Part of California.

The Soil of this Island is extraordinary fruitful in many Parts thereof, affording all things necessary for * 1.632 the Life of Man in great plenty. The length of the Days and Nights in Madagascar, is the same as in Monoemungi, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Rice, Hides, Wax, Gums, Christal, Steel, Copper, Ebo∣ny, * 1.633 and Wood of all sorts.

Towards the Eastern Part of this Island is a pleasant and fertil Valley, call'd Ambouse, which is stockt with * 1.634 several rich Mines of Iron and Steel, and yields great store of the Oyl of Sejanum. (2.) Nigh to the aforesaid Valley is an excellent Medicinal Well of hot Water, which proves a ready Cure for Cold Distempers in the Limbs. (3) In the same Neighbour∣hood is a high Mountain, on whose Top is a remarkable Spring of very Salt Water, though upwards of thirty Leagues from the Sea. (4.) In this Island (especially the Southern Provinces) are most sorts of Mineral Waters, very different both in Colour, Taste, and Qualities; and some places afford large Pits of Bitumen. (5.) In this Island is also a River, whose Gravel is so exceeding hot that there's no treading upon it, and yet the Water of that River is extreamly hot.

The Natives of Madagascar are reported to be a Lecherous, Ignorant, Inhospitable, and Treacherous * 1.635 Sort of People; they hate Polygamy, and still punish

Murder by Death. Divers singular Customs prevail in several Parts of this Island, particularly these two: First. If any Woman be safely delivered of a live Child, and afterwards dye in Child-Bed, the living Child is buried with the dead Mother; being better (say they) that the Child should dye than live, having no Mother to look af∣ter it. The other is, The exposing of their Children to wild Beasts if brought forth upon an unlucky Day, (as they term it) or during some unfortunate Aspects of the Planets, as their Ombiasses, or Priests pretend to tell them. So numerous are those Days they reckon unlucky, that almost one half of the Year is accounted such; and hence it is, that this Island is so thinly stockt with Inhabi∣tants.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.636

The Language here commonly us'd, is as barbarous as they who speak it. Almost every Province hath its * 1.637 peculiar Dialect, yet not so different but that they understand one another; so that the Natives of this Island may be said to have but one Tongue in common among 'em all.

This Island is subject to many particular Lords, commonly call'd Rohandrians, who are continually at * 1.638 War among themselves about their Cattle and Slaves, yet unanimous enough to defend themselves against the Invasion of Strangers. Some formerly reckon'd six Sovereign Princes or Kings in Madagascar, others four; but now every Province hath its particular Governor, having under him various Filoubei, (i. e. Governors of Villages and Castles) who stand accountable to him in every thing.

Arms. None. * 1.639

The Inhabitants of this Island are either Pagans or Mahometans, except those People living upon the * 1.640 Eastern Coasts, between fifteen and eighteen Degrees and an half of South Latitude, term'd Zaffehibraim, [i. e. the Race of Abraham]; and others on the Adjacent Island, call'd Nossi-Hibraim, [i. e. The Isle of Abraham] who differ extreamly from their Neigh∣bours in Religious Matters. For many of 'em are said to observe the Jewish Sabbath, and give not only a faint Account of the Creation of the World, and Fall of Man; but also a few broken Passages of the Sacred History concerning Noah and Abraham, Moses and David. Whence divers Travellers conjecture, that they're originally descended of some Jews, who might have been droven upon that part of the Island, none knows how, nor when.

§ 2. Cape Verde Islands.

THESE Islands (the Hesperides of the Ancients) are term'd by the Italians, Isola di Capo Verde; by * 1.641 the Spaniards, Islas de Cabo-verde; by the French, les Isles du Cape Verde; by the Germans, Cape Verde Insuln; and by the English, Cape Verde Islands; so call'd from the opposite Cape in Negroe-Land, which beareth that Name, and that because it is, or appeareth always of a Green Colour.

The Air of these Islands, is generally reckon'd very unwholesome, especially in S. Jago, the biggest and * 1.642 chief of them all. The opposite Place of the Globe to Cape Verde Islands, is part of the West American Ocean, lying between 170 and 180 Degrees of Longitude, with 10 and 20 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil of these various Islands, is not the same in all, some of 'em being very Fertil, and others ex∣treamly * 1.643 Barren. The length of the Days and Nights in them, is the same as in the Land of the Negroes, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

From these Islands, the Portùgueze transport incre∣dible quantities of Salt, as also great numbers of * 1.644 Goat-Skins (of which they make excellent Corde∣vants); and likeways from thence may be brought most sorts of pleasant Fruits, particularly Lemons, Citrons, Oranges, Coco's, Figs, and Melons.

The most remarkable of these Islands, is the Isle de Fuego or Fogo, so call'd as being a noted Vulcano, con∣tinually * 1.645 sending up Sulphurious Exhalations, and sometimes the Flame breaks out (Aetna or Vesuvius like) in such a terrible manner, and Vomits forth such a number of Pumice-Stones, that it annoys all the Adjacent Parts. In Insula de Sel, are many Natural Salt-pits, which yield a prodigious Quantity of Salt; from whence the Island derives its Name.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.646

The Inhabitans of these Islands being Portugueze, are much the same with those on the Conti∣nent. * 1.647

The Inhabitants of these Islands being Portugueze, (as a foresaid) do still retain their own Language. * 1.648

These Islands at their first discovery being destitute of Inhabitants, were peopl'd by their Discoverers * 1.649 the Portugueze, and at present belong to the Crown of Portugal, and are rul'd by a particular Governor, who assum∣eth the Title of Vice-Roy, and commonly resideth in the Island St. Jago. * 1.650

The Portugueze here residing, are of the same Reli∣gion with those in Portugal. * 1.651

§ 3. The Canary Islands.

THESE Islands (the Insulae Fortunatae of the An∣cients) are term'd by the Italians, Isola di Cana∣ria; * 1.652 by the Spaniards, Islas Canarias; by the French, les Isles Canaries; by the Germans, Canarische Insuln; and by the English, the Canary Islands; so call'd from the chief Island Canaria, which deriv'd its Name from Can, [i. e. Dog in Spanish] because a vast number of Dogs were found thereon by the Spaniards at their first discovery of it.

The Air of these Islands (inclining to heat) is gene∣rally esteem'd extraordinary wholesome. The oppo∣site * 1.653 Place of the Globe to the Canary Islands, is that part of the vast Occidental Ocean, lying between 180 and 190 De∣grees of Longitude, with 25 and 35 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of most of 'em is wonderfully fertil. In the Island Canaria they have commonly two Harvests * 1.654 in the Year. Teneriffe is noted not only for its high Pike (of which afterwards) but also many Laurel and Dragon Trees, where the sweet Singing-birds do daily warble their pleasant Notes. These Islands (besides their great plenty of Fruits and Grain) are famous for producing the best Wine in the World. The length of Days and Nights in them, is the same as in Bildulgerid on the Continent, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of these Islands, are Wine, Honey, Wax, Sugar, Oad, Plantons, Dragons-blood, * 1.655 Canary-birds, &c.

Among the Rarities of these Islands, is reckon'd a certain Tree in the middle of Fero (term'd Garoe by the * 1.656 Natives; and by the Spaniards, Santo) whose Top is said to be encompass'd every Night with a thick misty Cloud, which condensing into Water, doth drop from the Leaves the next Morning; and that in such quantity, as sufficiently serveth all the Inhabitants, the Island it self being destitute of Springs. As for the

Isle of Teneriffe, 'tis famous, all the World over, for its prodigious Pike, which (appearing to the Eye as a large Mass of many Rocks, promiscuously heap'd up, in Form of a ruggid Pyramide) is thought by some curious Naturalists, to have been rais'd on a sud∣den by a mighty Conslagration of much subterraneous Sulphurous Matter, whose forcible Eruption the very Rocks themselves could not withstand, but were thereby pil'd up in the manner they now appear. For strengthning of this Conjecture, they alledge the great Quantity of Sulphure with which this Island doth still abound, (especially nigh the foot of the Pike) and the Colour of the Rocks themselves, many of 'em seeming to Spectators, as if long burnt in a Fire.

In these Islands is only one Bishoprick, viz. that of Canaria. * 1.657

The Inhabitants of these Islands being mostly Spa∣niards, are much the same in Manners with those on the * 1.658 Continent. The few Natives yet remaining, (term'd Guanchas) do mostly reside in Mountains, Dens, and Caves.

The Spaniards here residing, do still retain their own Language. * 1.659

These Islands belong to the King of Spain, who for the better ordering of Affairs in them, doth always * 1.660 keep a Governor in Canaria, the chief Town of the chief Island. His Power extendeth over all these Islands, in Affairs both Civil and Ecclesiastical.

The Inhabitants of these Islands (as aforesaid) be∣ing mostly Spaniards, are of the same Religion with those in Spain. * 1.661

§. 4. Madera or Madera's.

THIS Island (not observable of old) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Madera; by the * 1.662 French, Madre; by the Germans, Maderen; and by the English, the Madera or Madera's; so call'd by the Portugucze at their first Discovery of it, Anno 1429. because wholly over grown with Trees; the word Madeira signifying a Wood.

The Air of Maderas being very Temperate, consi∣dering the Latitude of the Island, is generally esteem'd * 1.663 very healthful to breath in. That Place of the Globe opposite to Madera, is part of the vast Occidental Ocean, between 180 and 182 Degrees of Longitude, with 32 and 33 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil of this Island is very fertil, producing in great plenty most sorts of excellent Fruits, and a kind * 1.664 of Wine that's much esteem'd off, being fit to keep for a long time both by Sea and Land. The length of the Days and Nights in this Island, is much the same as in Zaara on the main Continent, they both lying under the same Parallels of La∣titude.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are excellent Wine, and most sorts of desirable Fruits, as also * 1.665 Honey and Wax, &c.

What mostly deserves the Epithet of Rare on this Island, is that excellent Quality, either of its Air or * 1.666 Soil, or both, which, like our Neighbouring Island, [Ireland] proves mortal to all Venomous Animals; none such be∣ing found here, or able to live, if brought thither from abroad. In the side of a Hill, nigh Fonzal, is a remarkable Fountain, whose Waters do sometimes issue forth in such abundance, that the adja∣cent Parts of the Island are then subject to a terrible Inun∣dation.

Archbishopricks, None. One Bishoprick, viz. that * 1.667 of Fonzal or Funchale, which is Suffragan to Lisbon.

The Inhabitants of this Island being Portugueze, are much the same in Manners with those on the Conti∣nent, * 1.668 but more vitiously enclin'd, (if that can be well suppos'd) being mighty Proficients in their common Crimes of Theft and Murther.

The Portugueze here residing, do still retain their own Language * 1.669

This Island belonging to the Crown of Portugal, is rul'd by a particular Deputy, whose place of Resi∣dence is commonly at Tonza! * 1.670

The Inhabitants of this Island being Portugueze, (as aforesaid) are of the same Religion with that publickly * 1.671 profess'd in the Kingdom of Portugal.

Having thus considered, in particular, the most remarkable of the African Islands; proceed we now (in pursuance of our propos'd Method) to take a General View of all the rest, or those that are less remarkable. Now, such Islands (to be very brief) being strange∣ly scatter'd up and down the Ethiopick and Atlantick Oceans, do mightily differ in their Air and Soil, according to the various Cli∣mates they lie in; and in none of 'em is any remarkable place, ex∣cept only the Isle of Zocotora, in which is a Town of the same Name. As for the chief Observables relating to their Inhabitants, [particularly their Manners, Language, and Religion,] we may suffi∣ciently

learn the same, only by naming those several States or So∣vereigns on the Continent, to whom these Islands belong (they being generally peopl'd and possess'd by some of them). Their present Possessors then [in short] are as followeth,

Less remark∣able Islands being	Zocotora—	is possess'd by	the Arabians.
Comore—	the Natives.
St. Thomas—	the Portuguexe.
The Princes Island—	the Portugueze.
Annobon—	the Portugueze.
St. Helena—	the English.
Ascension Island not inhabited.

And so much for Africa and the African Islands. Now follow∣eth,

[illustration]

CHAP. IV. Of AMERICA.

Divided (page 44.) into	North comprehending	Mexico or N. Spain	Capital City	Mexico.
N. Mex. or Granada	S. Fee.
Florida—	Coca
Terra Canadensis	Boston.
Terra Arctica—	—
South comprehending	Terra Firma—	S. Feede Bagota
Peru—	Lima.
Land of the Amazons	—
Brasil—	S. Salvador.
Chyli—	S. Jago.
Paraguay—	Assumption.
Terra Magellanica	—
Terra Antarctica	—

To these add the American Islands.

Of all which in Order. Therefore,

SECT. I. Concerning Mexico or New Spain.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	259	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from S. E to N. W. is about 2520 Miles.
297	00
between	08	50	of Latit.	Breadth from E. to W. is about 840 Miles.
30	00

Divided into	Audience of Guadalajara	C. T.	Idem—	N. W. to S. E.
Audience of Mexico—	Idem—
Audience of Guatimala—	S. Jago de Guat.

Guadalajara com∣prehends the Provinces of	Cinalod—	Chief Town	S. Juan—	In the Midland from N. to S.
New Biscay	Barbara—
Zacaticas—	Zacatecas—
Guadalajara	Idem—
Chiameltan	St. Sebastian	On the Sea Coast from N. to S.
Xalisco—	Compostella
Mexico compre∣hends the Pro∣vinces of	Panuco—	Idem—	On Sinus Mexica∣nus from N. W. to S. E.
Mexico—	Idem—
Mechoacan	Idem—
Los Angelos	Idem—
Antequera	Idem—
Tabasco—	Port Royal
Jucutan—	Merida—
Guatimala com∣prehends the Provinces of	Soco Nusco	Guevetland—	from N. W. to S. E. on the South Sea.
Guatimald	S. Jago de Guat.
Nicaragua	Leon—
Cost a Rica	Carthago—
Veragua—	Conception—
Honduras	New Valladolid	From S. E. on N. W. upon Sinus Mexic.
Vera Pax	Idem—
Chiapa—	Cividad real

THIS Country (discovered at first by John Gri∣jalve, but more exactly view'd, and at last con∣quered * 1.672 by the Valiant Ferdinando Cortez, Anno 15 18.) is term'd by the Italians, Spagna Novella; by the Spaniards, Nueva Espana; by the French, Nouvelle Espagne; by the Germans, Neu Spa∣nien; and by the English, Mexico or New Spain; call'd Mexico from the chief City thereof, and New Spain, to distinguish it from the Kingdom of Spain in Europe.

Notwithstanding this Country (for the most part) lieth within the Torrid Zone, yet the Air is very tem∣perate, * 1.673 and generally reckon'd extraordinary whol∣some to breath in, being qualifi'd with refreshing Showers in the hottest Months, and cool Breezes from the Sea all the Year. The opposite Place of the Globe to New Spain, is part of the East-India Ocean, lying between 80 and 117 Degrees of Longitude, with 8 and 30 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country (lying in the 3d and 4th North Cli∣mate) is bless'd with a very fertil Soil, producing ma∣ny * 1.674 sorts of Grain, as Wheat, Barley, Pulse, and Maize; several kinds of Fruits, as Pomegranats, Oranges, Lemons, Ci∣trons, Malicatons, Cherries, Pears, Apples, Figs, Cocoa-Nuts; and great plenty of Herbs, Plants, and Roots. Here also are some rich Mines of Gold and Silver; and vast and spacious Plains, afford∣ing the best of Pasturage. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country, is about 13 Hours ¾; the shortest in the Southmost 12½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Wooll, Cotton, Sugar, Silk, Cochencel, Feathers, Honey, * 1.675 Balm, Amber, Salt, Tallow, Hides, Tobacco, Gin∣ger, and divers Medicinal Drugs.

About three Leagues from Guayaca, is the Stump of a Hollow Tree, (call'd Tlaco-Chavoya) which was of * 1.676 a prodigious bigness when intire, being then rec∣kon'd sixteen Fathoms in compass near the Root, and somewhat higher twelve. Before 'twas Thunder struck, (which occasion'd the hollowness) no fewer than a thousand Men ['tis said] could conve∣niently shelter themselves from Rain, under its wide extended Boughs. (2) In several Parts of this Country, grows a certain Tree, (call'd Maguey) which may be said to yield Water, Oyl, Wine, Honey, and Vinegar. For the Body of the Tree being big and hol∣low, contains a good quantity of Liquor as limpid as the best Foun∣tain-water, and the Surface thereof is cover'd with a pure Oily∣substance. This Liquor being a little boil'd, tastes like a good palatable Wine; if much boil'd, 'tis extreamly sweet, and if long

kept, [unboil'd] no Vinegar is sowrer. (3.) In the Audience of Guatimala are several remarkable Vulcano's, particularly that near Rea-Lejo, which towrs up like a Sugar-loaf to a great height, and always Smokes. As also the burning Mountain of Leon, West of the Lake Nicaragua, which frequently evacuates Fire as well as Smoke. (4.) Nigh to Guatulco, on the Western Coast, is a great hollow Rock, (call'd by the Spaniards, Buffadore) which having a large Hole in its top, make a hideous Noise at every Surge of the Sea, and spouts up Water [as a Whale] to a prodigious height. (5.) In some Parts of this Country, are several Springs of Water, so impregnorated with certain Minerals, that the Current issuing from them is of so darkish a Colour, that it resembles a Stream of Ink. (6) Remarkable is the Lake of Mexico for several particulars: As First, Its having two sorts of Water, viz. Fresh and Salt. Se∣condly, That the Fresh is usually Calm, and aboundeth with Fishes; whereas the Salt is, for the most part, Boisterous, and breedeth none. Thirdly, In the middle of this Lake, is a pleasant Rock, out of which doth issue a considerable Stream of hot Water, much esteem'd off for several Distempers. Lastly, Upon this Lake are seve∣ral delightful Artificial Gardens, well stockt with variety of Herbs and Flowers, and moveable from one place to another, being sup∣ported by large Floats of Timber. Vid. J. Acosta, his Natural and Moral History of the Indies.

Here is one Spanish Archshoprick, viz. that of Mexico. * 1.677

Spanish Bishopricks erected here, are those of * 1.678

• ...Merida,
• ...Chiapa,
• ...St. Jago de los Cavalleras,
• ...Mechoaca,
• ...Honduras,
• Leon in Nicaragua,
• ...Guaxaca,
• ...Vera paz,
• ...Antequera.
• ...Guadalajara,
• ...Pueblo de los Angelos,

The Natives of this Country, are now esteem'd a * 1.679 People very Civil and Docile, and extraordinary faith∣ful * 1.680 to those they love. Some of 'em are also wonder∣fully Ingenious, especially in Painting, and making most lively Pictures with various colour'd Feathers of certain little Birds, call'd Cincons. Others are said to Play incomparably well upon divers Musical Instruments. In short, the generality of this People is so civiliz'd, that they live after the manner of the Spaniards, save a few, commonly residing in the Mountains, who continue as Wild and Savage as ever. The Spaniards here residing, are much the same with those in Spain.

The prevailing Language in this Country, is the Spa∣nish, it being not only in use among the Spaniards, but * 1.681 also the Natives themselves, who generally understand and speak the same. The various Dialects of their Ancient Jargon do daily decrease, and in a few Generations will be quite extin∣guish'd.

This large and pleasant Country, was of old sub∣ject unto, and rul'd by its own Sovereign Princes, * 1.682 call'd Kings of Mexico, and had continued (according to probable Conjectures) a mighty and flourishing Monarchy for many Ages, before 'twas invaded by the Spaniards. But being fully conquer'd by them with only a handful of Men, Anno 1521. un∣der the Valiant Ferdinando Gortez; it hath ever since remained sub∣ject to the Crown of Spain, being govern'd by a Vice-Roy common∣ly residing at Mexico; and to him is intrusted the oversight of all the Governors of the various Provinces, belonging to his Catholick Majesty in North America.

Arms. None. * 1.683

The Inhabitants of this Country are partly Christian, partly Pagan, and (as 'twere) a mixture of the two. * 1.684 The Spaniards are rigid Papists according to the strict Profession of Popery in their own Country. Of the Natives, ma∣ny do still retain their heathenish Worship, and indeed multitudes are converted to Christianity according to the Doctrine of the Church of Rome; but (by our latest Accounts) they're hardly per∣suaded as yet of the Truth of those Doctrines taught them.

SCET. II. Concerning New Mexico or Nova Granada.

This Country is of no certain Extent nor Division, its chief Town is S. Fee or New Mexico, upon the River North.

THIS Country (discover'd by the Spaniards, Anno 1540.) is term'd by the Italians, Granada Nou∣ella; * 1.685 by the Spaniards, Nueva Granada; by the French, Nouelle Granada; by the Germans, Neu Granada; and by the English, New Mexico or Nova Granada. It was call'd Mexico, after the Empire of that Name, describ'd in the foregoing Section; and the Epithet Neuva (or New) was added by the Spaniards, to distinguish it from the said Empire, its Discovery being posterior to that of Mexico. The Title of Nova Granada, was also given it by the Spaniards, and that from a Province of the same Name in their own Country.

The Air of this Country (according to the Climate) is abundantly temperate, and generally esteem'd very * 1.686 wholesome to breath in, but attended with the great Inconveniency of frequent Hurricanes, besides Thunder and Light∣ning. The opposite Place of the Globe to Nova Granada, is that part of the Ethiopick Ocean, lying between 70 and 90 Degrees of Longitude, with 20 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country is but badly known, and the Soil of those Parts already discover'd; very ordinary; being * 1.687 generally a dry, faudy, barren Ground, far inferior to most other Countries in America, belonging to the Spaniards. Its Bounds being undetermin'd, (especially in the Northmost Parts) we can say nothing of the true Extent of its Days and Nights.

This Country being none of the best, and but rarely frequented by Strangers, its Commodities are * 1.688 very few, Cattle being the chief or only thing they Trade in

What things in Nova Granada do truly merit the Epithets of Rare and Curious, we must refer to the * 1.689 better Discovery of after Ages; our knowledge of this Country being as yet but very slender.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universitities. None. * 1.690

The Inhabitants of this Country, (except those call'd Panches in the Southmost Parts) are said to be of a * 1.691 much less Savage Temper than most of the wild Ame∣ricans. They are much given to Hunting; and several of 'em un∣derstand Agriculture tollerably well.

The Spaniards here residing, do commonly use the Spanish Tongue. As for the Natives of this Country, * 1.692 they retain their own Jargon, of which we can give no account.

The New Mexicans are still govern'd by certain Cap∣tains of their own, call'd Caciques; but the Spaniards * 1.693 here residing, and those of the civilized Natives, are rul'd by a particular Governor, sent thither by the King of Spain, whose place of Residence is ordinarily at Santa Fee, upon the River Nort.

The Natives of this Country are generally gross Ido∣laters, * 1.694 and many of 'em have little or no Sign of Re∣ligion * 1.695 at all. The Spaniards here residing, are the same in Religion with those in Europe.

SECT. III. Concerning Florida.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	276	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from E. to W. is about 1000 Miles.
297	00
between	26	50	of Latit.	Breadth from S. to N. is about 600 Miles.
40	00

The large Country of Florida being of no certain Divisions, its chief Towns are

• Coca, in the main Land.
• S. Augustine, in the Peninsula of Tegeste
• S. Ma••hea, in the Peninsula of Tegeste.

THIS Country (first discover'd by Sebastian Cabot, Anno 1497. but more particularly afterwards by * 1.696 John D••pony, a Spaniard, who took Possession thereof in the Name of his Catholick Majesty, Anno 1527.) is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards, Florida; by the French, Floride; by the Ger∣mans and English, Florida; so call'd by the Spaniards, either because they arriv'd at it on Palm-Sunday, (which they term Pascha Florida) or because they found the Country full of Flowers at their arrival.

The Air of this Country is said to be so extraordi∣nary temperate, that (according to our latest Ac∣counts) * 1.697 the Inhabitants live to a great Age. The op∣posite Place of the Globe to Florida, is that part of the East Indian Ocean, lying between 96 and 110 Degrees of Longitude, with 26 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 5th and 6th North Climate) is wonderfully fertil, abounding * 1.698 in most sorts of Grain, Herbs, and Fruit. It's also well stor'd with Venison and Fowl; inrich'd with considerable Mines of Gold and Silver, especially those of the Appalachine Mountains; and here they fish vast numbers of valuable Pearls. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country, is about 14 Hours ¼; the shortest in the Southmost, is 9 Hours; and the Nights proportionably.

This Country being slenderly known in the Inland Parts, and even those next the Sea, but little fre∣quented * 1.699 by Strangers, its Commodities are very few, yet very costly; viz. Gold, Silver, Pearls, and Furs.

In several Parts of Florida, grows a certain Tree, about the bigness of an ordinary Apple-Tree, the * 1.700 Juice of whose Fruit, the Natives use to squeeze out, and therewith anoint their Arrows, being a rank sort of Poison. If there be no Fruit, then they break off a Branch, and out of it do press a milky Substance, equally poisonous with the Juice of the Fruit. So strong a Poyson is this Tree, that if a few handfuls of its Leaves are bruised and thrown into a large Pond of Standing-Water, all sorts of Beasts that happen to come and drink thereof, do suddenly swell and burst asunder. Purchas his Pilgrims. Part 4. Lib. 8. Cap. 1. In Bahama, (an Island near C. Florida) is the fa∣mous Bahama-Spider, the biggest of all the Species, being two Inches long, and deservedly term'd Phalangium Maximum Indicum. He hath six Eyes, and those not so big as the smallest Pin's head. Some of these remarkable Insects are to be seen in the Publick Musoeum of Gresham Colledge, London.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.701

The Floridins are naturally White, but by anoincing themselves (both Men and Women) with a certain * 1.702 Oyntment, they still appear of an Olive-colour. They are tall of Stature, well proportion'd, lovers of War. and ordina∣rily go quite naked, except a small piece of Deer-S••in, which many wear about their middle.

The Language of the Natives doth very much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Dialect, according to different Parts of this Country. * 1.703 The few Spaniards here residing, do still retain the Spanish.

The Natives of this Country are subject to several Lords of their own, (term'd Paroustes or Caciques) * 1.704 one of whom is said to have the Precedency, and is generally respected by the rest, as an Emperor. The Spanish Colo∣nies on the Sea-Coasts, have their peculiar Governors appointed by his Catholick Majesty.

The Natives of this Country, are gross Idolaters, * 1.705 worshipping the whole Host of Heaven, especially * 1.706 the Sun, to whom they attribute the good fortune of all their Victories, and return him thanks accordingly. They mightily respect their Priests, (who are generally great Sorcerers) and call them by the Name of Joanas, and in some places Jowa's. Several Missionaries were sent into this Country in the Days of Charles the Fifth; but the Savage Inhabitants quickly destroy'd them.

SECT. IV. Concerning Terra Canadensis.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	290	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from E to W. is about 1500 Miles.
330	00
between	30	00	of Latit.	Breadth from S. to N. is about 1920 Miles.
62	00

It being divided into	North—	the River Canada.
South—

North com∣prehends	Terra Canadensis propria—	Chief Town	—	From N. to S.
Nova Britannia—	—
Nova Francia—	Quibeck—
South com∣prehends	Nova Scotia—	Port Royal-
The English Territor. viz.
Those of	New England—	Boston—	From N. E. to S. W.
New York—	Idem—
N. Jersey	East	Elisabeth—
West	Elsingburgh
Pensilvania—	Philadelphia
	Maryland—	Baltimore
Virginia—	James Town
Carolina—	Charles Tow.

TERRA Canadensis (so call'd from the River Canada) be∣ing a vast Complex Body, consisting of several large and considerable Countries, and particularly those in which the English Nation is chiefly concern'd; we shall distinctly consider its various Divisions, (especially those of the English Empire) and that in the same Order laid down in the foregoing Table. There∣fore,

§. 1. Terra Canadensis propria.

THIS Country being the Northmost of all the rest, is esteem'd none of the best. But being so slenderly known as yet, we pass on to

§. 2. Nova Britannia.

WHICH Country is likeways of a very ordinary Soil, by what we find, and almost as thinly Inhabited, and little frequented as the former. We shall therefore make no stay therein, but proceed to

§. 3. Nova Francia.

THIS Country is reckon'd to be much colder than most others in the same Latitude; however 'tis said to be bless'd with a Soil abundantly fruitful; and is chiefly furnisht with Stags, Bears, Hares, Martins, Foxes, Conies, and great store of Fish and Flesh. The French here residing, (about six thousand in number) do commonly trade in Bever, Mouse Skins and Furs. This being all that's remarkable of it, we continue our Progress to the next Division, viz.

§. 4. Nova Scotia.

WHICH Country (first discover'd by Sebastian Cabot, at the Charge of Henry the Seventh) was once inhabited by a Scotch Colony, sent over Anno 1622. by Sir William Alexander [then Lord Secretary of Scotland] to whom King James by Letters-Patent made a Donation thereof; but that Colony failing, the French be∣came Masters of the Country, and settled themselves therein, calling it by the Name of Accadie.

But leaving these Northern Parts of Terra Canadensis, as Countries little known, and of less Note unto us: Proceed we to that which more nearly concerns us, viz. a particular View of the various Parts of the Western English Empire; and that according to their Order, as they lie in the foregoing Table. The first whereof is

§. 5. New England.

THIS Country (discover'd first by the English, under the Conduct of the two Cabots, Anno * 1.707 1497. and afterwards taken Possession of for Queen Elizabeth by Sir Philip Amadas, Anno 1458.) is term'd by the Itali∣ans, Inghilterra Nouella; by the Spaniards, Nueva Inglaterra; by the French, Nouvelle Angleterre; by the Germans, Neu Engeland; and by the English, New England; so call'd by the Discoverers after the Name of their own Country.

Notwithstanding this Country is of a Situation con∣siderably more Southern than Old England, yet the Air * 1.708 of both is much the same; the Heat thereof being al∣lay'd by cooling Breezes, which frequently happen. The opposite Place of the Globe to New England, is that part of the vast Atlantick Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude, with 41 and 45 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country is in most Parts very fertil, producing in great plenty most sorts of English Grain, * 1.709 Fruits, and Roots, besides Indian Corn. It's very well stockt with Fish and Fowl, as also variety of tame and wild Beasts. In short, 'tis not only furnisht with the Necessaries, but likeways many of the Comforts of Human Life; and the Colony (now up∣ward of an hundred thousand) doth flourish daily more and more. The length of the Days and Nights in New England, is much the same as in the Northern Provinces of Spain, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Fish, Grain, Masts for Ships, Deal-boards, Iron, Tar, Be∣ver, * 1.710 Mouse-Skins, Furs, &c. And 'tis observable of those in New England, that they have Annually, for some Years, imported and exported to and from Old England, as many Commo∣dities in value as they carri'd out at first.

In several Parts of New England grows a certain Fruit, (term'd the Butter-Nut) so call'd from the Na∣ture * 1.711 of its Kernel, which yields a kind of sweet Oyl, that hath the exact taste of ordinary Butter. (2) In Baker's Cave, about fifty Leagues East from Boston, is found the Scarlet Muscle whose purple Vein being prickt with a Needle, yields a Juice of a pure Purple-colour, which gives so deep a Dye, that no Water is able to wash it our. (3) About eighty Miles North-East of Scar∣b••row, is a Ridge of Mountains in length about an hundred Leagues, and known commonly by the Name of the White Mountains, be∣cause

their Tops are cover'd with Snow all the Year round. Upon the highest of these Mountains is a large Plain, and at the farthest end of it, a natural Rocky Pyramide, [vulgarly call'd the Sugar-Loaf) to the uppermost part of which one may easily ascend by a continued Set of 〈…〉〈…〉 Steps winding about the R••••ky Mount up to its very Top, where is another Plain of about an Acre of Ground, and in the middle of it a deep Pond of clear Water. (4.) Upon the Sea-side, near N••w-Haven, is a large Bed of Sand of a perfect black Colour, with many Grains of Red and White intermixt. (5.) Upon the Coast of New England, is sometimes taken that re∣markable Fish, which the English Inhabitants call by the Name of the Monk-Fish, because he hath, as 'twere, a Hood much of the same fashion with a Fryer's Cowl. (6.) In divers Parts on the Coast of this Country, is found the Stella Marina Arborescens, or Branched Star-Fish: A rare kind of which, taken in the Bay of Ma∣stachuset, is to be seen in Gresham Colledge, and describ'd in the Philos. Trans. [N. 57.] under the Name of Piscis Echionostellaris Visciformis. (7.) Of many rare Birds in New England, the most remarkable, are the Troculus, and That call'd the Humming-Bird. The former of these (being about the bigness of a Swallow) is observable for three things. First, Having very short Legs, and hardly able to support himself; Nature hath provided him with sharp pointed Feathers in his Wings, by darting of which into the Wall of a House, he sticks fast and rests securely. Secondly, The manner of his Nest, which he useth to build (as Swallows) in the Tops of Chimneys, but of such a fashion that it hangs down about a Yard long. Lastly, Such Birds are remarkable for their Ceremony at departing; it being always observ'd, That when they remove, they never fail to leave one of their Young behind in the room where they have nested, making thereby (as 'twere) a grateful acknowledgment to the Landlord for their Summers Lodging. As for the Humming-Bird, he is observable for being the least of all Birds. The manner of his Nest resembles a Bottom of soft Silk, and the Egg in which he's hatcht, is not larger than a white Pease of an ordinary size. But of him elsewhere. For these and some other such Remarkables, Vid. that small Treatise, entituled, New England's Rarities, per J. Josselyn, Gent.

Archbishopricks and Bishopricks. None. As for Uni∣versities, here are two Colledges erected at New Cam∣bridge, * 1.712 which (in Conjuction with other such Nur∣series of Learning hereafter establish'd) may, we hope, deserve that Title in process of time.

The English here residing, are much the same with those in Old England. As to the Natives, they are * 1.713 generally characterized thus, viz. a People that's Crafty,

Timerous, as also barbarously Cruel and Revengeful when they find opportunity. But some of 'em are of a much milder Temper, being likeways very Ingenious and quick of Apprehension. Their Number (especially within the English Territories) is mightily di∣minish'd, the greatest part of 'em, being swept away by the Small-Pox, about the first Settlement of the English; others by Tumults among themselves, and most of the rest by the late treacherous Wars with the English.

The English Inhabitants of this Country use their own Language. As to that of the Natives, it's divided * 1.714 into a great many Dialects, and reckon'd very difficult to be learn'd by Strangers; the generality of its Words being ex∣treamly long, and of an inarticulate Pronounciation.

The Natives of this Country, are divided into ma∣ny Bodies, and are subject unto their Sachams and Sa∣gamores, * 1.715 who exercise an absolute Jurisdiction over them; the Will of their respective Governors being all the Law they pretend to. The English here residing, are govern'd by their own Laws, and have several Courts of Judicatory erected for hear∣ing and determining of Causes, both Civil and Criminal; as also for making and repealing of Laws that concern the Plantation. The Management of Publick Affairs, is in the Hands of a certain number of Magistrates and Assistants, determin'd by their Patent; and out of these do the People annually chuse a Governor, and Deputy Governor.

The English here residing, are Professors of the Pro∣testant Religion in general, but greatly divided (as too * 1.716 common elsewhere) into different Parties. The Na∣tives continue Pagan, except those few acquainted with the Princi∣ples of Christianity, by a late Serious Divine, Mr. John Eliot, who [by Translating the Holy Bible, and several Books of Devotion, into a certain Dialect of the Indian Tongue, and by frequently preaching among them in their own Language] laid some Founda∣tion for a more general Conversion: Did such a generous Spirit possess the Minds of Christian Benefactors, as to extend their Cha∣rity that way (than which none can be more extensive) or to mortify some part of their worldly Estate for that noble Under∣taking, [which might probably be less subject to Abuses, than erecting and endowing of Hospitals, Alms-houses, and such like] that in process of time, such a stock of Money might be settl'd in a sure Fund, as yearly to afford a desirable Competency to a conti∣nued Set of Men, who should be found sussiciently able and willing to labour in that most Christian Design;

§. 6. New York.

THIS Country (discover'd Anno 1608. by Mr. Hudson) is term'd by the Italians, Yorke Nouella; * 1.717 by the Spaniards, Nuevo York; by the French, Nouvelle Yorke; by the Germans, New Yorke; and by the English, New York; so call'd from the then Duke of York: for it being sold by Mr. Hudson to the Dutch, without leave from his Master, the King of England; and they keeping Possession thereof, under the Name of New Netherland till the Year 1664. 'twas then reduc'd to the Eng∣lish Crown; whereupon King Charles the II. by special Writ, made his Royal Brother [the Duke of York] Proprietor of it, from whom (as aforesaid) it derives its Name.

The Air of this Country is commonly reputed to be much the same with that of New England. The oppo∣site * 1.718 Place of the Globe to New York, is that part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Lon∣gitude, with 40 and 42 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country, as also Long Island, is (by general Relation) so rich, that one Bushel of European * 1.719 Wheat, doth ordinarily produce an hundred in many places. It aboundeth likeways with most sorts of English Grain, Herbs, and Fruits; and produceth excellent Tobacco, as also Me∣lons, Pumpkins, &c. The length of the Days and Nights in this Country, is the same as in the Kingdom of Naples, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are To∣bacco, Bever, Otter, Ratoon, Deer and Elk-Skins, * 1.720 and other costly Furs; for which the English and Dutch trade with the Natives.

In divers Parts of New York, (especially those nigh unto, and upon the Banks of the River Connecticut) * 1.721 grows a sort of Snake-Weed, whose Root is much e∣steem'd off for the Biting of the Rattle-Snake. Being pulveriz'd, it hath an excellent Fragrant Smell, and a good Aromatick Taste, but seems different from the Serpentaria of the Shops.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.722

The Natives of this Country (especially those of Long Island) are, by mortal Diseases and frequent Wars * 1.723 among themselves, reduc'd to a small number. Some of 'em are now serviceable to the English; and the rest spend their time commonly in Hunting, Fowling, and Fishing, especially the

Men, who remove from place to place, and leave their Wives for Tilling the Ground, and Planting the Corn. They're much given of late to Drinking, and frequently intoxicate themselves with strong European Liquors.

The Inhabitants of this Country being English, and a few Dutch, do use the Languages peculiar to their re∣spective * 1.724 Countries. The Natives speak a very unplea∣sant Dialect of the Indian Tongue.

The Natives of this Country are govern'd by their peculiar Sachems, who are said to advise with their * 1.725 chief Councellors in Matters of Importance, but still to pronounce the definitive Sentence themselves, which their Peo∣ple commonly receive with great Applause. The English here resi∣ding, are subject unto, and rul'd by their own Governor, autho∣rized and sent over by His Majesty, the King of Great Britain.

The English here residing, are much the same in * 1.726 Point of Religion with those here in England: But the * 1.727 Natives are still in the dark, and addicted to the black∣est Idolative the generality of 'em being said to Worship the Devil, under the Name of Monetto, to whom they frequently address them∣selves, with a kind of Magical Rites, and their Priests (call'd Pa∣waws) do act as so many Conjurers.

§. 7. New Jersey.

THIS Country (discover'd by the English, under the Conduct of the two Cabots, Anno 1497. and * 1.728 lately divided into East and West Jersey) is term'd by the Italians, Jerscia Nouella; by the Spaniards, Nuevo Jersey; by the French, Nouvelle Jersey; by the Germans, Neu Jerseii; and by the English, New Jersey; so call'd from the Island Jersey in the British Channel; but why so term'd, is somewhat dubious.

The Air of this Country is esteem'd abundantly healthful to breath in, and agreeable enough to English * 1.729 Constitutions, as sufficiently appears from the long Ex∣perience of many Planters. The opposite Place of the Globe to New Jersey, is that part of the vast Indian Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude, with 39 and 41 Degrees of Southern Latitude.

The Soil is not every where the same, being in some Parts extraordinary good, and in others very indiffe∣rent. * 1.730 But 'tis generally believ'd to prove much better

after the felling of the Timber, and clearing the Ground, in which the Colony begins now to make a good Progress. The length of the Days and Nights in this Country, is the same as in the South of Italy, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities exported hence for England, are Whale-Oyl, Whale-Fins, Bever, Monkey, Ra∣toon, * 1.731 and Martin-Skins: As also Beef, Pork, Corn, Butter, and Cheese, to the adjacent Islands.

As the principal Observables of New Jersey, we may reckon some rare Plants growing in divers Parts of that * 1.732 Country, and easily found by the curious Botanist, if only at the pains to make a search proportionable to his Curiosity. Here also is that huge Creature, call'd the Moose, of whose Skin they make excellent Buff.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.733

The Natives of this Country (fewer in number than in most of the adjacent Colonies) are generally reckon'd * 1.734 a very simple and innocent sort of People, and many of 'em are now become very serviceable to the Planters. The English here residing, are much the same in Manners with those in England.

All that can be said of the Language of the Natives of this Country, is, in general, that 'tis one of the * 1.735 many different Dialects of the Indian Tongue. Those of the Plantation retain and use their own Language.

This Country being divided into a certain number of Shares or Proprieties; out of each Propriety is An∣nually * 1.736 chosen a Freeholder by the Inhabitants thereof. These Freeholders meet at a certain time of the Year, as a Ge∣neral Assembly, or compleat Representative Body of the whole Colony: In that Assembly (together with the Governor, or his Deputy) is lodg'd the Legislative Power, in making or repealing of Laws relating to the whole Province; but still with this Restricti∣on, that they no ways infringe that Liberty of Conscience at first establisht; and that by an irrevocable Fundamental Constitution, never to be alter'd by any subsequent Law whatsoever. No Tax or Subsidy, Rates or Services, are to be impos'd upon the People, but by and with the Consent of their Representatives in that Assem∣bly.

The English here residing, are of different Persuasi∣ons * 1.737 in Point of Religion, there being a Liberty of Con∣science * 1.738 allow'd to all of the Colony. But the poor Natives (to our great shame) are still groping in the Twilight of Paganism.

§. 8. Pensilvania.

THIS Country (discovered at the same time with the rest of the adjacent Continent) is term'd by * 1.739 the French, Pensilvanie; by the Germans, Pensilvanien; by the Italians, Spaniards, and English, Pensilvania; so call'd from William Pen Esquire, whom King Charles II. made first Proprietor thereof by Letters Patent, Anno 1680.

The Air of this Country is generally granted to be clear and sweet, the Heavens being seldom over cast * 1.740 with Clouds. The length of the Days and Nights, is much the same here as in New Jersey.

The Soil of this Country is tollerably good in many Parts, but in some Places extreamly barren. The op∣posite * 1.741 Place of the Globe to Pensilvania, is that part of the East-India Ocean, lying between 115 and 125 Degrees of Lon∣gitude, with 40 and 45 Degrees of South Latitude.

There being no considerable Trade as yet settl'd between this and Foreign Countries; the chief Com∣modities * 1.742 hither to exported, are mostly Horses and Pipe-Staves, commonly sent to the Island of Barbadoes.

In several Parts of Pensilvania, are Springs of good Mineral Waters, particularly those about two Miles * 1.743 from Philadelphia, which for Operation, are accounted much the same with our Purging Waters at Barnet.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.744

The Natives of this Country being Persons of tall Bodies, and swarthy Complexions, are generally rec∣kon'd * 1.745 more mild and civilly enclin'd, than most others of the Indian Nations. The Europeans here residing, being mostly English, with a few Dutch and Swedes, are much the same with those in Europe.

The Language of the Natives, being a Dialect of the Indian Tongue, is said to be very Lofty, Sweet, * 1.746 and Emphatick, in respect of many others in these Parts of the World; as also very easy to be acquired by Strangers. The Europeans here residing, retain the respective Languages of their own Countries.

This Country being granted (as aforesaid) to Wil∣liam Pen, by his Majesty, King Charles II. the Pub∣lick * 1.747 Affairs thereof are manag'd by several Courts of

of Justice, there establisht under him as Proprietor, who (or his Deputy) Rules the same in Subordination to the King of Great Britain.

The English here residing, are of different Sects and * 1.748 Persuasions; but Enthusiasm chiefly prevails, this Coun∣try, * 1.749 being stockt with Quakers by their Governor, Wil∣liam Pen. The Natives are said to have a pretty clear Notion of a Supreme Being, the Immortality of the Soul, and a Future State. Their Worship chiefly consists in Sacrifices and Songs, intermixt with Dancing.

§. 9. Mary-Land.

THIS Country (discover'd by the English, under the Conduct of the two Cabots, Anno 1497.) is * 1.750 term'd by the Italians, Marylandia; by the Spaniards, Tierra de Maria; by the French, Terre du Marie; by the Germans, Ma∣rienland; and by the English, Maryland; so call'd at last in Honour of Queen Mary, Wife to King Charles I. who gave it by Letters-Patent, under that Name, to the Right Honourable Caecilius Colvert, Lord Baltimore, Anno 1632.

The Air of this Country is much more healthful now, and more agreeing to English Constitutions than * 1.751 formerly, when the Woods were intire: and the better it still grows, the greater Progress they make in felling the Timber. The opposite Place of the Globe to Maryland, is that part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longi∣tude, with 37 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country is generally reckon'd very fertil and rich, producing in great plenty the same * 1.752 things with New York. The length of the Days and Nights in Maryland, is much the same as in the Southern Provinces of Spain, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are To∣bacco, Hemp, Flax, Wood, Hops, Rape-Seed, Mad∣der, * 1.753 Furs, Elk-Skins, &c.

Of several rare Crustaceous Animals found in this Country, That call'd the Signoe or Signenoc, is most ob∣servable; * 1.754 and that particularly for the admirable con∣trivance of his Eyes. For they being plac'd under the Covert of a thick Shell, Nature (whose Operation is wonderful in every thing) hath so order'd, that those Parts above the Eyes are so transparent, as to convey a competency of Light, whereby the (otherways be∣nighted

Animal) can clearly see its way. For several other remark∣able Creatures, with a Catalogue of rare Plants in Maryland. Vid. Philos. Trans. N. 246.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universitities. None. * 1.755

The Natives of this Country (consider'd in the main) are generally reckon'd the same with those of * 1.756 New York, or the nearest to them in their Temper and Customs of any other of the American Nations whatsoever. The English here residing, are much the same with those in England.

The Language of the Natives in this Country, is said to consist of divers Idioms, very different from one * 1.757 another; and none of 'em either so pleasant to the Ear, or so easy to be acquir'd by Strangers, as those in Pensilvania. The English here residing, use their own Language.

The Right Honourable Coectlius Colvert, Lord Bal∣timore, his Heirs and Assigns, being by Letters-Patent * 1.758 [Anno 1632] created Lords and Proprietors of Mary∣land, (excepting the Sovereign Dominion and Allegiance, with a fifth part of the Gold and Silver Ore reserv'd to His Majesty). The Government of the Colony, by their Lordships Care and Prudence, is so modell'd, that we may reckon it a Diminutive of that of England. For the Supreme Court [call'd a General Assembly] resem∣bles in some measure our English Parliament, being divided into an Upper and Lower House. The Upper consists of the Governor himself, with his Council, and such Lords of Mannors, and others, as his Lordship or Lieutenant shall by Writ call thither. The Lower is made up of Delegates, elected and sent by each County of the whole Plantation. This Assembly is conveen'd, prorogu'd, or dis∣solv'd at pleasure, by his Lordship or Lieutenant; and whatever is agreed upon, and enacted by both Houses, and assented unto by his Lordship hath the Sanction of a Law, and can't be repeal'd but by the same Authority. Next to this Legislative Assembly, is the Provincial Court, generally held at St. Maries, to which Appeals are made from all Inferior Courts of the whole Province.

The English here residing, are of various Persuasions * 1.759 in Point of Religion, there being a Tolleration enjoin'd * 1.760 for all Sects of Christianity. The Natives know no∣thing as yet of the true God, save what they obscurely see by the glimsing Light of Nature.

§. 10. Virginia.

THIS Country (discover'd first by Sebastian Cabot, Anno 1497. but afterwards more perfectly by * 1.761 Sir Walter Rawleigh, Anno 1584. when he took Posses∣sion thereof in Queen Elizabeth's Name) is term'd by the French. Virginie; by the Germans, Virginien; by the Italians, Spaniards, and English, Virginia; so call'd in Honour of Queen Elizabeth, that Masculine Virgin Queen, of happy Memory.

The Air of this Country, as to Heat and Cold, Dri∣ness and Moisture, is variable according to the Winds; * 1.762 those from the North and North-West being universally cold and piercing; but those from the South and South-East, do commonly bring along with them great Heat in the Summer, which is frequently succeeded in September by Rain in such quantity, that it hath several times occasion'd an Epidemical Sickness among the People. The opposite Place of the Globe to Virginia, is that part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude, with 33 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country [strangely intermixt with a vast number of Oyster-Shells] is generally Sandy, yet * 1.763 abundantly fertil in Grain, where imploy'd that way. It affordeth also most sorts of Roots, and desirable Fruits, with Physical Plants and Herbs in great plenty; but above all, it pro∣duceth a wonderful quantity of Tobacco, that bewitching Weed so accounted off all the World over. The length of the Days and Nights in Virginia, is the same as in the Southern Provinces of Spain, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Country, in which the Natives Traffick with the English, are Skins of * 1.764 Deer, Bever, and other Wild Beasts, for which the English return them Guns, Powder, Shot, Iron-Tools, Brandy, &c. but the chief thing exported hence for England, is Tobacco, there being above an hundred and fifty Sail of Ships commonly that load therewith every Year.

Such is the prodigious multitude of Oyster-Shells in∣termixt with the Earth in Virginia, that in some places * 1.765 they're found three or four Yards deep in the Ground, where lying close together, they're said to petrify, and seem to make a Vein of such a Rock. But whether the Parts of that Rock, are really the Shells of Oysters, there left by the Sea, (which some sup∣pose to have overflow'd this Tract of Land) or Lapides sui Generis, sub Judice lis est. (2.) In some lesser Banks of Shells are found

Teeth, [about two or three Inches long, and one broad] suppos'd to be those of Fishes; and in other Parts are dug up the Bones of Whales several Yards deep, and that many Leagues from Sea. (3.) Near the River Patomeck is a sort of Aluminous Earth, of an Ash-colour, very soft and light, and of an Acid-astringent Taste, almost like that of Allum. (4.) In many Parts of this Country is found a certain kind of Squirrel, who, at his pleasure, can stretch out the Skin of his Sides, Thighs, and Legs, about an Inch in breadth (almost like the Wings of a Bat) by the help of which, he leaps farther, and alights more surely than the ordinary sort, and is therefore call'd the Flying-Squirrel.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks. None. As for Uni∣versities, here is a considerable Seminary of Learn∣ing * 1.766 lately establisht at St. James Town, which al∣ready merits the Title of Colledge, and we hope it will in process of time deserve the Name of an University.

The Natives of this Country being Persons gene∣rally of tall and slender Bodies, black Hair, and of a * 1.767 tawny Complexion, are much given to Revenge, and very exact in vindicating the Death of a Friend, if they can by any means possible. They spend most of their time in Hunting wild Beasts, particularly Deer and Bever, whose Skins (as afore∣said) they interchange with the English for what Necessaries they want. Natives of the Inland Parts, are said to burn their Dead, and lay up their Ashes near their Cabins. Those whom they own as Priests, are lookt upon as so many Conjurers, because by their Invocations in a private Cabin, 'tis reported, that they frequently cause abundance of Rain to fall. The English here residing, are much the same with those in England.

The Language of the Natives of this Country, is remarkable for its vast variety of Dialects, and those * 1.768 so different from one another, that People of twenty Miles distance (and sometimes less) are as quite different Nations, neither of 'em being able to comprehend the full meaning of one anothers Jargon, without the help of an Interpreter. Of such Peo∣ple or Nations, are chiefly reckon'd the Chawonocks, Mangoags, Mo∣nacans, Mannahocks, Masawomekes, Pawhatans, &c. The English here residing, retain and use their own Language.

The Natives (especially those in the Inland Parts of this Country) own Subjection to certain Gover∣nors * 1.769 of their own, call'd Weroans. The English are subject unto, and rul'd by a particular Governor, appointed and sent thither by his Britannick Majesty. The various Laws, which immediately relate to the Colony it self, are made by the Governor, with the Consent of his Council, in Conjunction with the Burgesses

elected by Free-holders. But for Decision of Matters, (whether Civil or Criminal in general) they're the very same with those here in England. The chief Court of Judicature, being held Quarterly, is call'd the Quarter-Court: In it the Governor and Council are Judges, who determine in Affairs of greatest moment; and to it Appeals are made from Inferior Courts, Monthly kept in every County; there being Sheriffs, Justices of the Peace, and other Of∣ficers appointed for that end by the Governor.

The English here residing, are (for the most part) * 1.770 Professors of the Protestant Doctrine, and Observers * 1.771 of the Forms of Divine Worship, according to the Model of the Church of England. But the Natives continue Pagan, except a few of the younger sort already taught the Ele∣ments of Human Literature, and instructed in the Principles of Christianity, by the Members of our lately erected Seminary of Learning at St James Town: of whose happy and desired Progress in this matter, we have all Reason in the World to wish, and no small Grounds to hope the best.

§. 11. Carolina.

THIS Country (discover'd at first about the same time with Virginia, and afterwards, Anno 1660 * 1.772 granted by Patent to several Noblemen as Proprietors thereof) is term'd by the French, Caroline; by the Italians, Spani∣ards, Germans, and English, Carolina; so call'd in Honour of His Britannick Majesty, King Charles the Second.

The Air of this Country is reckon'd very healthful to breath in, and so temperate, that 'tis a good Medi∣um * 1.773 between the extremities of Heat and Cold, that are most sensibly felt in divers Parts of the World. The opposite Place of the Globe to Carolina, is that part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude, with 29 and 36 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Country is for the most part very fruitful, producing in great plenty most sorts of Fruits, * 1.774 Roots, Plants, Herbs, &c. besides variety of English Grain. The length of the Days and Nights in Carolina, is much the same with those in the Southmost Part of Spain, and Northmost of Barbary, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities exported hence, are Skins of Otters, Bears, and Leopards; as also Oyl, Olives, * 1.775 Cotton, Indico, Ginger, Tobacco, Sorsaparilla, Tur∣merick, Snakes-Root, &c.

What chiefly deserves the Epithet of Rare in Carolina, is a certain Herb, which goes by the Name of the * 1.776 Country; and remarkable for its long red Root, which draws upon Paper good red Lines, but answers not in Dying.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.777

The Natives of this Country, being naturally Men of good Courage, and for a long time at Wars among * 1.778 themselves, are mightily diminish'd in their Number, by what they were. But those remaining, are generally Persons of a good agreeable Temper, and maintain a firm Friendship with our Colony. The English here residing, are the same in Manners with those here in England.

The Natives have a particular Jargon of their own, which sounds very harsh to the Ear, and seems to * 1.779 Strangers extreamly hard, if not impossible to be acquir'd. The English use their own Language.

King Charles II. having granted Carolina by Letters-Patent, in Propriety to George Duke of Albemarle, * 1.780 Edward Earl of Clarendon, &c. by those Letters, the Laws of England were to be always in force in this Country, only the Lords Proprietors are impower'd (together with the Consent of the Inhabitants) to make or repeal such By-Laws, as shall from time to time be thought expedient, for the better governing of the whole Colony.

The English here residing, are of many and different * 1.781 Perswasions in Matters of Religion, there being a Liberty of Conscience allow'd by the very Constitu∣tion * 1.782 of their Government. The Natives have as yet no reveal'd Knowledge of the True God, but follow the vain Imaginations of their own Minds; however, they are said to acknowledge one Supreme Being, whom they Worship under the Name of Okee, and to him their Priests do frequently Sacrifice; but they believe that he takes no care of Human Affairs, committing them to lesser Dei∣ties. They acknowledge also a Transmigration of Souls, and a Future State of Happiness after this Life.

SCET. V. Concerning Terra Arctica.

UNDER the Title of Terra Arctica, we comprehend all those Northern Countries, lying either intirely (or mostly) within the Arctick Polar Circle. The chief of which are these following, viz.

• ...Greenland,
• ...Nova Zembla,
• ...New Denmark,
• ...Spitsberge,
• ...Terra de Jesso,
• ...New North Wales.

Of these we know little more, as yet, than their bare Names. I am very sensible, That in treating of them, (yea, and that indi∣vidual Part of the Earth exactly under the North Pole) some Wri∣ters are pleas'd to speak as particularly, as if they were discoursing of the Fifty two Counties of England. But leaving such Gentle∣men to divert themselves with their own Chimera's; and leaving these Countries to the better Discovery of Future Ages, I pass on to the various Divisions of South America; chusing rather to say nothing of the aforesaid unknown Countries, than to relate things of them that are satisfactory neither to my self, nor the Reader; being willing to have due regard to that excellent Saying of the Roman Orator, Quam bellum est velle confiteri potius nescire guod Nescias, quam ista effutientem nauseare, atque ipsum sibi displicere! Cic. de Nat. Deor. Lib. 1. Now followeth,

SECT. VI. Concerning Terra Firma.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	297	30	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from E to W. is about 1260 Miles
330	00
between	03	20	of Latit.	Breadth from S. to N. is about 480 Miles.
11	30

Being divided into	East the River Orinoque, call'd Guiana.
West the River Orinoque, term'd Castello del Oro.

East comprehands the Provinces of	Caribana—	Chief Town	Moreshego—	N. to S.
Guiana—	Manboa—
West comprehends the Provinces of	Panama, or Terra Firma	Panama—	From W. to E.
Carthagena—	Idem—
St Martha—	Idem—
Rio de la hacha	Idem—
Venezula—	Idem—
Andaluzia—	Comane—
Paria—	Maluregvara—	From E. to W.
Granada—	St. Fe de Bagota—
Popayan—	St. Fe de Antiochia

THIS Country (discover'd by the Spaniards, and Conquer'd, Anno 15 14. is term'd by the Italians, * 1.783 Terra Firma; by the Spaniards, Tierra Firma; by the French, Terre Ferme; by the Germans, Het vast Land; and by the English, Terra Firma; so call'd by the Discoverers thereof, as being one Part of the Firm Land, or Main Continent, at which the Spani∣ards first touch'd in their Western Discoveries.

The Air of this Country is extreamly hot, yet gene∣rally accounted very wholesome, save in the North∣most * 1.784 Parts adjacent to the Isthmus of Panama, where the Ground is full of Lakes and Marishes, which by their ascend∣ing Vapours do render the Air very gross, and consequently less wholesome to breath in. The opposite Place of the Globe to Terra Firma, is that part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 107 and

150 Degrees of Longitude, with 3 Degrees of North, and 11 De∣grees of Southern Latitude.

This Country (lying mostly in the first North Cli∣mate) is said to be blessed with an excellent Soil, pro∣ducing * 1.785 great plenty of Corn and Fruits, where duly manur'd. It mightily abounds in Venison, Fish, and Fowl. A great part of it is planted with Cotton, and others are very produ∣ctive of Sugars and Tobacco. Here are also very considerable Mines of Gold, Silver, Brass, &c. many precious Stones, and in several places, good fishing of Pearls. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country, is 12 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost, is 12 Hours, or thereabouts; and the Nights propor∣tionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold, Silver, and other Metals, Balsam, Rozin, Gums, * 1.786 Long Pepper, Emeralds, Saphires, Jasper, &c.

Upon the Coast of Terra Firma nigh Surinam, is fre∣quently seen, and sometimes taken that Fish, usually * 1.787 call'd by Mariners, the Old Wife, but otherways, the Square Acarauna; so term'd from his Figure, being almost a com∣pleat Quadratum. (2.) In several Parts of Guiana, are certain Trees, call'd Totock, remarkable for their Fruit, which is of so great a bulk, and withal so hard, that People can't with safety walk among 'em, when the Fruit is ripe, being in danger every moment to have their Brains knockt out. (3.) In one of the Branches of Ore∣noque River, is such a hideous Cataract, that the Water falling down, makes as loud a Noise, as if a thousand Bells were knock'd one against another. Vid. Heylin's Cosmog. last Edition, page 1086. (4.) On the top of a high Mountain, call'd Cowob, is a consider∣able Lake, (according to the Report of the Natives) and that well∣stockt with most sorts of Fishes. (5) In some Rivers of Guiana, is a certain little Fish, about the bigness of a Smelt, and remark∣able for having four Eyes, two on each side, one above the other; and in Swiming, 'tis observ'd to keep the uppermost two above, and the other two under Water. (6.) In the Island of Trinidado, [near the Coast of Terra Firma] is a remarkable Fountain of Pitch, which boileth out of the Earth in great abundance, and is exported thence to various places in these Parts of the World. (7.) Near C. Brea, on the Continent, is another Fountain of Pitchy Substance, much us'd in triming of Ships with good success, and preferable to the ordinary Pitch in those hot Countries, being able to resist the scorching Heat of the Sun-Beams. Vid. Purchas his Pilgrims, Part 4. Lib. 6.

Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick, viz. that of St. Fee de Bagota. * 1.788

* 1.789 Bishopricks four, viz. those of

• ...Popayan,
• ...Carthagena,
• ...Panama,
• ...St. Martha.

None. * 1.790

The Natives of this Country, being Persons of a tawny Colour, and (for the most part) of very robust * 1.791 and proper Bodies, are a People that's very healthful, and generally live to great Ages, notwithstanding the Air they breath in is none of the best. They spend most of their time in Hunting, and such like Diversions, as the generality of other Ame∣ricans do, and commonly they walk naked above their Middles.

Here is a great Diversity of Languages among the Natives, and each of these divided into several Dia∣lects. * 1.792 The Europeans here settl'd retain the several Languages, peculiar to their respective Countries from whence they came.

This spacious Country, is, in a great part, subject to the King of Spain, and govern'd by the Vice-Roy * 1.793 of Mexico, under whom are several Deputy-Governors in divers Parts for the better management of the whole; and for an equal Distribution of Justice every where, there are establisht many Courts of Judicatory, in which all Causes, whe∣ther Civil or Criminal, are heard and determin'd. Some of the Midland Provinces are as yet free from the Spanish Power, being still maintain'd by the Natives, who acknowledge Subjection unto, and are govern'd by the Heads, or Eldest of their Families.

The Natives of this Country (especially in the Mid∣land * 1.794 Provinces) are gross Idolaters. Nigh unto, and * 1.795 upon the River Wiapoco, is a certain Nation, (call'd Marashewaccas) whose Object of Religious Worship, is a monstrous Idol of Stone, set up in a most frightful Posture. For it is fashion'd like a very big Man sitting upon his Heels, resting his Elbows up∣on his Knees, and holding forwards the Palms of his Hands, and looking upwards, doth gape with his Mouth wide open. The dif∣ferent Europeans here residing, are of the same Religion with that establisht in the respective Countries from whence they came.

SECT. VII. Concerning Peru.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	290	30	of Long.	Itsgreatest	Length from N. to S. is about 1440 Miles.
307	10
between	25	30	of S. Latit.	Breadth from W. to E. is about 480 Miles.
01	00	of N. Lat.

Peru comprehends the Province of	Posto—	Chief Town	Poston—	From N. to S.
Los Quixos—	Baesa—
Pacamores—	Valladolid—
Qui••c—	Idem—
Peru—	Lima—
Los Carea••—	Potosi—

THIS Country (discovered by the Spaniards, Anno 1525.) is term'd Peru by the Italians, Spaniards, * 1.796 French, Germans, and English; so call'd (according to the best of Criticks) from a certain Rivulet, which bore that Name among the Indians, at the Spaniards first arrival.

The Air of this Country is of a very different Na∣ture, being in some places extremely hot, and in others * 1.797 extraordinary sharp and piercing. The Wind upon this Coast (according to J. Acosta) blows always from the South and South-West, (contrary to what's usual between the Tropicks) and is not violent, tempestuous, or unhealthful, as elsewhere; but very moderate and agreeable. He further observes, That all along the Coast, call'd Lanos, it never Rains, Thunders, Snows, nor Hails; yet very frequently a little out at Sea: And that among the Andes, it Rains in a manner continually. The opposite Place of the Globe to Peru, is that part of the Gulf of Bengale, between 110 and 127 Degrees of Longitude, with 1 and 25 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Country (lying in the 1st, 2d, and 3d South Climate) consisteth of many large and pleasant Vallies, * 1.798 with divers high and lofty Mountains. The Vallies in some places, especially towards the Sea-Coasts are very Sandy, and frequently subject to Earth Quakes; in other places they are very rich, and the Air extremely sultry. The Mountains (particularly

the Andes) are, for the most part, continually Cold in their Tops, yet exceeding fertil, and generally lin'd with most costly Mines be∣yond any Country in the World, witness the famous lofty Hill of Potozi, in the Province of Los Carcas. It is universally esteem'd the richest of all the Foreign Plantations belonging to the Spa∣niard. The longest Day in the Northmost Part of Peru, is about 12 Hours ¼; the shortest in the Southmost, is 10 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold and Silver in vast quantities, costly Pearls, and abun∣dance * 1.799 of Cotton, Tobacco, Cocheneel, Medicinal Drugs, &c.

There's a high Mountain in Peru, (call'd Periacaca) to whose Top if any Person ascend, he's suddenly * 1.800 taken with a terrible sit of Vomiting. And many Travellers endeavouring to pass over the Desert of Punas, have been benumm'd on a sudden, and faln down dead, which makes that way wholly neglected of late. (2.) On the Tops of the highest Mountains in Peru, (as in other Parts of the World) are frequently found some considerable Lakes, several of which are very hot. (3) In the Valley of Tarapaya, near to Potozi, is a very hot Lake of a Circular Form, whose middle part (for about twenty Foot square) continually boils up; and though the Water is so extream∣ly warm, yet the Soil about the Lake is extraordinary cold. (4) At the Baths of Ingua, is a Stream of Water almost boiling hot; and hard by it doth issue forth another Stream as cold as Ice. (5.) In the Province of Loc Carcas is another Spring of Water so very hot, that one can't hold his Finger in it for the short space of one Ave-Maria. And somewhere else in this County is a Fountain, out of which there issueth a considerable Current, of a Colour almost as red as Blood. (6.) Near to Cusco is a Spring, whose Waters turn into pure white Salt, wherewith the whole Country adjacent is supply'd. (7) Among the Quick-Silver Mines in Guaniavilica, is a Fountain of hot Water, whose Current having run a considerable way, turns at last into a soft kind of Rock, which being easily cut, and yet very lasting, is usually imploi'd for building of Houses thereabouts. (8) Nigh C. S. Helene, and all along the Coast, are many Fountains of Coppey, (a Substance resembling Pitch, and fre∣quently us'd as such) or Gultran Rozen, which flow in such abun∣dance, that Ships at Sea (out of sight of Land) can give a shrewd guess where they are, by the very smell of such Fountains, provi∣ding there be a gentle Breeze from the Shore. (9.) In divers Parts of Peru, are still Extant the Ruins of many stately Indian Temples, particularly that call'd the Pachamana (about four Leagues from ••••ma): And another in the City of Dusco, which might have been

formerly accounted the American Pantheon, for the Idols of all Na∣tions conquer'd by the Inguas, were always brought thither, and there set up. (10) Among the Curiosities of this Country, we may also reckon the Cucujus Peruvianus, or Lanthorn-Fly: An Insect of a considerable bigness, and remarkable for its shining Property in the Dark, (appearing as a little Lanthorn at a distance) whereupon the Natives when oblig'd to Travel a Nights, do usually fasten a few of 'em to a Stick, and by their Light can clearly see their way. We may also add those extraordinary little Birds of this Country, call'd Tomineios, [of whom in Brasile] being of so small a Bulk, that they surpass not common wild Bees in bigness. And finally those prodigious great Birds, [nam'd Condores] who are so large and strong, that they'll set upon and devour an ordinary Calf. For all these, and several other Remarkables of Peru, Vid. J. Acosta, his Natural and Moral History of the Indies.

Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick, viz. that of * 1.801 Lima.

Bishopricks, are those of * 1.802

• ...Cusco,
• ...Truxillo,
• ...Quinto.
• ...Arequipa,
• ...Guamanga,

Universities in this Country. None. * 1.803

The Natives of this Country, are reported to be a People that's (for the most part) very Simple, and * 1.804 grosly Ignorant. Those towards the Equator, are ge∣nerally esteem'd more Ingenious than the rest, but withal much ad∣dicted to two most detestable Vices, viz. Dissimulation and So∣domy. The Spaniards here residing, are much the same with those in Spain.

The Language of the Natives, did formerly consist of several quite different Dialects (or rather so many * 1.805 distinct Tongues, they being unintelligible to one another) but these are much diminish'd, and daily grow fewer; for the People in the lower Part of this Country, being now (almost) intirely civiliz'd, have left their Ancient Jargon, and commonly use the Spanish Tongue.

This rich Country (by most probable Conjectures) was govern'd by its Incas, or Hereditary Kings, * 1.806 above three hundred Years before the Spaniards got any footing therein; but being fully master'd by them, Anno 1533. under the Conduct of Pizarro, it hath been ever since accounted a considerable Part of the King of Spain's American Dominions, and is govern'd by his Vice-Roy, who ordinarily resideth at Lima. In several places, the Natives (especially those of the Mountains)

maintain as yet their Liberties, and are rul'd by some particular Caciques.

The Peruvians (except those converted to Christia∣nity) * 1.807 are gross Idolaters, worshipping the Sun, Moon, * 1.808 Stars, Lightning, Thunder, &c. To each of such Deities were formerly erected in this Country very stately Tem∣ples, whose Remains are still extant in many places, besides one almost intire, viz. that at Cusco. This Temple was dedicated to the Sun, but is now a part of the Monastry of St Dominick. Its Walls were over-laid with Plates of Gold from top to bottom, and in it was set up a glorious Representation of the Sun, being a lively Figure of that Caelestial Body in pure Massy Gold. Near to this Temple were four others, one whereof was dedicated to the Moon, whom they call'd Quilla, reckoning her either Wife or Sister to the Sun. Another to the Planet Venus, which they term'd Chasca. A third to Thunder and Lightning, which went by the common Name of Yllapa. And a fourth to Cuychu, i. e. Iris, or the Rain∣bow. All of them were wonderfully errich'd with either Gold or Silver; and besides these, were many others, through the vari∣ous Provinces of this [once] mighty Empire; but the most magni∣ficent Temple of all Peru, was that spendid piece of Indian Archi∣tecture in a certain Island of the Lake Titicaca, in which the Incas are believ'd to have hid a great deal of Treasure, when the Spaniards invaded their Country.

SCET. VIII. Concerning the Land of the Amazons.

This vast Country is of no certain Extent nor Division, neither hath it any remarkable Town.

THIS Country (discover'd by the Spaniards, Anno 1541.) is term'd by the Italians, Paese di Ama∣zona; * 1.809 by the Spaniards, Tierra de las Amazonas; by the French, Pais des Amazones; by the Germans, Y land van d' Amazones; and by the English, The Land of the Amazons; so call'd from the many warlike Women, (resembling the Ancient Amazons) who ap∣pear'd in Arms on the Banks of the River Amazone, at the Europeans first entring into this Country.

The Air of this Country, in places as yet discover'd, is reported to be very Temperate, considering the La∣titude * 1.810 of the Country. The opposite Place of the Globe to the Land of the Amazons, is partly the Gulf of Bengal, and partly the Peninsula of Malacca.

The Soil of this Country, (it lying in the 1st, 2d, and 3d South Climate) where yet discover'd, is very * 1.811 fertil, producing great variety of Fruits and Grain. Here also are abundance of Mines, Sugar-Canes, Cacoa, and To∣bacco. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 12-Hours, and a little more; the shortest in the Southmost, is 11 Hours; and the Nights proportionably.

The Commodities of this Country are reckon'd Gold, Silver, Sugar, Cacoa, Ebony, Tobacco, &c. but this * 1.812 Part of the World being as yet very slenderly known, and little frequented by Strangers, these may be rather reckon'd the Product than Staple Commodities of this Country.

In the River Amazone, is a dreadful Cataract, a con∣siderable way from the Sea; for the Water being * 1.813 penn'd up between two steep Rocks (under which is a hideous Precipice) the Stream falleth down with great Violence and Noise. Yet notwithstanding of this so terrible a Fall, there be many of the Natives, who, 'tis reported, are so bold, as to de∣scend that Stream in their little Canoos. In falling, they are sure to turn topsy-turvy many times, and are severely plung'd in the Deep when down; yet such is their Care and Nimbleness, that

they quickly recover their Canoos, and forthwith proceed on their Voyage. J. Acosta.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.814

Upon the Banks of the River Amazone, (as is hinted at already) were discover'd about fifty different Nations. * 1.815 who seem'd generally to be a fierce and savage sort of People; all, both Men and Women, appearing in Arms, at the first approaching of the Spaniards; and they still continue as fierce and savage as formerly, and many of 'em are reported to be Anthropo∣phagi, or eaters of Human Flesh.

Our knowledge of this (as yet) ill discover'd Coun∣try is so slender, and the Commerce between Europeans * 1.816 and this People, so little, that we can make no Obser∣vations on the Nature and Number of their Languages.

How this People is govern'd, (or if any Form of Government among them) is not yet very certain. * 1.817 A further Enquiry into the sume, must be referr'd to the better Discovery of Future Ages.

That the Inhabitants of this Country, are in gene∣ral * 1.818 gross Idolaters, is most that can be said of them as * 1.819 yet. They are reported to make their Images of Wood, and to set them up in the Corners of their Houses, (having no Temples) and do firmly believe, That those polish'd Pieces of Timber are really inhabited by some Divinities descended from Heaven, being taught the same by their Priests.

SECT. IX. Concerning Brasil.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	322	00	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 1600 Miles.
346	30
between	01	00	of Latit.	Breadth from N. to S. is about 1380 Miles.
23	00

Brasil [of no certain Division] its Chief Towns are those of	S. Vincent—	Found upon the Sea Coast from S. to N.
Sanctos—
Angra dos Reyes—
S. Sebastian—
Spiritu sanctio—
Porto seguro—
S. Salvadore—
Pernambuco—
Parayba—

THIS Country (discover'd by the Portugueze, Anno 1501.) is term'd Brasil by the Italians, Spa∣niards, * 1.820 French, Germans, and English; but why so call'd is not certain. Those, who derive the Name from the abundance of that Wood (term'd by the Europeans, Brasile-Wood) which grows in this Country, do give [methinks] no satisfactory Account of the matter.

The Air of this Country is generally very whol∣some; and notwithstanding Brasil is almost intirely * 1.821 within the Torrid Zone, yet in those Parts already dis∣cover'd, 'tis exceeding Temperate, being daily qualifi'd by Sea-Breezes about Noon. Opposite on the Globe to Brasil, are the Philippin Islands; with part of the Eastern Ocean adjacent to them.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th South Climate) is reported to be extraordinary * 1.822 fertil, especially in those Places already discovered. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 12 Hours ¼; the shortest in the Southmost, 10 Hours ½; and the Nights proportion∣ably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Red∣wood (otherways Brasil-wood, much us'd for Dy∣ing) * 1.823 in great quantities; abundance of Sugar; as also Amber, Rozin, Balm, Tobacco, Train-Oyl, Confectures, &c.

As the principal Rarities of Brasil, we make fitly reckon the considerable number of very strange Crea∣tures * 1.824 found in that Country: The chief of which I shall here mention, and those reducible to Four General Classes, viz. Beasts, Serpents, Birds, and Fishes. I. Of Beasts. The most remark∣able of them are these following. (1.) Monkeys, particularly that sort, call'd by Europeans, the Kings-Monkey, the biggest of the whole Species, and observable for having a thin hollow Throttle-Bone, near the upper end of the Larynx, by the help of which he makes a great noise. Here also are many Monkeys (of a yellowish Co∣lour) that smell like ordinary Musk. (2.) The Sloath [term'd by the Natives Haii, from his Voice of a like sound] but by most Eu∣ropeans, Ignavus or Pigritia; and corruptedly Percza, by the Spani∣ards; so call'd from the Nature of that Animal, being of so flow a Motion, that he requires three or four Days to climb up a Tree of an ordinary height, and twenty four Hours to walk fifty Paces on plain Ground. His Fore-feet are almost double his hinder in length; and when he climbs a Tree, his hold he takes is so sure, that while he hangs by a Branch, he can Sleep securely. (3.) The Tamandu••-guacu, [which is a great Bear] so term'd by the Natives, but commonly by Europeans, the Ant-Bear, because he usually feeds upon Ants, at least destroys those Creatures where-ever he finds them. His Tail is so big that [Squirrel like] he can cover his whole Body therewith. (4.) The great Shell'd-Hedghog, call'd by the Na∣tives Tatu; and Armadillo by the Spaniards, because he gathers him∣self up, Head, Feet, and Tail, within his Shell, as round as a Ball; and that as a sure Defence, when either he goes to Sleep, or is actually assaulted by any destructive Creature, with whom he dares not grapple. II. Of Serpents. The most remarkable of them, are, (1.) That call'd by the Natives Ibibaboca, which is about three Yards and an half long and of a considerable bigness; his Colours are originally White, Red, and Black, of all kinds; and his Bite is most pernicious of any, yet worketh the slowest. (2) The Boigua••u, which is the biggest of the whole Species, being half a Yard in compass about the Middle, and almost seven Yards long. (3) The Bo••cininga, otherways the Rattle Snake, so call'd by Europeans from a Rattle in the end of his Tail, compos'd of a number of d••y Bones, from eight to sixteen, which are hollow, thin, hard, and very sonorous. Those Persons, whose misfortune it is, to be bitten by him, are tormented with exquisite Pain, (their whole Body cleaving into Chops) and frequently die within

twenty four Hours in a most sad Condition. But (as a remarkable Act of the Divine Providence) this noxious Animal gives timely warning to Travellers to avoid him, by making a great noise with his Rattle, how soon he hears any Person approaching towards him. III. Of Brasile Birds, the most remarkable are, (1.) The Humming-Bird, which is so call'd from the humming noise he makes with his Wings like a Bee, when he seeds, by thrusting his small Bill into Flowers. The Brasilians term him Guanumbi, and some Writers Ou∣rissia, i. e. the Sun-Beam, because of his radiant colour'd Feathers, with which the Indians adorn their Images; but the Spaniards call him Tomineius, because so small, that one of them with its Nest weighs only two Tomino's, a Weight in Spain consisting of twelve Grains. (2.) The Anhima, so call'd by the Natives, but by Europeans the Unicorn-Bird, because he hath a kind of Horn growing out of his Forehead about two or three Inches long, of a brittle substance, and blunt at the top; and is therefore neither defensive nor offensive to him. (3.) That call'd Guara by the Brasilians, and by Europeans the Sea-Curlew; the same with Numenius Indicus, and Arcuata Coccinea among Latin Authors, and remarkable for its alteration of Colours: Being at first Black, then Ash-colour'd, next White, afterwards Scarlet, and last of all Crimson, which grows the richer dye, the longer he lives. IV. Of Fishes taken upon the Coast of Brasile, the most remarkable are, (1.) Orbis Minor, or the Globe-fish, so call'd from his Orbicular form; and remarkable for being arm'd with many long, round, hard and sharp Spikes and Needles all over his Body, almost like those of a Hedg-hog. When he swims, 'tis believ'd, that he draws those Needles in, depressing them to his Body, to faci∣litate his way through the water; and that he advances them at any time he happens to be pursu'd, bidding (as 'twere) the Enemy to come at his peril. (2.) Upon this Coast is frequently seen the Eche∣neis or Remora, a Fish very famous among the Ancients for it stupen∣dous power in stopping a Ship (as they imagin'd) though under fail, and before a brisk gale of Wind. Which strange account was generally believ'd for many Ages, and not a few have labour'd to assign the cause; but is now lookt upon as a ridiculous Story, and deservedly exploded by every ordinary Traveller. These are the most remarkable Creatures, whether Beasts, Serpents, Birds or Fishes belonging to Brasile; and all (or most) of them, are to be seen in the publick Repository of Gresham College, London.

Here is one Portuguize Archbishoprick, viz. that of S. Salvadore, to whose Incumbent are subject * 1.825 several Suffragans, but their Number and Names are uncertain. Universities none.

The Brasilians are reported to be generally a cruel, thievish and revengeful sort of People; yet some on the * 1.826 Sea-coast being civiliz'd, prove very ingenious. This vast Body comprehends several different Nations, the chief of which are the Toupinambous, the Margajas, the Tapuyes, &c. who are ordi∣narily distinguish'd from one another by the wearing of their Hair. They generally go quite naked, and in many places of the main Land are multitudes of Canibals. Their manner of reposing a Nights is in a kind of Net, gathered at each end, and ti'd to two Poles fixt fast in the ground. This Net is made of the Rind of a certain Tree call'd Haemac; and hence is deriv'd the vulgar appellation of Sea-Bedding, commonly us'd in the English Fleet.

The diversity of Languages among the Natives of those Places already discovered on the Sea-Coasts, doth * 1.827 sufficiently evince, that their number must be much greater, in the Inland parts of this vastly extended Country. The only thing observable of those Languages upon the Sea-Coasts, is, that the Natives can't pronounce the three Letters of L. F. R. and that their manner of pronunciation is much through their Throat. The Portugueze here residing retain and use their own Language.

The Brasilians being divided (as aforesaid) into ma∣ny different Nations, several of them chuse certain * 1.828 Captains or Governors, by whom they're ruled; others wander up and down, and live without any Order or Government among them. The Portugueze being Masters of the Sea-Coasts since the Year 1501. and having divided them into certain Praefectures, over each of these is set a particular Governor, which Governors are all accountable to the Vice-Roy of Portugal, whose place of Re∣sidence is ordinarily at St. Salvadore.

The Natives of Brasil are reported to entertain but a * 1.829 faint notion of a Supream Being, and a Future State; * 1.830 and many are sunk ev'n beneath Idolatry it self, having neither Idol nor Temple to be seen among them. Others are said to believe the Soul's Immortality; and to give some obscure hints of an Universal Deluge. Many of those who live nigh unto, and upon the Sea-Coasts, are converted to Christianity, and that by the commendable Industry of the Portugueze, who are of the same Reli∣gion with that establish'd in Portugal.

SECT. X. Concerning Chili.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	302	00	of Long.	its greatest	Length from N. to S. is about 960 Miles.
306	00
between	25	30	of Latit.	Breadth from W. to E. is about 200 Miles.
44	00

Chili com∣prehends the Pro∣vinces of	Chili propria—	Ch. Town	St. Jago—	No. to S. upon the Sea-Coast.
Chili Imperial—	Balvidia—
Chucuito—	Mandosa, East of	Chili propria.
Chili Imperial.

THIS Country (discover'd by the Spaniards, Anno 1554.) is term'd Chili by the Italians, Spaniards, * 1.831 French, Germans, and English; so call'd (as most ima∣gine) from a large and spacious Valley of that Name.

The Air of this Country, during the Summer, is much of the same Quality as in Spain, or rather more * 1.832 Temperate, being frequently fann'd by Westerly Sea-Breezes: But in the Winter, the Cold is so excessively piercing, that both Man and Beast do perish in great numbers. The opposite Place of the Globe to Chili, is the South part of Tartary, between 122 and 126 Degrees of Longitude, with 25 and 44 Degrees of North Latitude.

The mountainous Parts of this Country (it lying in the 3d, 4th, 5th, 6th South Climate) are generally Dry * 1.833 and Barren; but in the large Valleys towards the Sea, the Soil is exceeding fertil, producing great plenty of Maize, Wheat, and most sorts of other Grain; as also variety of Herbs and Fruits; and the Vines brought hither from Spain, do prosper extraordinary well. This Country affordeth likeways some rich Mines of Gold and Silver. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 13 Hours ½; the shortest in the Southmost, is 7 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, are Gold, Silver, Maize, Corn, Honey, Ostridges, and several * 1.834 Metals.

In Chili is a very remarkable Bird, call'd Cuntur, (corruptedly Condor by the Spaniards) which is of a * 1.835 prodigious Size, and extremley Ravenous. He fre∣quently sets upon a Sheep or Calf, and comes down with such force, that his Blow is always mortal, and not only kills, but is also able to eat up one of 'em intirely. Two of 'em will dare to assault a Cow or Bull, and usually masster them. The Inhabitants of the Country are not free from such Attempts; but Nature hath so order'd, that this destructive Creature is very rare, the whole Country affording only a very small number, otherways not to be inhabited, Vid. J. Acosta, his Natural and Moral History of the Indies.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.836

The Natives of this Country, being of a white Com∣plexion, and tall of Stature, are a very warlike and * 1.837 couragious sort of People, especially the Arauques, who are as yet unconquer'd by the Spaniards. For Cloathing, they use nothing else than the Skins of Wild Beasts.

The prevailing Language of this Country, is the Spanish, which is not only in use among the Spaniards * 1.838 themselves, but also is currently spoken (at least un∣derstood) by the Plurality of the Natives. Those of 'em, who en∣tertain little Commerce with the Spaniard, retain still their own Jargon as in ancient Times.

The Natives (where they maintain their Freedom as yet) are rul'd by certain Captains of their own * 1.839 chusing: But this Country being invaded, and taken Possession of by the Spaniard, above an hundred Years ago, is mostly subject to the Crown of Spain, and rul'd by a particular Governor, residing at Conception, in Subordination to the Vice-Roy of Peru.

The Natives of this Country (excepting those con∣verted * 1.840 to Christianity) are generally reckon'd the * 1.841 grossest Idolaters of all the Americans, the chief Object of their Worship being the Devil, whom they term Eponamon, which signifies Strong or Powerful. The Spaniards here residing, are Roman Catholicks, as in the Kingdom of Spain.

SECT. XI. Concerning Paraguay.

	d.	m.
Situated	between	307	10	of Long.	Its greatest	Length from N. to S. is about 1560 Miles.
337	40
between	12	00	of Latit.	Breadth from W. to E. is about 1500 Miles.
37	00

Paraguay divided into several Pro∣vinces, the best known of which are	Guayra—	Chief Town	Cividad Real	E. to W. on the Br. of Rio de Plat.
Paragaia propria	Villa Rica—
Chaco—	Conception
Tucoman—	St. Jago Assumption	W. to E. on the
Rio de la Plata—	B. of Rio de Pl.

THIS Country (discovered first by John Dias de Solis, but more successfully, Anno 1546 when * 1.842 the Spaniards took Possession thereof) is term'd by the Germans, Paraguaii; by the Italians, Spaniards, French, and English, Paraguay; so call'd from a River of the same Name. It's also call'd Rio de la Plata by the Spaniards, because of the aboundance of Silver they found therein.

The Air of this Country is generally reported to be very temperate, and abundantly healthful to breath * 1.843 in. The opposite Place of the Globe to Paraguay, is that part of the Kingdom of China and the Mogul's Empire, between 127 and 157 Degrees of Longitude, with 12 and 37 Degrees of North Latitude.

The Soil of this Country (it lying in the 2d, 3d, 4th, and 5th South Climate) is esteem'd to be very * 1.844 fertil in most places, producing abundance of Corn, Wine, Fruits, and Herbs; and here also are several considerable Mines. The longest Day in the Northmost Parts, is about 13 Hours; the shortest in the Southmost, is 10 Hours ½; and the Nights proportionably.

The chief Commodities of this Country, (at least the Product thereof) are reckon'd to be some Gold, * 1.845 Silver, Brass, Iron, Sugars, Amethists, &c.

Upon Rio de la Plata are frequently seen, and some∣times kill'd divers kinds of Serpents of a prodigious * 1.846 bigness. (2.) Towards the Northern Parts of Paraguay, is a certain Champaign Country, about six Leagues square, which is all over-spread with an excellent sort of Salt, and that to a con∣siderable height (3.) In the Western Parts of Tucoman, is a pro∣digious high and large Mountain, which for its wonderful Glistering in a clear Sun-shine-day, is call'd the Chrystal Mountain. Under it is extended a hideous Cave-passage, through which doth glide a considerable Current of Water, with so many windings and turn∣ings, that from the time of its entry under the Mountain, to its issuing forth on the other side, is almost the space of twenty four or thirty Hours, according to the Computation of the Portugueses, who were so adventurous, as to make the Experiment, and that by hazarding their Persons upon a Roft made of Canes, Vid. Purchas his Pilgrims, Part 4. Lib. 6.

Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick, viz. that of * 1.847 Rio de la Plata.

To the Archbishoprick of Rio de la Plata, are several Suffragans, viz those of

St. Jago de Lestero, Assumption, Panama, Paraguay.

As for Universities, here are none. * 1.848

The Paraguayans, though Persons of very big and tall Bodies, are nevertheless reported to be very nim∣ble, * 1.849 and much given to Running. They are said to be somewhat Laborious, and less Savage than many others of the adja∣cent Nations, yet a little enclin'd to a revengeful Humour against those who chance to wrong them.

All we can learn of the Language mostly in use among the Natives, is, in general, that 'tis a very * 1.850 harsh and unpleasant Jargon, as the Plurality of the Indian Tongues are. The Spaniards here residing, do commonly use their own Language.

The Natives of this Country (according to our latest Accounts) are in a great part subject to their * 1.851 own Captains or Caciques, whom they chuse among themselves, and under whose Conduct they go out to War. A considerable Part of this Country doth belong to the King of Spain, who ordinarily keepeth one Governor at St. Jago in Tucoman, and another at Assumption in Rio de la Plata, both of 'em being answer∣able to the Vice-Roy of Peru.

The Natives of this Country are generally gross * 1.852 Idolaters, yet 'tis reported of 'em, that they're more * 1.853 capable of learning our Arts and Religion, than most of the other Americans. And some speak of a Tradition spread among 'em, importing that certain Priests shall come into their Country, and instruct them of a new Religion, whereby they shall be most happy in another World. The Spaniards here residing, are (as in Spain) rigid Papists.

SECT. XII. Concerning Terra Magellanica.

THIS Southmost Part of the Continent of South America (call'd also Regio Patagonum) derives its Title from Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguize, who made the first Discovery thereof, An∣no, 1519. as also of that famous Streight which still bears his Name, he being the first (for ought we know) that ever pass'd through the same. Many things (equally frivolous as ridicu∣lous) are related of this Country and its Inhabitants, with which I shall neither trouble my self, nor the Reader, but proceed to

SECT. XIII. Concerning Terra Antarctica.

BY Terra Antarctica, we understand all those unknown and slenderly discover'd Countries towards the Southern Parts of the Globe; the chief of which do bear the Names of New Guinea, New Zealand, New Holland, and (which may comprehend these and all the rest) Terra Australis incognita. Which Southern Countries, though they belong not to the Continent of America, yet we chuse to mention 'em in this place, since the Southmost Part of the Continent of South America doth extend it self farther towards the South, than any Part or Headland of the old Continent. What

was said of the Northmost Countries, [Sect. 5.] under the Title of Terra Arctica, (viz. that our knowledge of them did reach lit∣tle farther than their bare Names) so the same may be affirm'd of those that bear the Title of Terra Antarctica. Leaving them therefore to the better Discovery of Future Ages, we pass on to

SECT. XIV. Concerning the American Islands.

Reduc'd (page 45.) to three Classes.	North, viz. those of	California.
Newfound-Land.
Middle, viz. the Antilles	Greater,	Cuba.
Jamaica.
Hispamola.
Port-rico.
Lesser,	Caribees.
Lucayes.
Sotovento.
Bermudas.
South, viz. the Island of Terra del Fuogo.

Of which Islands distinctly and in their order. Therefore

§. 1. California.

THIS Island was formerly esteem'd a Peninsula, but now found to be intirely surrounded with Water. Its North part was dis∣covered by Sir Francis Drake, Anno 1577. and by him call'd New Albion, where erecting a Pillar, he ••••st••ed thereon the Arms of Eng∣land. The Inland parts thereof were afterwards search'd into, and being found to be only a dry, barren, cold Country, Europeans were discourag'd from sending Colonies to the same, so that it still re∣mains in the hands of the Natives: And there being nothing remark∣able relating either to them or it, we shall proceed to

§ 2. New-found Land.

THIS Island (discovered first by the two Cabots, at the charge of Henry the 7th of England, Anno * 1.854 1497. but more particularly by Thorn and Eliot of Bri∣stol, Anno 1527. and the English Title thereto being renew'd in the name of Queen Elizabeth, Anno 1583. a Colony was settl'd there∣in about 30 years afterwards) is term'd by the Italians, Terra Novella; by the Spaniards, Tierra Nueva; by the French, Terre Neuve; by the Germans, Newfunden Land; and by the English, Newfound Land; the derivation of which Name is sufficiently express'd in the Name it self.

Notwithstanding this Island is situated between the Parallels that pass through the Southern part of England, * 1.855 and Northern of France, yet the Air thereof doth ex∣treamly differ from that in either of these Countries; it being subject to a greater excess of heat in the Summer, and more pinching cold in the Winter, than commonly happens in them. The opposite place of the Globe to New found-land is that part of Terra Australis in∣cognita, between 140 and 150 degrees of Longitude with 45 and 53 degrees of South Latitude.

This Island, for the most part, is overspread with Woods, which are but slowly cut down, because the * 1.856 Country is very thinly inhabited. Where the Ground is already clear'd, the Soil is not altogether despicable; affording va∣riety of Roots, and several sorts of our English Grain: and those Parts possess'd by the French, produce some plenty of Vines. This Island is sufficiently stockt with Deer, Hares, Otters, Foxes, &c. Here also is abundance of Land and Water-Fowl; but above all things, its Coasts are surrounded with incredible multitudes of Cod-Fish. The length of the days and Nights in New-found-Land, is the same as in the Southmost parts of England, and Northern of France, they all ly∣ing under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The Commodities of this Island are principally Furs, Whale-Oyl, and Cod-Fish, especially the latter, where∣of * 1.857 there is such plenty, that the Fishing and bringing of them to Europe (particularly the Streights) is now grown to a settl'd and very advantageous Trade.

Nothing here deserves the Epithet of Rare, unless we reckon that prodigious large Bank of Sand upon the * 1.858 South-East of the Island (about 300 miles in length, and upwards of 75 in breadth where broadest) remarkable for those vast multitudes of Bacalaos (or Cod-Fish) and Peer John, which are

taken in great numbers by divers European Nations, who yearly resort hither for that end. So thick do those Fishes sometimes swarm upon this Bank, that they retard the passage of Ships sailing over the same.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.859

The Natives of this Island are (for the Plurality of 'em) Persons of a middle Stature, broad-face'd, and * 1.860 those of the Masculine Sex are usually beardless. They generally colour their Faces with Oker, and for Cloathing, use Skins of Wild Beasts. They live by ten or twelve Families together, in poor Cabbins made of Poles, in form of our Arbours, and cover'd with Skins. They ordinarily imploy themselves in Hunting, as most of the other Americans usually do. The English and French here residing, are much the same with those in Europe.

All that can be said of the Language here com∣monly us'd among the Natives, is, that 'tis a certain * 1.861 Dialect of the Indian Tongue, which prevails among all the Indian Inhabitants, with little variation of Accent in the various Parts of the Island. The Europeans here residing, do still retain the maternal Language of the respective Countries from whence they came.

In the Year 1623. Sir George Calvert, Principal Secretary of State, having obtain'd a Patent for a * 1.862 Part of Newfoundland, erected the same into a Pro∣vince, [call'd Avalon] and therein settl'd a Plantation; which after him, was enjoy'd by his Son Caecilius Lord Baltimore. This Island was set upon, and master'd by the French in the late tedious War, but speedily retaken by the English, who are now in full Possession of what they formerly enjoy'd.

The Natives of this Island (upon its first discovery) * 1.863 were found to acknowledge a Supreme Being, whom * 1.864 they own'd as the Creator of all things; but err'd extremely in their Apprehensions about the manner of the Creation: alledging that Men and Women were at first made of a certain number of Arrows stuck fast in the Ground. They generally be∣lieve the Immortality of the Soul, and that the Dead go into a far Country, there to make merry (as they think) with their Friends.

§. 3. Cuba.

THIS Island (discovered by the Spaniards, Anno 1494.) is term'd by the Italians, Spaniards, French, * 1.865 Germans, and English, Cuba. Which Name is the same it had when first discover'd, being so call'd by the Natives and neigh∣bouring Islanders; what may be the Etymology of that Indian Ap∣pellation, we know not.

The Air of this Island (considering its small Lati∣tude) is very temperate, being mightily qualifi'd by * 1.866 Vapours that daily ascend from the Earth. The oppo∣site Place of the Globe to Cuba, is that part of the East-Iudian Ocean, lying between 110 and 120 Degrees of Longitude, with 20 and 23 Degrees of South Latitude.

This Island (lying in the same Climate with the Northern Part of New Spain) is not so fertil in Grain * 1.867 as Wood, being generally cover'd over with Trees, some of which do drop the purest Rozin: Here is great plenty of Fish and Flesh; and in some Parts are divers kinds of excellent Fruits. The length of the Days and Nights in Cuba, is much the same as in the North of New Spain, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Gold, Ginger, Cassia, Mastick, Aloes, Cinamon, Su∣gar, * 1.868 &c.

The most remarkable thing in this Island, is a noted Bituminous Fountain, out of which there flows a sort * 1.869 of Pitchy Substance, commonly us'd for calking of Ships. Here also is a Valley full of Flint-Stones of different sizes, and those by nature so round, that they may serve as Bullets for most sorts of Cannons. Vid. Heylin's Cosmog. page 1079.

In this Island is one Bishoprick, viz. that of St. Jago, Suffragan to the Archbishop of St. Domingo * 1.870 in Hispaniola.

The Inhabitants of this Island, being for the most part Spaniards, are the same in Manners with those on * 1.871 the Continent.

The Spaniards here residing, do still retain and com∣monly use the Spanish Tongue. * 1.872

This Island was formerly govern'd by certain Ca∣ciques or Captains, but is now wholly subject to the * 1.873 King of Spain, who still keeps a particular Governor

in it, whose ordinary Residence is in that Great and Populous City, Havana.

The Spaniards here residing, are of the same Religion * 1.874 with that establish'd and universally profess'd in Spain. * 1.875

§. 4. Jamaica.

THIS Island (first discovered by Columbus in his Second Voyage to America, and brought into * 1.876 Possession of the English by Penn and Venables, in the time of Oliver Cremwell) is term'd Jamaica by the Italians, Spaniards, French, Germans, and English. It was at first call'd St. Jago by Co∣lumbus, which Name was afterwards chang'd into that of Jamaica, (after King James, then Duke of York) when it had been subjected for some time to the Crown of England.

The Air of this Island is more temperate, than in most of the neighbouring Islands, the Heat thereof * 1.877 being much allay'd by fresh Easterly Breezes that blow in the Day-time, and the frequent Showers that fall in the Night. Hurricanes and Earthquakes (so frequent in the Caribbees) are sel∣dom heard of here; whereupon we may justly impute that terri∣ble Earthquake [Anno 1693.] rather to a Moral than a Natu∣ral Cause, viz. the many and horrid Abominations abounding among the Inhabitants, whith [without doubt] did loudly call for Judgements from Heaven. The opposite Place of the Globe to Jamaica, is part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 110 and 120 Degrees of Longitude, with 17 and 20 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of this Island is extraordinary rich and fer∣til, producing great quantity of Corn, Herbs, and * 1.878 Fruits; abounding also in Sugar, Cotton, Tobacco, various kinds of Spices, with divers sorts of Physical Drugs and Gums, as Sumach, Guiacum, Aloes, Benjamin, Sarsaparilla, &c. The large and pleasant Fields appear constantly Green and Spring∣ing, they being well stockt with variety of Trees and Plants, which are never disrob'd of their Summer-Liveries. Here like∣ways are several Rivulets, and those affording many excellent Fish, especially Tortoise. The length of the Days and Nights in Jamaica, is the same as in the middle Provinces of New Spain, they both lying under the same Parallels of Lati∣tude.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Cocao, Sugar, Indico, Cotton, Tobacco, Hides, Copper, * 1.879 Piemento or Jamaica-Pepper, Tortoise-Shells, Wood for Dyers, and several sorts of Drugs, &c.

This Island is furnish'd with some Springs of Mine∣ral-Waters; particularly two, whereof one is Sulphu∣rous, * 1.880 and the other Salt; but both approved of for the common Distempers of the place. (2) In divers Parts of Jamaica grows that Fruit, call'd the Machinel Apple, which is very beautiful to the Eye, of a pleasant Smell and Taste, yet Mortal if eaten, whence some term it the Eve-Apple. (3) Here are many Shining∣flies, (a king of Cantharides) appearing of a green Colour in the Day-time, but shining in the Night with such a Lustre, that one may see to Read by their light. (4.) Of all Creatures belonging to this Island, the most remarkable is the Allegator, that destructive Animal, commonly harbouring in or near to Rivers and large Land-Ponds. Although he be a very big Creature, and about ten, fifteen, or twenty Foot in length, yet he's hatcht of an Egg not larger than that of a Turkey. His Back being full of hard Scales is impenetrable, whereupon 'tis a difficult matter to kill him, unless he receive a Wound in the Eye or Belly. He is an Amphibious Animal, and to enable him, either to Walk upon dry Ground, or Swim in the Water, Nature hath furnisht him both with Feet and Fins. In moving on the Land, he's very swift, (providing his Course be streight forward) but extremely slow in turning, and therefore easily avoided. Lastly, In Jamaica are produc'd some rare Plants, much regarded by the Inquisitive Botanist. But for a par∣ticular Account of them and all others, found both in this, and several of the Caribbee Islands, I refer the Reader to a curious Cata∣logue, publish'd some Years ago by that great Promoter of Natural Knowledge, the Ingenious Dr. Sloane.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.881

The Inhabitants of this Island being English, are much the same in Manners with those in the Kingdom * 1.882 of England, only with this difference, that the genera∣lity of 'em is somewhat more vitiously enclin'd, a thing too com∣mon in most of our Western Plantations.

This Island being intirely inhabited by English, they retain and still use their own Native Language. * 1.883

Jamaica is wholly subject to the Crown of England, and rul'd by a particular Governor, sent thither by His * 1.884 Majesty, the King of Great Britain. The Laws by which they're govern'd, are (as near as can be) to those of England. Here they have several Courts of Judicatory for hearing and deter∣mining

of all Causes between Man and Man; and for the better Assistance of the Governor, he is furnisht with his Council to con∣sult with, when occasion requires.

The Inhabitants of this Island, are of the same Reli∣gion * 1.885 with that publickly posess'd, and by Law esta∣blisht * 1.886 in England; excepting the Negroe-Slaves, who, (both here, and in other Islands of the English Plantations) are still kept in woful Ignorance; which is undoubtedly a grievous Scandal to our Holy Profession in general, and an abominable Shame to their respective Masters in particular: But let such Masters know that the time is coming, when the [now] despised Souls of those toiling Slaves will certainly be requir'd at their Hands.

§. 5. Hispaniola.

THIS Island (discover'd by Columbus, Anno 1492.) is term'd by the Spaniards, Espaniola; by the * 1.887 French, Espagnole; by the Italians, Germans, and English, Hispaniola; so call'd by the first Planters therein, (viz. the Spaniards) as a Diminutive of their own Country.

The Air of this Island is much inferior to that in Jamaica, being much infested with morning Heats, * 1.888 which would be intollerable, were they not allayed by some cooling Breezes in the Afternoon. The opposite Place of the Globe to Hispaniola, is that part of the East-Indian Ocean, lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude, with 17 and 21 De∣grees of South Latitude.

This Island is bless'd with an extraordinary rich and fertil Soil. The Trees and Meadows in it are still so * 1.889 green, that we may truly say, it enjoys a continual Spring. Herbs and Fruits are said to ripen in eighteen Days, and so rich and fruitful is the Native Turf, that of several Grain the common Increase is an hundred-fold. Here is abundance of Palm-Trees of a prodigious height and bigness, in whose Body an Inci∣sion being made near the Root, from thence doth flow a Liquor, usually call'd Palm-Wine, which being kept for some time, ferment∣eth, and becomes very strong. These Trees are also term'd Cabbage-Trees, because their Tops resemble European Cabbage, and is com∣monly us'd as such by the Spaniards. Here is also great plenty of Sugar-Canes, and some rich Mines of Gold. The length of the Days and Nights in Hispaniola, is the same as in the middle Pro∣vinces of New Spain, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Cat∣tle, Hides, Cassia, Sugar, Ginger, Cocheneel, Guia∣cum, * 1.890 &c.

In this Island is some store of Genipa-Trees, whose Fruit (about the bigness of a Man's two Fists) being * 1.891 press'd before thorow Ripe, affords a Juice as black as Ink, and fit to write with all, did it not disappear intirely in nine or ten Days. (2.) Here grows another Tree, call'd Mananilla or Dwarf Apple-Tree, whose Fruit is of so venemous a quality, that if any Person eat thereof, he's instantly seiz'd with an unquenchable Thirst, and dies raving Mad in a short time. (3.) Of the many Insects belonging to this Island, the Glow-worm (term'd by the Spaniards, Cochinillas) is most remarkable, and that chiefly for two little Specks on its Head, which by Night give so much Light, that if a Person lay three or four of those Creatures together, he may see to read the smallest Print. (4) In Hispaniola are Spiders about the bigness of an ordinary Hens Egg, having Legs as long as Sea-Crabs of a middle size. They are hairy all over, and have four black Teeth like Rabbets, and commonly bite very sharply, but are not venemous. (5) Most remarkable of all Creatures in this Island, is the Cayman, (commonly reckon'd the Crocodile of Hispaniola) which being an Animal of a prodigious bigness, is much noted for his rare subtilty in catching his Prey; for lying upon a River-side, he so gathereth his Body together, that, in form, he resembles exactly the large Trunk of an old Tree. In which Posture he continues till Cattle, or other Creatures, come to the River to drink, when to their great surprize, he suddenly springs up and assaults them: And (to enhaunce the Wonder) this strange Crea∣ture is said to use yet a more strange Stratagem to effect his end; for Travellers generally affirm of him, That, before he lays him∣self (as aforesaid) upon the River-side, he's imploy'd for some time in swallowing down several hundred Weight of small Peeble-Stones. By which additional Weight of his Body, he can keep a faster hold of his Prey, and be the sooner able to draw it into, and dive with it under Water. Vid. Late History of the Buchaneers in America, Part 1. Cap. 4.

Here is one Archbishoprick, viz. that of St. Do∣mingo. Suffragan to whom are St. Jago in Cuba, * 1.892 St. John de Port-rico, and Coro in Terra Firma.

Universities. None. * 1.893

The Inhabitants of this Island (being mostly Spaniards, with some French) are the same in Manners with those * 1.894 on the Continent.

The Inhabitants of this Island being Spaniards, and some French, (as aforesaid) do still retain and use their * 1.895 respective maternal Tongues.

This Island being wholly subject to the Crown of Spain, (except the Western Parts now possess'd by * 1.896 the French) is rul'd by a particular Governor, appoint∣ed by his Catholick Majesty, whose Power doth extend it self over all the Antillos belonging to Spain.

The Inhabitants of this Island, whether Spaniards or * 1.897 French, are of the same Religion with those on the Old * 1.898 Continent.

§ 6. Porto-Rico.

THIS Island was term'd S. Johannis Insula by Columbus, at his first Discovery thereof, and Boriquen by the Natives, but now Porto-Rico from its chief City and Haven of that Name. The Soil is tollerably good in many Parts, and Air abundantly temperate, except those Months immediately before and after the Summer and Winter Solstice. From hence are exported Sugar-Canes, Gin∣ger. Cassia, and good store of Hides. Here grow divers remark∣able Trees, and some poysonous Shrubs upon the Sea-side. The whole Island belonging to the Crown of Spain, is rul'd by a parti∣cular Governor sent thither by his Catholick Majesty; and the Inhabitants thereof being Spaniards, are the same in Manners, Language, and Religion, as elsewhere, either upon the Old or New Continent.

§. 7. The Caribee Islands.

THE Caribees are reckon'd that goodly Company of Islands, beginning at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Porto-Rico, and reaching Southward almost to Terra Firma. They derive their Appellation from the Nature of their Inhabitants who (when first discovered) were ge∣nerally Canibals, the name Caribees being of the same importance. Taken all together, they come nearest (in Form) to the Segment of a great Circle, and are in number about thirty. The chief of which [proceeding from North to South] with their present Pos∣sessors; are as followeth,

VIZ.	Anguilla.—	At present possessed by	The English, but little esteem'd.
St. Martin—	The French and Dutch.
Sancta Crux.—	The French.
Barbada.—	The English, but of small Account.
St. Christophers	The English and French.
Nievis or Mevis	The English.
Antego.—	The English.
Montserrat—	The English, but mostly inhabited by Irish
Guadalupa.—	The French.
Marigalant—	The French.
Dominica—	The English and Natives.
Martinico—	The French.
Barbado's—	The English.
St. Lucia.—	The French.
St. Vincent—	The English and Dutch, especially the latter
Grenada.—	The French.
Tobago.—	The English.

Of all the Caribee Islands belonging to the English, the most re∣markable (upon several accounts) is Barbado's. Of it therefore in particular,

BARBADO's.

THIS Island is term'd by the Spaniards, Barbadas; by the French, Barbade or Barboude; by the Ita∣lians, * 1.899 Germans, and English, Barbado's: But why so call'd, we can give no account, the Name being an Indian Appella∣tion. It was discovered in the Reign of King James 1. by Sir Wil∣liam Curten, driven upon its Coast by stress of Weather. Meeting with no Inhabitants at his arrival, and finding the Nature of its Soil to be inviting; The English, upon his return, sent some Plan∣ters thither, who, for want of Trade, were reduc'd to great ex∣tremity, till about the Year 1627, when they began to Plant it to purpose.

The Air of this Island is very hot and moist, especi∣ally for eight Months, yet in some measure qualifi'd * 1.900 by cold Breezes of Wind, which rising with the Sun, blow commonly from North-East by East, unless there happen a Turnado, and grow fresher as the Sun mounteth up. The opposite Place of the Globe to Barbado's, is part of the East-Indian Ocean, between 130 and 140 Degrees of Longitude, with 12 and 18 De∣grees of South Latitude.

This Island (not above eight Leagues in length, and five in breadth, where broadest) is bless'd with a Soil * 1.901 ••••••derfully fertil. Generall; taken, 'tis not above one 〈…〉〈…〉 thick, yet that small depth of Earth resembles, in a 〈…〉〈…〉 continued hot Bed, being almost every where grounded with white spongy Lime-Stones, which retain and reflect the solar Heat piercing through the over-spreading Mould. Where∣upon the Island beareth Crops all the Year round, and its Trees, Plants, and Fields, appear always green. Both in this, and the Island Jamaica, were formerly Mountain Cabbage-Trees of a pro∣digious height. The length of the Days and Nights in Barbado's, is the same as in those Parts of New Spain, lying under the same Pa∣rallels of Latitude

The chief Commodities of this Island, are Sugars, Indico, Cotton-Wooll, Ginger, Logwood, Fustick, * 1.902 Lignum Vitae, &c. and those in such abundance, that some hundred Sail of Ships do yearly receive their Loadings here.

In the Island of Barbado's, are Ants of a very big size, who build their Nests with Clay and Lome, * 1.903 against the Body of a Tree, or Wall of an House; and that to the bigness of ordinary Bee-Hives, and those divided into a great many Cells. (2) Here are some Snakes of a considerable length and bigness, that frequently slide up and down the Wall of an House, and out of one Room into another with wonderful Agility of Body. (3.) The Water of that Rivulet (commonly call'd Tuigh River) hath upon its Surface in many places a certain Oily Substance, which being carefully taken off, and kept a little time, is sit to burn in Lamps like ordinary Oil. (4.) Here are di∣vers large and hideous Caves, (some of which are big enough to contain five hundred Men) and several remarkable Trees, particu∣larly the Calibash, Palmete, Roucou, and that which goes by the Vul∣gar Name of the Poyson-Tree. (5.) Among some rare Insects to be seen upon this Island, we may reckon those small Flies, (term'd Cayouyou) most observable; and that chiefly for their Wings, which give a mighty Lustre in the Night-time while they fly.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.904

The Inhabitants of this Island (excluding the Negroes) being mostly English, are much the same in Behaviour * 1.905 and Manner of living, with those here in England.

What was said of the Inhabitants in respect of Manners, the same may be assirm'd of them in Point * 1.906 of Language. As for the Negroes, the generality of them (if any considerable time upon the Island) do also understand and speak English.

This Island belonging to the Crown of England, is rul'd by a particular Governor appointed, and sent * 1.907 thither by His Majesty, the King of Great Britain▪ He with his Council do discuss all Matters of 〈…〉〈…〉; and the better to quell any Insurrection 〈…〉〈…〉 be made (especially by the Slaves) he still keeps a 〈…〉〈…〉, considing of two Regiments of Horse, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Foot, always in ••••••diness upon a call. The Laws by which this Island are govern'd, (except some By-Acts which immediately concern the Plantation) are the same with those of England. The Island b••ing divided into four Cir∣cuits, in each of them is establish'd an Inferior Court of Judicatory for hearing all manner of Civil Causes: From which Courts, Ap∣peals may be made to the Supreme Court; and for due Admini∣stration of Justice in Criminal Matters, here are yearly held five Sessions. When there appears a real Necessity of making new Laws, (which must never contradict those of England) or abroga∣ting old ones, the Governor calls an Assembly for that end. This Assembly resembles in some manner our English Parliament; for the Governor being reckon'd Supreme, those of his Council are as so many Peers; and two Burgesses chosen out of each Parish, repre∣sent the Body of the People.

The English here residing, make Profession of the * 1.908 same Religion with that generally own'd, and by Law * 1.909 establish'd in England. As for the Negroe-Slaves, their Lot hath hitherto been, and still is, to serve such Christian Masters, who sufficiently declare what Zeal they have for their Conversion, by unkindly using a Serious Divine some time ago, when only proposing to endeavour the same.

§. 8. The Lucayes.

THE Lucayes (so call'd from Lucayone, the biggest of 'em all) are those several Islands lying North of Cuba and Hispaniola: They belong mostly to the Spaniards, and the chief of them

Are those of	Bahama—	Extended from the E. of Tegesta in Flo∣rida, to the N. of Hispaniola.
Lucayone	aliter	New Providence
Cignateo	Eleutheria—
Guanahani	St. Salvador—
Yuma.—
Samana.—
Maiaguana.—

Of these Islands, Bahama may be reckon'd the most remarkable, and that chiefly for the famous rapid Channel between that Island and the Main, through which the Spanish Fleets usually pass in their return from Mexico to Europe. A Passage equally fatal to the Spaniard, as fortunate to the English. Fatal to the former for some dreadful Shipwracks sustain'd therein; and fortunate to the latter, for vast quantities of Plate recover'd by skilful Divers. This Island is also observable for several uncommon Insects found upon it, par∣ticularly the Bahama-Spider already mention'd, Pags 341.

§ 9. The Sotovento.

THE Sotovento Islands, are those lying along the Northern Coast of Terra Firma. They belong mostly to the Spaniards, and receiv'd the Title Sotovento (quasi sub vento) from them, be∣cause they appear to the Leeward of their Fleet coming down be∣fore the Wind to enter the Gulf of Mexico. The chief of such Islands,

Are those of	Trinidada—	Found from E. to W.
Margarita—
Tortuga—
Orchilla—
Rocca—
Bonayrc—
Curacao—
Oruba—

Trinidada (term'd by the Natives Samsonate) is observable for be∣ing a noted place of Bartery between the Inhabitants of New Spain, and those of Peru. And Margarita is much frequented upon the account of Pearl Fishery, from whence it derives its Name. The rest are not of any great moment.

§ 10 Bermudas.

THIS little Cluster of Islands (lying about five hundred Leagues East of Florida) is term'd by * 1.910 the Italians, Bermuda; by the French, Bermudes; by the Spaniards, Germans, and English, Bermudas. So call'd from one John Bermudas, a Spaniard, who made the first Discovery of them. They are otherways term'd the Summer Islands, from S^r. George Summers, an Englishman, who suffer'd Shipwrack near to them, Anno 1609.

The Air of these Islands is reckon'd extraordinary healthful to breath in, the Sky being almost always * 1.911 Serene and Smiling. But when overcast at any time, then they're sure of a terrible Tempest, attended with frightful Claps of Thunder, and Flashes of Lightning. So healthful are these Islands to breath in, that their Inhabitants (now in number, about four or five thousand) are seldom visited with Sickness, and generally arrive to a good old Age. The opposite Place of the Globe to Bermudas, is that part of the vast East-Indian Ocean, lying between 134 and 138 Degrees of Longitude, with 32 and 35 Degrees of South Latitude.

The Soil of these Islands is extraordinary fertil, yield∣ing the Labourer two Crops every Year, which they * 1.912 commonly reap in the Months of July and December. Of so rich a Mould is the Arable Ground in this Island, that it af∣fords neither Sand, Flints, Peebles, nor Stones so hard, as are fit to grind Knives. They are well furnisht with variety of Fruits, Roots, Fish, and Fowl, together with great store of Hogs, and ex∣cellent sweet-scented Cedar. The length of the Days and Nights in Bermudas, is the same as in the Northmost Parts of Florida, they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude.

The chief Commodities of these Islands, are Oranges, Cochineel, Tobacco, Cedar-Wood, some Pearls, and * 1.913 Amber-Gris in considerable quantity, &c.

Observable are these Islands for nourishing no vene∣mous Creature, none such being found upon them, * 1.914 nor able to live if brought thither. Here indeed are many Spiders, but those no ways poisonous; and very remarkable for their Webs, having the resemblance of Raw-Silk, and woven so strong, that little Birds are sometimes entangled in them. (2.) If Wells are dug in Bermudas above the Surface of the sur∣rounding Ocean, the Water is sweet and fresh; but lower, then salt or breckish; and all of them have some sensible Flux and Reflux with the Sea. (3.) Upon the Coast of these Islands, is sometimes taken that remarkable Fish, term'd the File-Fish; being so call'd from a part of his Back-Bone, which hath the exact resem∣blance of a File.

Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, Universities. None. * 1.915

The Inhabitants of these Islands being English, are much the same in Manners and Way of living, with * 1.916 those here in England.

What was said of the Inhabitants of Bermudas in re∣spect of Manners, the same may be affirm'd of them in * 1.917 Point of Language.

These Islands being wholly subject, and of right belonging to the Crown of England, are rul'd by a * 1.918 particular Governor appointed, and sent thither by the King of England.

The Religion here establisht, and publickly profess'd, * 1.919 is the Protestant, according to the Reformation of the * 1.920 Church of England.

§. 11. Terra del Fuogo.

THIS is a large Triangular Island (or as some think, several) lying on the South part of America, and separated from the main Continent by the Streights of Magellan. It's call'd by the Name of Terra del Fuogo, because (it seems) the first Discoverers thereof did observe some considerable Vulcano's upon it. Out Knowledge of this Island and its Inhabitants, is, at best, but very uncertain; al∣most every new Adventurer in these Parts of the World, giving us a new Relation of Things. Whosoever therefore desires a certain or satisfactory Account, must defer his Enquiry to the better Dis∣covery of After-times.

And so much for America, and its Islands.

AN APPENDIX, Comprehending

A brief Account of the European Plantati∣ons in Asia, Africk, and America: As also some Reasonable Proposals for the Propagation of the Blessed Gospel in all Pagan Countries.

IN running over the various Divisions of Asia, Africk, and America, I have (under the Title of Government) transiently mention'd those Principal Kingdoms or States in Europe, who are mostly concern'd in those Countries; but since a more par∣ticulár Account of the same is desir'd by some, I shall endeavour to do it in these following Lines, and then (by way of Conclusion to the whole Treatise) shall subjoin some Proposals for the Pro∣pagation of the Blessed Gospel in all Pagan Countries. To return to the first.

The chief of the European Nations, who have any Footing in Asia, Africk, and America, are these following, viz.

• The English,
• The French,
• The Spaniards,
• The Dutch,
• The Portugueze,
• The Danes.

Of all these in Order.

§. 1. To the English belong

In Asia.	Fort St. George [aliter Madrassipatam] on Coast Cormandel. Bombay Castle and Island, on the West Coast of Decan.
A Trade or Facto∣ries at	Caracal—	On Coast Cormandel.
Trimly-Watch—
Trimly-Bass—
Port Nova—
Fort St. Davids—
Cudalor—
Cunnamere—
Manyetckpatam—
Arzapore—
Pettipoli—
Massulipatam—
Madapollam—
Viceagaparam—
Bengal—	In the Gulf of Bengal.
Hugly—
Ballesore—
Cassumbezar—
Maulda—
Daca—
Tutta Nutta—
Pattana—
Agra—	In the Mogul's Empire.
Cambaya—
Surat—
Amadarad—
Baroch—
Callicus—	On the Coast of Malabar.
Carnar—
Gussarat—
Combaia—
Batticullay—
Durnoforonam—
Tully Ch••rey—
Beattaer—
Bringen—
Dabul in Decan.

Muscat—	In Arabia Faelix.
Mocha—
Mackulla—
Shahare—
Kisen—
Durgae—
Doffare—
Aden—
Ispahan—	In Persia.
Gombroone—
Bussora—
Smyrna in Natolia.
Aleppo in Syria.
Achem—	In the Island. Sumatra.
Indrapona—
Bengalis—
Jambee—
Eyer Banna—
Eyer Dickets—
Tryamong—
Eppou—
Bancoula—
Silabar—
Peque—	On the Malay Coast.
Tinnacore—
Cudda—
Yunqucen—	In China.
Canton—
Emoy—
Hocksieu—
T••siampoo-Coast—
Siam—	In the Kingdom of Siam.
Camboida—
Mindano in the Island Mindano.
Borneo in the Island Borneo.
Judda upon the Red Sea.
Macassar in the Isle Celebes, but now expell'd.
Bantam in Java, till expell'd by the Dutch, 1682.

In Africa,	Tangier on the Coast of Barbary near the Straits, but now demo∣lished.
The Island of S. Helena, West of Ethiopia, S. Lat. 16 degr.
A Trade or Facto∣ries at	Charles Fort upon an Island in the River Gambia.
Sterra d'Leon upon Bence Island, Lat. 8 d. 10 m. N. L.
Serbera River—	On the Coast Malguette.
Druwyn—
Rio d' S. Andro—	On the Quaqua Coast.
Jeaque Jeaque—
C. St. Appolonia—
Axym in Comore-Bay.
Succunde—	On the Golden Coast
Cabo Corso, chief of all—
Fredericksburg formerly Danish, but sold to the English—
Annishan unfortifi'd—
Annamabou—
Aggau, of no defence—
Loango—	In the Kingdom of Loango.
Malemba—
Cabenda—

In America,	New England—	Particularly mentioned, Page 107 and 184.
New York—
Pensilvania—
New Jersey	East—
West—
Maryland—
Virginia—
Carolina—
As also they possess Port Nelson in Hudsons Bay.

In America,	Many Islands, particu∣larly those of	Newfoundland in part.
Jamaica one of the greater Antilles.
Bermudas lying E of Florida.
New Providence one of the Lucajos.
Long Island lying S. of New York.
Anguilla—	Ten of one Caribee Islands.
Berbada—
St. Christopher—
Nevis—
Antego.—
Monserrat—
Dominica—
St. Vincent—
Barbados—
Tobago—
Some Settlements at	Surinam—	On the Coast of Terra Firma.
Marone—

§. 2. To the Spaniards belong

In Asia,	Luconia—	Six of the Philippin, and most of the rest.
Tandaya—
Mindano—
S. Juan—
Mindore—
Panay—

Afric	The Trade on the West Coast of Africa.
The Canary Islands particularly mentioned, Page 101.

In America,	New Spain, whose Parliaments are	Mexico.
Guadalajara.
Guatimala.
A considerable Part of New Mexico.
St. Augustins—	In Florida.
St. Matthews—
Terra Firma, whose Parliaments are	Panama.
Granada.
Peru, whose Parliaments are—	Quito.
Lima.
De la Plata.
Chili.
A great Part of Paraguay.
Several Islands, particularly those of	Cuba.
Hispaniola.
Port-Rico.

§. 3. To the Portugu••ze belong

In Asia,	Several Factories in Persia.
Asterin—	upon the Ganes.
Ougelli—
Chaul a considerable Town—	In Decan.
Massagan a little Village—
The Forts of Elephanta Island near that of Bombay.	Morro—
Caranga—
Goa with her Fortresses and adjacent Islands	Coran.
Divar.
Diu Island and City near Guzarat.
Macao upon the Coast of China.
The Fort Lar••ntoque in the Island Solor E. of Flores.
Much of Timor one of the Molucco Isles.
The Trade or Factories it	Aracan—	In Peninsula Indiae extra Gangem.
Pegu—
Tanacerm—
Ligor—
Cambodia—
Golcond—	Already mentioned.
Agra—
An adabat—
Cambata—
Surat—
Baroch—
Bengala—

In Africa,	Mazagan in the Kingdom of Morocco.
Some Forts on the River S. Domingo in the Country of the Jalofes.
Some Forts on the Coasts of	Guinea.
Congo.
Angola.
A great part of	The Coasts of Cafres,
and Zanguebar.
The Trade of the E. Count from the Cape Good Hope to the R. Sea.
Several Islands, viz.	Isles of Cape Verde.
The Madera's.
St. Thomas. Lat. ••0.
Isle de Prince—	N. E. of St. Thomas.
J. de Ferdmando Poo

In America	All the Coast of Brasil divided into many Captainships.
Estero—	Towards the Mouth of the River Amazon.
Conduba—
Cogemine—

§. 4. To the French belong

In Asia,	Bereaux—	In the Mogul's Empire.
New Surrat—
The Island of St. Maria lying South-West of Goa.
Some Forts in	The Kingdom of Siam.
The Island of Java.

In Africa,	Fort Dauphin in Madagascar.
Senega (N. of Cape Verde) the chief French Factory in Africa.
A Trade upon the River	Senega.
Gambia.
As also at	Rusisque near Cape Verde.
Great Sestre—	in Guinea.
Ardra—

In America,	Montreal—	in Canada.
The three Rivers—
Quebeck—
Tadonsack, and some other places on the River St. Laurence.
A great Part of Nova Scotia.
Bay Plasensa—	in Newfoundland.
Bay Blacco—
Fort St. Louis in the Island Cayene, lying E. of Guyana.
Several Forts on the Coast of Caribana.
Among the An∣tilles.	St. Bartholomew.
Sancta Cruz.
St. Martin.
Guadaloupe.
La Desired.
Maria Galants.
Les Saintes.
Martinico.
St. Aloisia.
Granada.
Domingo in part.
Grenadins.
La Tortue.

§. 5. To the Dutch belong

In Asia,	Tuticoriu—	on the Coast Cormandel.
Negapatam—
Karkall—
Fort Gelders—
Pallecate—
Several Forts in	Malacca.
Ceylon.
Java,
And most of the Moluccoes, though of right they belong to the English.
Factories at many places in	Persia.
The Mogul's Empire.
Cormandel.
Malabar.
Siam.
Malacca.
Sumatra.
China.
Java.
Celebes.
Borneo.
Arabia.

In Africa,	Arguin—	near Cape Verde.
Gora—
Many Forts in Congo,
Some near the Cape of Good Hope.
St. Maurice in Madagascar.
Factories in Gui∣nea, viz.	Boutrou—	on the Golden-Coast.
Commendo formerly English—
St. George de'l Mina, chief of all—
Maurea or Fort Nassau—
Cormantyn formerly English—
Cr••vicocur—

In America,	The City of Coro in the North of Terra Firma.
Some Forts on the Coast of Guyana.
Querisao—	Three of the Sotovento Islands.
Aruba—
Bon-Airy—
Saba—	Two of the Caribees near S. Crux.
Eustachio—

§. 6. To the Danes belong

In Asia	Frankebar—	on the Coast of Cormandel.
Dansburg—

In Africa is Christianburg or S. Francisco Xavier in Cuinea.

In America is New Denmark in the North part thereof.

Having thus briefly consider'd the chief of the European Planta∣tions, whether in Asia, Africk, or America: Come we now to the latter part of the Appendix, viz.

Some reasonable Proposals for the Propagation of the Blessed Gospel in all Pagan Countries.

BY what hath been briefly said in the forgoing Treatise, con∣cerning the State of Religion in all Countries of the World; it may sufficiently appear in general, That the Christian Religion is of a very small Extent, if exactly compar'd with those many and vast Countries, wholly overspread with gross Idolaters, numerous Mahometans, and many others, who either know not, or (at least) own not, the Blessed Messias. But more particularly, this great and sad Truth may farther appear by the following Calculation, inge∣niously made by some, who dividing the inhabited World into thirty Parts, do find that

Nineteen	of them are possessed by	Blind and gross Idolaters.
Six	Jews, Turks, and Saracens.
Two	Those of the Greek Church.
Three	Those of the	Church of Rome.
Protestant Communion.

Thus Christianity taken in its largest Latitude, bears no greater Proportion to the other grosly false Religions, than five to twenty five. This melancholy Consideration doth force me to bewail that woful neglect of the best Part of the Christian Church, for not be∣ing so diligent, as others are, in endeavouring to abolish Hea∣thenish Idolatry, and that most lamentable Ignorance, which as yet overshadoweth so great a Part of the inhabited World. It's un∣doubtedly well known, that the effectual performance of such a Work as this, would require no inconsiderable Stock of Money (it

being now impracticable to make Solemn Missions or qualify Men for them without considerable Charges) and yet a sufficient Fund might be so easily rais'd, that none could reasonably complain of the bur∣den should the following Proposals be so happily made, as to meet with a due Reception.

Did every Freeholder of the Three Kingdoms, advance only for one Year the Five hundredth part of his yearly Incomes: Did those Merchants of this great City (who are particularly con∣cern'd in our Foreign Plantations, and daily imploy great mul∣titudes of Pagan Slaves in their Service) allow the Two hundreth part of one years Gain: And finally, did the Clergy of the Three Kingdoms (whose Zeal in such a Matter would probably transcend others) appropriate to this pious Use, One hundredth part of their yearly Revenues. I say, did Priest and People thus unanimously combine together, in carrying on this most Christian Design; what an easy matter were it in a short time, to raise such a Fund of Money, that the Annual Interest thereof might sufficiently serve to send Yearly some Pious and Able Di∣vines into all Quarters of the World? And since Rational Me∣thods might be taken, to have several Pagan Tongues taught in our own Island: a considerable part of the aforesaid Money might be likewise imploy'd to Educate a competent number of young Students of Theology in these Foreign Languages; which num∣ber being still continued, would serve (as a choice Nursery) to afford a constant Supply of able Men, who might yearly go abroad, and be sufficiently qualified at their first arrival, to un∣dertake that great Work for which they were sent.

But since the latter Part of the foregoing Proposal (which im¦ports that Europeans might learn some of the present Indian Lan∣guages) doth seem impracticable to several, by reason of the pro∣digious multitude of those Pagan Tongues, and their vast variety of quite different Dialects:

Then we may follow the Example of the Ancient Romans, whose Custom and Interest it was, to ex∣tend their own Language with their Conquests; and so extin∣guish in process of time, the very Dialect of the Conquered. Did we this in all Parts of our Western Empire, [which with∣out doubt might be fully accomplisht in a few Generations, by duly encouraging some hundreds of Christians to endeavour in the most alluring manner, to instruct the younger sort of the Natives in the English Tongue.] Then in the next or following Age, might we Address our selves to those blind Gentiles in our own Language, and so instilling in them, by degrees, the Prin∣ciples of Christianity, might thereby in a short time bring in

many thousands of Souls to the Sheepfold of the Pastor and Bi∣shop of our Souls.

I think it needless to express how commend∣able such a Design would be in it self, and how desirable the Pro∣motion thereof should be to all, who stile themselves Christians, of what Party or Profession soever they are. And I humbly suppose it might be a Work (if unanimously minded by Christians) more becoming the Followers of the Prince of Peace, than to be Abet∣tors of the frequent Jars and Broils of Christendom. Besides, there's certainly nothing that could prove more beneficial to the Publick Good of this Nation, and Particular Interest of the Crown of Eng∣land; for did most (or many) of the Natives understand and speak our own Language, then might we not thereby more exactly disco∣ver the Inland Parts of these Countries? and with greater security improve them to the greatest Advantage. Might we not thereby make multitudes of idle wandring Indians very useful to our Eng∣lish Colonies? and then chiefly imploy Europeans for the Guard and Safety of the Country. Yea, did many of the Natives but tollerably understand and speak the English Tongue; then might we not (in all human appearance) Civilize them intirely in a short time? and so add many thousands of new English Subjects to the English Empire. All which are morally impossible now to be done, since the nume∣rous Dialects of their barbarous Jargon, together with their own Barbarity, are as so many Bars against such Undertakings.

Great Sirs,

Pardon these Proposals here offer'd to the serious Consideration of those whom they chiefly concern; and give me leave to declare unto you, how infinitely it would tend to the Glory of God, the Good of his Church, and Honour of our Nation; did we sincerely en∣deavour to extend the Limits of our Saviour's Kingdom, with those of our new Dominions; and to spread the true Reform'd Reli∣gion, as far as the English Sails have done for Traffick. With what Anxiety of Mind, and Fatigue of Body, do we pierce into the remotest Countries of the World? And all to heap up a little White and Yellow Earth, or to purchase some things (call'd Precious by Man) which [abstracting Human Fancy] do differ nothing from common Pibble Stones; and yet what a supine neglect doth attend us? in doing that which would bring more Honour to our Holy Religion, and prove at last more profitable to our selves, than the actual Possession of all the Treasures in the Universe. What a lamentable thing is it? That those very Indians who border upon the English Pale (not to mention some thousands of Negroes who slave in our Service) should still continue in most wretched Ignorance? and in stead of Knowing and Worshipping the True God, should as yet reverence not only Stocks and Stones, but also adore the Devil

himself. Christians! Shall we covet and thirst after their Talents of Gold? and yet keep hid in a Napkin that Talent entrusted to us. Shall we greedily bereave them of their Precious Pearls? and not declare unto them the Knowledge of the Pearl of Price. No! no! Let us not act as others have done, in making Gold our God, and Gain the sole design of our Trading. But let us effectually im∣prove those choice Opportunities (now in our hands) for the sin∣gular Glory of our Great God, and of Jesus Christ, our Blessed Re∣deemer. And let our Planters duly consider, That to extirpate Natives, is rather a supplanting than planting a new Colony; and that it's far more honourable to overcome Paganism in one, than to destroy a thousand Pagans. Each Convert is a Conquest.

FINIS.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Name.
• * 1.2

  Air.
• * 1.3

  Soil.
• * 1.4

  Commodities.
• * 1.5

  Rarities.
• * 1.6

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.7

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.8

  Universities.
• * 1.9

  Manners.
• * 1.10

  Language.
• * 1.11

  Government.
• * 1.12

  Arms.
• * 1.13

  Religion.
• * 1.14

  Name.
• * 1.15

  Air.
• * 1.16

  Soil.
• * 1.17

  Commodities
• * 1.18

  Rarities.
• * 1.19

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.20

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.21

  Universities.
• * 1.22

  Manners.
• * 1.23

  Language.
• * 1.24

  Government.
• * 1.25

  Arms.
• * 1.26

  Religion.
• * 1.27

  Name.
• * 1.28

  Air.
• * 1.29

  Soil.
• * 1.30

  Commodities.
• * 1.31

  Rarities.
• * 1.32

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.33

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.34

  Universities.
• * 1.35

  Manners.
• * 1.36

  Language.
• * 1.37

  Government.
• * 1.38

  Arms.
• * 1.39

  Religion.
• * 1.40

  Name.
• * 1.41

  Air.
• * 1.42

  Soil.
• * 1.43

  Commodities.
• * 1.44

  Rarities.
• * 1.45

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.46

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.47

  Universities.
• * 1.48

  Manners.
• * 1.49

  Language.
• * 1.50

  Government.
• * 1.51

  Arms.
• * 1.52

  Religion.
• * 1.53

  Name.
• * 1.54

  Air.
• * 1.55

  Soil.
• * 1.56

  Commodities.
• * 1.57

  Rarities.
• * 1.58

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.59

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.60

  Universities.
• * 1.61

  Manners.
• * 1.62

  Language.
• * 1.63

  Government.
• * 1.64

  Arms.
• * 1.65

  Religion.
• * 1.66

  Name.
• * 1.67

  Soil.
• * 1.68

  Commodities.
• * 1.69

  Rarities.
• * 1.70

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.71

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.72

  Universities.
• * 1.73

  Manners.
• * 1.74

  Language.
• * 1.75

  Government.
• * 1.76

  Artns.
• * 1.77

  Religion.
• * 1.78

  Name.
• * 1.79

  Air.
• * 1.80

  Soil.
• * 1.81

  Commodities.
• * 1.82

  Rarities.
• * 1.83

  A. Bishopricks.
• * 1.84

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.85

  Universities.
• * 1.86

  Manners.
• * 1.87

  Language.
• * 1.88

  Govern∣ment.
• * 1.89

  Arms.
• * 1.90

  Religion.
• * 1.91

  Name.
• * 1.92

  Air.
• * 1.93

  Soil.
• * 1.94

  Commodities.
• * 1.95

  Rarities.
• * 1.96

  A. Bishopricks.
• * 1.97

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.98

  Universities.
• * 1.99

  Manners.
• * 1.100

  Language.
• * 1.101

  Govern∣ment.
• * 1.102

  Arms.
• * 1.103

  Religion.
• * 1.104

  Name.
• * 1.105

  Air.
• * 1.106

  Soil.
• * 1.107

  Commodities.
• * 1.108

  Rarities.
• * 1.109

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.110

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.111

  Universities.
• * 1.112

  Manners.
• * 1.113

  Language.
• * 1.114

  Government.
• * 1.115

  Arms.
• * 1.116

  Religion.
• * 1.117

  Name.
• * 1.118

  Air.
• * 1.119

  Soil.
• * 1.120

  Commodities.
• * 1.121

  Rarities.
• * 1.122

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.123

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.124

  Universities.
• * 1.125

  Manners.
• * 1.126

  Language.
• * 1.127

  Government.
• * 1.128

  Arms.
• * 1.129

  Religion.
• * 1.130

  Name.
• * 1.131

  Air.
• * 1.132

  Soil.
• * 1.133

  Commodities.
• * 1.134

  Rarities.
• * 1.135

  Archbishopricks,
• * 1.136

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.137

  Universities.
• * 1.138

  Manners.
• * 1.139

  Language.
• * 1.140

  Government.
• * 1.141

  Arms.
• * 1.142

  Religion.
• * 1.143

  Name.
• * 1.144

  Air.
• * 1.145

  Soil.
• * 1.146

  Commodities.
• * 1.147

  Rarities.
• * 1.148

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.149

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.150

  Universities.
• * 1.151

  Manners.
• * 1.152

  Language.
• * 1.153

  Government.
• * 1.154

  Arms.
• * 1.155

  Religion.
• * 1.156

  Name.
• * 1.157

  Air.
• * 1.158

  Soil.
• * 1.159

  Commodities.
• * 1.160

  Rarities.
• * 1.161

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.162

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.163

  Universities.
• * 1.164

  Manners.
• * 1.165

  Languages
• * 1.166

  Government
• * 1.167

  Arms.
• * 1.168

  Religion.
• * 1.169

  Name.
• * 1.170

  Air.
• * 1.171

  Scil.
• * 1.172

  Commodities.
• * 1.173

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.174

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.175

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.176

  Universities.
• * 1.177

  Manners.
• * 1.178

  Language.
• * 1.179

  Government
• * 1.180

  Arms.
• * 1.181

  Religion.
• * 1.182

  Name.
• * 1.183

  Air.
• * 1.184

  Soil.
• * 1.185

  Commodities.
• * 1.186

  Rarities.
• * 1.187

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.188

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.189

  Universities.
• * 1.190

  Manners.
• * 1.191

  Language.
• * 1.192

  Government.
• * 1.193

  Arms.
• * 1.194

  Religion.
• * 1.195

  Name.
• * 1.196

  Air.
• * 1.197

  Soil.
• * 1.198

  Commodities.
• * 1.199

  Rarities.
• * 1.200

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.201

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.202

  Universities.
• * 1.203

  Manners.
• * 1.204

  Language.
• * 1.205

  Government.
• * 1.206

  Arms.
• * 1.207

  Religion.
• * 1.208

  Name.
• * 1.209

  Air.
• * 1.210

  Soil.
• * 1.211

  Commodities.
• * 1.212

  Rarities.
• * 1.213

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.214

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.215

  Universities.
• * 1.216

  Manners.
• * 1.217

  Language.
• * 1.218

  Government.
• * 1.219

  Arms.
• * 1.220

  Religion.
• * 1.221

  Name.
• * 1.222

  Air.
• * 1.223

  Soil.
• * 1.224

  Commodities.
• * 1.225

  Rarities.
• * 1.226

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.227

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.228

  Universities.
• * 1.229

  Manners.
• * 1.230

  Language.
• * 1.231

  Government.
• * 1.232

  Arms.
• * 1.233

  Religion.
• * 1.234

  Name.
• * 1.235

  Air.
• * 1.236

  Soil.
• * 1.237

  Commodities.
• * 1.238

  Rarities.
• * 1.239

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.240

  Bishopricks, &c.
• * 1.241

  Universities.
• * 1.242

  Manners.
• * 1.243

  Language.
• * 1.244

  Government.
• * 1.245

  Arms.
• * 1.246

  Religion.
• * 1.247

  Name.
• * 1.248

  Air.
• * 1.249

  Soil.
• * 1.250

  〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.251

  Rarities.
• * 1.252

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.253

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.254

  Universities.
• * 1.255

  Manners.
• * 1.256

  Language.
• * 1.257

  Government.
• * 1.258

  Arms.
• * 1.259

  Religion.
• * 1.260

  Name.
• * 1.261

  Air.
• * 1.262

  Soil.
• * 1.263

  Commodities.
• * 1.264

  Rarities.
• * 1.265

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.266

  Manners.
• * 1.267

  Language.
• * 1.268

  Government
• * 1.269

  Arms.
• * 1.270

  Religion.
• * 1.271

  Name.
• * 1.272

  Air.
• * 1.273

  Soil.
• * 1.274

  Commodities.
• * 1.275

  Rarities.
• * 1.276

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.277

  Manners.
• * 1.278

  Language.
• * 1.279

  Government.
• * 1.280

  Arms.
• * 1.281

  Religion.
• * 1.282

  Name.
• * 1.283

  Air.
• * 1.284

  Soil.
• * 1.285

  Commodities.
• * 1.286

  Rarities.
• * 1.287

  Archbishoprick,
• * 1.288

  Manners.
• * 1.289

  Language.
• * 1.290

  Government.
• * 1.291

  Arms.
• * 1.292

  Religion.
• * 1.293

  Name.
• * 1.294

  Air.
• * 1.295

  Soil.
• * 1.296

  Commodities.
• * 1.297

  Rarities.
• * 1.298

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.299

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.300

  Universities.
• * 1.301

  Manners.
• * 1.302

  Language.
• * 1.303

  Government.
• * 1.304

  Arms.
• * 1.305

  Riligion.
• * 1.306

  Name.
• * 1.307

  Air.
• * 1.308

  Soil.
• * 1.309

  Commodities.
• * 1.310

  Rarities.
• * 1.311

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.312

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.313

  Universities.
• * 1.314

  Manners.
• * 1.315

  Language.
• * 1.316

  Government.
• * 1.317

  Arms.
• * 1.318

  Religion.
• * 1.319

  Name.
• * 1.320

  Air.
• * 1.321

  Soil.
• * 1.322

  Commodities.
• * 1.323

  Rarities.
• * 1.324

  Archbishopricks,
• * 1.325

  Manners.
• * 1.326

  Language.
• * 1.327

  Government.
• * 1.328

  Arms.
• * 1.329

  Religion.
• * 1.330

  Name.
• * 1.331

  Air.
• * 1.332

  Soil.
• * 1.333

  Commodities.
• * 1.334

  Rarities.
• * 1.335

  Bishopricks, &c.
• * 1.336

  Manners.
• * 1.337

  Language.
• * 1.338

  Government.
• * 1.339

  Arms.
• * 1.340

  Religion.
• * 1.341

  Name.
• * 1.342

  Air.
• * 1.343

  Soil.
• * 1.344

  Commodities.
• * 1.345

  Rarities.
• * 1.346

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.347

  Manners.
• * 1.348

  Language.
• * 1.349

  Government.
• * 1.350

  Arms.
• * 1.351

  Religion.
• * 1.352

  Name.
• * 1.353

  Air.
• * 1.354

  Soil.
• * 1.355

  Commodities.
• * 1.356

  Rarities.
• * 1.357

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.358

  Manners.
• * 1.359

  Language.
• * 1.360

  Government.
• * 1.361

  Arms.
• * 1.362

  Religion.
• * 1.363

  Name.
• * 1.364

  Air.
• * 1.365

  Soil.
• * 1.366

  Commodities.
• * 1.367

  Rarities.
• * 1.368

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.369

  Manners.
• * 1.370

  Language.
• * 1.371

  Government.
• * 1.372

  Arms.
• * 1.373

  Religion.
• * 1.374

  Name.
• * 1.375

  Air.
• * 1.376

  Soil.
• * 1.377

  Commodities.
• * 1.378

  Rarities.
• * 1.379

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.380

  Manners.
• * 1.381

  Language.
• * 1.382

  Government.
• * 1.383

  Arms.
• * 1.384

  Religion.
• * 1.385

  Name.
• * 1.386

  Air.
• * 1.387

  Soil.
• * 1.388

  Commodities.
• * 1.389

  Rarities.
• * 1.390

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.391

  Manners.
• * 1.392

  Language.
• * 1.393

  Government.
• * 1.394

  Arms.
• * 1.395

  Religion.
• * 1.396

  Name.
• * 1.397

  Air.
• * 1.398

  Soil.
• * 1.399

  Commodities.
• * 1.400

  Rarities.
• * 1.401

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.402

  Manners.
• * 1.403

  Language.
• * 1.404

  Government.
• * 1.405

  Arms.
• * 1.406

  Religion.
• * 1.407

  Name.
• * 1.408

  Air.
• * 1.409

  Soil.
• * 1.410

  Commodities.
• * 1.411

  Rarities.
• * 1.412

  Archbishopricks. &c.
• * 1.413

  Manners.
• * 1.414

  Language.
• * 1.415

  Government.
• * 1.416

  Arms.
• * 1.417

  Religion.
• * 1.418

  Name.
• * 1.419

  Air.
• * 1.420

  Soil.
• * 1.421

  Commodities.
• * 1.422

  Rarities.
• * 1.423

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.424

  Universities.
• * 1.425

  Manners.
• * 1.426

  Language.
• * 1.427

  Government.
• * 1.428

  Arms.
• * 1.429

  Religion.
• * 1.430

  Name.
• * 1.431

  Air.
• * 1.432

  Soil.
• * 1.433

  Commodities,
• * 1.434

  Ráritics.
• * 1.435

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.436

  Manners.
• * 1.437

  Language.
• * 1.438

  Government.
• * 1.439

  Arms.
• * 1.440

  Religion.
• * 1.441

  Name.
• * 1.442

  Air.
• * 1.443

  Soil.
• * 1.444

  Commodities.
• * 1.445

  Rarities.
• * 1.446

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.447

  Manners.
• * 1.448

  Language.
• * 1.449

  Government.
• * 1.450

  Arms.
• * 1.451

  Religion.
• * 1.452

  Name.
• * 1.453

  Air.
• * 1.454

  Soil.
• * 1.455

  Commodities.
• * 1.456

  Rarities.
• * 1.457

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.458

  Manners.
• * 1.459

  Language.
• * 1.460

  Government.
• * 1.461

  Arms.
• * 1.462

  Religion.
• * 1.463

  Name.
• * 1.464

  Air.
• * 1.465

  Soil.
• * 1.466

  Commodities.
• * 1.467

  Rarities.
• * 1.468

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.469

  Manners.
• * 1.470

  Language.
• * 1.471

  Government.
• * 1.472

  Arms.
• * 1.473

  Religion.
• * 1.474

  Name.
• * 1.475

  Air.
• * 1.476

  Soil.
• * 1.477

  Commodities.
• * 1.478

  Rarities.
• * 1.479

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.480

  Manners.
• * 1.481

  Language.
• * 1.482

  Government.
• * 1.483

  Arms.
• * 1.484

  Religion.
• * 1.485

  Name.
• * 1.486

  Air.
• * 1.487

  Soil.
• * 1.488

  Commodities.
• * 1.489

  Rarities.
• * 1.490

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.491

  Bishopricks,
• * 1.492

  Universities.
• * 1.493

  Manners.
• * 1.494

  Language.
• * 1.495

  Government.
• * 1.496

  Arms.
• * 1.497

  Religion.
• * 1.498

  Name.
• * 1.499

  Air.
• * 1.500

  Soil.
• * 1.501

  Commodities.
• * 1.502

  Rarities.
• * 1.503

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.504

  Manners.
• * 1.505

  Language.
• * 1.506

  Government.
• * 1.507

  Arms.
• * 1.508

  Religion.
• * 1.509

  Name.
• * 1.510

  Air.
• * 1.511

  Soil.
• * 1.512

  Commodities.
• * 1.513

  Rarities.
• * 1.514

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.515

  Manners.
• * 1.516

  Language.
• * 1.517

  Government.
• * 1.518

  Arms.
• * 1.519

  Religion.
• * 1.520

  Name.
• * 1.521

  Air.
• * 1.522

  Soil.
• * 1.523

  Commodities.
• * 1.524

  Rarities.
• * 1.525

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.526

  Manners.
• * 1.527

  Language.
• * 1.528

  Government.
• * 1.529

  Arms.
• * 1.530

  Religion.
• * 1.531

  Name.
• * 1.532

  Air.
• * 1.533

  Soil.
• * 1.534

  Commodities.
• * 1.535

  Rarities.
• * 1.536

  Archbishopricks. &c.
• * 1.537

  Manners.
• * 1.538

  Language.
• * 1.539

  Government.
• * 1.540

  Arms.
• * 1.541

  Religion.
• * 1.542

  Name.
• * 1.543

  Air.
• * 1.544

  Soil.
• * 1.545

  Commodities.
• * 1.546

  Rarities.
• * 1.547

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.548

  Manners.
• * 1.549

  Language.
• * 1.550

  Government.
• * 1.551

  Arms.
• * 1.552

  Religion.
• * 1.553

  Name.
• * 1.554

  Air.
• * 1.555

  Soil.
• * 1.556

  Commodities.
• * 1.557

  Rarities.
• * 1.558

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.559

  Manners.
• * 1.560

  Language.
• * 1.561

  Government.
• * 1.562

  Arms.
• * 1.563

  Religion.
• * 1.564

  Name.
• * 1.565

  Air.
• * 1.566

  Soil.
• * 1.567

  Commodities.
• * 1.568

  Rarities.
• * 1.569

  Archbishopricks. &c.
• * 1.570

  Manners.
• * 1.571

  Language.
• * 1.572

  Government.
• * 1.573

  Arms.
• * 1.574

  Religion.
• * 1.575

  Name.
• * 1.576

  Air.
• * 1.577

  Soil.
• * 1.578

  Commodities.
• * 1.579

  Rarities.
• * 1.580

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.581

  Manners.
• * 1.582

  Language.
• * 1.583

  Government.
• * 1.584

  Arms.
• * 1.585

  Religion.
• * 1.586

  Name.
• * 1.587

  Air.
• * 1.588

  Soil.
• * 1.589

  Commodities.
• * 1.590

  Rarities.
• * 1.591

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.592

  Manners.
• * 1.593

  Language.
• * 1.594

  Government.
• * 1.595

  Arms.
• * 1.596

  Religion.
• * 1.597

  Name.
• * 1.598

  Air.
• * 1.599

  Soil.
• * 1.600

  Commodities.
• * 1.601

  Rarities.
• * 1.602

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.603

  Manners.
• * 1.604

  Language.
• * 1.605

  Government.
• * 1.606

  Arms.
• * 1.607

  Religion.
• * 1.608

  Name.
• * 1.609

  Air.
• * 1.610

  Soil.
• * 1.611

  Commodities.
• * 1.612

  Rarities.
• * 1.613

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.614

  Manners.
• * 1.615

  Language.
• * 1.616

  Government.
• * 1.617

  Arms.
• * 1.618

  Religion.
• * 1.619

  Name.
• * 1.620

  Air.
• * 1.621

  Soil.
• * 1.622

  Commodities.
• * 1.623

  Rarities.
• * 1.624

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.625

  Manners.
• * 1.626

  Language.
• * 1.627

  Government.
• * 1.628

  Arms.
• * 1.629

  Religion.
• * 1.630

  Name.
• * 1.631

  Air.
• * 1.632

  Soil.
• * 1.633

  Commodities.
• * 1.634

  Rarities.
• * 1.635

  Manners.
• * 1.636

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.637

  Language.
• * 1.638

  Government.
• * 1.639

  Arms.
• * 1.640

  Religion.
• * 1.641

  Name.
• * 1.642

  Air.
• * 1.643

  Soil.
• * 1.644

  Commodities.
• * 1.645

  Rarities.
• * 1.646

  Archbishopricks. &c.
• * 1.647

  Manners.
• * 1.648

  Language.
• * 1.649

  Government.
• * 1.650

  Arms.
• * 1.651

  Religion.
• * 1.652

  Name.
• * 1.653

  Air.
• * 1.654

  Soil.
• * 1.655

  Commodities.
• * 1.656

  Rarities.
• * 1.657

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.658

  Manners.
• * 1.659

  Language.
• * 1.660

  Government.
• * 1.661

  Religion.
• * 1.662

  Name.
• * 1.663

  Air.
• * 1.664

  Soil.
• * 1.665

  Commodities.
• * 1.666

  Rarities.
• * 1.667

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.668

  Manners.
• * 1.669

  Language.
• * 1.670

  Government.
• * 1.671

  Religion.
• * 1.672

  Name.
• * 1.673

  Air.
• * 1.674

  Soil.
• * 1.675

  Commodities.
• * 1.676

  Rarities.
• * 1.677

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.678

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.679

  Universities.
• * 1.680

  Manners.
• * 1.681

  Language.
• * 1.682

  Government.
• * 1.683

  Arms.
• * 1.684

  Religion.
• * 1.685

  Name.
• * 1.686

  Air.
• * 1.687

  Soil.
• * 1.688

  Commodities.
• * 1.689

  Rarities.
• * 1.690

  Archbishopricks. &c.
• * 1.691

  Manners.
• * 1.692

  Language.
• * 1.693

  Government.
• * 1.694

  Arms.
• * 1.695

  Religion.
• * 1.696

  Name.
• * 1.697

  Air.
• * 1.698

  Soil.
• * 1.699

  Commodities.
• * 1.700

  Rarities.
• * 1.701

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.702

  Manners.
• * 1.703

  Language.
• * 1.704

  Government.
• * 1.705

  Arms.
• * 1.706

  Religion.
• * 1.707

  Name.
• * 1.708

  Air.
• * 1.709

  Soil,
• * 1.710

  Commodities.
• * 1.711

  Rarities.
• * 1.712

  Arbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.713

  Manners.
• * 1.714

  Language.
• * 1.715

  Government.
• * 1.716

  Religion.
• * 1.717

  Name.
• * 1.718

  Air.
• * 1.719

  Soil.
• * 1.720

  Commodities.
• * 1.721

  Rarities.
• * 1.722

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.723

  Manners.
• * 1.724

  Language.
• * 1.725

  Government.
• * 1.726

  Arms.
• * 1.727

  Religion.
• * 1.728

  Name.
• * 1.729

  Air.
• * 1.730

  Soil.
• * 1.731

  Commodities.
• * 1.732

  Rarities.
• * 1.733

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.734

  Manners.
• * 1.735

  Language.
• * 1.736

  Government.
• * 1.737

  Arms.
• * 1.738

  Religion.
• * 1.739

  Name.
• * 1.740

  Air.
• * 1.741

  Soil.
• * 1.742

  Commodities.
• * 1.743

  Rarities.
• * 1.744

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.745

  Manners.
• * 1.746

  Language.
• * 1.747

  Government.
• * 1.748

  Arms.
• * 1.749

  Religion.
• * 1.750

  Name.
• * 1.751

  Air.
• * 1.752

  Soil.
• * 1.753

  Commodities.
• * 1.754

  Raritics.
• * 1.755

  Archbishopricks. &c.
• * 1.756

  Manners.
• * 1.757

  Language.
• * 1.758

  Government.
• * 1.759

  Arms.
• * 1.760

  Religion.
• * 1.761

  Name.
• * 1.762

  Air.
• * 1.763

  Soil.
• * 1.764

  Commodities.
• * 1.765

  Rarities.
• * 1.766

  Archbishopricks, Bishopricks, &c.
• * 1.767

  Manners.
• * 1.768

  Language.
• * 1.769

  Commodities.
• * 1.770

  Arms.
• * 1.771

  Religion.
• * 1.772

  Name.
• * 1.773

  Air.
• * 1.774

  Soil.
• * 1.775

  Commodities.
• * 1.776

  Rarities.
• * 1.777

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.778

  Manners.
• * 1.779

  Language.
• * 1.780

  Government.
• * 1.781

  Arms.
• * 1.782

  Religion.
• * 1.783

  Name.
• * 1.784

  Air.
• * 1.785

  Soil.
• * 1.786

  Commodities.
• * 1.787

  Rarities.
• * 1.788

  Archbishoprick.
• * 1.789

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.790

  Universities.
• * 1.791

  Manners.
• * 1.792

  Language.
• * 1.793

  Government.
• * 1.794

  Arms.
• * 1.795

  Religion.
• * 1.796

  Name.
• * 1.797

  Air.
• * 1.798

  Soil.
• * 1.799

  Commodities.
• * 1.800

  Rarities.
• * 1.801

  Archbishopricks.
• * 1.802

  Bishopricks.
• * 1.803

  Universities.
• * 1.804

  Manners.
• * 1.805

  Language.
• * 1.806

  Government.
• * 1.807

  Arms.
• * 1.808

  Religion.
• * 1.809

  Name.
• * 1.810

  Air.
• * 1.811

  Soil.
• * 1.812

  Commodities.
• * 1.813

  Rarities.
• * 1.814

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.815

  Manners.
• * 1.816

  Language.
• * 1.817

  Government.
• * 1.818

  Arms.
• * 1.819

  Religion.
• * 1.820

  Name.
• * 1.821

  Air.
• * 1.822

  Soil.
• * 1.823

  Commodities.
• * 1.824

  Rarities.
• * 1.825

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.826

  Manners.
• * 1.827

  Language.
• * 1.828

  Government.
• * 1.829

  Arms.
• * 1.830

  Religion.
• * 1.831

  Name.
• * 1.832

  Air.
• * 1.833

  Soil.
• * 1.834

  Commodities.
• * 1.835

  Rarities.
• * 1.836

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.837

  Manners.
• * 1.838

  Language.
• * 1.839

  Government.
• * 1.840

  Arms.
• * 1.841

  Religion.
• * 1.842

  Name.
• * 1.843

  Air.
• * 1.844

  Soil.
• * 1.845

  Commodities.
• * 1.846

  Rarities.
• * 1.847

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.848

  Universities.
• * 1.849

  Manners.
• * 1.850

  Language.
• * 1.851

  Government.
• * 1.852

  Arms.
• * 1.853

  Religion.
• * 1.854

  Name.
• * 1.855

  Air.
• * 1.856

  Soil.
• * 1.857

  Commodities.
• * 1.858

  Rarities.
• * 1.859

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.860

  Manners.
• * 1.861

  Language.
• * 1.862

  Government.
• * 1.863

  Arms.
• * 1.864

  Religion.
• * 1.865

  Name.
• * 1.866

  Air.
• * 1.867

  Soil.
• * 1.868

  Commodities.
• * 1.869

  Rarities.
• * 1.870

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.871

  Manners.
• * 1.872

  Language.
• * 1.873

  Government.
• * 1.874

  Arms.
• * 1.875

  Religion.
• * 1.876

  Name.
• * 1.877

  Air.
• * 1.878

  Soil.
• * 1.879

  Commodities.
• * 1.880

  Rarities.
• * 1.881

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.882

  Manners.
• * 1.883

  Language.
• * 1.884

  Government.
• * 1.885

  Arms.
• * 1.886

  Religion.
• * 1.887

  Name.
• * 1.888

  Air.
• * 1.889

  Soil.
• * 1.890

  Commodities.
• * 1.891

  Rarities.
• * 1.892

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.893

  Universities.
• * 1.894

  Manners.
• * 1.895

  Language.
• * 1.896

  Government.
• * 1.897

  Arms.
• * 1.898

  Religion.
• * 1.899

  Name.
• * 1.900

  Air.
• * 1.901

  Soil.
• * 1.902

  Commodities.
• * 1.903

  Rarities.
• * 1.904

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.905

  Manners.
• * 1.906

  Language.
• * 1.907

  Government.
• * 1.908

  Arms.
• * 1.909

  Religion.
• * 1.910

  Name.
• * 1.911

  Air.
• * 1.912

  Soil.
• * 1.913

  Commodities.
• * 1.914

  Rarities.
• * 1.915

  Archbishopricks, &c.
• * 1.916

  Manners.
• * 1.917

  Language.
• * 1.918

  Government.
• * 1.919

  Arms.
• * 1.920

  Religion.